Aya o F 4 i a \ iy 5 a Fi oy _— % a : ‘ . g 1 \ : a + f AX 4 ’ va Jone. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL [IRISH ACADEMY. GDhivd Series. VOLUME V. DUBLIN: PUBLISHED AT THE ACADEMY HOUSE, 19, DAWSON-STREET. SOLD ALSO By HODGES, FIGGIS, & CO. (Lrp.), GRAFTON-ST.; By WILLIAMS & NORGATE, Lonpon: 14, Henrrerra-strEEr, Covent GARDEN. EpinsurcH: 20, Sour Freperick-st. Oxrorp: 7, Broap-st. 1898—1900, PRINTED AT THE By PoNSONBY & WELDRICK. Tur AcapEmy desire it to be understood that they are not answerable for any opinion, representation of facts, or train of reasoning that may appear in any of the following Papers. The Authors of the several Papers are alone responsible for their contents. LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS. “TARL WITH RE.AssENCE TO THE SEVERAL ARTICLES CONTRIBUTED BY EACH. eae Beaumont, W. I., B.A. PAGE See Browne, Epwarp T’. Biecer, F. J. See Knowtes, W. J. Brass, Frrepricu, Lrrr. D. On the Greek Text of St. Mark’s Gospel, .. ; . 329 Browne, Cuarzes R., M.D. Iithnography of Clare Island and Inishturk, in the County of Mayo. (Plate L.), : ; : 40 Ethnography of Garumna and Lettermullen, in the County of Galway. (Plates IV. and V.), ; . 223 Report on the Work done in the Anthropometric Laboratory of Trinity College, Dublin, : . 269 Browns, Epwarp T., B.A., and others. The Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, on the West Coast of Ireland. (Plates XIX. to XXI.), . . 667 Carpenter, Grorce H., B.Sc. List of the Spiders of Ireland, : ; ‘ ; » 12 CuHastEr, GrorcE W. Report on the Mollusca (excluding the Cephalopoda and Nudibranchiata) obtained off the South-West Coast of Ireland, between 1885 and 1888, ; Ah 1 Crarke, Francis E., M.D., LL.D. Notes on the Tinnecarra Cromlech near Boyle, County of Roscommon. (Plate XVIII.), ‘ : F . 374 vl List of the Contributors. CutvErwe ., E. P., M.A., F.T.C.D. On the Conditions for Maximum and Minimum Solutions in the Calculus of Variations, when certain Flux? of the Variables have Finite and Arbitrary - tions, . : : ; : E eer Cunninenam, J. T., M.A. See Browne, Epwarp T. Dixon, Henry H., D.Sc. Self-Parasitism of Cuscuta reflexa, Farxiner, Wituam, M.A. Notes upon a Rath Souterrain at Gurteen, Gainstown, County of Westmeath. (Plates II. and II1.), Notice of a Crannog at Loughatrim, Killucan, County of Westmeath, Frazer, Wititam, F.R.C.S.1., and Jonson, Epmunp. On the Manufacture of a Gold Fibula purchased for the Museum of the Academy, Gamsiz, F. W., M.Sc. See Brownr, Epwarp T. Hanna, Henry. See Jounson, Tuomas. Herpman, W. A., F.R.S. See Browne, Epwarp T. JamEson, H. Lysrer, B.A. Notes on Irish Worms. JI.—The Irish Nemertines, with a List of those in the Science and Art Museum, Dublin, Jennines, A. VAUGHAN. On a New Genus of Bacteria (Astrobacter). (Plates VI. and VII.), Jounson, Epmonp. See Frazer, WiItiiam. PAGE 377 219 336 34 312 List of the Contributors. Jounsoy, Tuomas, D.Sc., and Hanna, Henry. Trish Pheophycee, Joty, Cuartes Jasper, M.A., F.T.C.D. The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace, Astatic Quaternion Functions, ~ : 4 ; Some Pi-perties of the general Congruency of Curves. (Abstract), : : : : é : : Some Applications of Hamilton’s Operator vy in the Calculus of Variations, Kyowtes, W. J., Paterson, W. H., Prarcer, R. L., and Bicerr, F. J. Investigation of the Prehistoric Settlements near Round- stone, Connemara, Letr, H. W. See McArptz, Davin. McArptez, Davin, and Lert, H. W., M.A. Report on Hepaticz collected at Tore Waterfall, Killarney, 1897. Nicuots, A. R., B.A. A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. (Report from the Fauna and Flora Committee), O’ Rerity, Josera P. On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions and their Con- cordance with the Sun-spot Period, Paterson, W. H. See Kyowtes, W. J. Pronxett, G. T., Cou: R.E. On a Cist and Urns found at Tallaght, Greenhills, County of Dublin. (Plates X. to XV.), Prazecer, R. L. See Knowtzs, W. J. Russert, Rosert, M.A., F.T.C.D. Geometry of Surfaces derived from Cubics, 663 666 438 317 477 392 462 vill List of the Contributors. Smyty, Girzart, M.A., F.T.C.D. PAGE Notes on certain Curves connected with the Double Normals or Plane Bicircular Quartics and Cyclides, 370 SteeDE, Bensamin H., M.D. Notes on Curvature of Pedal and Reciprocal Curves, . 124 THomepson, Isaac C., F.L.S. See Browne, Epwarp T. Weiss, F. E., B.Sc. See Browne, Epwarp T. Westropp, THomas J., M.A. List of the Round Towers of Ireland, with notes on those which have been demolished, and on four in the County of Mayo, . : : : . 294 Notes on the Lesser Castles, or “Peel. Towers” of the County of Clare. (Plates XVI. and XVII.), . 348 Youne, C. G., M.D. Notes on some Shell Implements from Barbados, : 2 IDI DATES OF THE PUBLICATION OF THE SEVERAL PARTS OF THIS VOLUME. Part Pages 1 to 210. October, 1898. 62115, 3828, April ersooE 5, 029 ,, 476. October, 1S9o" » 407 4, 666. oMarch 900: » 667 ,, 854. May, 1900. ork go boo CORRIGENDA. Page 352, line 20, for ‘‘ Ballygriffy,”’ read ‘* Ballyportry.”’ », 9870, lines 12 and 15, for ‘‘ planes,”’ read ‘‘lines.”’ », 374, for ‘* Plate XVII.,”’ read ‘‘ Plate XVIII.”’ PROCHEDINGS OF THE ROYAL [IRISH ACADEMY. PAPERS READ BEFORE THE ACADEMY. ite A REPORT UPON THE MOLLUSCA (EXCLUDING THE CEPHALOPODA AND NUDIBRANCHIATA) OBTAINED BY THE ROYAL IRISH ACADEMY CRUISES OF 1885, 1886, anp 1888. By GEORGE W. CHASTER. [Read June 27, 1898.] A pretiminary and confessedly incomplete list of the Mollusca from the ‘‘Lord Bandon ’’ expedition of 1885 was drawn up by Mr. W. Swanston, F.¢.s., and published in the Proceedings of the R.I.A. in the following year. Further notes on mollusca of special interest, obtained by the later expeditions, have appeared subsequently. But no attempt has been made to draw up a full and annotated list of the Testacea of the district investigated by the Academy—a district sur- passingly rich in its molluscan fauna. My object in preparing the present report is to attempt to supply this want, so far as is possible. Some time ago there came into my hands certain of the dredgings which had been partially examined by Mr. Swanston, and put aside to be more carefully searched. These gatherings yielded a large number of species, many not included in the published list, and some of remarkable interest. On my communicating the results to Dr. Scharff, he, with the greatest courtesy, consented to allow me to examine the material that had been deposited in the Dublin Museum, R.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. B 2 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. only stipulating, as was necessary in the interests of the institution under his care, that any types required by the Museum should be sent. Mr. Joseph Wright, F.¢.s., also, with the genial readiness which ever characterizes the true naturalist, has permitted me to search through the floatings from the finer portions of the dredgings, from which floatings he had obtained the Foraminifera already reported upon. To these gentlemen I must express my gratitude. My tribute of thanks is also due to Professor Haddon, Messrs. R. Welch, R. Ll. Praeger, p.A., and A. R. Nichols, 3.a., for their hearty co-operation; and to Mr. E. A. Smith, rF.z.s., and the Marquis of Monterosato, for their kindness in determining certain critical forms. The material, as it came to me, consisted of floatings, shelly debris, muddy sand, and fine gravel, from all of which the coarser part had already been separated. There were also a few boxes containing such of the larger shells as had been discarded. In the great majority of eases the larger forms, those measuring more than a quarter of an inch in length, are represented only by immature or fragmentary examples. Respecting these I can, therefore, give little or no information beyond the mere fact of their occurrence. Far different is the case of the more minute species. These are in many instances represented by a very great number of specimens, sometimes showing marked varietal modifications. Amongst them, too, there are several possessing special interest, being either rare or hitherto unknown. I may here mention that, during the process of examination, cer- tain species occurred in so large a number of the dredgings (not always in great numbers, be it understood) as to impart a character- istic ‘‘ facies”? to the molluscan fauna. I refer, of course, to such forms as are usually accounted more or less rare. Of these character- istic species the following may be mentioned :—Pudlsellum lofotense, Sars; Liostomia clavula, Loy. ; Mangelia brachystoma, Phil. ; Neolepton Clarkia, Cl.; Alvania abyssicola, Forb.; Cardium minimum, Phil. Scarcely less remarkable is the comparative rarity of Cyclostrema, Jeffreysia, Velutina, Turbonilla. Rissoa (Cingula) obtusa, Cantr., usually one of the commonest of molluscs in British seas, only occurs in one or two gatherings with even a moderate degree of frequency. The group Bela is quite unrepresented. In some cases an attempt has been made to indicate the bathy- metrical range of a species. The figures given refer only to the coasts of Kerry and Cork. It seems far better thus to indicate the range of the various species within the limits of the district under considera- tion, rather than to give the vertical range of a widely distributed CuasteR—On the Mollusca obtained by the R.I.A. Cruises. 3 species, perhaps sub-littoral in Arctic regions and abyssal in the Mediterranean. In compiling these figures I have availed myself of the information given in published accounts such as the ‘“ Porcupine”? expedition reports, for the first seven stations of the 1869 expedition lie within the limits of the area under consideration. As regards classification and arrangement, I have pretty closely followed the scheme adopted in the Rev. Canon Norman’s ‘‘ Museum Normannia- num.’ The deplorably incorrect nomenclature of Jeffreys’ “‘ British Conchology’’’ makes the matter of terminology a difficult one for a student who, like myself, has but little leisure time, and but limited opportunities for consulting the necessary literature. My endeavour will be to employ the names which, by the rule of priority, must of necessity be adopted. Unfortunately the number of changes is large, but there seems to be no alternative course. As regards the value of sub-generic divisions, opinions may be allowed to differ. It seems greatly to facilitate the close study of some of the large groups, such as the Odostomie and Risso, if the species be arranged in small groups with distinctive generic names, rather than to ‘“‘lump”’ together a great assemblage of more or less heterogeneous forms. I feel compelled to enter a strong protest against the useless and ridiculous practice of ‘* emending”’ the names which have been given to species and genera—a practice greatly in vogue at the present time. Can anyone pretend that the change of Hella into Kellyza aids in any way the study of the mollusc? Quite the contrary, it is a hindrance, increasing as it does the burden of synonymy, already weighing so heavily upon the student. Moreover, an author is not responsible for any want of classical erudition displayed in the names he quotes: to each name is (or should be) appended the name of its originator, to whom alone belongs any blame. Any attempt to tinker with original names seems to me to savour strongly of pedantry and impertinence; for the original author may have possessed scholastic knowledge equal to that of his critic. Are Skeneia, Rissoia, Montagwa really improvements upon Skenea, Rissoa, Montacuta? Let us take Rissova: even if con- chologists agree upon this, will the student of the sponges be willing to similarly change the name JVardoa, the only precisely analogous ease I know? From Mr. MacAndrews’ name there have been used in the mollusca Macandreea, Macandrei, Macandrewi, Macandrevia. Can conchologists agree which of these is right, and will the student of the Madreporaria accept their decision for the correction of the name of the little Irish coral Sphenotrochus Macandrewanus? These B2 4 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. so-called emendations add greatly to the cumbrous appearance of a name quoted fully. As an instance take Montaguwia, BD. & D. emend. (Montacuta, Turton) ovata, Jeff. emend. (ovalis, G. O. Sars.). How much simpler and better is Montacuta ovalis, G. O. Sars ? It seems far better to leave all names in their original form, unless the author himself subsequently corrects them, as Jeffreys did Omalogyra. The data of the various dredgings from which I have received material are given below. In some cases I was furnished with the number of the Station only, and the precise locality and depth cannot be given; this, however, is of but little consequence, for the different logs in a station were not widely separated, and did not vary greatly in depth. ‘“‘Lorp Banpon’’ Cruiszr, 1885. [ Sratron I.—40 miles off S.W. Ireland; lat. 51° 15’ N.] Log 3.—depth, 80 fathoms; sand and shells. Station IT.—Dursey Sound; depth, 20-25 fathoms ; sand. Log 6.—S. entrance to Dursey Sound; depth, 25 fathoms. Station I[T.—Mouth of Kenmare River; depth, 38-47 fathoms (logs. 9, 10, 11, 12, 21). Log 9.—Between Dursey Sound and Lamb’s Head; depth, 41-38 fathoms; mud. Log 11.—2 miles 8.W. of Skarriff; depth, 44-38 fathoms; muddy sand. Log 12.—1 mile 8. of Skarriff; depth, 40 fathoms; muddy sand and dead shells. Log 21.—Between Bull Rock and Great Skellig; depth, 48 fathoms; fine sand. Sration [Y.—Ballinskellig Bay; depth, 5-27 fathoms (logs. 13, 14, 15). Log 14.—S. end of the Bay, N.E. of Hog’s Head; depth, 17-12 fathoms; stones. Log 15.—N. end of the Bay; depth, 5 fathoms; fine sand, with Zostera. Sration V. (logs. 16, 17). Log 16.—26 miles W.N.W. (compass) of Great Skellig ; depth, 120 fathoms; sand. Log 17.— 33 miles 8. of No. 16; depth, 110 fathoms; sand. CuastER—On the Mollusca obtained by the R.I_A. Cruises. 5 Sration VI. (logs. 18, 19, 20). Log 18.—12 miles 8. W. of Great Skellig; depth, 79 fathoms; sand. Log 19.—2 miles N.W. of No. 18; depth, 79 fathoms; sand, Log 20.—1 mile E.S.E. of No. 19; depth, 70 fathoms; muddy sand. Station VII. (logs. 22, 23). Log 22.—7 miles 8.8. W. of Dursey Head; depth, 40 fathoms; coarse sand. Log 23.—2% miles E. of No. 22; depth, 37-35 fathoms; coarse sand. Station VIIT. (logs. 24, 25, 26). Log 24.—W. entrance to Berehaven, close to Bere Island; depth, 25-8 fathoms; coarse sand and broken shells. Log 25.—Berehaven, from Volage Rock to Hornet Rock; depth, about 5 fathoms; mud, sand, and stones. Log 26.—Berehaven, 8. of Beal Lough to George Rock; depth, 7 fathoms; fine, dense mud. Log 28 (Station XI.).—Off Baltimore, 23 miles 8. of chapel on Sherkin Island; depth, 30 fathoms; mud. Log 29 (Station XII.).—9 miles 8. of Glandore; depth, 40 fathoms; broken shells. Log 30 (Station XIIT.).—About 10 miles 8. of Galley Head light; depth, 54 fathoms; mud, sand, and dead shells. Log 82 (Station IX.).—Bantry Harbour; depth, 4-6 fathoms ; mud. ‘¢Lorp Banpon” Cruisz, 1886. Log 31.—83 miles 8. W. of Ballycotton ; depth, 394 fathoms; sand and broken shells. Log 33.—Lat. 51° 223’N., long. 7°58’ W.; depth, 522 fathoms; gravel and broken shells. Log 34.—10 miles S. of No. 33; depth, 554 fathoms; more sandy than last. Log 35.—Glandore Harbour, W. channel; depth, 4 fathoms; seaweed, sand, and broken shells. Log 39.—Lough Hyne; depth, 0-20 fathoms; fine, dense, foul mud. 6 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Log 40.—Long-Island channel; depth, 33-5 fathoms; fine sand and sea-weed. Log 41.—Crookhaven (opposite Coastguard Station); depth, 34 fathoms; dense, sticky mud. Log 42.—93 miles 8.W. of Castletown Berehaven; depth, 374 fathoms; sand. Log 50.—Valentia Harbour; depth, 4-7 fathoms; sand and dead shells. Log 53.—5-8 miles W. of Great Skellig; depth, 70-80 fathoms ; fine muddy sand. . Log 55.—Mouth of Kenmare River; depth, 23-38 fathoms; foul ground. Log 57.—35 miles W.25S. of Dursey Head; depth, 100 fathoms; sand. Log 58.—43} miles W. 28. of Dursey Head; depth, 110 fathoms; sand. Log 59.—50 miles W. 38. of Dursey Head; depth, 214 fathoms ; sand. Log 60.—57 miles W. 25S. of Dursey Head; depth, 265 fathoms; sand. Log 62.—Berehaven ; depth, 5-10 fathoms. Log 63.—Berehaven ; W. entrance; depth, 10-20 fathoms; mud, sand, dead shells. Log 64.—Long Island Sound; depth, 5-6 fathoms; sand, mud, sea-weed. ‘“‘ Frying Fatcon”? Cruise, 1888. Log 67.—Lat. 51° 2’ N., long. 11° 27’ W.; depth, 345 fathoms; fine sand. Log 69.—Lat. 51° 1’ N., long. 11° 50’ W.; depth, 750 fathoms; mud from stomach of Holothuria. Log 70.—Berehaven Harbour ; depth, 7 fathoms; mud. Log 73.—Depth, 50 fathoms. There were also a few packages of sand, etc., from the ‘‘ Lord Bandon’’ cruises without log numbers. These are as follows :— A.—Shallow water. B.—Derrynane Harbour, between tides. C.—Hone Island, Ballinskellig, between tides. D.—Valentia Harbour, between tides. E.—Between Horne Island and Ballinskellig. CuastER—On the Mollusca obtained by the R.ILA. Cruises. 7 For the sake of completing the records I have quoted from the published list of Mr. Swanston’ and from a manuscript list placed at my disposal by Mr. Nichols. These quotations are enclosed in square brackets [ ], and those citing the numbers of the Stations are from the former; those log numbers from the latter source. SPIRIALIS RETROVERSUS, Fleming, sp. (/usus). Logs 6, 9, 12, 17, 28, 25, 28, 80, 38, 42, 53, 54, 57, 65, 67, E. The specimens met with are all of small size, though this is scarcely a matter of surprise; for shells so fragile as the adult Spirialis can scarcely be expected to stand the rough usage necessarily accompanying the process of washing and sifting. Great differences in the relative proportions were noticed, but it seemed better to avoid mentioning distinct varieties when all the examples were so small. As there still appears to be some doubt as to the identity of the genera Limacina and Spirialis, it appears advisable to retain the latter. CavoLIna TRIsPINOSA, Lesueur, sp. (Hyalea). Logs 16, 67, 69 [69 tow-net dead. ] I only found fragmentary specimens. Cio pyRraMmata (Browne), Linn. Logs 17, 65, 67 [68 living.] Fragments only occurred in the dredging. | Crtonr BorEaxis, Pallas = C. limacina, Phipps. Log 60, tow-nets. | ScAPHANDER LicNARIvS, Linné, sp. (Bulla). Hogs 9, 12, 18, -33, 42 [55, 59, 72]. Depth, 30-100 fathoms. 8. punero-srriatus, Mighels and Adams, sp. (Bulla). Log 67. A small, broken, dead specimen. [Acrra Buttata, Miller. Log 62 (Berehaven; depth, 5-10 fathoms), living. | Roxanra urricutvus, Brocchi, sp. (Bulla). Stations [III.], VIII. Logs [55, 56, 69]. DrapHana quapRats, Monterosato, s.p. (Amphysphyra). Logs A single specimen from each locality. The Marquis of Monterosato has identified the species amongst a number of minute indeterminable 1 Proc. Royal Irish Academy, 2nd. Ser., vol. ivy., July, 1886, pp. 623-632. 8 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. shells submitted to him. It has somewhat the form of D. expansa, Jeff., but differs in the following particulars :—The upper part of each whorl is very sharply angulated, the nucleus is inverted and concealed, instead of being prominent, and the lines of growth are far more flexuous. The species is new to the British fauna. I have been unable to consult the original description, and to ascertain the locality whence the type specimens were obtained, and therefore quote the reference given me by the Marquis—‘‘ Journal de Conchyliologie,” 1876, p. 280. DiapHana minuta, Brown, sp. ( UVtrieulus) = Bulla hyalina, Turton. Logs 6, 9, 12, 25, 70; depth, 5-40 fathoms. The few specimens found are all small. [ Tornativa optusa, Montagu, sp. (Bulla). Log 50. | T. trruncatuLa, Bruguiére, sp. (Bulla). Stations [III.], [VII.], VIIL, VI. Logs 28, 33, 35, [39], 40, 62, 63, A, E, F. T. mamuittata, Philippi, sp. (Bulla). Stations VI., [VIII., XI.] Logs 6, 12, 22, 38, 35. Cyticunina nitrputa, Lovén, sp. ( Cylichna). Logs 9, 11, 12, 17, 18, 20, 21, 28, 30, 83, 84, 41, 42, 53, 57, [63]; depth, 3} to 54 fathoms. Very abundant. VoLVULELLA ACUMINATA, Bruguiére, sp. (Bulla). [Station IIT.] Logs 30, 42; depth, 873-54fathoms. Three small dead specimens. BULLINELLA CYLINDRACEA, Pennant, sp. (Bulla). Logs 9, 11, 12, 21, 24, 28, 338, 42, 55; depth, 20-523 fathoms. Acton Tornatiuis, Linné, sp. ( Voluta). Logs 9, 22, 28, 33, [85, 72, 73]. Puinrie aperta, Linné sp. (Bulla). Logs 41, [ 40, 62, living]. P. scapra, Miiller, sp. (Bulla). Stations [I.], VI. [/VIl.], VEU. Logs 9; 11) t232i2s, 30, 31, 33, 42, 55 ; depth, 830-70 fathoms. P. catena, Montagu, sp. (Bulla). Station VIII. Logs 62, 63. P. punctata, Clark, sp. (Bullea). Station VIII. Logs 55, 63. CuastER—On the Mollusca obtained by the R.I.A. Oruises. 9 P. prurnosa, Clark, sp. (Bullea). Logs 18, 28, 55; depth, 30-79 fathoms. Four very small specimens. P, nitma, Jeffreys. Logs 28, 42, 55, 63. A single specimen at each locality. This, like so many other species, progressively diminishes in size from northern to southern localities. The examples met with in these dredgings are of small dimensions, though not nearly so diminutive as a specimen in my collection from Malta. Trruys punorata, Cuyier, sp. (Aplysia). Stations [II., VIII.] Logs 40, [41, 70, living]. [ Oscanius MemBranacevs, Montagu, sp. (Lamellaria). Log 70 living, A. R. N.] { PLevURoBRaNcHUS PLUMULA, Montagu, sp. (Bulla). Log 73 living. | Ormva orts, Turton, sp. (Helix). Station VIII., C. [CaRINARIA, sp. Log 67 tow-net. | CLATHURELLA LINEARIS, Montagu, sp. (Murex). Station VIII. Logs 3, 6, 9, 11, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 50. C. purpurea, Montagu, sp. (Murer). Logs 25, 35. C. neticutata, Renier, sp. (Murex). [Station ITI.] Log 3. An immature specimen. TEREtIA ANcEPS, Hichwald, sp. ( Clathurella), = Pleurotoma teres, Forbes. Logs 12, 17, 18, 22, 28, 31, 33, 34, [56 (off Dursey Head ; depth, 93 fathoms) |; depth, 30-110 fathoms. BELLARDIELLA GRacttis, Montagu, sp. (Dwrex). [Station VIII.] Logs 28, 33, [73]. [ HmpropLevra sEePrancuLaRis, Montagu, sp. (Durer). Stations IIJ., VIII. | TYPHLOMANGELIA NiIvALIs, Lovén, sp. (Plewrotoma). Logs [59], 67. A small, live specimen. MancGeExia arrenvata, Montagu, sp. (dfurer). Logs [39], 55. 10 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. M. costata, Donovan, sp. (Murez). Station VIII. Logs 8, 6, 9, 11, 12, 21, 22, 28, 31, 33, 34, 35, 42, 50, 55, [62], 68, A.; depth, 0-80 fathoms. M. striozata (Scacchi), Philippi, sp. (Plewrotoma). Station VIII. Two specimens. M. sracuystoma, Philippi, sp. (Plewrotoma). Station VIII. Logs 3, 9, 11, 12, 21, 22, 28, 30, 338, 34, 42, 50, 55, 62, A.; depth, 0-80 fathoms. Frequent at depths of 30-50 fathoms. [Curysopomus antiquus, Linné, sp. (Durer). Station VIII. ] [ Var. pesprcta, Linné, var. (Ifurez), Station ITI., A. R. Nichols. ] [| TrrronoFusus Gracizis, Da Costa, sp. (Buccinum). Station XII. Logs 56, 67. ] [ T. rstanpicus, Chemnitz, sp. (Fusus). Log 67 living, H. K. Jordan."] [| T. rustrormis, Broderip, sp. (Buccinum) = Fusas fenestratus, auct. Log 73, H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols. | T. proprnauus, Alder, sp. (fusus). Stations [ VI. ], VIII. [ Var. inteRMEDIA, Jordan. Log 44, H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols. | [ Var. nana, Jordan. Station IV., H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols. ] [ Var. txcrassata, Jordan. Log 42, H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols. ] [ Var. JEFFREYSIANA, Fischer. Station VII., H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols. ] [| BuccINoFusts BERNICIENSIS, King, sp. (Jusus). Log 67, H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols]. [ Buccrnorsis Darer, J. Sowerby, sp. (Buccinum). Log 67, H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols. ] Bouccrnvm tnpatum, Linné. Stations [III.], VI., VIII. Log 34. 1Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 3rd Series, vol. ii., 1892, p. 394. CuastER—On the Mollusca obtained by the R.I.A. Cruises. 11 [B. HumpHReEystanum, Bennett. Log 53, H. K. Jordan and A. R. Nichols. | Nassa rncrassata, Strom. sp. (Buccinum). Station VII. Logs 3, 9, 11, 12, 24, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 34, 35, [41] 50, [52, Ballinskellig Bay; depth, 20-354 fathoms], 55, 62,68, A, C, EH; depth, 0 to 40 fathoms. Nassa reticutara, Linné, sp., (Buccinum). i Stations [VI., VIII.] Logs 3, 35, 62. CotuMBELLA Hatrmert, Jeffreys. Logs 58, 67, [69]. TropHon cLatTHRAtus, Linné, sp. (Murer), var. truncatus, Strom. Stations VII., [1X.]. Logs 8, 9, 12, 24, 28, 33. This species occurs only very sparingly. A live specimen of the var. alba, Jeffreys, at log 28. TropHon muricatus, Montagu, sp. (Murez). Station VI. [| Var. Baryicensis, Johnston, var. (/urez). Log 33. | It is absolutely impossible to separate Zrophon barvicensis specifically from Z. muricatus. If a sufficient number of spe- cimens are examined, a few typical examples of each may be picked out, leaving a residuum of shells, which present every intermediate gradation and which it is futile to attempt to allocate to either species. Purpura xapirivus, Linné, sp. (Buceinum). Stations [VII.], VIII. Logs 35, [41], A. [Cassrmparra ruGosa, Linné, sp. = Horio tyrrhena, auct. Logs 60, 67 ].} Depth, 40-539 fathoms. Trivia EVROP@A, Montagu, sp. (Cypreea). Stations [III.], VIII. Logs 3, 33, 35, 63, [70]. AMPHPERAS PATULA, Pennant, sp. (Bulla). Log 28. CHENOPUS PES-PELICANI, Linné, sp. (Strombus). Station VI. Logs 3, 9, 12, 22, 24, 28, 29, 30, 83, 84, [35], 40, 42, 50, [53], 55, 73; depth, 5 to 80 fathoms. TRipHoRis PERVERSA, Linné, sp. (Zrochus). Station [VII.], VIII. Logs 6, 9, 28, 30, 33, 34, 35, 40. 1 Proceedings Royal Irish Academy, 8rd Series, vol. i., 1888, p. 40. 12° . Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. CERITHIOPSIS TUBERCULARIS, Montagu, sp. (Durex). Stations [II.], VIII. Logs 9,11, 33, 34, 35, 62, C. C. Bartzet, Jeffreys. Logs 11, 12, 25, 28, 38, E.; depth, 0 to 165 fathoms. C. concatenata, Conti, sp. (Certthium). Logs 6, E. Birrrum rericutatum, Da Costa, sp. (Strombiformis). [Station VII.] Logs 15, 18, 26, 28, 30, 35, 39, 40, 50, 625963) AWC, ER: TURRITELLA comMuNIS, Risso = terebra, auct. (non Lin.). Logs 3,9, 11, 12, 17, 18, 21, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 31, 33, 34, 40, 42, 50, 58, 55, 63, [70, 72], A; depth, 0 to 110 fathoms. Czcum ImpErForatum, G. Adams, sp. (Dentalium), = Dentalium trachea, Montagu. [Station VII.] Logs 25, [40]. C. incurvatum, G. Adams, sp. (Serpula), = Dentalium glabrum, Montagu. Logs 6, 12, 15, 22, 25, 28, 31, 88, 35, 39, 40, 42, 50, 55, A, B, E; depth, 0 to 523 fathoms. Lirtorina tirrorea, Linné, sp. (Turbo). Logs 35, [40], 63. L. rupis, Maton, sp. (Turbo). Station VIII. Logs 50, 62, 63, A, C, D, E, F. L. werrrorprs, Linné, sp. (Zurbo). Log 62, C, E. L. ostusata, Linné, sp. (Zurbo). [Station VIII.] Logs [50], 62, 63, A, B, D, F. Lacuna partipura, Da Costa, sp. (Werita). Station VIII. Logs 28, 35. L. prvaricata, Fabricius, sp. (Zrochus). Stations III., [IV.], VIII. Logs 20, 28, 85, 40, 42, 55, 62, 68, [52 (Ballinskellig Bay), 70]; depth, 4 to 70 fathoms. CITHNA TENELLA, Jeffreys, sp. (Lacuna). Log 69. One broken specimen. SKENEA PLANORBIS, Fabricius, sp. (Zurbo). Station VIII. Logs 6, 18, 28, 35, 40, A, E, F. CuastER—On the Mollusca obtained by the R.I.A. Cruises. 13 Rerrorortina Fuscata, Chaster. Log 39. A single specimen. Though evidently specifically identical with my types from Tangier Bay, the shell from Lough Hyne is rather more flattened than they. It is not a mere reversed monstrosity of Skenea planorbis, as might at first be supposed. The nucleus of the shell is smaller ; the direction of the lines of growth different, and the shell does not reach more than a third of the size of that species. Owing to its very diminutive size it will probably never be a commonly known shell. Homatoeyra atomus, Philippi, sp. (Zruncatella). Station VIII. Logs 39, 70, A. A good number of fine live specimens from Lough Hyne. H. riscuErtana, Monterosato. Log 39. A single specimen. This species, So common in many parts of the Mediterranean, has ap- parently not been noticed on our coasts before. Though devoid of the characteristic radiating ribs of H. rota, it is in its other characters more closely allied to that species than to H. atomus. H. nora, Forbes and Hanley, sp. (Shenea). Station VIII. Logs 6, 28, 35. JEFFREYSIA DIAPHANA, Alder, sp. (Avssoa?). F. 25 Brachycephals. Mesaticephalic. 29 Mesaticephals. 77-6 77-5 77-3 $a a a a ns ed 75-7 75:5 75-5 75-2 75-2 7.4 9 71.2 9 | Dolichacephalic. —. J Dolichocephals. led List of Measurements v (p.) Deta -asoN SPBoHVMANBDRSMHDAAHSAMONDUDOH z MANAMDAMANMDAMMMANNAMDNAMAAN a “OOC THOOSOMWMN ADDON RDO ADS ABAAArASAN Ss todd SHH SH OD HSH St St GO 60 CO HH SH SH GO HH CO CO 99! G2 99 D4) S10) > Jo) ch Go (oe) Oo om bo (Je) w Le rr ee On Or io ioe i _ we coe a for) is) H mr on = H = bo oO (oe) Or or Or ee (Je) ie) co [JN [u%) (Je) ln e Lo) w [JX] Oo i i 128 | 101 |103 | 1755 | 932 | 1845 | 194 NY = S We) (ee) ld be od On (oo) for) H — e bo oO fF ao na o a i it (JU) eo ory for) i i a S) wo oO Or oe So Ne) Gy “I © Ww ao bo Oo I mead ie) ne 1 On wT _ iw) for) =I (=) a co oo i Oo lop) Or w w J w bo 135 | 95 |102 | 1790 | 950 | 1808 | 195 WY rary Oo — On Oo — bo aS for) e fmt (J) ie) — i oO ee Ne) jw On bo ie) 200 | 152 | 126 |} 73 | 138 | 118 | 55 | 34 1 .——\ Ne) co — On (ee) — bo Lo) ~I fey) cd co i — ao [me bo o — lo) loo — bo _ or Or e _ wo (os) Oo er) co i) eo bo Je) bo a a Led | od bo iw) i) “I eo} Ne) ee) x roan So We) oO “I e i aI for) oO oO a1 oO ve) (oe) em lee) =) Oo bh Ht ~I o/e) Ne} he bo Be om bo io) So Oo bo H97 | 162] 126 | 71 | 147 | 118 | 51 | 34 oo SG 129! 96 | 95 | 1670) 867 | 1842 | 197 190 | 150 | 128 | 75 | 144 | 112 | 55} 26 (J) — 189 | 160} 123 | 70 | 188 | 119 | 52 | 35 co bo 192 | 154/| 118 | 66 | 140 | 110 | 49 | 36 w bo (Jv) bo 196 | 148 | 123 | 70 | 140 | 112 | 45 | 37 195 | 154} 115 | 68 | 188 | 112 | 42 | 44 oo Co 208 | 160} 122 | 69 |; 146 | 116 | 55 | 35 (Jw) ou 130 | 102 |102 | 1765 | 860 | 1862 | 194 208 | 162 | 122 | 63 | 146 | 108 | 49 | 33 1a) (Je) 127| 94 | 98 | 1732 | 910 | 1800} 205 187 | 162} 132 ~1 On — HS or — — — or for) [J%) ry i) rear 129 | 92 | 92 | 1790} 880 | 1950 | 205 200 | 164} 125 | 71 | 146 | 122 | 49 | 34 [J] rss 136 | 100 {101 | 1757 | 922 | 1880 | 200 194 | 154 | 112 | 62 | 144 | 120 | 42] 33 w poy 194 | 159 | 129 | 72 | 140 | 108 | 48 | 34 w e 200 | 160) 135 | 70 | 150 | 114 | 54] 39 im) co 192 | 153 | 114 | 62 | 144 | 122 | 48 | 365 (JX) bo W197 | 154 | 125 | 72 | 140 | 108 | 47 | 35 w bo wS)} ¥62)) 1382 | 79 | 148 | 114 | 57 | 32 130 | 108 |105 | 1794 | 920 | 1947 | 210 iw) wo Forearm. Name. Malley, Edward, Malley, Thomas, Moran, James, Burns, John, Malley, Michael, Malley, Edward, Malley, Thomas, Toole, Patrick, Scufile, Peter, O’ Malley, Edwd., Toole, Patrick, . Moran, Michael, Burns, James, Cannon, Michael, Toole, Patrick, . Flynn, Michael, . Grady, Austin, Toole, Austin, Toole, John, Toole, Patrick, . Toole, Austin, Toole, Peter, Toole, Timothy, Faherty, John, . Toole, Patrick, Toole, Patrick, . Flaherty, Michl., Toole, Peter, * Darwinian tubercle. Locality of Father’s people. Clare: Mother’s people. Clare I. 99 Louisburg Clare I. Inishturk | Inishturk 3? Castlebar Clare I. 99 TInishturk Eye Colour. dark- grey dark- grey green blue light- grey light- grey green blue light- grey light- grey green blue blue dark- grey light- grey | blue blue dark- grey blue green dark- grey blue green dark- grey light- grey light- grey dark- grey + Originally Inishturk. Hair Colour. dark brown brown dark brown brown brown brown dark fair brown dark dark fair- brown black brown dark dark brown! black black black dark black dark brown brown P N Skin. pr wane é pale straight pale straight ruddy | straight pale straight pale straight ruddy | straight pale straight pale straight pale straight pale straight ruddy | straight pale straight pale straight pale upturned pale, straight freckled pale straight ruddy | acquiline, No. 4 pale straight pale straight ruddy | straight pale sinuous pale slightly acquiline pale slightly acquiline pale straight pale straight ruddy | slightly acquiline pale straight + Darwinian tubercle present. Ears. Outstanding, lobes absent Flat Flat, lobes ab- | sent Flat Outstanding Flat Outstanding, lobes attached Flat Outstanding, * lobes attached Flat, lobes at- tached Flat Flat, lobes ab- sent Flat Outstanding, lobes absent Flat, lobes at- tached Outstanding Flat f Flat Flat Outstanding, lobes absent Outstanding ¢ Flat, Darwinian tubercle Flat Flat § Darwinian tubercle Outstanding Outstanding || Outstanding, lobes attached ea EE nnn nEnnITTInTnIIITITTTTTTTITTISaITTTTTTTTTETTDATnTETTISPUEIETT NE “nT TET TEETER IDE ITER Rn earremeememeeeeee Rr A eT AURICULAR CEPHALIC. FAcIAL. NASAL. Rios HEIGHT. FoRELIMB. a{ 4g Jeet || i . . : emilee les| 8) Ss) 8) eyes} 8) 8) 2) se] gi ge] 8 4 ea) S é oO} maa] A} A 28 > a < a wi a x cs 196 | 156 | 118 | 68 | 134 | 102 | 45 |.34 | 29 | 128] 93 | 101 | 1660 | 902 | 1714] 188 | 288 194 | 158 | 115 | 65 | 142 | 110 | 43] 381 | 31 | 180} 93 | 92 | 1778) 842 | 1912} 202 | 284 204 | 158 | 122.| 68 | 1388 | 110 | 49 | 338 | 838 | 1380} 938] 98 | 1677 | 886 | 1766} 193 | 260 196 | 160 | 118 | 68 | 144 | 112 | 47 | 85 | 81 | 183] 97 | 98 | 1625) 850 | 1748] 180 | 240 194 | 152 | 121 | 70 | 144 | 114 | 48 | 384 | 83 | 120} 100 | 102 | 1722 | 882 | 1853} 195 | 270 192 | 164 | 118 | 68 | 188 | 112 | 47 | 80 | 88 | 125) 94). 98) 1695 | 870 | 1793] 180 | 2538 194 | 152 | 115 | 65 | 184 | 110 | 46 | 84 | 37 | 122} 94] 95 | 1580! 830 | 1650] 170 | 250 | 194 | 156 | 128 | 75 | 188 | 104 | 52 | 38 | 34 | 126 |° 93 | 100 | 1650] 870 | 1690| 200 | 250 | 200 | 158 | 114 | 55 | 144 | 108 | 48 | 35 | 82 | 186} 96] 95 | 1602] 850 | 1685| 187 | 245 | 194 | 150 | 125 | 75 | 142 | 114 | 52 | 34 | 33 | 120] 95 | 100 | 1735 | 905 | 1827) 195 | 265 | USSmielasa 106 | 5% | 184 | 102 | 42 | 38 | 383 | 127 | 90) 91 | 1629 | 883 | 1673) 176 | 240 | 192 | 152 | 122 | 68 | 188 | 108 | 50 | 81 | 29 |.120} 90] 94 | 1605 |-832 | 1727) 187. | 250 | 186 | 154 | 110 | 64 | 148 | 120 | 48 | 37 | 28 | 125 | 94 | 100 | 1604, 850 | 1677] 170 | 284 200 | 158 | 114 | 52 ; 188 | 110 | 41 | 84 | 85 | 189] 98 | 98 | 1625) 885 | 1781] 185 | 244 | 194 | 161 | 118 | 66 | 140 | 110 | 51 | 82 | 82 | 128} 96) 90/1720] 913 | 1816] 193 | 250 | 201 | 156 | 124 | 71 | 136 | 112 | 50 35 31 | 122 | 100 | 105 | 1600} 826 | 16382) 182 | 240 188 | 160 | 140 78 | 144 | 112 | 55 | 34 | 84 | 127] 95 | 96 | 1683] 865 | 1785] 190 | 248 204 | 160 | 126 | 68 | 140 | 110 | 48 | 33 | 338 | 181 92 | 93 | 1703] 880 | 1812] 190 | 266 206 | 168 | 124 | 65 | 152 | 110 | 47 | 84 | 38 | 126] 85] 91 | 1695} 896 | 1840} 180 | 256 202 | 152 | 184 | 78 | 1388 | 108 | 55 | 32 | 82 | 129) 100 | 101 | 1798 | 952 | 1850] 190 | 260 208 | 163 | 124 | 70 | 143 | 110 | 53 | 37 | 381 | 183] 100 | 100 | 1778) 900 | 1830} 200 | 262 208 | 168 | 183 | 74 | 150 | 114 | GO | 39 | 83 | 1386] 100 | 101 | 1720] 900 | 1808] 200 | 270 + 206 | 162 | 118 | 64 | 146 | 110 | 52 | 86 | 33 | 125} 101 | 102 | 1640 | 897 | 1697] 180 | 231 202 | 152 | 1138 | 75 | 148 | 116 | 53 | 33 | 33 | 181 97 | 96 | 1624] 842 | 1812) 197 | 260 206 | 162 | 182 | 71 | 151 | 120 | 52 | 36 | 3838 | 120] 92) 96 | 1768} 900 | 1882} 200 | 272 | 206 | 162 | 181 | 70 | 142 | 114 | 47 | 88 | 38 | 125} 97] 95 | 1733) 830 | 1873} 195 | 270 206 | 156 | 112 | 66 | 138 | 116 | 48 | 83 | 88 | 182] 98 | 97 | 1665 | 885 | 1750] 185 | 255 204 | 154 | 124 | 69 | 134 | 114 | 49 | 87 | 81 | 127| 95 90 | 1757] 890 | 1685] 190 | 270 3 Darwinian tubercle in right. || Darwinian tubercle in one ear. 54 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. (n) Analysis of Statistical Tables—A belief appears to prevail that the people of Inishturk are darker haired and taller than the people of Clare Island, and the observations taken in this survey seem to indicate the correctness of this opinion. The differences are shown in the following table :— —— Clare Island. Inishturk. Number observed, . ... . 45 1l Cephalicwlndexsmue-y gai) hel UU U9 Altitudinaleindex, es a) fee.) 65:4 62:2 PMcanes ta ture’ mn sllys airs) «ssi peli’ 1693 1716 | (5 ft. 62 in.) (5 ft. 74 in.) Proportion to Stature—Span, . 105° 106°4 au Pee! Hand): | % 11-2 11:2 5 np 99 Forearm, . 15°1 15:2 INierescence Index, .. -) . .) « 31°6 72-1 From this table it will be seen that the Inishturk men are not only taller, but they have also a longer head, as shown by the lower cephalic index. The proportions borne to the stature by hands and forearms being the same in both, and vet the span-stretch in the mean of Inishturk being greater than that of the Clare Islanders, seems to indicate either that the upper arms are longer, or, what seems more likely, from the appearance of the men, that they are broader across the shoulders. Five out of the nine instances of Darwinian tubercle observed were in Inishturk men. 3. Viran Statistics (GENERAL AND Economic). (a) Population.—The population of these islands, like that of all the others on the west coast, and indeed like that of Ireland in general, is steadily decreasing. The cause of this decrease has been the usual one, emigration. The population of the two islands was, in 1891, 702. In 1831 it was 1616. Between the years 1851 and 1871 the population of Clare Island had decreased from 745 to 494, and that of Inishturk from 202 to 127. Since then the population of Clare Island has fluctuated, BrownE—The Ethnography of Clare Island and Inishturk. 55 varying between 621 and 557, while that of Inishturk has increased slightly from 127 to 145. Census. | Population. | Houses. | ‘hpapitants. | Acres per 1851 947 2138 4:40 5°89 1861 856 172 4:98 6°50 1871 621 121 5°13 8:98 1881 753 161 4°32 047 1891 702 128 5°48 7°95 The density of population is thus seen to be about 81 to the square mile. The distribution of population, inhabited houses, out-buildings, and farm-steadings in 1891 was as follows :— POPULATION. Outbuild- Islands. Area. po || GEG, || HAS rel Farm- Persons. | Males. | Females. steadings. | Clare Island, - | 3959 557 302 255 100 80 Inishturk, . . 1620 145 78 67 28 45 | Motalsse. 9. | 5579 702 380 822 128 125 From this table it will be seen that the males exceed the females by 58. (B) Acreage and Rental—tThe total area of Clare Island is 3959 acres, and that of Inishturk is 1620 acres. The Poor Law valuation of Clare Island is £507 18s., and that of Inishturk is £106 2s. Three-quarters of Clare Island and a large part of Inishturk are commonage and mountain grazing. The rental of Clare Island before it passed into the hands of the Congested Districts Board is said to have been about £580. The holdings were small and badly fenced, as stated in another section. It is hard to state the size of the average farm, the system of holding 56 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. in co-partnership (about as bad a mode as the mind of man could devise), making it hard to say how much each man held, but the average size of the cultivated land on each holding was probably about 4 to 44 acres. The arable land has now been divided up into definite holdings, fenced, and sold to the people by the Congested Districts Board. (c.) Language and Liliteracy.—I regret to be unable to record the number of Irish-speaking persons in the population; they are all practically bilingual, and do not, they say themselves, speak Irish well now. It was noticeable during this visit that the people were not. observed speaking Irish among themselves, the way they did in Inish- bofin and Inishark and other places. Several of the older inhabitants informed me that they all knew Irish, but spoke it so badly that they always felt ashamed in speaking it to the people from Achill. The younger generation growing up hardly knows more than a few words. and phrases. It is to be regretted that the census returns only give the figures as to Irish-speaking peoples by baronies. Liliteracy.—The return for this is given by parishes. In the parish of Kilgeever, which includes both these islands, there were in 1891 4847 persons, of whom 1413, or 29:2 per cent., were illiterate. Population. Persons. Male. Female. { 5 years old and upwards,| 4847 | 2504 2343 Number illiterate, : 1413 661 752 Percentage, : 0 29-2 26°4 3271 The rate of illiteracy on the islands is not high, as most of the men met with were able to read and write. There are two National schools on Clare Island, and one in Inish- turk. (p.) Health.—It was found to be very difficult to obtain reliable information on this part of the subject, but there was universal agree- ment among my informants that the people on the whole are very strong and healthy, and that the diseases from which they suffer are mainly those due to their mode of life and occupations, their food, and most of all to the unsanitary condition of their dwellings, de- scribed in another section. Consanguineous Marriages seem to be of very frequent occurrence on both islands, as might be expected in an insular population; but Brownre— Zhe Ethnography of Clare Island and Inishturk. 57 beyond the family likeness or fixation of type observable among the people, there seems to be little or no perceptible result. The inhabi- tants of Clare Island frequently intermarry with those of Inishturk, but unions with people from Achill seem to be of rare occurrence. Diseases.—As before observed, considerable difficulty was expe- rienced in obtaining reliable information on the prevailing complaints ; but the following, based partly on personal observation, partly on information received from trustworthy sources, is believed to be cor- rect so far as it goes :— Insanity.—T wo cases known within the past few years (the exact period could not be ascertained). Idiocy and Inbecility.—None. Epilepsy is not common, but two cases are known to exist, both mild. Deaf-mutism.—There are no deaf-mutes on either island, nor could I find that there ever had been any within the memory of any of the inhabitants. Congenital Blindness and Malformations.—There are no cases of congenital malformations or blindness on either of the islands. fevers are stated to be of common occurrence, though not so much so as formerly. Typhus and enteric fever are the most common visi- tants. With new and improved habitations for the people these scourges ought in future to be of much less frequent occurrence. Phthisis and *‘ Struma”? are said to be unknown on the islands ; they certainly are not common. Bronchitis and Pneumonia are not very common. Rheumatism, especially. lumbago, is one of the most common com- plaints. A man gathering seaweed or otherwise wet through will simply dry himself before the fire, or let the soaked garments remain on him as they are. Acute rheumatism is said to be unknown here, as on several of the islands visited in other surveys. Dietetic Diseases.—As might be expected from the nature of the dietary, various forms of dyspepsia are commonly met with. The constant use of very strong tea at most meals is blamed by the older people fer much of this, and, no doubt, with considerable justice. As fish forms so large a portion of the daily food, ento-parasites, as might be expected, are a common cause of complaint. ‘‘Gravel’”’ is said to be a very common affection. Local Affections are few, and not very serious. Skin diseases are: the most common of these; those most often suffered from are sea- boils, eczema, acne, and scabies. 58 Proceedings of the Royal Irisn Academy. Accidents, due to the nature of the occupations pursued by the people, are, as might be expected, pretty numerous, but are seldom very serious. (z.) Longevity.—A good proportion of the inhabitants of these islands seem to attain to a considerable age. There are several very old people on Clare Island, and at the time of my visit there was a man of 100 years of age living in Inishturk. He was very active for so olda man, and in full possession of his faculties. 4. Psychology.—This is perhaps the most difficult part of the sub- ject to treat in a report such as this. A stranger and a visitor to the islands can only get a very slight glimpse of the people’s character, and naturally the best side is the one which is most likely to be shown him. For other things he has to depend on local informants, and local prejudices are apt to influence these ; so the recorder has to sift and weigh carefully before accepting all he hears. To the casual visitor the people are decidedly attractive. Like all ‘dwellers in out-of-the-way places, they are somewhat shy of and suspicious of strangers at first ; but after the crust is broken they are kind, obliging, and communicative. With each other they are rather social, and given to joking and laughing, and they seem to have a rather keen sense of the ludicrous. They are very excitable, and said to be somewhat quarrelsome at times. The island used formerly have rather a name for outrages, but none of these seem to have been very serious, and they were most likely largely the outcome of this excitable disposition, and to the nature of the social surroundings of the time. They are decidedly talkative, especially among themselves. Drunkenness may be said to be unknown. They are very kindly to one another in times of trouble or distress. The charge of laziness has been brought against them, and with some degree of justification; but the manner in which they worked when organised by the Congested Districts Board, and when they had some real inducement to do so, leads one to think that they did not work on account of having no real interest in doing so. 5. Folk-names.—The following list, kindly supplied to me by Sergeant M‘Golderick, r.1.c., comprises all the surnames now to be met with on the islands except those of the police and lighthouse- keepers. Browne—The Ethnography of Clare Island and Inishturk. 59 Surnames of Clare Island. Surname. Pens Surname. Oe Families. Families. Barrett, 3 Lavelle) .. 00 1 Burke, 1 Malley, .. D0 32 Burns, 5 Mac Namara, 2 Byrne, 60 fe 1 M‘Donagh, 1 Cannon,! ,, 2 M‘Hale, .. 1 Fergus, 1 Moran, 6 Flanagan, 1 Miumx ayers 4 Flynn, 20 aie 3 Ruddy, 3 Gallagher,” ., 2 Salmon, .. 2 Gibbons, ., 1 Scufile,! 2 Gordon, ., 1 Toole, ws a6 5 Grady, 8 Winters, 4 Hestor, 1 The surnames on Inishturk are Toole (the most common), Malley, and Faherty. As will be observed Malley is still the most common surname in Clare Island. In 1821 there were sixty-seven families of that name thereon. The great majority of the names are those of families or clans anciently belonging to the territory of Hy Fiachrach in which these islands were included. Barrett and Burke are, of course, Welsh or Anglo-Norman, and date from the thirteenth century. Two names, Salmon and Winters, appear to be English; but the latter may probably be the Anglicised form of some Irish name which I have not been able to trace. 1The names marked thus, are common in Inishbofin, and probably came from there, Scufile certainly did so. * Gallagher is one of the Ulster names which came into this part of Connaught in the 17th century. 60 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. The following list gives the surnames which appear to have been in the district anciently, most of them are considerably altered, and are given in both their ancient and their modern forms. Modern. Ancient. Burns. eee : sae Mae Conboirne, Dye, | is aware : E O’Birn. Cannon, . : ; ; M‘Coinin. Flynn, . : : ; O’Floinn. Flanagan, : : . Mac Flannagain. Lavelle, . : ‘ . O’ Maolfabhaill. McHale, ‘ 5 ; Mac Cele. Malley, . : . : O’Maille. Moran, . ‘ : ; O’ Moran. Murray, . : : 5 O’Muireadhaigh. Ruddy, . 5 0 : O’Broduibh. Toole, . : : : O’Tuathal. IV. Soctonoeyr. 1. Occupations.—Though living on islands, but few of the men are fishermen by occupation, and those few sell the fish to the others. All are farmers to a greater or less extent, and some few have hardly ever been out of the islands. The farms or holdings are of very small size, but have (or had, for the state of things described here isnow a matter of history) unlimited right of grazing over the greater part of the islands. The methods of farming are of the most primitive description, and no attempts at improvement seem ever to have been made until the Congested Districts Board took over Clare Island. The holdings were not properly fenced, many of them having their boundaries only indicated by land-marks. As soon as the crops were removed the land all became a common, and remained so during the winter; while the crops were down the sheep and cattle of the neighbours had to be kept away from them by some of the family being constantly on the watch with dogs to drive them away, and send them back to the moun- tain grazing again. There was thus no inducement to improve, as whatever change for the better was made was sure to be undone again. Another obstacle to improvement was the system of co-tenancy in which families had only a part share ina farm. The right of grazing on the mountains (two-thirds of the area of the islands) was unlimited,. the result of which was that a man paying a very small rent might Browne—TZhe Ethnography of Clare Island and Inishturk. 61 really be a richer man and larger cattle holder than one paying a larger rental. There are no ploughs or harrows on the islands, all the tillage being spade work. The manures consist of seaweed and farm-yard manure. An average family has a couple of pigs, a cow or two, a number of fowl, geese, or ducks, and a donkey, or horse ; most families keep a brood mare. ‘The fuel used is turf, much of it ‘‘scraw” turf raised off the surface of the land which has been completely ruined in some places by this custom. ‘There are no regular bogs, but in some of the hollows among the hills there are small areas in which the peat is from two to four feet in depth. A good deal of kelp is made, for which the people get about £4 per ton. Other occupations are few ; there are very few tradesmen on the islands; two weavers make a little frieze and coarse flannel for use on the islands; the other trades- men are one blacksmith, one carpenter, and two sawyers. The women attend to the ordinary household work, cooking, spin- ning, carding, &c.; they also rear fowls and geese which they sell at Westport, and export eggs in considerable quantities. The fish caught is eaten fresh in summer, and salted roughly and dried in the sun on roofs and walls for winter use. 2. Family Life and Customs.—The general characters of family life are much the same as those of the other islands (Bofin and Shark) to the south of them, and the description of the life there practically auswers for Clare Island and Inishturk also. Marriages are not a matter of romance as a rule, but are arranged by the parents and relatives of the young people. Some of the wed- ding customs are curious; the night before a wedding the bridegroom and friends go to the bride’s father’s house; when they arrive, four bottles are placed on the table, one at each corner, and the parties. are treated by some responsible person at each corner. Feasting and story- telling are kept up until morning when all go to the chapel together for the ceremony; after which the bride is taken to the husband’s house where feasting is kept up as before the next night. On the occasion of a death, windows and doors are opened, and it is not considered right for any one to weep until the death actually occurs. Wakes are still held, but they are shorn of many of their old observances. As in Bofin and elsewhere, the grave is not dug until the coffin reaches the graveyard. Two funerals starting together, if there should be such an occurrence as two on the same day, would have a race for the cemetery, for the belief still lingers that the spirit of the person last buried has to sit and watch until the next funeral. 62 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Unbaptized infants are buried in killeens or burial grounds by themselves. The funeral customs are the same as described in Bofin except that the belief about the ill luck in giving the wood out of the house for the coffin does not prevail here. Tobacco is served out to those present at a funeral, and the unused pipes are placed on the grave as in Ballycroy. 3. Food.—The people take three meals in the day; many families take strong tea at each; the dietary consists of tea, flour-bread, potatoes, eggs, and fish (fresh or salted according to season). Indian meal stirabout is eaten when the potatoes are exhausted. Clothing.—The work-day clothing is mostly home-spun ; stockings and flannels are all home manufacture, and of rather course quality, Some native dyes such as lichen and purple loose-strife are in use occasionally. ‘The men are clothed very thickly, wearing layer upon layer of thick heavy homespun flannel, which makes them appear much stouter than they really are. Most of the women’s clothing, and the men’s best attire, is 1m- ported. Dwellings.—The houses are much the same as those of Inishbofin, but poorer, usually containing only two apartments, the kitchen and the room. Owing to the absence of lime on the islands, the houses are built of dry stone, and plastered inside; many are now being whitewashed. Many of these houses are very old; I have been in one stated by the inhabitants to be over two hundred years standing. The houses are thatched with sougan thatch over scraws as described in the report on Bofin. The end of the kitchen farthest from the fire is used as in the other islands as a sort of pen for cattle and pigs at night; it is paved, and has a small channel running out to drain away moisture, At the time of my visit there were only five or six houses on Clare Island, into which the cattle and pigs were not taken every night. The general style of the interior is the same as that of the houses in Bofin or Ballycroy, except that in one wall of the kitchen there is a recess called the caclliogh, which contains a bed which can be curtained off from the room. The furniture is scanty, consisting in the kitchen of a table or two, a few stools, a dresser, covered with coarse earthenware, a bench, and a spinning-wheel. Above the ‘‘ couples” at the stable end of the kitchen is a sort of loft in which implements, dried fish, &c., are stored. The domestic utensils are the usual three-legged pot, a griddle, a big chest, some. Browne— The Ethnography of Clare Island and Inishturk. 63 piggins, or wooden vessels (now being replaced in Clare Island by im- ported articles), a boran, spinning-wheel, &c. The ‘‘room”’ is sometimes boarded, and is scantily furnished, a couple of tent beds and chair or two, a chest, a table, a couple of cheap religious pictures (perhaps), and an article of furniture known as the milk chest : it is mounted on four legs, and has a tightly fitting lid. It is used for containing the milk vessels. The sanitary con- dition of the houses is bad, owing to the absence of proper ventila- tion, the presence of the cattle and fowl in the houses at night, and the proximity (frequently) of stagnant pools and muck heaps to the doors of the dwellings. Transport.—The modes of transport on land are very simple, the only two methods of conveying turf, sea weed, fish, or potatoes, being in baskets on the backs of the people themselves, or in panniers slung over the back of a horse or donkey. Stones for building are carried in rough wooden frames of a V-shape known as stone-cleaves. There are about eighty horses on Clare Island; the number in Inishturk could not be ascertained. The roads are pretty good, considering that there is no wheel traffic over them. For conveyance by water as well as for fishing there are boats, twenty-seven of which are sometimes used for fishing ; five of these are pookhauns, two hookers, one of which belongs to Inishturk ; there are about a dozen curraghs. V.—Fotx-Lore. Considerable difficulty was experienced in obtaining much infor- mation on the many curious and interesting beliefs and customs still persisting in these islands, but the following items were collected, thanks mainly to Mrs. C. Kelly, Sergeant M‘Golderic, r.1.c., and Mr. Edward O’Malley, of Clare Island. Some other information was. gathered from the people of Inishturk. The information which I was able to obtain relates mainly to minor folk-lore. 1. Customs and Beliefs.—Reference has already been made to funeral and wedding customs. There are customs and beliefs relating to certain days, most of which are the same as those observed and reported on in Inishbofin, &c. The people will not give fire out of the house on May Day lest all good luck might go with it. On St. John’s Eve bonfires are lighted, round which the people circle seven times in the name of the Trinity, bowing towards the fire each time. 64 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Coals from this fire are taken home or thrown into the potato fields for luck. As might be expected a good many things are supposed to bring misfortune or ill-luck, and some curious methods are employed for averting it. If the fishermen in one boat have to obtain bait from those in another, they always exchange by return of a ballast stone or something similar, lest they might take the luck away with them. There is full belief in the ‘‘ bad eye,” and ‘ overlooking ”? among the older people. It is thought to be unlucky to meet a red-haired woman first thing on starting out to work or on a journey. | Nothing must ever be taken away from Caher Island, but all visitors must leave something, a button, fish-hook, coin or something of the sort, in the curious old stone bowl in the ruined church there. It is allowable, however, to take away the clay or gravel from this island, as it is believed that no rat can live on the island or in a house into which this clay is brought. In his letters to the Ordnance Survey of Ireland, Dr. John O’Donovan mentions that, in his time, the boatmen when passing Caher Island used always to take off their hats and say, umluigmio 00,014 M6p na n-uile Gumhaéca asup vo Pdopuig miopbuilceach, de. ‘* We bow, submit, or make reverence to the great God of all powers, and to the thaumaturgus Patrick.” Blacksmiths are believed to possess some magical powers, especially rowers of cursing. The strongest and most fearful curses can be brought about by the ceremony of ‘‘ turning the anvil.’’ Another curse is brought about by boring a hole in a coin on the anvil. Who- ever wishes to curse in this manner must first undergo a fast for several days, and then must make the hole in the coin in the name of the devil, giving utterance at the same time to the evil wished to the person cursed. These ceremonies, however, are looked upon with horror as acts of extreme wickedness. Ghosts are believed in by many. The belief in fairies, too, is com- mon, and several men are reported to have seen them. One man (John Neddy) claimed to have seen about a hundred of them, clad in white, running on the side of the mountain in the spring of 1896. The legend as to their origin is that found throughout Ireland, that they are fallen angels, condemned to wander the earth until the day of judgment. They are mischievous in disposition, and are believed to damage people and cattle. They carry off or change children, and a tale is told of their having once attempted to steal a child which Browne— The Ethnography of Clare Island and Inishturk. 65 was rescued from some people passing. As a protection against them a red cord is tied around the wrist of a parturient woman, also round the infant’s wrist when born. Cattle having their tails cut or the hairs taken off are thought to have been injured by the fairies. Fairy boats are said to have been seen at Inishturk; and at Clare Island a fairy or phantom ship is reported to have been observed some months ago passing over the land, and lights at sea have been seen to which supernatural origin was ascribed. There are also beliefs about, seals which, as in Bofin, are thought to be enchanted people, and which, like the fairies, are credited with having once stolen a girl from Clare Island. It is believed that if any one shoots a seal, the weather will be wet or stormy for the two days following. 2. Leecheraft and Charms.—The belief in the efficacy of charms for certain complaints is common; for others, local herb remedies are much used. Some old people have a charm for the aid of women in labour, which they repeat ; and they claim that, when they reach a certain point in the repetition of the formula, they know whether the case is going to turn out well or ill. ‘‘ Head-measuring,’’ as described in the report on the Mullet dis- trict is practised for the cure of headache. For ‘‘ the rose” (erysi- pelas) anointing with butter is practised, as described in the report referred to above. There is a woman on Clare Island who gives herbs for coughs and for ‘‘ the evil’’; in the latter case a decoction of nine herbs (boiled in milk) has to be taken before sunrise every day for fifteen days. All coughs are supposed to be due to pleurisy, and for this the usual remedy is bleeding from the foot. A syrup made with sugar, vinegar, broom-tops, and the roots of nettles is used as an expectorant. A poultice of mashed ferns is applied to burns. (f coses + f’ sines), where ¢ is a root of f,(—¢*) = 0, and the vectors B are constants of integration. These vector constants are generally arbitrary ; but the condition that a, should be a unit vector, or that its square should be independent of s and equal to negative unity, requires generally the mutual rectangularity of the vectors 6, and also the equality of the tensors of 8 and 6’. Thus, the particular form a, = 5b, (2, COS C18 + % SIN 8) + by (7s COS CoS + %4 SIN GS) +... ais bn Lomt COS C8 + Lom sin C8) is obtained in which %, %, .. . % » are any set of mutually rectangular unit vectors, and in which the scalars 6 are obliged to satisfy the relation UE (Do en on Aa 1h Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 79 Similarly, for odd spaces, Da, = 3 (8 coses + B’ sin es) ; and on integration, ay = 0, (2, cos 8 + % SiN 68) + ba (23 COS G25 + % SIN G8) +... cae a Bn (Com-1 cos CmS +r Lom sin C8) a Opi pay with the condition OE be On eile, As before, the condition Za, =1 reduces the constants of integration to this form. Finally, as a; = D,p, the vector to any point on the curve in even space is 1 ° ° 5 p=pot —(—% sings + % cosas) +... C1 Bin . ° 6 ats Ae. (- 2am-1 SID CS + tem COS C8)» m and that to any point on the curve in odd space is b eee 4 p=por—(-— 1, SIN CS + % COS GS) +... Cy + — (= fama SIN C8 + Vom COS Cm) + DysrlemsrS- m For the curve in eyen space the distance of any point on it from the extremity of pp is constant, or bP \3 AIG fit) = || |] This curye is, perhaps, more analogous to the circle than to the helix. 8. Reverting to the formula of differentiation for moving axes which was given in the 6th Article in the form Da = V,Qza, I shall inquire what the quantity Q becomes when expressed in terms of the vector units 2%, 2, ...- %), introduced in the last Article. This is an example of a transformation from one set of unit vectors (a) to another set (7), both sets being mutually rectangular. A verification of the simplest kind (consisting merely in the appli- cation of the formule 7%2..%=-—%, and %22.%=-%t.%4,=%) shows that the equation D,a, = V,Qa, is true, provided a, is one of the vectors thus denoted in the last article, and provided also the quantity Q is defined by the equation QO = Cytyle + Colgtg + 2 0» + Cmlomrlams This is true, whether the space is of even order (2m), or of odd order (2m'+ 1). 80 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. In Art. 6, 2 was expressed as a sum of 2m — 1, or 2m binary pro- ducts; it is now reduced to a sum of m binary products. This reduc- tion leads up to the investigation contained in the following article. 9. The general problem announced in the last article may be enunciated thus :— Given any homogeneous function of any number (JV) of the x vector units consisting of a sum of products of any number (m) of distinct units, each multiplied by a given scalar, to reduce this func- tion to a canonical form by a change of the system of units involved. Let g be the given function (of order m), and 7, one of the units involyed. It may be written in the form g =- 9’%, + q”, in which 9g’ and q” are both independent of 2;. Multiply into 7,, and qh = Ping sts Vniqu = g at; Jt gives separately g = Pmaqny and ft = PersCione Now multiply g into gq’, and take the part.(V1gq’) of the product qq, Which is linear in the units. This new vector (@,) will not, in general, be parallel to 7; but it is a linear function of 7,, expressed by the formula ® (4) = Yyggd' = Vig V naga = 1. The linear vector function ® defined by the equation Dp = VigV nag is easily seen to be self-conjugate, for So®p = Se Vig Vin-A9p = Soq Vin aGp = is) Vinaotq . Vinagp =/s) Vin aVo VinpY = Sq Vin age “p= S Vig Pnigo “p= Sc. p- ©® being self-conjugate, just as in quaternions, its axes are all real and mutually rectangular. These axes are the units to be employed in the reduction to the canonical form. 16. As an example, consider the reduction of the general homo- geneous quadratic function of WV of the m units. It consists of 34N(N- 1) binary products, each of which is multiplied by a scalar. Then g=@%, + 4’, suppose, where neither @ nor g’ involve 4. Here —-@,=Vigi, and Vyqa,=- yay t Vig'@, =— Vig higry = - 0. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 81 Tf 2, is an axis of this function ®, V;q’~a, must vanish, and ®7,=7,0,? But Vga = WD, =P Viq'a, = 1;@", and therefore @a, = VigViqau =— Viqu. a, = a. @,’, so that zw, is also an axis of ®. Pursuing this argument, it appears that the homogeneous quadratic in J of the units is reducible to the form Gf = Aol le at Azatgta tee Tami, 2ml2m—1l2m in which m is the lesser half of WV (viz. m = 34, if MN is even; m=%(N-1), if Vis odd). For each binary product uses up two of the V new units, and no unit can occur in more than one binary product. Thus the inference in Art. 8 concerning the form of the quantity Q is verified, and it is proved that it is possible to reduce a homo- geneous quadratic of JV units involving $V (JV-1) arbitrary constants to a form involving explicitly but 3, or $(V-1) constants, and when J is odd, but V—1 unit vectors. In particular, when three units are involved, da3¢2%3+ 31031 + Aintree may be reduced to a product of two units multiplied by a constant. 11. In the particular case of a quadratic, the new linear vector function defined by Wp = Vigp may be profitably considered. Now Sop = Soqp = SVic¢q.p = SW'c .p, so Wo =+ Vioq=- Vigo =- Yo; and this function wy is the negative of its own conjugate. Suppose yw satisfies the symbolic equation FT (Wh) =" — my" + my" — &. = 0, its conjugate satisfies the equation of similar form FW’) =" — my" + mp" - &e. = 0. But y=-wW, so Y"+ mw" + my" + &. = 0; and this is consistent with the former equation for w only, if Mm, =m; = &. = 0. The symbolic equation is therefore y+ my"? + ml" + &. = 0. 1 A general property for all linear vector functions. For, if SY) =0, Sof (y) p = Spf (y')o = 0; this requires f(v)o=0, or f()=0, asco is arbitrary. R.1.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. VY. G 82 Proceedings of the Royal Ivish Academy. Now, Wp = VigVigqep =®p, or generally ®=y*. Therefore, the equation satisfied by w is simply the square of that satisfied by y, and the roots of ® are equal in pairs. This agrees with the conclu- sions of the last article. 12. A discussion of the roots and axes of the linear vector y presents some points of interest. If @ is an axis, and 0 the corresponding root, WB = 68, and 68° = SBYB = SBgB = 0. Hence, either 6 or B=0. But all the roots are not zero; so if } does not vanish, 6 must be of the form a + ha’, in which a and a’ are two real vectors at right angles to one another and of equal lengths, and h is the imaginary ,/—1 of algebra. is thus the vector to a circular point at infinity in the plane of a and a’. £ being imaginary, 6 must be imaginary also, and — 4 must be its conjugate, as is evident on inspection of the symbolic equation in the last article; so 6 is of the form ig, where g is real. Replacing 6 by hg (where h = WW —1), it is evident, as (a + ha’) = hg (a + ha’),3 that (a — ha’) = — hg (a — ha’), also. Hence, adding and subtracting, Ya=-ga', and wa'= ga; also, Ya =-gpa'=-g'a, and wa’ =-— go’. Again, if for some other root, 6; (= hg,), WRi=hn Pi, and YPi=—-hnp we have SBYB, = hp SBB, = + SBiwW’'B = -— SRB = - hg Shi, and if g is not —g,, SBB,=0. In like manner, SB'B, = SBBi = SB'B1, andif Bi =a, + hay, Saa, = Saa’, = Sa’a, = Sa’a’, = 0, so the planes of aa’ and of o,a'; are hyper-perpendicular, or every line in one plane is perpendicular to every line in the other. 1 Verification is easy; for 6° =(a+ ha’)? =a? + h?a?® =a? — a’. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 83 Lastly, if an odd number of units is involved, the common perpen- dicular to all these planes satisfies Wp = 0. There is, of course, a certain indeterminateness about the axes of @. The general quadratic function is split up into a sum of area vectors in determinate planes which have no line common (and which are hyper-perpendicular) ; any pair of perpendicular vectors in one of these planes may be taken as canonical units, but the products of pairs are definite. As a corollary, if the sum of two area vectors is an area vector, the planes of the two given areas have a common line. 13. Inthe general case for homogeneous functions of order m, if % is an axis of the self-conjugate function ®p = ViqVinagp, and if ¢, is the corresponding root, the series of functions (J), defined by equa- tions of the type 4 = V,,19%;, obey the equations Si? =(-)"¢q, and SLL=0. For SI? = SVinaq Vong = (-)"1 S782, = (-)"¢1, and SLL = SVinatg Vin-ateg = (-)" 81.8%, = 0, since vse (Oslo As an example, consider the general cubic in four of the units, = LWentbbut From this L=— S40; and == da, and SLL = — Darsdase = — Aigiog4, since (¢,2,)?=—- 1. The six equations @g4d34 = &c. = 0, which result if the units are canonical, require all but one of four coefficients a,,,, to vanish. Thus the cubic reduces t0 42370223. Again, for the cubic in five of the units, ten equations of the type Ayzsiozg + Ay45Mos5 + Ai53l253 = O are found connecting the coefficients when the units are canonical. For variety, instead of solving these ten equations, multiply the cubic into the product 7?,... 7, of all the units not involved in it. Now, A252 %203 « U6l7 so 2 Uy = Ayah bots (tats U6 ve Un = — Aagtsts, in which is the product 77,73...7, of all the units. The result is consequently a quadratic in five units multiplied into ., 1 It is convenient to suppose 0123 = 231 = 4312 = — 4321 = — 4213 = — 41326 G2 84 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. The quadratic may be reduced to @o32y@; + ys5to?3, and therefore the cubic may be reduced to ayy3tytot3 + Ayastytyts. Generally, by this process, an m** in m+1 units may be reduced to a linear vector multiplied by w, and the m‘ may consequently be replaced by a single product of m units multiplied by a constant. Also, an min m+2 units may be reduced to a quadratic in the same number of units multiplied into w. It has already been shown how to reduce a quadratic, so the m** in m + 2 units may be considered known in the canonical form. 14. This process does not apply to a cubic in six units, for a cubic in six units is reproduced. It is easy, by the aid of a geometrical method, to write down examples of cubics reduced to the standard form. Take any three points, 1, 2, and 3; they may be joined to form a triangle (128). Take a fourth point, 4; every triangle formed with this point and a pair of the old points has a side common with the triangle (123). In the last article it was shown that the cubic in four units is reducible £0 Gy23%\2ols- Pursuing this analogy, consider how in a few simple cases a limited number of points can be joined to form triangles which have no side common totwo. Adding a fifth point 5 to the four points 1, 2, 3, and 4, but two triangles, (123) and (145), having no side common, can be drawn connecting these five points. (Of course, other pairs of tri- angles, (512) and (534) for instance, may be drawn to connect the five points. This is merely a matter of selection.) In the last article it was shown that a cubic in five units is reducible t0 dy23012923 + Gy45012425- Adding a sixth point to the five already taken, and two different arrangements are possible. Hither four triangles (123), (145), (624), (635), or a pair of triangles (123), (456), can be drawn connecting the six points, and having no side common. It may be verified at once that the cubic J = Aryglilyts + Ays5tilats + Arsg2gtste + A3562325%6 which corresponds to the first of these arrangements is in the canonical form, and so is the cubic q = Ayrgtilols + yselatste. These cubics belong to distinct types, and cannot be transformed into. one another. The square of q’ is a scalar (a7), + @?455), but the square of ¢ is not a scalar. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 85 For seven points, in addition to the four triangles in the first case for six points, (167), (257), and (347) are obtained. In addition to the triangles (128) and (456) in the second case, the triangles (716), (784), and (752) may be constructed. In the first of these cases for seven points, every point of the seven is joined to every other point, so that three new points 8, 9, and 10 must be added before a new triangle can be constructed.! 15. It is possible to derive from a given homogeneous function g of order m a series of self-conjugate functions analogous to that of Arts. 9 and 13, which I shall only mention here. The function referred to is Pp =VigVnagp. The next function of the seriesis Fp, = VoqV 292, where p2 is a homogeneous quadratic in the units. The general function is ff NPN = Vg Varma -PNy> It may also be noticed that the functions J of Art. 13, defined by relations of the type J, = V,19%, lead to the following equations :— Viqgh, = VqV naga = 04 = Gh; Pak, = Vnaqgvigh = aVnagh = oh. Thus @ and F,,; have the same roots. This holds good also for Fw and F,,_y- Further, the series of linear functions defined by the equation WvPm-v = Vv (Pm may be noticed. These convert a homogeneous function of order m-- V into one of order JV, and Vi m—N Uy Pm-N = Vieng Vg Pm-N shows that Wn_viy is the self-conjugate function L,,_y. 1 After this Paper was read, I saw that if a function can be written in the form G= 44+ iglgat... t+ tmIm, in which none of the Z involve any of the m units, 7122... %m, these m units belong to the canonical system, provided SIIz = &e. = 0. In particular, the cubic {= 1] (aizig + Disie) + Lig (bizia _ iste) is in the canonical form, although it cannot be typified by triangles having no side common. 86 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. 16. For the sake of facilitating various operations on the general functions of » units, it seems to be useful to introduce certain new symbols or characteristics of operation. The first of these is A, the analogue of the symbol of conjugation in Quaternions. For present purposes, the effect of the symbol A may be defined as a change of sign of all the units in g, and an inversion of the order in which they occur. From this definition, it is manifest that K*g=K.Kq=4. ; If 7, 1s homogeneous and of order m, Kam EE e) zm VAD gaat To prove this, if 2,7... .7, 1s a product of m distinct units, its conjugate 1S (—)"%m@m-a-++ tet, oritis (—)"(—)”™ Mmtm-2 +++ tatilm, by the law of interchanges, (¢)72 = — %0); or finally, the conjugate is Crm ert... OPOMG «te Hence, if m=0, or 38 (mod. 4), Ham=+ 4m} and if m=1, or 2 (mod. 4), A dm=—- Ym} and in general, if 7 = %) + Way + V2) + Ns Eq = Yo) — Way) — We) + Vo» provided go) is the sum of products in gy whose orders = 0 (mod. 4). When using this symbol, it must be remembered that w, the pro- duct of all the 2 units, obeys the relation Keon si Ee a: or that Kwo=o, n=0, or 8; and HKw=-o, n=1, or 2 (mod. 4). In particular for Quaternions, Ko=o, or Hk=-1=—- hi. Again, take the conjugate of 79,,0:, where q,, is a homogeneous function of the units which does not contain %, HGS UU mtr = “WAG rt = (-)!"""_A On, by the rule of interchanges. But UGmer = (Co aia’ and the conjugate of the condensed product is equal to the conjugate of the uncondensed product, or in symbols K. UY mt = HE, (- ee Olin Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 87 It is thus proved as a theorem that the conjugate of the product of any two functions of the units is equal to the product of their conju- gates in the inverse order, or that Kpg=HgKp. Of course the effect of £ on o, the product of all the units, must not be overlooked. It may be agreed to replace w by a scalar,' at least when the number of units is odd; this is not the kind of condensation referred to here, and ambiguity in the present Paper is avoided by retaining the special symbol w for the product of the units. In this article, and elsewhere throughout this Paper, the word condensation simply refers to the degradation of a product (such as 77,7,) to a simpler expression (such aS t). As a simple example of the conjugate of a product, g/fq is always its own conjugate, and so is the generally different expression 7. @. 17. The second new characteristic of operation is J, which inverts the order of the units in any product, but without changing their signs. Naw, Jp 0 6 o Ua n bo Gea) a OOS i 5 =a ae ars. and if 7, is homogeneous and of order m, TG Ga, tka = Of oral samods 4), and Lin—— Gn, ik mm =)2, ore (mods 4). Just as in the case of the conjugate, the inverse? of a condensed product is the inverse of the uncondensed product, and, taking account of w, in general, L.pqy=1qlp, 1(qlg)= lq, amd 1g.9)= 14-9. 1 The general consideration of w is given by Clifford. It is briefly this :— tm . 4142 eee in => lm o= (—)*1w ° dm, where 7, is any one of them units. Thus, when » is odd, w is commutative with any (linear) vector p, or wp = pw, and indeed more generally wy = gw, where g is any function of the units. But when is even, wp =— pw. ‘These properties sharply separate spaces of odd and even dimensions. Again, 9 . 0.6 - o-= (-) in (2-1) aygy’ = (-) An (n+]) if ow’ = intn-l «© 22215 or w*=+1 for »=0, or 3 (mod. 4); while #?=—1 for x=1, or 2 (mod. 4). For n = 2, Clifford says, ‘“‘Here w has clearly the properties of a unit vector’’ (Collected Works, p. 401). The present writer prefers to regard the w of even space as a scalar of a new kind, perhaps applicable to the measurement of angles as the ordinary scalar is applicable to the measurement of lengths. * Perhaps the name ‘‘ Reverse’? would haye been better, as ‘‘Inverse’’ and ‘*Reciprocal’’ are usually synonymous. 88 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. If, as in Art. 15, Y= Go) + Ma) + Ya) + Ms Iq = Yo) + Ya) — Yea) — Wo Eq = Yo) — Ga) — Ga) + Yo FLq = Yo) — Ya) + Yor — Ya) = LHY. 18. Chiefly on account of symmetry, a third new symbol J may be introduced which merely changes the signs of the units without changing the order. It is evident that JK = KI=J, and that the symbols are associative and commutative in operation. The laws of their combination are contained in the symbolic equations Pa = Ke == KIT = + 1, or, more fully, by ICO Oi NOS 0G KES IOSS Ih GE Is ICE & 1. For a product, J (pq) = [(KqKp) = JpJq. Taking any function G=%o) + M+ G+ Vas previous results afford the relations Fo¥= qo =e t+l+J+K)q, Vag=q)=tA+i-J—-K)q, Vog =9a, = -L+J-K)g, Ving =9e) = 21 -L-J+K)¢. 19. By the aid of the symbol & it is easy to deduce some useful formule, as follows :— The product of any two functions p and g may be written in the forms (see Art. 15)— PY = (Po) + Pay + Pe) + Pe) (Qo) + Gay + Ya) + Yor) = (Vo + Vay t+ Vey + Ms) a- Taking conjugates, the relation KE (19) = (Yo) ~ Yay — ¥2) + Yor) (MO — Pay — Pe + Pe) = (Vo) — Vay - Ve + Vos) BY is found, and this, when combined with the former, affords, on addition and subtraction, expressions for (V(o)+ Vs) pg, and for (Va) + V)) p9- Separating the parts of these which are even and odd in the units, the values of Vopq, Vianpg, Vieypg, and Vs)pg ave found. As the formule Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 89 are long, I do not print them here ; but there is no difficulty in deducing the correct expressions for any special cases. Consider, for example, a product pgs). As it is of odd order in the units, it is evident that Pee) = (Vay + Vey) Page Taking conjugates, = G3) Pea) = (— Vay + Vs}) Peas and hence V1) pes) = + (Po%ea) + YoPe) = Vins) Pes and Vs) Dania) = & (Pada) — (a Pe) =- VaGePe: 20. The functions g and Kg are not generally commutative. The conditions of commutation are comprised in simple formule which I shall now give. For brevity, let g=@'+ 9", and Ky=q'- 49", then gky = 9" - 9 — (g'q" — 99’); and HG = 2 GG 9G): So the condition of commutation of g and £q is . (7 -¢U'7 =9%; and when this is satisfied, gky = Ky.q= 9-9”. Now, 9Y" = (Ho) + U)) (Yay + Gea) = Yoda + CoYa) + Coder t La¥a)s in which the parts odd and even in the vector units are separated. So the formule of commutation are Yo%a) — May@o) = Teale) — UaVe» and Toda) — Mao) = Ma) — Coan or Vs) (GoYay — Yates) =9, and Vo) (Yo¥e) — Yay¥e)) = O- This last step follows from the last article, or directly, since Gy -¢TF =KGY' - V7); this function involves only terms under the signs Vo) and V7). 21. For a quadratic or a cubic function go) is a scalar, and the conditions become (293 — %3$2=9, and 9193 — 9291 = 0. These are identically satisfied for a quadratic, as g; does not then exist, or a quadratic is always commutative with its conjugate. 90 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. In the case of a cubic function of the units, it is necessary that Vong =9, and V(s)G293 = 0, or more simply that Vinigs = 90, and V39,9; = 0. Ifthe cubic is = ¢ = dy + Bayt, + Daygtile + Bdio30 12223, these are V4qi¢3 = & (Aides, — Gallizg + Astros — MsMy2) tylotgts = 0, and V 3404s =- 3, (1429 + Aggh31 + Aggsr2) Iylols = O, and they are identically satisfied for a cubic in three units, that is, for the general function of three units. Generally for a cubic, let 7; be defined by the equation q = a1; then, provided a, is not zero, 7,93 — Yt; = 0, that is, 7, is commutative with a homogeneous cubic in the units. Consequently, this cubic must contain 7, asa factor, or g3=%19'2, where q’, doesnot involve7,. Turning to the second condition, suppose 2 = dst, + ¢2, Where 2 does not involve 7, and 9293 — %J2 = (Areatite + 9""2) 11q'2 — 1192 (Gretta + 9''2) = he (29's an q'2t2) + 0 (q0q's = 2's) = 0. This requires separately 7.9'.+ q'.¢2.=0, or ? must be a factor of g’z, or Y'2 = Apyzletz, SAY, provided a, is not zero; and also q/oq'.— q'2q"2 = 0. This last reduces to q’ott3 — %sq""n = 0, and making the legitimate assumption 2 = Agglats + Agglets + GHias where g'”. does not involve 75, it further reduces to = Ang + Argtsts + 9! oats + log — Angtgly — I2039/"2 = 0. This requires a,=0 and q'”, to be independent of 73, and the cubic is reduced to J = My + Ayr, + Ayetyle + Aogtols + Ayegllots + 9/2, in which q’”, is independent of 7, 7, and 23. Tf, however, m, is zero, the condition is g2q'2—- q'2q2=9, in which both functions are independent of 7,. Let q’. be reduced to the canonical form, so that q'. = djzgt2t3 + g'"2, in which q’”, is independent of 2, and 73, and let Q2 = Agglots + Cnytaty + q's as before. Then, as formerly, a, is zero, and q/"9%3 = 139'"2, or g/g 18 independent of 23. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 91 Hence, it is proved incidentally that, if two homogeneous quadratics are commutative in order of multiplication, they must be reducible simultaneously to the canonical form. Thus, when @, is zero, the cubic commutative with its conjugate must be of the type ; G=HM+ H+ G2 + CUED in which g, and q’, are simultaneously reducible to the canonical form. Next, if a is zero, or if the cubic is 7 =%+42+493, the condition becomes 9293 = 92423 and it is necessary to ascertain under what circum- stances a homogeneous cubic and quadratic can be commutative. In the first place, they are commutative, if they have no unit vectors common. Again, a cubic linear in the units common to the quadratic cannot be commutative with it. Thus, the cubic may be reduced to the form ¢,=37,0i:t+y+y’, where y’ is a function of the units 7 which do not occur in the quadratic, where the quadratics @ are functions of the units occurring in the quadratic and simultaneously reducible with it to the canonical form (or the @ are commutative with the quadratic), and where y is a function of the units in the quadratic alone. It is only necessary to consider the case in which the function g; involves no units not contained in the quadratic q. Now, it is easy to show, when the quadratic is reduced to the canonical form, G2 = Ayzlrle + Agstzls + KC., that the cubic can contain no term involving a product of conjugate units (7; and 7, or 7; and 2,). For, suppose the vectors 7, and 7, to be explicitly expressed in the equations of the cubic and quadratic by 3 = A490 12> + Biri + Bote + Y snd Q2 = Gyo to + Bs 9293 — 7292 = (P’ arg — apf2’) %22 + (B’Bi — BiB’ - 2d1282) % + (B’B: — Bo’ + 2ai281) % + B’y — yb’ = 0; and this requires [’a,. — a8’ = 0, which cannot hold if the vector a, is different from zero, for the case in which a, is independent of the units in f’ has been specially excluded. I see no simple step towards completion of the problem. 22. Returning to the value of gky = Ky.q= 9? - 9 = (qo) + %))? — (Yay + Go)’ when the conditions of Art. 20 are satisfied, it is important to inves- tigate the conditions that this product should be a scalar. For, if g is a product of functions such as a+ 3%, Hq is necessarily a scalar. 92 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. In general, the conditions of Art. 20 holding true, GY = Yo) — Vay’ — Yay’ + Hoy” + Moa) + UsyYo) — Yue) — aa) = Vo) (Yo) — oy = Var + May) + 2K (s) (Moya) — UV)» the insertion of the symbols V,) and Vz) being justified by the con- sideration that the function is its own conjugate. If it reduces to a scalar, the odd part must vanish, or F043) + Y(3)% 0) = Cay¥2) + YaVar and also (Poo — Vo) ({or® — Lay — Yay" + Uy") = 0. 23. Considering specially in the first case a quadratic in the units, gq = (Yo + 21 + G2) (Yo - 1 — 2) = Gor — (Hh + 2)? = AGG. If this product reduces to a scalar, the part which is odd in the units must vanish, or 192+ 2% = 0. Let N=ah, and g2= Aptte+ B, where f does not involve 2,; then, if a, is not zero, “48 + Bry => 27,8 => 0, so B must be zero, and the function is reduced to the Quaternion type qg = MU ar Ay ty + M20 be, and involves but two units. It is evident that g,’ is for this a scalar. Again, if g, vanishes, suppose g, reduced to the canonical form Ayotyto + Agalsts + &e. Squaring, it is found that q* = O12" = Ag” — &. + Q 120540 bot3h4 + &¢. And this will not reduce to a scalar, unless all but one of the coefficients M, vanish. So again, g2=d)+ Mert, is of the Quaternion type. The theorem is thus proved that, if the product by its conjugate ef a quadratic function in any number of units is a scalar, the function is capable of being reduced to the Quaternion type involving but two units. 24. In the second case for a cubic function, in addition to the equations of commutation which reduce to Ys - 9291 = 9, and 9292 — 9242 = 0, because g, is a scalar, the conditions that gq = Aq.q should be a scalar, become 20003 = hae t+ gon and g,? — qg;* = scalar. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 93 Suppose, in the first place, that g, =a, is not zero, and let Nn = ah, and Q2 = yoo + 35 as before, and A9s = UB =4 (N92 + GoM): The first condition of commutation is satisfied identically, and the second becomes Aylz- HB — Meh. %2=0, or = m2(%8 + Br) = 0. Provided a, is not zero, this requires 8 = dy3t2?3, and therefore VB} = U9 + Ayr; + yo 09 + Ag3 Los + Ay og t12o05 3 and this is a function of but three units, and satisfies ¢,”— q;° = scalar. If a, is zero, the conditions of commutation are satisfied identically ; but 9,” —- ¢," = B?(1 + a,%a,*) requires 6? to be a scalar, and B = ap32223 is a necessary form (see the last article). The cubic is now Y3 = Uy + At, + Agslaty + Ay 1300923. If a, =0, so that g,=0, a, or g, must likewise be zero, if the function is to remain a cubic. The conditions now to be satisfied are Q293 — W392 = 9, and 4g,” — q;? = scalar. These conditions are satisfied for the cubic in five units, We Agta + Azast3lats, and doubtless for other forms also. If g,=0, either g,=0, or g,=0, which is the case just considered. Ti g@=0, %9%3-—%3971=9 shows that, if gi=Qith, 93 =%18 = Aigstytels, because £? must be a scalar. 25. Returning to the symbol J of Art. 17, for which, if 1=%ot+ {y+ G+ Ga» LY = Yoo + Ma, - Mea) — Mays the conditions of commutation of g and Jy are contained in the equation (Yo) + Gay) (Ye) + Yor) = (Ye) + Mey) (oy + Zar) 3 or, on separating even and odd parts, Yo) 42) ~ Ye2yXo) = %3)¥a) — TayFo)s and Uo)Ma) — Ms)Uo) = Mayday — CayVa) 5 or again, Foy (Moe) — Hada) =9, and Vy (q(o)93) — Yada) = 9- (Cf. Art. 20.) 94 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. For a quadratic, the conditions reduce to 929, — 91¢2 = 0, or g2 must be independent of the vector g;. If q, vanishes, the condition is identically satisfied. For a cubic, g, must be independent of ¢,; g, must be a factor of 9;, if it does not vanish. Otherwise, g. and gz may be arbitrarily chosen. 26. If glg=lq.¢q isa scalar, it is necessary that Qo + Vay — Yo)” — Yar = scalar, and that Toa + Cao) = W2)Va) + WaVe)s or that Fo) (Go) + Yar — Yar — Hay") = scalar and Vay Goda) — a4) = 9- For a quadratic, g, or g, must be zero, and g, must be 432223, as its square is scalar. The types are JY = ty + Aezholz, OF GY = Ay + AazloI3. For a cubic, GN =I, WN = VYe, 290 = W293 + Wallrs and g,°+ 9; = scalar are necessary. Tf m=a%, g=%8, and g,=f’ does not involve 7,. Also, 24a, = BB’ + BB, and B? —- RB? = scalar. Reduce 8 to the canonical form B => Dos lots + Distt + ee 85 and from the first condition it is seen that, in order to be rid of 7,23247;, &c., it is necessary that B = bostgt3 + bysty25, and Beas (b23%223 — Dystgts) + D'oytoty + B'astats + D'a tats + 8 35%3%5. The second condition requires (for real functions) d,;=0, and £’ may be reduced to B' = D'astats + B'oxtoty + 034250. Thus, Ys = Uestilots, ANA G2 = Agzlal3 + gylsly + Ayyls2o. 27. If any product () of linear vectors is formed, it is obvious that the conditions pip = Kp.p=scalar, and plp=lIp.p=scalar are both satisfied. It would be desirable to prove or to disprove the statement that any function p satisfying these conditions must be a product of linear vectors.? 1 See p. 96. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 95 As a preliminary, it should be noticed that, if p is a product of an odd number of vectors, it is of the type pa) + pg), and a product of an even number of vectors is of the type po) + Pa). Collecting from Arts. 20 and 25, the # and J formule of commn- tation are contained in the equations Yo%a) — CayVo) = WaUe) — Uae) Moe) — CaUo) = (aya) — Tanai = UaJa) — (Ue) = 9; Y(0)¥i8) — YF = 29a) — (a. Vo): Next, equating to zero the odd parts of (Go + Ya,)” — (Yay + Mey)", and of (Yo) + Ya)? — (Ye) + Yar)”, the formule Toa) + FaMo) = Wao) + Tae) Goa) + ayMo) = Tada, + Ter which have been already given, are recovered. Adding and subtracting corresponding pairs of both sets, all the relations hitherto deduced are comprised in these following formule :— Go)F1) = M23) YW) Leo) = Fa)Z2) J0o)%s) = Vaan C3%o) = {ayVe) 3 Goa) =Ualor %@an%e; = Te)%a)- From these, it is evident that ; Go) Yay — Yay) =9, and Ge,(Ya)- Us") = 9, and Ga) (Yor — Ye") =9, and ge, (Yay — Yay") = 0. T shall now examine the signs of the scalar parts in the squares of the functions 4), Ya), Y2), and Ys), when these functions are supposed to be real. For p,, a product of m unit vectors, ~PmZ~m = (—)”, and is positive when mis even. Taking in turn m=0, 1, 2, and 8 (mod. 4), and remembering the nature of the characteristic J, it is found that p,,. and p,,)* are positive, and pj)’ and pe) are negative. Itis evident that the same law governs the signs of the squares of the more general functions 7), Ya), Y2), and giz), so that Sq)? and — Sqz)* have the same sign, and also Sq.,)* and— Sq»)? Hence, it follows that the equations lately written can be satisfied only by having %o) =%e = 9, OF Gay= Ge = 9; at least, when the functions are real. 96 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. It is proved then that when gig = Ky.q=scalar, and glg=1q.¢ = scalar, the function g must be of the type G= Gay + Yay OF F = To) + Yay; that is, g must be either even or odd in the units. All the conditions to be satisfied are not yet exhausted; there remain KU) =VUaXa, amd Ga — gs* = scalar, for an odd function; or else Uo 2) =U{2Mo) Ad Yo,” — Yay? = sealar, for an even function satisfying the general conditions of this article. As an example of a quartic satisfying all the conditions, the function ~ eon FT = Uoatile + Az156%30405%6 does not appear to be resolvable into linear factors. Hence it would seem that the conditions of this article do not require a function to be thus resolvable. (Cf. the first paragraph of this article.) 28. Much of the investigation in recent articles will be useful in the consideration of the functions produced on operating by ¢()q? on a vector. Let p and o be any line vectors, and let P=gpg", and S=goq"; then PS =9p¢ (0m —Geog., and 32 — Googe. Adding these products, PS + 2P = ¢(po+op)g* =4.9" (po + op) = po + ap, because po + op is a scalar, and therefore commutative with g or q?. Thus, PS + SP is always a scalar, when P and & have been generated from line vectors. In particular, P?=p*, and 3? =o”. Also, as special cases of these general results, let 4, Z,...Z, be the functions generated from the unit vectors 2, %,...?,, and it is evident that I2=17=&.=f?=-1, andthat 144+ 24, = & =0, or these new functions obey the laws of the unit vectors. JoLty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 97 29. It is easy to show that functions of the kind described in the last article are in general by no means as simple in structure as the simplicity of their laws of combination might lead one to expect. From the equation P = gpg", or multiplying into gq, it is seen that Pgy=qp. Taking conjugates Hy. KP=-p/q, and hence it follows easily that Kg (P + KP)¢ = Ky. 9p — pKq.9; therefore P+ AP will not vanish, unless A7.q¢ is commutative with the vector p. Hence, if the operator ¢( )q™ generates from linear vectors func- tions which are the negatives of their conjugates, Agy.q must be a scalar; otherwise it could not be commutative with all vectors. The converse of this is true, also. In this case, V.)P=Visz)3P=0, or P=(Va)+ Vea) P. Of course, if Ky.qg=u=scalar, gKq=+, also; for — g(Kg. 9) = ge = 2g = (¢ IQ) ¢. 30. Next, operating by J, the characteristic of inversion, on IY SG eal Jip, JN yl] 3 therefore, Ig (P -1P)q=1q.9p - pla .¢. Hence, generally, if P=ZP, Jy.q=scalar, and conversely. In this case, VP =Vis:3P=0, and P=(V,.)+ Vay) P. 31. Combining the results of the last two articles, P reduces to ViyP, if gq and gig are both scalars. These restrictions on the generality of g require g to be either even or odd in the units, as has been proved in Art. 27. As an example, consider the operator depending on JY = COSU. Mle + SIN UW. 15240505. It may be verified that G7) = — COS U Mla + SIN U 23040505 For this function, gig'=9%,=, and similarly J, = q*,, while Ly=- Ps, Lh=-Gu, L,=-P%s, and [,=- gs. This very special example shows that, even when P reduces to VayP, it cannot be assumed to be a linear vector unless some further condition 1 This form was given towards the end of the article cited. R.I.A. PROC., SER. III. VOL. V. aoa 98 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. is imposed besides gitq = scalar, and gly = scalar. Here it may be noted that, Ky = (Kq)* as qgt=1= Ky Ky. 32. Another and simpler way of investigating the structure of the functions P as depending on the nature of ¢ is to change the signs of all the units in the equation Pg = gp. Manifestly, if g is odd in the units, gp is even, and therefore Pq is even, and P must be odd. If q¢ is even in the units, P must still be odd in the units. Generally, let g=q' +9", and P=P’+P”, where q’ and P’ are odd, and ¢” and P” even in the units; then (GEOL) DAE ae ENCE GE) and on change of sign of all the units, 7) p(B EG): Hence, adding and subtracting, gp = Pig’ + Pg’, / e and q''p = 1G ai Pg If, for all values of p, P is odd in the units, either q’ or g” must vanish ; for otherwise q'py =P’ =¢"pq"4, andhence g’1q'p = pq’q’ ; that is, gg’ must be commutative with every unit, and therefore I] Gide 0 —1SCALa OLE) = 290 but this is an impossible equation, since gq’ is odd in the units, and 9” even. It seems to be impossible for P to be even in the units for all values of p. 33. In the particular case in which q is a linear vector (a), p is changed into its reflection with respect to a, by the operator a;( ) a;1. For splitting p into two parts, p’ parallel, and p” perpendicular to a, apa," = a, (p' + p”) ay? = (p! — p”) aay” = p! — p”. Thus the part parallel to a, is unchanged, and the part perpendicular to it is reversed in direction. Reflecting p in succession to two lines a; and a, in order, and sup- posing p’ to be the component of p in the plane of these two vectors, while p” is the perpendicular component, =I, -1 _ Denk AUN shapes ae eS 0206, tag! = aga, (p’ + p”) ay tag} = p” + oayp’ay ‘ay Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 99 is the result of this double reflection. It is manifest, geometrically, that the component p’ is turned by this operation through twice the angle between a, and a, in the plane of these two vectors, and in the direction from a, to ay. It is also evident that the essential elements in this operator are— (1) the plane of a, and o,, (2) the angle between oa, and a, and (3) the direction of rotation from a; to a, It is clear that the lengths of the vectors a, a2, and their absolute positions in the plane are not essential, and therefore that the operators 0204 ( ) ay a2", and a1 901" ( ) a’ al. are equivalent, provided the accented vectors are coplanar with those not accented, and the angle between a, and a, is equal to that between a’, and a’., when these angles are measured in the same direction. It will be noted that the operator here considered is without effect on any vector perpendicular to the plane of a, and a2. For, if 8 is any such vector, Ag, (3 —— On /3.0 = Baza. 34. Next, consider the operator aza.0,( ) a; agtas, which reflects a line successively to o,, a2, and a3, but which reverses the direction of every vector perpendicular to these three vectors. Supposing that the vectors a are not coplanar, let 7, %, and 7; be any three mutually rectangular units in the tri-dimensional space determined by them, It is evident, by the law of interchanges, that the operator Vylots () A My *0y* reverses the direction of every vector perpendicular to that space, and produces no change on any vector contained in it. Hence, it appears that the operators 3020) ( ) ay Gp Oss, and 11191303090, ( ) Q; tag71a3 125 145 19,72 have the same effect on any vector contained in the above-mentioned space; but the first reverses, while the second leaves unchanged, the direction of any vector perpendicular to that space. Now, without loss of generality, 7; may be taken parallel to a3; in this case, the second operator reduces to Tyln0.201 ( ) G10 1457 Gian Since all the vectors considered lie in the same space of three dimen- sions, the planes of 7, 22, and of o;, a, will intersect in some common line. By the last article, 7, and 7 may be replaced by any pair of H2 100 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. vectors in their plane (j; and 72), provided the inclination of the new vectors is equal to that of the old. Similarly, a, and a; may be replaced by vectors coplanar with them (a’, and a’;). The operator is now JiJ20 201 (a als yey and if 7. and a’, are taken to be along the common line of interseetiou of the planes, the operator reduces further to jia)( )a’ytyrt. Thus, it is proved that it is possible to determine an operator B2B1( ) B82, which will produce the same effect on vectors co- spatial with o,, a, and a3 as the operator azaza;( )a;1a,*a31, though the first preserves, while the second reverses, the directions of vectors perpendicular to the space. 35. It is instructive to contrast and compare the two operators B2Bi( ) BrtBet, and %422%38281( ) Bit Be Ms My tet in greater detail. As 7%, %, and 7; may be any triad of units in the given space, suppose Bi=%, and B,=% cosu+ % sinu, and then B28, = — cos u — %42, sin u, while 1ylql3 B28, = — ty%et3 COS U + 2 SIN U. The essential elements of the two operators are presented in two different ways. The first involves the angle w, and the symbol (772) of the plane in which (or parallel to which) the rotation through the angle 2u takes place. The second involves wu, the symbol of the space (2,223) containing the plane of the rotation, and that particular perpen- dicular (7;) to this plane which is unaffected by the operator. Of course, - from 2, and the product 77.23, the symbol of the plane (722) may be deduced. 36. It is desirable to show that, by an operator of the type g( )q7, any set of vector units, 2%, %2, . . . %m, may be converted into any other set, Ji Jo, +++Jm The new set is not necessarily in the same space of m dimensions. Indeed, generally a space of 2m dimensions will be required to contain both sets. This investigation will also be useful for other reasons. The vectors being unit, obviously a += (1 —Jiu) % =f(l —Sit), and so the operator (1—ji)()(1—ji4)? will convert 2, into 7;, but will leave unchanged any vector perpendicular to both. For brevity, Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 101 let ¢, =1-—j,%,; then, by the operator, the first unit system (7) is converted into the new system of mutually perpendicular units Han i(=fp), Hegr), &e., Wing. Next, as the vectors involved are units, hegi +2 = (1 = Jofiteqi') hej? =Je(1 = JoQieqr), and accordingly the new operator q2( ) q21 will convert 9,2.¢;7 into 72, and will leave unchanged any vector perpendicular to both; such a vector is7,. Again, for brevity, let g.=1—-—j2q:22.9¢,1, and the units are transformed by this double process to Dry Jay Veo Ya + Pom Qa Repeating this process, a function Q=ngma--++ 2% 1s at last found, and the operator Q( ) Q@* derived from this ail convert the set of arbitrary units 222... %», Into the new set Jijo. » + Jm 87. Consider a little the formation and structure of these functions Gaande Qe it OF = 0.,dut = <1 Goqi- The set of equations— hh = 1-f, Q = 1—pomrgr, G3 = 1 —JaGeqrtsqy qe? qu = 1 Ile acs p OO Wg G2? D.0-.0 Chats lead to equations of the type Q,= Q.41- JuQuit, Hence, it is easy to see that 0, ee Dy SAE son ae. Q; = 1 —Jity —Jote — Jats + JoJitile + JaJrtils +J3Jotelss and generally Qn = 1 - Sy 6,+ SS Jels — BIW IJubulils + Ke, in which s, ¢, uv, &c., are distinct integers comprised between 1 and m. Of course, in this expression, J2)\?y22=/1J2%2%, for instance, as the double interchange does not alter the sign of the term. 102 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Naturally, if both sets of units belong to the same space, the operator may be much simplified. For example, the equation IBYP 0 ain SUG dS Bon must then be true, so that if 7, is converted into yj, 2, into 72, &c., and Um_1 INt0 Jma, it will necessarily follow that 7, will be converted into J,,. For this case, then, Qn1() Qmas? will effect the required transforma- tion. Here, also, it is not hard to see that Qma=1- St, + Sjees — &e., in which the summation still extends from s=1 to s=m, &c.; but the last sum consists, when m is odd, of products of 3 (m—1) of the units 7 with the corresponding units 7, and when m is even, it is halfthe sum of products of 3m units 7 with the corresponding units 7. For example, for four units, if Uyletgts =JiJoJaJ4, Ji1J2Jsestata =Je «JiJoJatsten Ug? = Jats. because Jad iJo)a » Vatotits = Uylrloly . Ugtotity = 1. The Q functions considered in this article are all even in the units. When both sets of units belong to the same space of m dimensions, Q,,1 is of the order (m — 1); in the units 7, when m is odd (when the units y are supposed to be given in terms of 7), and when m is even, Q,,1 is of the order m. An obvious remark may be useful. If the operators ¢( ) q+, and p()p™ are equivalent in the results they produce on all vectors, or if gp = ppp, then g =p toa numerical factor. For p “gp = ppg, or pg is commutative with all vectors, and is therefore a scalar. Tt is also useful to remark, when the units involved are contained in a space of odd dimensions, if we multiply Q,,. by the product of the m units (p=%h...%), that the product pQ,,. is odd in the m units; and that PQm-1 ( ) Qn ip, and Qin ( ) Qt have the same effect on all units contained in the m-dimensional space, and opposite effects on vectors perpendicular to this space—the first operator reversing, the second retaining their directions. 38. The operators g( )g! which change line vectors into vectors are, of course, a particular class of linear vector functions. If dp = 9p¢', Sodp = Sogeg’ = Sq agp = Shop = Sp'op. Thus the conjugate (¢’) of one of these functions (¢) is its inverse (#7). Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 108 Consequently, the symbolic equation satisfied by ¢ must be reciprocal. For the same equation is satisfied by ¢’. Thus, if ” — M,¢"" Fo 66 4 yt niP a (RLS = 0, (SIL + (IL b+... Ug +1 =0 is also true; and from this it follows that Jf, = + 1. Now, if g is an even function of the units contained in a space of m dimensions (as in the recent articles), g( ) g7 has no effect on those of the ” units perpendicular to this space, and so (@— 1)" is a factor in the symbolic equation. There remains a factor of order m to be considered, and as this must be reciprocal, it appears that when m is odd, either 6-1, or 6+1 must be a factor in it; or, for some particular vector (a), cospatial with the m units, either ga=a, or da=—a. 39. Generally, no other root will be equal to + 1; but if gis a root, so that PB=gB =e", it follows that g*6?=. If then g is not equal to unity, it is necessary that @? should be equal to zero.’ 8 is then an imaginary vector of the type B=a+ha’, where a anda’ are real per- pendicular vectors of equal lengths, and where / is the imaginary of algebra commutative with the units. In this case, 6?=a?-a?=0, if a and a’ are of equal lengths and at right angles to one another. The conjugate root g’ must be the reciprocal of g, and as g +g’ is real, it is evident that g =e", g'=¢"™ are proper expressions for these roots. It is easy to show, if B=a+ha’, that B’=a—/a’. For, suppose the real vector o is the result of operating on an arbitrary vector p, by the factor of (¢6-g)(@-g’) in the symbolic equation, it follows that (P-g')o=f, and (P-g)o=f'; operating on these by (6 -g), and (#-g’), respectively, the results must yanish. But o is a real vector, and g +4’ is real, so (P-2G+9'))o=3(8+ 8B) =a is a real vector; also 29-9')o=3(B - B’) = he! is a purely imaginary vector, or the product of / by real vector. These conjugate axes are the lines to the circular points at infinity in their common plane. Any real unit vector coplanar with 8 and f’ may be represented 3 (eB + €”B’) =acosv +a’ sin». 1 Compare Art. 12. 104 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Operating on this by ¢, the result is 2 (eh HB 4 6-24) B") = a cos(u + v) + a sin (uw + 2). So the operator ¢ merely turns any vector in this plane through an angle equal to wv. 40. In the last article it was shown that a pair of conjugate roots and axes of the function ¢ may be expressed by the equations b(a+ha’)=e(a+ha'), and (a- ha’) =e"(a—ha’), a and a’ being perpendicular and real vectors of equal length, and h being the imaginary of algebra. For a second conjugate pair distinguished from this pair by the suffix 1, the relations SBiPB = SAB = SBP 7B: = e™s SBA, SPB! = ESBS = SB'P7B, = eM SB'B,, show that, if « is not equal to + uw, it is necessary to have SBB, = SBR: = SBB1 = SHB) = 0. Hence, it is necessary to have Saa,; = Saa’, = Sa’a, = Sa’a’, = or both the vectors a and a’ must be ee to a, and a’;; or the planes of a and a’, and of a; and a’, are hyper-perpendicular. Hence, it is possible to obtain a clear perception of the properties of the operator ¢()q-! which converts vectors into vectors. In con- nexion with any such operator there exists a certain number cf hyper-perpendicular planes, and the operator turns the components of a vector in each of these planes through certain definite angles, different in general for each plane. If the operator involves units contained in an m-space, there are 4m or $(m-—1) such planes, according as mis even or odd. For an odd space, there is one common perpendicular to all these planes, and the operator has no effect on this line. 41. From the last article it appears that the general rotation of a rigid body of m dimensions in m-dimensional space may be resolved. into rotations of definite amounts in 3m or 3(m-—1) hyper-perpen- dicular planes. Now, a rotation in the plane of 77, may be represented by de() get, Where 12 = COS dy, + %%2 SIN $y ; and it is easy to see that Qi) = COS Sy — M22 SIN $2. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 105: Operating then on 2, suppose, it is easily shown that Qietigia | = (Cos dehy + M22 SIN $%y) 21 (COS Fra — % ly SIN $22) = ”) (cos U2 = 4b sin 32)" = a; (cos U2 — 4109 sin U2) = a COS U2 + to sin U125 or 2, is turned through the angle 2%. towards 2p. Hence, if a4 = Cos Sts + A324 SINS %g4, Ys ( ) Qae | turns a line in the plane of 732, through the angle w,,; and 912928 ( -) Yar Qie? turns the component of a vector in the plane of 7,7, through an angle mp, and the component in the plane of 73, through an angle wy. Also, Giz and gy, are commutative in multiplication, or the rotations in the hyper-perpendicular planes may be effected in any order. Further, the general operator Q( ) Q? of Art. 37 affecting m units may be reduced to the type Qi2Q3a + + « Yara, 2 ( ) erty t+ « Ys gir, where 2/=m or m-—1, since these two operators produce the same effects on all vectors. 42. Having seen in Art. 37 that m vectors may be changed into m others, equally inclined but otherwise perfectly general, by an operator of the type Q( ) Q+, it appears that the general displacement about a fixed point of a rigid body of m dimensions in a space of m dimensions may be represented by operating by Q() Q‘ on the vectors from the fixed point to the various points of the body. ‘The most general displacement of a body is produced by adding to this an arbitrary displacement of translation 6. The displacement, then, of the point originally at the extremity of pis 8+-QpQ'-p. If the rotation is made about the extremity of « instead of about the origin, the same motion is produced, provided the new displacement of translation 6’ satisfies d+ QQ" —p=0' + Q(p—.c) Q'- (pe). Hence, 8 =6+ QQ1-c=d+(d-1)e. In spaces of even order it is generally possible to determine e, so that c=0, or 6+(f-1)e=0. This is not generally possible in spaces of odd order, for in such spaces » 106 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. -—1 generally reduces to zero some vector a;! so, if 6 has a com- ponent parallel to a it cannot be removed. Thus, in spaces of even order, the general displacement of a body may be effected by rotations of definite amounts in a number of definite hyper-perpendicular planes, one determinate point being held fixed ; in spaces of odd order, a translational displacement must be added to the generalized rotation; but by proper choice of base-point this displacement may be made perpendicular to all the planes of rotation. This is completely analogous to the displacement of a body in two and in three dimensions. 43. A new form may be given to the operator Q( ) Q@‘, which clearly exhibits its essential elements. The expression 2. = COS $%4_ + Hl SIN $Uy may be written in the forms Ai ; Gio = eR'1'o%19, OF Gin = (tia) 7 - Thus, Q = EB (tate ttgtigtgat . oy Be Reet ons eee or Q= (tz) 7 (2304) te 6 Silo for the products 7,22, 7374, &c., are all commutative,” so that it is allow- able to write 68 1's QVists = Erirtgt Viste, Again, if g, is any quadratic function of the units, e%2( ) é% is an operator which will produce a conical rotation of the general kind; this is because it has been shown in Art. 10 that the general quadratic function may be reduced to the form 2 = Aygtylg + Az4tgt4 +. "5 and in e%( )¢%, the coefficients ap, a4, &c., are double the angles of the rotations in the corresponding planes. In the limit, if the rotation is infinitesimal so that the angles, and therefore g,, are very small, efape%2 = (1 + qe) p(1 — @) =p + (929 — pga) =p + 2V gop, and this agrees with the expression used in Art. 8. The essential elements in these various expressions are, of course, the angles and the symbols (722, 7324, &c.) of the fundamental planes. 1 See Arts. 38 and 40. 2 Se€ Elements of Quaternions, Art. 316 (20). Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 107 44, Though intending to return to a special class of operators of the type p( )p™, I shall now supplement Clifford’s Paper ‘‘On the Free Motion under no Forces of a Rigid System in an ”-fold Homaloid”’ by a few remarks. By Newton’s law, if €, is the impulsive force applied to an element of mass m, at the extremity of p,, the momentum generated (7p) is equal to the impulse, or mp, = &. From this we may derive the two following equations, on multi- plying by p: and p,, M4P1P1 = prbiy and Mp" = tse Now, if m, is part of a system, on summation over the entire system, we find 2mp, = 3h, Dmpipy = Beis, and Bmp," = Bis. Considering two elements of the system, m, and m, the impulses € and € may be written more explicitly in the forms &, + &2, and &', + &, respectively, where &, is the impulse on m, arising from its connexion with m,, and &, is the impulse on mz, arising from its con- nexion with m,. If these are equal and opposite they cancel in 3&, and S€ is then equal to the sum of all the external impulses acting on the system. Again, Sidi = Sis + & (pi€ie + pra). Consider the term (pigie oF P2€21) = (pi — p2) E12 (as fie + & = 0) ; V2(p. — pe) 12 will vanish if the mutual impulse acts along the line between the elements; but S(p, — p2) €\. will not vanish, unless the mutual impulse acts at right angles to that line. On the assumption that the mutual impulse acts along the line joining the elements, €, may be taken as the external impulse on the element m,, in the equation sm, Vopipr = > Vip; but it cannot so be taken in Sm,Spip, = 3Spié,, from which the impulses of constraint do not disappear. Next, in the scalar equation Spi" = Spisi = Sapi€1 + SS (P1 = P2) E12) the impulses of constraint (acting along p, — p.) will not disappear, unless p; — pz (the velocity of m relative to m2) is at right angles to the line joining m, and m, (or at right angles to &.). For a rigid body in the equation wp, = 3Sp,6, € may consequently be taken equal to the external impulse on m. 108 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Thus, for arigid body we have the following equations of impulsive motion (which are independent of the mutual actions of the parts of the body ) :— ’ ve Bmp, = 3h, Bm Vopip, = SV 2pi41, and = Swpy = SSpisi- The above detailed treatment has been given in order to detect, if possible, quantities analogous to couples of higher orders which could not occur in three dimensions. For, if the equation m,p, = & is multi- plied by products such as p;p,, p2, &c., it will be found impossible, on summation, to get rid of the mutual impulses. 45. If p, is the vector to the centre of mass, Pi=Po+™, and p,=py+ =P) + QM, where Q is a quadratic function of the units corresponding to angular velocity, and already treated of in Art. 10. Hence, the dynamical equations are, if I/ is the total mass, € the resultant impulsive force, T the impulsive couple, and 7’ the kinetic energy, Up, =€, LUV. p, + SnV,aV Qa =T, and Mp? + 3m (ViQay =—- 27; or, if Sm Via V Qa = &0, Mp, =£ UV.pp,+PQH=T, and Mp, + SQ&Q = - 27. In these, ®Q is a linear function of Q quadratic in the units. Observing that Q may be expressed in the form =V.Ap, where A and mw are linear vectors, O0 = JOVAp = 3. Sm V2BV{ VA. o. Now, exactly as in Quaternions, V,.Viadp.@ = Spo — pSAa, and hence 80 = SV ip (SmaSrow) — SVA (SmaSpa) = BV2 (wpa — APp), if # is the linear vector function defined by dp=3maSpo. This function is self-conjugate, and its axes are consequently real and mutually perpendicular. Let these be 7,...¢,, and let W = 14%, + 1%. + Ke. Then 2, = — Sm (414, + ey, +...) %, =—- me =-g, (say), and Sma,e, = &e. = 0; so the units 7,7,, &c., are parallel to the principal axes of inertia of the body. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 109 From this it is evident that ® (0422) = Vo (tapts — pte) = (G1 + J2) ite = Bm (a? + ay?) tye, or the area vectors of planes containing two principal axes of inertia are the solutions of ®Q = cQ, where ¢ is a root of ®. 46. It is easy to investigate the conditions for the steady motion of a body under no forces. In general (compare Art. 10), D&O = 60 + V,060 =T, where I is the couple referred to the centre of mass. IfT is zero, and if Q vanishes also, the equation of motion becomes 7,060 = 0. This is of course satisfied when Q=ady?,2.; but it is also satisfied when © is in the canonical form for these units, or when Q)= Gitte + Aslats + « « So, if an impulsive couple acts on a body which has been so placed that the components of the couple are all contained in principal planes of the body which are hyper-perpendicular to one another, the body will permanently rotate with constant angular velocities in each of these principal planes. 47. The linear function ® which, by operating on the generalized angular velocity, produces the generalized angular momentum, is by no means the most general of the type to which it belongs. Its roots, 3m(m-—1) in number, are the sums of pairs of the m roots of a self- conjugate linear vector function of the ordinary type; its axes, more- over, are pure area vectors. Regarded as derived from an ordinary linear vector function, it belongs to an extensive type of functions of which a few examples are now given. Consider the condition that a function f(4) of a quadratic in the units (4) and itself quadratic in the units, should be expressible in the form f(A) = SfV Ap = SV 2(O,AG op + O:AOs), where 6,, 62, @3, and 6, are ordinary linear vector functions. It is necessary for all vectors A and p that SF Vidp = Vz (O,rO2pu + O:AOy) = — V2(O,m0.r + 038A) = — fV opr. This requires G30) 1p aCe. — O05 or else (Sethe t, eich (hat, =e so the two admissible types Si Vorp = V,(Odut prOn), and f,Vrp = V2 (Ou + hr(Py) are found. EOS ee Proceedings of the Royal Irish Aeademy. From a single function ¢, two functions f of the second order are obtained, defined by A, Vodp=Vi(Adet bdp), and f,Vdp = Viprdp. These are the analogues of Hamilton’s functions, denoted by y’ and w’, respectively, and their conjugates are fiVadw=Vi(do'n + bu), and f'Vadu = Tap/G'p. Functions of the third order depending on a single linear vector function ¢ of the linear, or ordinary kind, are Vd = Va (dpv + depp + Aur), fVedpy = Vi (dhopy + bruv + bdopr), and fs V:Apv = VibrAdpov. These are the invariants ,, m2, and m; of @ when but three units are involved, or the coefficients in the symbolic cubic d® — mG? + mop — m3 = O. Following the notation used in a Paper on ‘‘ Quaternion Invariants of Linear Vector Functions’’ (Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 1896), the func- tions of the type here considered may be expressed by the general equation 1, A, 03)... ay | 101, Pia,,... Pay J. Gj, Ag, O3,+-6-. ay 4 20, PrA2, -» + Pay 5 Qj, Og, A3,... ay yo, Pyae, OGG pyay in which the determinant! on the left-hand side, operated on by f, consists of the same row of JV vectors repeated JV times; the determi- nant on the right consists of rows of these vectors operated on by VV ordinary linear functions ¢,¢.... dy. If V is equal to the number of units involved, the functions (/) degenerate into invariants. When only a single function ¢ is involved, the axes of these functions are Vy (a product of WV axes of d), and the roots are sums of :—(1) the JV corresponding roots, (2) products of these in pairs, (3) products in threes, &e. 1 A convention must be adopted in the expansion of these determinants. It may be comprised in the rule :—Expand as if the constituents were scalar, but preserve the order of the rows. Joty— The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 111 48. The Theory of Screws in an m-space furnishes another linear function of some interest. - Let T,,T,...1,, represent couples (quadratic functions of the units), and &, €... &, corresponding forces, referred to the origin as base-point; the wrenches determined by these quantities are sup- posed to be contained in an m-space, and to be independent one of another. Tf %,%...¢#, are scalars, I = 3¢,T,, and €= 37,6 are general expressions for the couple and force of any wrench compounded from the given wrenches (T),, €,), (MT, &), &c. ‘Then it is obvious that the scalars (¢) may be chosen, so that a new system of wrenches (I”,, &,), (I, €’2), &c., is obtained in which the forces are all mutually perpen- dicular; or, dropping the accents, the system depending on the m wrenches may be defined by the m new wrenches (Die GAN, Cayo os (an Ca) where 7, 7%... %, are a set of unit vectors in the m-space. Now, let fpo=— 31, Si,p, and it is evident that f,=T,, fi,.=T., &e., and generally that fSt7, = 3¢,0,; or, if (1, €) is any wrench of the system, it is obvious that T and € are connected by the relation T' = f€. The function f defines the system of wrenches compounded from m independent wrenches in the m-space, so that this system may be designated by the single symbol /f. 49. Again, referred to the origin as base-point, let Q), OQ... . Q,, be the angular velocities (quadratic in the units), and oj, 0, ... Op the corresponding linear velocities of any m independent motions in the m-space. The screw (a, Q) is co-reciprocal to (T, €), if STQ+ Séo=0;! and it is co-reciprocal to the system T= f€, if SEQ + Sr =0, orif SE(f/2+0)=0, where f’ is the conjugate of f? In other words, the linear vector f'Q+o must be perpendicular to o. If then the system of screws (3t,¢, 3¢,0;) is co-reciprocal to the system I' = f€, it is necessary that the screws should satisfy f/’/Q +o =0, for otherwise in the given m-space m independent vectors would be perpendicular to o. 1 See Arts. 45, 46 in justification of the expression — Sa for the work done by a couple. 2 f’ is defined by SPfp = Spf’P, where P is quadratic in the units. In full, if Sp =—- ST Sip, f’P = — Si STP. 112 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Thus, the systems T=/€, and o=—/f’0Q are co-reciprocal; or, when a system compounded from m screws is defined by a linear function (f), the co-reciprocal system is defined by the negative of the conjugate of that function (-/’). 50. Without changing the origin, it is easy to reduce the function f by making it depend on m co-reciprocal screws. To this end observe that, if fp=-3USip, fifp =+ MSTA Sip. The function /’fis obviously self-conjugate ;1 its axes are consequently mutually rectangular; and if they are taken as units, fifi, = 34,SU30,Si4, =— 36,8TP, = — 4,832. This requires generally STI, = 0, where wu and v are different; and it is obvious that (Tj, 7) and (T,, 2) are co-reciprocal, because each term of the condition ST\T, + S77,=0 vanishes. The axes of f’f being 2% %, &¢., its roots are — ST,?, — ST,, &e. Next, if Pis a quadratic in the units, T,, T., &c., are axes, and — ST, — ST’, &c., are roots of the new self-conjugate function ji — SiS Ske — > Se the units being axes of f’f. It may be remarked that, if (I', €) isa wrench of the system (T'=/€), the (f’T, —/fé) is a screw of the reciprocal system, for UAE GS) Ss) 51. Of course a function such as f, which generates a quadratic in the units from a linear vector can never be self-conjugate, for its con- jugate produces a linear vector from a quadratic. It may, however, be shown to possess a part analogous to the spin- vector of the linear vector functions of Quaternions, and the Theory of Screws affords a convenient approach to this investigation. Changing the base-point to the extremity of ¢, the linear velocity becomes o=o,+ V,Qe, and the couple becomes T=T,+ Voge, if co, and I, are the corresponding values for the old origin. Now, if 1 Saf'fp = Sfafp = Sf’ fop. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 1138 T,=fé, and o,=-/f’Q, the systems referred to the new origin become T=f6+ Vigée=FE, and c=-f'0+ ViQe=- FO, where F and F” are still conjugate functions. In fact, Sp(f'2 - V2c) = SOfp — SepQ = SO(fp + Fape), because Vipe = — Vrep. 52, I shall now show that « can be chosen so thatifor any units SV, = 0. In the first place, it is necessary to show that 3V,7, fc, is an in- variant, or that it is independent of the particular system of units chosen. Consider the quotient of determinants of order m involving m arbitrary vectors (A), Psa TORT eA Ss Nhat tods No an load eee Ne inp Waseda es Q — ; = ? EN Ae tis ee NARA oe Ae, here the first row of the dividend consists of the results of operating by f on each of the vectors in a certain order, and the m—1 rows which remain are alike, and formed by the vectors in the same order; the divisor consists of m equal rows the same as the equal rows in the dividend. In determinants of this kind, it is lawful to add the columns when multiplied by suitable scalars.! Consequently, if $¢,A, =)’, any column in the dividend may be replaced by fA’, ’,’,... A’, provided the corresponding column in the divisor is replaced by 2’, A’, X’,... 2X’. In fact, everything turns on the distributive property of the function /, expressed by the equation 37, fA, = f24,A,. Thus the quotient @ is independent of the vectors A, which may consequently be replaced by any other set of independent vectors. Replacing AjAz... Am DY Mes. + %m, and remembering the rules of expansion, it is easy to see that the envariant Q= (f(a) + tala ++ tm—L (2) tila e + + Im + Ge lila MU la... Um 1 Bates = + — Uni) 5 Ost0 m Sh ( 1) 1 1 Compare the Paper already cited ‘‘On Quaternion Invariants’, (Proc. Roy. Trish Acad., 1896). BR.I.A. PROC., SER. ITI., VOL. V. I 114 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. In the case of Art. 51, the invariants of /' and of fare connected by the relation SF (4). = Sf (4) 1 + BVote 4 = Sf (4) 4 + (m—1)e, since V3Vot,e.%,=0, and SVoije.%,=—- edt? + 52,Ser, It thus appears, by taking 1 Seine Vi2f (a). 4, that V,3F'(7,) 7, may be reduced to zero; and also that Vs f(7,) % is independent of the position of the base-point. 53. The process sketched in the last article is extremely fertile in the formation of invariants, and in the discussion of the properties of linear functions. It may be stated generally that, if fAfi...f, are any linear and distributive functions of quantities 9.92 .-.+-%m, the quotient Aidt ie oie SiG N Q2 oenent Un ON edieds = Jala |= | Fis Gorman FirQr Fn G2 sO UE ee) G2 20.0 Gm is an invariant in so far that the quantities g may be replaced by any linear functions of them with scalar coefficients. With particular reference to the Theory of Screws, we may select any number of screws (0,0), (o2Q2) . . . (evQy), and we may derive the set of invariants of the type | C1) Gp« - «Gy | O,,Q,.. . Qn Oi, 09..-.O0N On Os On, 5 | -Q;, Qe ... - Oy, Q, QO, eee Qn in the dividend, M/ rows of o being followed by WV —- If rows of Q, and the divisor being formed by JV rows of Q.! 1 In particular, for a pair of screws on a cylindroid in three dimensions, the ratios t 0102 — 620] : O1W2 — O2W1 : W1W2 — W201 are independent of the particular pair of screws chosen. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 115 54. Before leaving the Theory of Screws, which has been both instructive and suggestive in the study of this Associative Algebra, I shall say a few words on the canonical representation of a screw in hyperspace. By Art. 51, the couple at the extremity of the vector e«, arising from a couple Ty, and a force € at the origin as base point, is T=1,+ V2ée. Multiplying this by €1, and separating the parts of the product of the first and third order in the units, two equations are obtained, VET =V€T, + Vie Vig, and V3 T= VET, of which the first contains «, but the second is independent of it. Now, it is easy to see that « may be chosen so that Vier =O (Oe ese =0))s and in fact, as VaEa Vee = — ESere; the condition is satisfied, provided « lies on the right line, e=— VE "1, + vé. This line is the axis of the screw. If IT, =f, so that the wrench belongs to the system f, e=— ViEfE + x€ may be regarded as the equation of the assemblage of the axes of wrenches of the system f, if € is allowed to vary arbitrarily. If, however, € is constrained to remain parallel to a plane, or if E || + té, where &, and €, are fixed; but tis a varying scalar, e=— V,(€,+ t&)°f(& + t&) + e(& + t&), or e=— V,(€,+ t&)1 (1, + 1.) + 7 (€, + t&) is the equation of the locus of the axes of wrenches compounded of two given wrenches; and this locus is the analogue of the cylindroid. Similarly, the equations of the assemblages of the axes of wrenches compounded of any number of given wrenches may be written down. In any of these equations, on putting « = 0, the equation of the locus of feet of perpendiculars from the arbitrary origin on the axes is obtained. In the next place, the function (V3€“T) of the third order which is invariantal with respect to a change of base-point, is the analogue of the pitch. It is easy to justify this apparent anomaly, for the effect of the wrench is not confined to any one definite space of three =? 116 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. dimensions, but it is distributed in a definite manner in a definite number of spaces of three dimensions; the pitch must then be a function of the units symbolizing these spaces, or of their volume vectors. To take a concrete example, suppose the origin chosen so that. V,é-T = 0, and suppose the quadratic I reduced to the canonical form, so that DY = Gratite iG axtalack eer arey ton lai nitare Assuming E = al, + Lele t+. oe + Lamirlemey it is evident that, in order /,é"I should vanish, € must reduce to Lomrvlome1; Lor, consider the part linear in 2, and 2% in V,é"T; it is 9x2 (€ylo — Lol,) to a numerical factor, and its vanishing requires. %,=%,=0. We may thus take as the canonical forms of a force and couple E=bomy, and T= gigtte + Jsatsts + Ke. In this case the pitch is Phra + GJsilstslome + &C., and the essentials on which it depends are the numerical coefficients Grey Gury &C. (min number when 2m+1 or 2m+ 2 units are involved),} and the symbols of the various spaces of three dimensions (2%2?2n41), (73¢422ms1), &¢. (which all contain the force). It should be noticed that a wrench is always expressible in terms of an odd number of units, so that a wrench cannot fi// (or exhaust all the units of) an even space.? A wrench in four dimensions is a wrench in three. Asan example, let Ty = Giotto + Asatgtz, and let € = 2,2, + Lals. (This expression for € is perfectly general, since 7; may be taken to be parallel to the component of € in the definite plane (772), and ¢, may be taken to be parallel to the remaining component of €.) With these values, Ly Ayylo + Hellz VET, = i ¢ ee ar ae a (32 am 203) (Ay: 3g — Az4X ) and Rote ————— ay + U3" is a product of two vectors perpendicular to one another, and to €; but three independent vectors are involved in T and €. 1 Of course the force is supposed not to vanish. 2 Confirmation may be obtained from Art. 12, where it was shown to be generally impossible to assign p so that Vig2p should vanish in an even space. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 117 55. The motion of a rigid body has been treated with almost suffi- cient fullness in Art. 42. In that article it was proved, with even greater generality than here requisite, that « may be chosen in the equation o=o,+V,Qe«, so as to render o perpendicular to all the planes of rotation of Q in an odd space, and zero in an even space. All that remains is to consider how e may be expressed in terms of o, and 0; or, in other words, to solve for p an equation of the type w@ = V,Qp, or again, to invert the linear function dp = ViOp =. Stated in the last form, p=¢'@ is a definite vector when the equation ¢a = 0 is impossible; when it is possible, the solution is indeterminate, but of the form p=¢ q+ «a. In the first place, I shall give a solution of the problem depending on the reduction of Q to the canonical form O) = Gygtytq + Agstgts + &e. in 2m units (7). Let € = Ot + Cola +. . « + Comiilomts in which 2m +1 units occur; then ViQe = ayy (— C20 + @yt2) + Asy(— 4tg + C304) + &e. 5 and in this %,,,; does not occur; consequently, %,,; cannot occur in g-o, If To = Sib, + S2lq +e oe F 8Qmilomiry the simplest legitimate value for o is oO = 82nijtomi,- Endeavouring to satisty o=o0,+ V,Qe under these conditions, it is obvious that a=- 8 éQy=t+ 82 &e. ; Ayo ; Ayo 4 ; Li ae 1b ss orthat e¢=—S8i(o,-c), 4 =-— S8i,(o,-0), &.; Qy2 Ap or again, that €=— 30, Sie = oe {St (G9 — ©) — t282,(o) — ©)} + Ke. + Comerlamer 12 1% ; = Vi gee ° (a, ar co) ate Com ilamtle 12 118 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Tf the new quadratic ’ is defined by j F = VQ (a ne co) + Comsilomel in which ¢.,,,; is arbitrary ; and when the base-point is transferred to the extremity of this vector (a definite point in even space, because Zom41 cannot occur), the velocity of translation (c) is reduced to 2 70 = = Ope Si re Og an actual and real vector in odd spaces, but zero in even spaces. In other words, a body moving freely and with perfect generality in an odd space instantaneously contains a line whose position is deter- mined, and the particles of the body situate on that line are moving along it with a determined velocity; but a body moving with equal freedom in an even space has one point instantaneously fixed, and the position of that point is determined. 56. The difficulty in dealing with the equation c=0,+ Ve arises: solely from the fact that Q7 is not of the same character as Q, viz. :— a quadratic in the units; and the reason of this is, the area vectors (2122), (?324), &c., in O are commutative, and not polar in multiplication. However, multiplying by 07, Og = 99, + OV Ne = We, + = MF Ne, because Qc = (VY, + V3) Qe. Before going farther, it is necessary to consider the nature of the quantity Q'V,Q¢«. Iam not yet able to give a satisfactory account of this quantity, as I have not worked out fully the nature of Q7. It is not hard to see that QO? must be proportional to the product obtained by multiplying together the results of changing the signs of the area vectors in Q in all possible ways. Again, V,Qc is not independent of the base-point, nor do I see how to operate on o =o, + V,Qe, so as to obtain a result independent of e, or to obtain an expression analogous to the pitch of a wrench. 57. I shall now consider a special class of operators P( ) P-', which permute the units 7,7,...7, among themselves. In Art. 36, let Ji Sy, J2 = 13, &e. 3 Jm-1 = Ung and Jm = 4. Joty—The Associative Algebra applicable to Hyperspace. 119 In order to determine the sign, note that Jije se SH = Ilo eee Um = (-)" tite eee Up aty OY Jm = % When m is odd, and — 7, when m is even. The simplest form of P is 1 a5 tbo = Py. and TO I = V3, and IE] = Cro The next simplest is 12 = il ar Iab3 + V0; ae 402) and P;( )P;1 changes 7, into 2%, 7 into 23, and 23 into 2}. Instead of using the functions P’,, P’,, &c., itis more symmetrical to consider the functions Jey, = Op) Oo P, — Wlglak ‘45 &e., and these have the property of changing 7, into %, and 2, into 7,; and of changing to 2, 7, 7; and 2 to 2%, %3, 7, and + 2, respectively, though of course they reverse the directions of all vectors perpendicular to those involved. The functions P,,, are odd in the units. 58. On reference to Art. 37, the expression for the general function Pn 18 seen to be Pamy = 1 = Stats + Bloryrtts — Ke., and the last sum consists of the sum of products of m of the derived units with the corresponding original units. Of course, great reduction may be made on this. For instance, take the series We turtils = DoPsrus%srulsy if ¢=s+u. Assigning in this series the values i, 2, 8,...m to u, it is evident that Dlsilinrtids Sos Destro + 2050 s41%s420 543 + BWlortostors + eoeoe + Qe lss1%stm@ seme In this the greatest value of wis m, because s and s+2m+1 may be regarded as equivalent for summation purposes, and a term such as Depa epe' Urea Re may be replaced by 3505414 simi sim+2—uy sO that assign- ing any positive integer value to w, a former series is fallen back on. The following illustration will be of use. Imagine a cog-wheel with 2m+1 teeth numbered consecutively, covered with a concentric screen haying suitable apertures. 120 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. If an aperture is arranged to show two consecutive teeth, the series Ola + Uylg +o oe + lomeit is illustrated. If two apertures separated by the width of a single tooth are employed, the series 37,2,,. is illustrated, and so on, If the aperture is made large enough to expose four consecutive teeth, the Series 320121003 18 typified. And if there are two apertures, each exposing two consecutive teeth, while «—2 teeth are concealed between these pairs, the arrangement corresponds to the series Séslsis%srulstugie The rest of the screen conceals 2m+1-(u-2)-4 = 2m-1- 4 teeth, and if this number is greater than u — 2, uw is less than m. Take now the triple series ae Deslattes Sor Dtstsertelesrtulueds and suppose 8

. 1 These conditions follow immediately from the fact that a variation which shall be zero from O to A, and have at 4 small arbitrary values of dy), is a permissible one. For the integral is then an integral from A to P with arbitrary values for the limits of the y(*) fluxions at A. CuLVERWELL— Solutions in the Calculus of Variations. 3885 Thus, the right-hand side of (11) is reduced to the terms in (/’— F’) plus those in (16); in other words, to the function Hdz of §2. Hence we may write I(OABP) - 1(OP) = ['xDe, showing that #Dxz > 0 is a necessary condition for a true minimum under the given conditions. It follows from this expression that, unless Dz is necessarily of determinate sign, the integral cannot have a minimum of the assigned character. § 8. It has now to be shown that the condition HDr > 0 is sufficient. The following slight modification of the method given by Zermelo is interesting, though somewhat longer than the general method given in § 9. Let ODEABCP be a variation from OP, the stationary curve, and let the variations be all small, z.e. less than 4, in the portions OD, HA, and CP; but let the higher fluxions have large variations in D# and AC, as permitted by the conditions, Join AP by any curve which shall have all its fluxions small, 7.e. less than /, and shall have contact of the proper order with #'A or 4B at A, and with OP at P, so that ODHAP is an admissible variation. Similarly, draw BP, so that 4 BP is part of an admissible variation. Then it has just been shown that /4 (A Ie I(AB)+ LBP) - IAP) = | LDz + (hp = | TB es (&)o. Similarly ee Ie T(BO)+ 1(CP)-I(BP)=| BE] a+ (hb). 386 Proceedings of the Royal Lrish Academy. Therefore, adding, I(ABCP) - 1(AP) = | . Hie + 3B» (19) Similarly, we may show ; I(DEAP) - I(DP) = le Bile + 3 (Bs. (20) Adding (19) and (20), and cancelling Z(4P) which appears in both, we get I(ODEABCP) - I(ODP) = I(DEABCP — I(DP) E Cc =| Eda +| Edz+ (hk), (21) D B where the term =(/), may become of the order (4), 7.e. linear in &, as is evident, because some at least of the terms in (4), arose from terms linear in & being multiplied by Dz, so that when we take their sum, we get an integral linear in £,. Hence replacing, in (21), § (4). by (A), I(ODEABCP) - I(0P)= | Ez + (B), (22) where J(OP) may be regarded either as the integral taken along the stationary solution, or along ODP, as these integrals only differ one from the other by quantities of the order (/)p. From (21) or (22), it is evident that the condition Edz > 0 for all values of z in the integration, whatever the values of y, and y, is sufficient, provided only that & be sufficiently small. § 9. The general method is as follows :— Let the integral be {If . - Lda, dazd% ... Let us write ds for dx,dz,dr3, ...and consider first the case where the integration with regard to ds extends over two portions, one repre- sented by &, where all the variations are small, and the other represented by o, where some are finite, as in fig. 5. Then we may write Sy > o we ik a Fir desde... =| Fis =| Fas +| Fac. Let also the general variation § be replaced by A+ 6’, where A refers only to the variations which may be large, and 6’ to those which CuLvERWELL—Solutions in the Calculus of Variations. 387 are only permitted to be small. Then, remembering that we cannot apply Taylor’s expansion to the A variations except when they are small, the complete difference between the original and varied integral may be written = co > fo Ia. - =| Fa.s@3 +| Fasoda -| Fix -| Fac =, o -| dfdS + (he) +| (Pasa) —- #4 bFara)) do + (&) do, where (4,) indicates quadratic terms. But since the first variation must vanish always, we have Sto | ofds = 0, > o oc wn | SFUS + | iNT +| Filo = 0. Fig .5. Subtracting this from the expression just written, Tiss) - I= (" Fusa)- B- SF) do + |" (Fass) — BF) de + (Bo where (/), is written for small terms of the second or higher orders, Hence rere r= |" Bie 4 | @hde (ie | Zao, neglecting small terms, because evidently the term AV is the term which appears in #. For, in the first place, that the solution is 388 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. stationary for small arbitrary and discontinuous variations of the higher fluxions, gives us the conditions in (8) at once, as stated in the note to equation (18). Hence, in AF, the only terms remaining are those corresponding to Yq) Aya), ve. to Voz (y() —y™), Hence it is evident that the condition #'>0 is necessary; for may be taken for any small portion of the integration. To show that it is sufficient, it is only necessary to observe that we may extend o to include any large portion of, or the entire of, the integral. § 10. It will be observed that when some of the variations are large, the fact that # is always positive ensures that the integral shall be a minimum, even though the condition relating to the ‘‘ conjugate point”’ in small variations be not fulfilled. Thus an are of a great circle on a sphere is a minimum compared to all neighbouring lines for which the direction is, for finite lengths, inclined at finite angles to the direction of the great circle, the distance between the two lines being always indefinitely small, and this property evidently holds when the arc of the great circle is greater than a semi- circle. § 11. It is interesting to observe that we cannot derive the condi- tion for a maximum when the variations are small from the form assumed by the condition # = 0 when the varations are small. § 12. It may be well to give some examples. 1. The brachistochrone.—Here Uf = ie ceding ly dienes da cae j if) ae - A = 9) ly Jd +9? 2 tragic p-4gy), dy Jl +9? an expression which is obviously positive, when y and y are different, and when the square roots are taken with positive signs. In this case, if we give a variation which makes dz negative, we must, in order to get the time of the descent, change the sign of one of the square roots, and we still get Zdz positive. so that £E CuLVERWELL—Solutions in the Calculus of Variations. 889 2. If F(y)= y = 2Qay, and if the points O and P, be given, then, whether the tangents at those points be given or not, the stationary solution gives a minimum for small variations of y, and large ones of yf If, however, y also may have large variations, it is evident that the stationary solution for fixed tangents could not, in general, be a minimum. This, of course, follows either because Y, must be zero everywhere, as already proved, or at once from the condition that if the tangent can have a quite arbitrary value throughout, it can have an arbitrary value at the limit. It is easy to see in this case that the stationary solution, when O and P alone are given, does give a true minimum to the integral when 2 y and 4 y are both quite arbitrary. 3. If we apply the condition to the well-known evolute pr oblem, where F'(y)=(1+4?)*/y, we find that # can change sign when 2 y alone can have finite variations, thus showing that, not merely is the cycloidal solution not a minimum, when we are allowed to use a series of cycloidal or circular curves, as was long ago pointed out, but also that it is not a minimum, even when the tangent is not permitted to have a finite variation. § 13. When there are conditions, the criterion still holds in general (but one must always be prepared for exceptional cases). Take first, problems of relative minima. A single example will suffice to show how the criterion is obtained for all integrals, whether single or multiple. Let the problem be to find the curve of given length joining O and P, and enclosing the minimum area. Here, U= | yds, and the solution is got by making [y + rei + y?) da stationary. There, referring to fig. 1, and following the previous method, Be LAE: $= 1( AB) +I(BP)-(AP) -| @ ie +| G2 ines) A B but since the length is to be the same in both cases, B ae ip Paros B —= Ip oe | avis yae | adi spac =| At gae + | A fi + yde. A B A B 390 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Whence, from (23), B_ x as a Was te pal | = 8U-| (+n L+p-yrrdli4y))de+| (yr L+y?-y+d fl +y?)de B B a i te a | EO Fyyae + | Vidy - |, Mey de, (24) where now /' stands for (y + nyt 1+ y), and Y, and Jf are quantities derived from /' according to known rules. But since J/=0 for the stationary curve, (24) may, neglecting small quantities, be written as (PG) FO)-V.G = 9)\ Des Be. Hence, the general rule is, that whatever be the orders of the highest fluxions in the two integrals, the function # is that formed in the usual way from the function under the integral sign in Euler’s method. § 14. When we require to make { wdz a minimum subject to an equation of condition » = 0, a precisely similar mode of treating the equation shows that we obtain the function # by writing (uw + Av) for F'; but in that case, of course, the highest fluxions y, a”, &e., cannot be all arbitrary, because v = 0 is to be everywhere satisfied. But in this case it is very necessary to observe that the problem is unmeaning, unless the conditions admit of our taking a variation OABP, in which, while the variations are finite in 4B, they are zero in OA, and indefinitely small in BP. If, for instance, the problem be the old one of the shortest line in space of given curva- ture, then if OP be the stationary solution, it will be found impossible to take any line OABP of constant curvature, and such that while @y/dx* and dz/dx? are finite in AB, they are indefinitely small in BP, for this would involve a discontinuity in the curvature at B. § 15. Weierstrass shows that, Maes ey z and y only appear in the function F, the independent variable being ¢, and if the question be really one relating to a plane curve, there can be no maximum for discontinuous variations such as are here dealt with. For he finds that Z is a quadratic function multiplied by dt, and as x can change sign arbitrarily, the function # can change sign. But as zdt = dx, this only means geometrically that if dx can arbitrarily change sign, there can be no true minimum or maximum, as is at once evident, because, if the independent variable, which we may take as x, may CuLVERWELL— Solutions in the Calculus of Variations. 391 change sign at pleasure, it is quite evident that we can never have any maximum or minimum. For instance, take the integral 12) ED | J 1+ Pde. O which, if dz cannot change sign, except when the sign of the square root changes, represents the length of the curve joining O to P, and has a true minimum value corresponding to the straight line. If in it we are at liberty to change the sign of dx arbitrarily, and without changing the sign of the square root, then the integral has no maximum or minimum, but is capable of passing to continually greater or smaller values by suitable variations (7.e. by making the quantity under the square root have a larger or smaller value for the positive or negative values of dz, respectively); its value in this case is geometrically represented by the difference of the integrals for dv positive and those for dx negative. The same may be easily seen from the result of this Paper. The integral is increased or diminished in passing from OAP to OABP (fig. 3), according as H'Dz is positive or negative, and therefore if Dz can have either sign, we can always increase or diminish the integral, whether # can or cannot change sign. Thus, an arbitrary change of sign of the independent variable is always excluded, and if a change of sign in the independent variable occurs in consequence of the form of the curve, the sign of # must change with it. [ 392 ] XXIV. ON THE DATES OF VOLCANIC ERUPTIONS AND THEIR CONCORDANCE WITH THE SUN-SPOT PERIOD. By JOSEPH P. O'REILLY, C.E. [Read Aprin 24th, 1899.] Voxcanic eruptions and the phenomena connected therewith have at all times excited the interest of mankind, and have received and con- tinue to receive, on the part of scientific observers, the very closest attention, not only on account of the magnitude of the phenomena involved therein and their great geological significance, but also by reason of the destruction of life and property with which they are not unfrequently accompanied. Hence in all works on geology this subject is generally very fully treated in all its essential aspects. One particular however, the question of their periodicity, seems either to be avoided or to be treated as not offering sufficiently precise data, to allow of its receiving recognition, reference however being made to the authors who have mainly occupied themselves with this particular branch of the subject. Reference to the question is made in ‘‘Geikie’s Text-book of Geology,” 1885, p. 198, as follows :— ‘‘Kluge has sought to trace a connexion between the years of maximum and minimum of sun-spots, and those of greatest and feeblest activity (of volcanoes), and has constructed lists to show that years which have been specially characterised by terrestrial eruptions have coincided with those marked by few sun-spots and diminished magnetic disturbance.”’} ‘Such aconnexion cannot be regarded as having yet been satis- factorily established. Again, the same author has called attention to the frequency and vigour of volcanic explosions at or near the time of the August meteoric showers. But in this case, likewise, the cited 1 «« Ueber Synchronismus and Antagonismus, 8yo., Leipzig, 1863, p. 72. A. Poéy (Compt. Rend. lxxvili., 1874, p. 51) believes that among the 786 eruptions recorded by Kluge between 1749 and 1861, the maxima correspond to periods of minima in solar spots. See, however, postea, pp. 250 and 259.” O’Rettty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 393 examples can hardly yet be looked upon as more than coincidences. At many volcanic vents the eruptive energy manifests itself with more or less regularity.” The author then cites the cases of Stromboli, Etna, and Vesuvius:— ‘‘Much more striking, however, is the case of Kilauea in Hawaii, which seems to show a regular system of grand eruptive periods. Dana has pointed out that outbursts of lava have taken place from that volcano at intervals of from eight to nine years, this being the time required to fill the crater up to the point of outbreak, or to a depth of 400 to 500 feet. But the great eruption of 1868 did not occur until after an interval of eighteen years.” (Dana’s remarks prove that two successive eruptions took place at sun-spot periods, one in + 1848-6, and the other in —1867:2, the interval being 18-6 years.) ‘‘The same author suggests that the missing eruption may have been submarine.”! As regards his references to the pp. 250 and 259 of his text-book, the following lines bear generally on the question :—‘‘ Many difficulties, however, remain yet to be explained before our knowledge of volcanic action can be regarded as more than rudimentary,” p. 250. In section 11., part 1, “‘ Earthquakes,” p. 259, he says, ‘‘ From what was stated at the beginning of the present section, it is evident that some connexion may be expected to be traceable between the frequency of earthquakes, the earth’s position with regard to the moon and sun on the one hand, and changes of atmospheric conditions on the other.” He then cites the observations and conclusions of Schmidt and Perry, and adds:—‘‘ No connexion has yet been satisfactorily established between the occurrence of earthquakes and sun-spots.’’ He says, p. 248, ‘“‘ There is indeed strong evidence that among the consequences arising from the secular contraction of the globe, masses of sedimentary strata, many thousands of feet in thickness, have been crumpled and crushed, and that the crumpling has often been accom- panied by such an amount of heat and evolution of chemical activity as to produce an interchange and rearrangement of the elements of the rocks, this change sometimes advancing to the point of actual fusion . . . Along lines of elevation the pressure is relieved and con- sequent melting may take place. On these lines of weakness and fracture therefore the conditions for volcanic excitement may be con- ceived to be developed—water, able soonest to reach there, the intensely heated materials underneath the crust may give rise to 1< or He then discusses the relative significance and importance of these different classes. On p. 585 he gives two tables of the distribution of eruptions as regards centuries of occurrence and countries. He says, on p. 585, ‘“‘One of the most striking results furnished by the table is that showing the: repetition of volcanic eruptions with reference to seasons.” ‘‘ Whilst as regards earthquakes there is generally shown a pre- dominance of winter earthquakes, in the case of volcanic eruptions there is shown a preponderance of these phenomena as regards the summer months, and to such a marked degree that if the sums of the farthest northern eruptions and farthest southern ones be taken together, the result cannot be looked on as purely accidental.” ‘Tt is the same result at which I had arrived for the grouping of earthquakes in general and of earthquake periods, and which seems anew to prove that the great world-shaking earthquakes have their origin in causes other than purely local ones limited to circumscribed territories. 787 volcanic eruptions, for which the data are sufficiently correct, distribute themselves as follows over the different months of the year; the commencement of the eruption being always taken (in 2F2 396 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. the cases of normal outbreaks) as the days on which the lava com- menced to flow.”” (Here he gives tables showing this.) For the northern hemisphere there thus appears for the summer half-year, z.e. the months of March to August, 314 eruptions; and for the winter half-year, 267 eruptions. For the southern hemisphere the summer half-year (September to February), gives129 eruptions, and the winter half-year 77. On p.587: —‘‘ Although the predominance of eruptions in the summer appears in this way very marked, the matter presents, however, a different aspect when the figures are distributed according to zones, and more particu- larly when the extreme volcanic districts, such as Iceland, Kamts- chatka, and the Aleutian Islands, are compared with Chili for example. (He here gives a table showing this distribution.) In Iceland the number of eruptions that have taken place in summer is nearly fourfold that of the winter eruptions; and leaving out of count the twelve repetitions of the great eruption of Hekla in the summer of 1766, as also the doubtful eruptions of the extreme north of Norway, which to some extent alters the ratio, nevertheless “the proportion between the two remains as 34: 13. Still more remarkable is the repetition of the Chilian eruptions (the greater number of which belong to the remarkable years 1822 and 1885), the ratio of which between summer and winter is as 28:2. A circumstance worthy of remark is that all the land-elevations of large zones of country (so far as known to me) in the southern hemisphere have happened in the summer half-year :—Chili, 19th November, 1822 ; 20th February, 1885; November 7th, 1837; and 12th February, 1839; New Zealand, 23rd January, 1855; Brimstone Island, 6th September, 1825; Key and Pesang Islands in the Indian Archipelago, 26th November, 1852; Tonga Tabu, 24th December, 1853 ; Artutaki, 6th February, 1854. ‘It seems already to result from the fact that this particular mode of distribution of the eruptions only holds good for high latitudes, whilst, as the equator is approached it becomes less and less marked, that it is not a direct cosmical influence which causes it, but that the eruptions are the direct result of the seasons of the year, of the penetration of warm water, and thawing snow or ice-masses, or the falling of showers of rain. That this opinion receives support from other observations, would seem to result from the undeniable connexion between volcanic eruptions and certain conditions of weather, which more particularly comes out in the case of mud volcanoes, since these have their sources of activity at shallow O’ Rertty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. a97 depths. However, there are not many observations available in this regard; in any case it is important to note that the most fearful and most frequent eruptions of Iceland nearly all happened in summers following remarkably mild winters; that the most violent eruptions of the Indian Archipelago follow immediately the rainy season or take place during it; that permanently active volcanoes show greatly increased activity during this period, etc. Admitting the influence on the development of volcanic activity of the penetration of meteoric water, whether it be in the form of tropical rainfalls, or as molten snow and glacier masses, we must also, at least, ascribe the same influence to sea-water. ‘¢ A wider and more important conclusion to be drawn from the rapidity with which volcanic eruptions follow atmospheric changes, is that the focus (‘‘ Heerd’’) of volcanic activity is to be looked for at much less depths than is usually admitted: an opinion which I endeavour to sustain in my extended work, on numerous and various grounds. I am led to admit that that focus is to be found for most volcanoes at no greater depths than 30,000 to 40,000 feet under the sea-level ; while for many it may be close under their very basis.” It is thus quite evident that Kluge’s Paper of 1862 refers simply to his conclusion, that in high latitudes the eruptions take place mainly in the summer months. There is no reference in the Paper to the sun-spot period in this connexion. It is otherwise as regards his ““Treatise on Synchronism and Antagonism” referred to by Geikie in the note on p. 72 of his text-book already referred to. It is in this more extended work that he brings out the relation to be found between volcanic eruptions and the sun-spot period; and as, on the one hand, it contains a great many important and valuable data with reference to the question of vulcanism in general, and, as on the other, that he puts his views in a very clear and precise manner, it may be useful to give at least a summary of the more essential parts of the work and of his conclusions. In the preface he says it is based on his greater work: this being a complete catalogue of volcanic eruptions, dating back from the year B.c. 1000 to the year a.p. 1863, and embracing 1450 such events. He requests that the conclusions at which he arrives will only be considered as an attempt to present the complicated question of volcanic phenomena in a simpler and clearer manner than that usually accepted by geological science up to that time. He commences by the remark, that precisely, as formerly, great significance was attached to the synchronism or periodic alternation 398 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. between the occurrences of earthquakes in countries widely distant the one from the other, so has attention been directed to the simulta- neity or alternation of volcanic eruptions, only generally so far as conclusions might be drawn therefrom, as to the subterranean con- nection or common focus of energy of all volcanoes. He shows the necessity of defining what may be understood as “* Synchronism”’ in this respect, and examines the different cases that may be brought under this head, as also those representing *¢ Antagonism” or alternation of action between volcanoes or volcanic groups. Examining the different cases stated from the point of view of their scientific interest he considers more particularly two specific cases :— (a) Two or more volcanoes enter into eruption simultaneously, and as it were at the same moment, so that it would appear as if the outbursts were the effect of a common cause, acting, however, at different points of the earth’s surface. (6) A volcano ceases its activity at the very moment that another enters on a state of activity. These he considers as typical cases, since they admit of the least amount of illusion, or of play of accident, as to the presumed common cause. On page 3 he says:—‘‘ It may, furthermore, be of importance to examine whether certain spaces of time be, or be not, signalised by numerous simultaneous eruptions, and whether these spaces of time. return after some determinate period. ‘In the following pages I have sought to bring some of these questions to a decisive answer. The material in hand is, however, not yet sufficiently abundant to allow of more than an approximate determination, meanwhile the results already attained may be of some importance, even should they have no further significance than in proving as untenable certain received theories, or in leading the way to further research. ‘‘ Before entering upon the investigation of distinct volcanic: countries, the following question may be at once answered. Do certain years distinguish themselves markedly by the great number of their eruptions? A mere glance at the curves given herewith is sufficient to prove that they suddenly and frequently rise, as for the years 1798, 1822, 1835, 1848, 1852, and almost as suddenly fall.” He then enters on a detailed account of the voleanic and seismic events of the year 1822, including some belonging to 1821, to show their frequency and importance during the period considered. O’Reitty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 399 He cites (page 4) the extraordinary low barometer shown to have existed over all Europe on the 25th December, 1821 (din. Philosoph. Journ., vol. yil., 1822, p. 155), and on page 6 he cites the eruption of 22nd to 26th October, 1822 (= 1821-80), of Vesuvius, having given rise to showers of ashes, the greatest known since the event of Pompeii (a.p. 79). (It is worth noting that the interval between this date = 1821°80 and 78°65, date of the destruction of Pompeii, is 1742°15, which is nearly = 1742-7 = 11:1 x 157, that is a multiple of the suu-spot period.) He says—‘‘ We have here to do with a mass of volcanic phenomena, such as the history of vulcanism rarely reproduces, and it must, therefore, be of importance to examine whether similar eruption years repeat themselves after definite periods, or whether similar phenomena stand in any determinate relation with other periodic natural phenomena. A treatise by Dr. Lamont ‘On the 10 year Period of the Daily Variation of the Magnetic Needle and the Relation of Earth Magnetism with the Sunspots’ (Poggend. Ann. 4 Reihe, Bd. 26, p. 607, 1862), in which the year 1822 is taken as a minimum sun-spot year, allowed me an opportunity of comparing the eruptions with the sun-spot periods. At once the merest glance showed me that some of the minimum years therein indicated, such as the years 17938, 1843, 1855, distinguish themselves from neighbouring years by their numerous volcanic out- bursts. Meanwhile appeared a work by Professor Rudolph Wolf of Bern, on the same subject (‘On the 11 year Period of Sunspots and Earth Magnetic Variations,’ Poggend. Ann. Bd. 27, p. 502, 1862), which being based on a greater amount of material, raised my opinion on the matter to a certainty that ‘years poor in sunspots, which are also marked by a lesser value of magnetic variation, are eruption years, and vice versa.’ ‘‘Tn order that the reader may be ina position to decide for himself in the matter, I herewith annex the full table as Wolf has published it in his remarkable work, and add thereto the number of eruptions for each year. [ Page 12.] ‘‘ Asto the existence of a connection between magnetic variations, sunspots, and volcanic eruptions, the consideration of the foregoing does not allow of a doubt.” He calls attention to one point in particular, as furnishing a support to the views he advances. It is the periodic return of eruptions after a time interval of about one hundred years (99 to 101), and he adds :—‘‘ The connection which appears to exist between sunspots, magnetic variations, and volcanic eruptions affords us, if we accept a 114th years period for the first- 400 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. mentioned, a practicable ground for the recurrence of a 100 years’ period as regards the last-mentioned. From the numerous examples of this recurrence, which may be here stated, I may be allowed to cite the following.’? Here he cites amongst other cases :— Etna, Se 1183, 1985; 1881, 1682. 178lces Vesuvius, . . 685, 983, 1184, 1682, 1783, 1784, 1785; 203, 1306, 1506, 1704, 1705, 1706, 1804, 1806; Se W7lOe 7S 1 BLS) 1660, 1760, 1860— in all about 200 different dates arranged in groups, as in the cases here cited. [Page 14.] ‘‘ Although chance may often wonderfully intervene, and may be often helped out by clever combinations of data, neverthe- less it seems to me that in most of the above-mentioned cases, there is something more than a mere casual coincidence, something, in fact, regular in its nature since the phenomena arise so very frequently in the case of volcanoes which do not present many cases of eruption. It cannot alone depend on a periodic return of years poor in sunspots, since even years such as 1837, and rich in sunspots, follow one another at intervals of many hundred years. In examining the connection between volcanic eruptions and earthquakes I propose to revert to the subject.” He then enters on the detailed examination of different volcanic districts as regards the examples furnished by them of synchronisms and antagonisms. ‘* As regards Italian districts, it may be generally admitted that the activities of the two volcanoes, Vesuvius and Etna, alternate, as already shown by V. Hoff (‘ Geschichte der naturlischen Verainderungen der Erdoberflache,’ V. Hoff, 2 Th. p. 262). A glance at the curves shows this better than the citation of the individual outbreaks.” [Page 16.] Although the alternating activity of the two volcanoes may be accepted as a rule, there occur, however, periods during which both were simultaneously in activity (e.g. 1822-1643). [Page 19.] A somewhat similar relation of alternating activity as shown by Vesuvius and Etna manifests itself in the case of the Italian volcanoes when compared with the Greek ones. ‘Hardly in any country (with the exception of Chili more par- ticularly) is it so convincingly demonstrated by simultaneous eruptions of far distant volcanoes, that these eruptions have their origin in a common source, and that the volcanoes are but openings or vents on O’Rettty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 401 long lines of fissure as in Iceland. (Follow numerous examples of simultaneous eruptions in his paper). [Page 22.] Remarkable eruption of Hecla and Katla during a period of activity of Vesuvius in the year 1766. [Page 23.] ‘‘Is this remarkable simultaneity of Icelandic and Italian eruptions merely a simple coincidence, or is it to be attributed to cosmic influences acting at the same time on each volcano, or does the cause lie in a subterranean connection of the molten mass connected with them? It is all the more remarkable, as the year 1766 was a turning point in the sun-spot period, a minimum year of sunspots, and was also signalized by the occurrence of other extraordinary natural phenomena.” [Page 24.] ‘Inthe year 1783 arose the Island Nyoé (new Island) near Iceland, followed on the 11th June by the celebrated outburst of Skaptar Jokull. | Page 26.] ‘‘ Almost simultaneously with this outburst, the most fearful known tn the history of vulcanism, there arose one not less terrible on the Japanese Island of Niphon”’ (compare as to date with Krakatoa, 1883, and as regards the 100 years interval). [Page 27.] ‘‘As regards these remarkable outbursts, it is to be noted that the year 1783 was marked by extreme fewness of sunspots, as well as by other uncommon natural phenomena.” [Page 31.] ‘‘If we compare the activity of the three Island groups, Canaries, Azores, and Cape Verd Islands, they will be found to present a well marked example of antagonism.” [Page 34.] The activity of the volcanoes of Kamtschatka, the Kuriles, and Japan, compared with that of the Aleutians, is markedly alternate. [Pages 35, 36.] Table demonstrating this, with the remark, ‘“‘A finer example of alternating activity of two distinct volcanic groups cannot better be shown.” [Page 43.] ‘‘ The most striking example of simultaneous eruptions which perhaps exceeds in greatness that already mentioned in connec- tion with the Phillipines, is that of the year 1772. In the night of the 11th to the 12th August of this year occurred the most terrible outburst of the Papandayang volcano which has taken place in the Island of Java during historic times, and in consequence of which a large part of this mountain, along with the adjacent land, sank into the sea; the extent of land which thus disappeared was 15 English miles long and 6 English miles broad, carrying with it 40 villages and 3000 inhabitants. Before this catastrophe, the voleano was 9000 feet 402 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. high, now it only attains to 5000 feet. (Compare with Krakatoa in 1883 (1883—1772 = 111 = 100 + 11). [Page 46.] ‘‘ Moreover, the terrible phenomena of the last third of the year 1852 should be here detailed, since they are of so compre- hensive and grand a nature, that if the wide extension and extraordi- nary development in force of subterraneous disturbances be taken as a proof of the existence of a general igneous fluidal earthcore, the phe- nomena in question stand out in the front line amongst all the events of this nature which have taken place up to the present.” [Page 73.] ‘‘The days near to the 13th August seem to play a notable part in the history of vulcanism.’’ (Cites a number of cases in proof thereof.) [Page 74.] ‘A summary of all the eruptions marked in my cata- logue as having occurred in August gave the following result. The total having taken place in this month was 67. Of these 11 are not, fixed as to the day of the month, 44 occurred between the 1st and 15th, and only 12 from the 16th to the 31st. On the 8th there occurred only 5; on the 10th, 3; on the 11th, 4; and on the 12th, 8 eruptions. It is certainly of significance, that this concentrating of eruptions on the days 8th to 12th August coincides with the Laurentius stream of falling stars. ‘The days, 8th to 138th November, about which date the November stream of shooting stars occurs, shows also the remarkable number of 13 eruptions. [Page 76.] ‘‘The years 1797, 1798, and 1799 are, according to the above citeu tables, minima sun-spot years. They are marked by the occurrence of the following notable eruptions, along with many others of lesser importance. (Cites a number of great eruptions to the point.) The minimum years of the next sun-spot period, the years 1809-12, are likewise notable fora similar aggregation of voleanic phenomena in the Western Hemisphere. (Cites a series of eruptions corresponding to that period.) [Pacer 84.] Concrusions. 1. ‘‘ Certain years distinguish themselves by a remarkable sum of generally extensive earthquakes and volcanic outbursts, whilst others are relatively undistinguished in that respect. 2. ‘These years, markedly characterised by volcanic phenomena, return at comparatively regular intervals such that they seem to be in connection with a mean yearly period of 113 years = 11:1 years. O’ Remiy—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 403 3. ‘This period of subterranean disturbance stands in an inverse ratio with a period of similar length with reference to sun- spots and terrestrial magnetic variations, so that the years in which the sunspots are maxima, and in which the amount of the magnetic variation is also a maximum, are in general poor in volcanic phenomena and earthquakes, and inversely so. 4. ‘“ Not only certain years, but also certain days of the year, seem to be more connected with eruptions than others, and moreover seem further to be signalized by the occurrence of remarkable cosmical phenomena.” Here follow ten other conclusions referring to ‘‘ Synchronisms and Antagonisms,”’ &c., covering pp. 85 to 99 of the work, into the con- sideration of which it would be out of place here to enter. It would seem that the complete list of eruptions spoken of by Kluge in his two Papers was not published, and I have not been able to find any trace of such publication subsequent to 1863. Geikie also refers, in the note on p. 188, to the Paper by Poéy (Comptes. Rend. LXXVIII., 1874, p. 51), wherein he points out the relation between certain of the eruptions cited by Kluge and the sun- spot period, but so briefly that I think it desirable to point out more in detail the essential points of Poéy’s paper or papers, and their bear- ing on the question of the connection observable between volcanic eruptions and the sun-spot period. The first paper (as indeed the two others which follow) appears as a letter to the Secretary of the Academy of Sciences, Paris :—‘‘ On the Relations between the Sun-spot Period and the Hurricanes of the Antilles, of the N. Atlantic and of the Southern Indian Oceans.”’! He utilises Meldrum’s Paper which appeared on this subject in ‘‘ Nature ”’ (9th October, 1878, p. 495), and gives a table of some extent showing the relation between the 357 hurricanes of his catalogue and the sun-spot periods. He remarks :— ‘“It may be noted that the most of the years of maxima of hur- ricanes fall at an interval of from six months to two years after the years of maxima of sunspots. There may also be observed a ‘‘lag”’ as regards the period of the magnetic variation, aurore boreales, severe winters and other meteorological phenomena. Poéy discusses several points in connection with the table—shows 1 Compt. Rend., 1878, vol. Ixxvii., p. 1222. 404 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. the general concordance between the years of hurricane maxima and the sun-spot period. He points out that ‘‘the seven most severe winters mentioned by Mr. Renou since 1624, all coincide with maxima of sun-spots (1624, 1665, 1707, 1748, 1789, 1830, and 1870) with the exception of the winter of 1665, which coincided with the mini- mum of 1666; but if the winter of 1677 be considered, during which the Seine was frozen during thirty-five days, the nearest maximum of solar-spots is that of 1675.” A second letter appeared in the same volume of the Comptes. Rend., p. 1348, ‘‘On the Relations between the Sun-spot Period, the Hurricanes of Paris and Fécamp, Tempests, and Gales in the North Atlantic.” A third letter appears in the vol. Ixxviii. of Comptes. Rend., 1874, p. 51, ‘‘On the Relations between Sunspots, the Earthquakes of the Antilles and of Mexico, and Volcanic Eruptions of the Globe in general.” He states that taking the three Papers mentioned he has arrived at the following conclusions :— 1. That the phenomena of the atmosphere and of the crust of the earth tend generally to accumulate according to decennial periods somewhere about (autowr des) the maxima and minima of solar spots. That of these phenomena, some show most energy about the period of the maxima, and others about the period of the minima. 3. That all the phenomena which proceed directly or indirectly from heat, approximate to the minima, and those having their cause in cold, approximate to the maxima of the spots. 4. That this influence of the solar spots is reducible to a simple question of temperature, whence follows (découle) by pro- cess of evolution and of equivalent transformation, the whole of our terrestrial phenomena. 5. That the earthquakes occurring in the Antilles and in America seem to be as frequent and as intense at the periods of the maxima as at the period of the minima. bo He gives a table comprehending 786 volcanic eruptions having occurred in various quarters of the globe between 1749 and 1861. ‘* According to the catalogue of Mr. Kluge, it may be at once observed that the maxima of eruptions correspond to the minima of solar spots, and the minima to maxima of the spots.” It follows from the details hereinbefore given that Kluge’s Paper of 1862 dealt only with the relations between eruptions and seasons of O’Rettty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 405 the year, his tables as given supporting strongly his conclusion that eruptions in high latitudes are much more frequent in summer than in winter. His paper or essay on Synchronism and Antagonism, pub- lished in 1863, and of which details have been hereinbefore given, brings into connection the years of eruptions and the sun-spot period, and in this respect is based on Wolf’s list of sun-spot maxima and minima years (published in a complete form in 1870). The same remark holds good as regards Poéy’s last paper. Wolf’s list is there- fore the important element in both cases taken in connection with their lists of eruptions, hurricanes, and earthquakes. It is to a certain ex- tent remarkable that this list of sun-spot periods has not, as yet, received any recognition on the part of geologists, as if there were no admissible connection between the phenomena taking place at the surface of the sun and those taking place on the surface of the earth. And yet it can be shown by hundreds of cases mentioned in Mallet’s and Perrey’s lists of earthquakes that between eruptions, earthquakes, magnetic disturbances and phenomena, and atmospheric perturbations, a close, if not intimate, connection exists, and, consequently, if any one of these sets of phenomena show a distinct relation with the sun- spot period, the others should likewise do so to a greater or less ex- tent. Now, the cyclones and hurricanes of the Indian Ocean, as also the monsoons, on the regular advent and course of which the good and bad seasons of India and South Africa depend, have been carefully studied, and shown to have a relation with the sun-spot period.? W. Stanley Jevons, writing on the ‘‘Series of Decennial Crises’’ in Nature, vol. xix., p. 34, says :— ““T can entertain no doubt whatever that the principal commer- cial crises do fall in a series having the average period of about 10°466 years, moreover, the almost perfect coincidence of this period with Brown’s estimate of the sun-spot period (10°54) is by itself strong conclusive evidence that the phenomena are causally concerned. The exact nature of the connection cannot at present be established.” D. E. Hutchins, Conservator of Forests, Knysna, 8. Africa, pub- lished in 1889 a series of lectures on ‘‘ Cycles of Drought and Good Seasons in 8. Africa,” bringing into close relation the seasons of that country and the sun-spot period, and considering it as funda- mental for the sound agricultural administration of the regions re- ferred to. At p. 109, the author gives a forecast table of the seasons to be expected for the years from 1888 to 1920, which gives 1 See Meldrum, Nature, 9th Oct., 1873. 406 Proceedings of the Royal Trish Academy. expression to his faith inthe sun-spot period influence, and which merits attention at present (1899) in view of the disastrous droughts which have reigned in Australia for some years, and which are foretold in the forecast table of this work for the years 1898-99, 1900-1-2-3 (‘with mitigation in 1901”). In Mature, vol. xxxvi., p. 229, appeared an article on ‘‘The 11th year Periodical Fluctuation of the Carnatic Rainfall,’’ which bears to some extent on the question. Other Papers might be cited, but enough is here given to show that the connection has been observed and taken into consideration by more than one or two observers. As to the relation which may exist between volcanic eruptions and winds and seasons, I would refer in that con- nection to my address to the Royal Geological Society of Ireland, read the 16th November, 1885,! wherein I insisted on the importance of the vast volumes of gases and very fine dust material projected into the upper atmosphere by many of the active volcanoes. These gases and dust tend, on the one hand, to modify the upper currents of the air (and in so far to influence the winds), and on the other, to modify the quantity of heat absorbed by the atmosphere by its greater or less volume, and so become a factor as regards rain seasons, &c., since it has been shown by Aitken that rain is intimately connected with the quantity of dust present in the air. The events which accompanied and followed the eruption of Krakatoa fully illustrated these ideas, and on a scale of the grandest magnitude. (It is worth while men- tioning here that the sun-spot period was maximum in 1888°8, the date of the eruption haying been 26th, 27th August, 1888 (= 1882°63).) Why so little attention has been given by geologists to the sun- spot period in relation to the periodicity of phenomena occurring at the surface of the earth, may be explained by the relatively recent date of the publishing of Wolf’s work, and by the shortness of the time covered by his list, which does not go farther back than 1610. There is also the want of complete lists of eruptions, earthquakes, auroras, &¢., with which to institute a comparison in the different cases which may present themselves for consideration. The tables published by Kluge and by Poéy, only give totals of hurricanes, eruptions, or earthquakes for given sets of years, and could not therefore be checked or controlled, except by comparison with the lists of Mallet, and Perrey, and Falb, a work most onerous and tedious to undertake, and to some extent insuperable in its difficulties, since these lists should be read through as a whole, and so to some extent re-written. 1 See Scientific Proceedings R. D. S., vol. v., pt. 1., p. 17. O’Remiy— On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 407 Unfortunately Kluge’s list of eruptions has not been published (so far as I know), and Mallet’s list is mainly concerned with earthquakes. Had Kluge or Poéy given a chronological list of the eruptions of certain volcanoes, and allowed comparison of their dates with those of the sun-spot period of Wolf, perhaps more attention, and certainly more acceptance of a connection between them, would have been insured. It is therefore from this point of view, that I propose to present the question, and, selecting a certain number of volcanoes, to give a list of their eruptions, and place the date of these in comparison with the sun-spot periods as given by Wolf in his lst. It will be more convenient to give this list at once, so that it can be referred to when necessary, marking also the intervals between the different successive dates mentioned therein, and noting the minima by — (‘‘minus,’’) and the maxima by + (plus). Date. Interval. | Date. Interval. Date. Interval. — 1610°8 | — 1712 — 1810°5 4°7 6:2 5°6 1615°5 4+ 1718-2) + 1816-1 + 35 | 53 71 — 1619 | — 1723°5 — 1823:2 7:0 | 4:0 6°3 1626 4 | Dose ae 1829°5 4+ 8:0 6°5 4:3 — 1634 — 1734 — 1833°8 BS. | 47 3-4 1689°5 4+ | 1738-7 + 1837-2 + ay || 63 6°8 — 1645 — 1746 — 1844 4-0 5-0 4°6 1649 + W750 + 1848°6 4+ 6-0 5°5 76 — 1655 | = 1765-5 — 1856-2 on0n" 4] 6-0 4-0 1660 + 1761°5 + 1860°2) + 6-9 | 5-0 7-0 — 1666-9 | — 1766°5 — 1867°2 Sale 374 3°56 1675 aF 176999 + 1870°7 + 4°5 5°9 8:3 — 1679:5 | — 1775°8 — 1879 By) || 3°7 4°8 1685, + | 17795 + 1883-8 + 45 | 5°3 5°8 — 1689°5 } — 1784:8 -— 1889°6 375 4-2 5:3 16938 ar 1789 4p 1894°9 + 50) | 9°5 — 1698 | — 1798-5 (| 5:5 1705°5 + | 1804 + 6°5 6°5 408 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. I propose to examine the lists published of the eruptions of the following volcanoes—Hecla, Katla, and Trdlladyngia; also those of Etna and Vesuvius. The three first I take from a Paper having appeared in the ‘‘ Smithsonian Report ”’ of 1885 (Washington, 1886), under the title—‘‘ Observations on Volcanic Eruptions and Earth- quakes in Iceland within Historic Times, translated and condensed from a History of Iceland by Thomas Thoroddsen, by George H. Boehmer.” One reason for selecting these Icelandic eruptions, is that the intervals between the eruptions are generally long, and rarely re- present a close succession of years which would favour a chance coincidence between the year of occurrence of the eruption and one of the sun-spot period years. Another reason for the selection is, that generally the Smithsonian Papers are carefully prepared, and the data carefully checked. In this list, Hecla appears with 17 eruptions as follows :— No. | Date. | Remarks. | Lees) LO: Py) MSY fs 3 1206, December 4, .. | Lasted till following spring. 4 1222. 5 1294, Ae Xe .. | With violent earthquakes and formation of crevices. 6 1300, July 10, ste .. | One of the most-violent of the volcano. 7 | 1341, May 19, .. .. | Enormcus fall of cinders accompanied by an earthquake. 8 1389-90, .. AB .. | Lasted to middle of 1390. 9 1436. 10 | 1510, July 25. 11 | 1554, May (end of), .. | Accompanied by frequent shocks of earth- quake. 12 | 1578, ae es .. | Accompanied by frequent shocks of earth- quake. 13 1597, January 38, till March, | Great projection of cinders. 14 1619, July (end of), .. | The ashes carried northward produced intense darlmess. 15 1636, May 8, 55 .. | Lasted until following winter. 16 | 1693, Feby. 13, till August, | Very violent. 17 1766, April 5, ss .. | Lasted until autumn. O’Rritty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 409 It may be remarked at once, that the eruptions which occurred during the summer months predominate, as indicated by Kluge. As regards the connexion with sun-spot period years of maxima or minima, the four last mentioned can alone be discussed, strictly speaking, since Wolf’s list only goes back to 1610-8. For these, however, the correspondence is fairly good. No. 14, 1619 (July, end of) = 1618-58, Wolf’s list, 1619 minimum. No. 15, 1636 (May 8th) SNORE GE, 1684 minimum. No. 16, 1698(Feb. 13th to Aug.) = 1692°12—1692°67, Wolfs List, 1693 maximum. No. 17, 1766 (5th April) = 1765°25, Wolf’s List, 1766°5 + 0°5 minimum. As regards the dates prior to 1610, all that can be attempted is to estimate according to the intervals occurring between them, and any of the known years of Wolf’s list, and examine how far these intervals correspond. Taking thus the eruption of 1597, we may ask if this year was, in all probability, a minimum or a maximum year of the sun-spot period. Now the period being in the mean 11°11 (or 11:1 years as more usually taken), the interval between 1619 and 1597 is just 22 years, that is, twice the period; and it may be assumed that the 13th eruption mentioned in the list as occurring January 3rd, till March 1597 (= 1596-08 to 1596-25), corresponds to a minimum of sun-spots. The interval between the twelfth and the thirteenth eruption, that is, between 1597 and 1578 is 19 years, which may or may not represent a double interval between maxima or minima years — in this case ; or may represent an interval of years between a maximum and aminimum, or vice versa. Thus we have the interval between — 1889-6 + 1870°7 = 18-9 years. We have also the interval between— 1619 and 1578 = 41, which compares well with the interval between — 1889°6 and + 1848-6 = 41 years, as also the interval between — 1645 and 1578 = 67 years, which compares fairly with the interval — 1889°6 and — 1823-2 = 66°4 years. Lastly, I may cite the interval 655 and 1578 = 77 years, which is practically a multiple of the sun- spot period, and would make this twelfth eruption correspond to a presumed minimum year, but it may possibly have corresponded with a maximum year. There is a further circumstance to be noted in this respect, and which may have some value in deciding whether this eruption corresponded to a minimum or to a maximum ; it is the character of the R.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. 26 410 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. winter corresponding to the year in question. Poéy, im his Paper of Compt. Rend., 1873 (vol. Ixxvii., p. 1222), points out a coincidence of a series of severe winters with maxima of sun-spot periods, and if the records of the seasons, such as they may be found in various works be consulted, it will be found that this coincidence frequently presents itself. Now it is mentioned in Arago’s works (vol. 5, ‘‘ Guvres complétes”’), ‘‘Sur Pétat Thermométrique du Globe Terrestre,” p. 418, that the summer of the year 1578 was remarkably warm in France and Belgium. ‘‘On ressentit en Belgique des chaleurs excessives La sécheresse dura depuis Mai jusq’en Septembre (Quetelet). On vendangea a Dijon le 22 de ce Mois”; and for the year 1610 (a minimum sun-spot year), he has the record: ‘“ L’été fut ex- cessivement chaud et sec, et il y eut grande abondance de vin (Short). Ou vendangea a Dijon le 20 Septembre.” I find, however, no mention as to there having been a severe winter this year. The presumption, therefore, so far as this character is concerned, is that the year 1578, either was a minimum sun-spot year, or near to it in date. The eleventh eruption of 1554, end of May (= 1553-42) shows an interval of 24 from that of 1578, or more correctly — 24°6, that isin excess of the normal interval, 22:2 by 2°4 years. If it be compared with the minimum of 1610°8, the interval comes out 57:4 years, that is in excess of the normal interval by 2°2 years. The winter of the year 1554 is mentioned in our annals as follows :—“‘ This year was a very sad winter, especially from the 21st December to the end of the following spring, either perpetual hail, rain, or tempest.” If it be compared with the year 1597, which may be taken as a minimum year, the interval is 42:6, showing difference from the normal time of 1°8 year. The eruption took place, therefore, within about two years of the sun-spot minimum, which probably fell in 1552, the winter of which 1552-3 was a memorable one in the Dutch records for its severity. (See Arago’s work cited, for that winter. ) The tenth eruption, that of 1510, 25th July (= 1509-59), shows.an interval from 1610°8 of 101°2 years, comparing fairly well with i. interval between 1889-6 and 1789 = 100°6 years. Furthermore, the interval between the 11th and 10th eruption is 1554-1510 = 44 years, practically the quadruple sun-spot period (444). As regards the character of the winter, the following is the passage in regard to it in Arago’s work already cited (vol. 5, p. 274) :—‘¢1510-1511. Cet hiver O’Rritty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 411 est cité comme rigoureux dans les receuils hollandais. En Italie le froid fut trés intense; la neige tomba abondamment et la geleé fut assez forte pourqu’au sicge de Mirandole les soldats du pape Jules II. pussent traverser les fosses sur la glace (Guichardin, Hist. d’Italie).” The year 1510 may therefore be taken as a minimum year of sun- spots, more particularly for the first-mentioned reasons. The ninth eruption, that of 1436, shows an interval from the tenth of 74 years, which differs from the normal interval of 77:7 years by 8°7. However, we have actually the interval of 73:5 years between —1889°6 and+ 1816-1, so that the year 1436 may have been a maximum year of the sun-spot period. As regards the winter of that year, the Annals of Ulster give the following entry for 1485 (1435-6) :—‘“‘ An unusual frost and ice occurred in this year, so that the people used to traverse the rivers and lakes of Ireland on the solid ice.” Arago’s list says, p. 270: L’hiver de cette année (1485) fut re- marquable par la durée and la rigueur du froid. Il dura en Flandre depuis le commencement de Decembre jusqu’au mois de mars et 1’ épais- seur de la glace fit de plus d’une aune (Annales Meyere). En Alle- magne beaucoup de personnes moururent de froid (Chronicon Ele- vasense).”” It would be reasonable to presume that the year 1436 was a sun-spot year, either of maximum or minimum, or at no great interval from one. Between the ninth eruption of 1436 and the eighth of 1389-90, the interval is 46 years, which exceeds the normal interval of 44°4 by 1°6 year, a sufficiently close approximation to allow of this year 1889-90 being considered as a minimum of sun-spots. If it be compared with the minimum year 1610-8 of Wollf’s list, the interval comes out 221°8 years (222—221°8 = 0°2), which only differs from the normal interval by 0°2 year. No mention occurs in Arago’s work as regards the weather of this year, nor in our annals. Between the eighth and seventh eruptions, 1389-90 and 1341, the interval is 49 years; this may be interpreted as the difference between a minimum year andamaximum. That this may be so, is proved by the interval which occurs between — 18896 and+1615°5 = 274-1, while between + 1615°5 and 1840-46, the intervalis275:04. Asregards the weather of this year, Arago’s list mentions, under the date 1341, p. 269: ‘‘Le Froid de cet hiver fut si rude en Livonie que beaucoup de soldats de l’armée des croisés eurent le nez, les doigts ou les membres gélés.” Z GZ 412 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. It may thus reasonably be assumed that 1341 was a sun-spot year and probably a maximum. Between the seventh and the sixth eruptions (1841 and 1300) the interval is 41 years. This compares well with the known interval between — 1889°6 and + 1848-6 = 41 years; and this coincidence points to the year having been probably a maximum sun-spot year. As regards the weather of this year, there is no mention made in our.annals or in Arago’s work. Between the sixth and the fifth eruptions (1800 and 1294) the interval is 6 years, that is about the usual number of years which occur between a maximum and a minimum. Thus taking the interval between + 1615°5 and 1294, we get 321°5 years, which agrees well with the normal interval represented by 11:1 x 29 = 321°9. It may therefore be assumed that 1294 was a maximum sun-spot year. There is no mention in the records as to the character of the weather of this year. Between the fifth eruption and the fourth (1294 and 1222), the interval is 72 years. This again would point to an interval such as 66:6 + 5:4, that is, a normal interval 66°6, and the usual period from maximum to minimum. Thus we have the known interval -1889°6 — (+ 1816'1) =78°5. On the other hand, we have the interval — 1610°8 — 1222 = 388°8, which compares well with the normal interval, 11:1 x 35 = 888°5. It would therefore be allowable to con- sider this year as a sun-spot year either of maximum or of minimum. From the fact of there being no mention in the records as to the nature of the weather during this year, it might probably have been a minimum year. The interval between the fourth and the third eruption (1222-1206) is 16 years, which may be interpreted as (11:1 + 4:9), that is an inter- val from one minimum to another, plus the time to the next maximum. Thus, if we compare this year with + 1615-5, the difference (+ 1615-5 — 1206) comes out 409°5, which compares well with the normal inter- valet lexi 40:7, The records of the Annals of Ulster for the year 1205 are interest- ing in this respect :—‘‘ A great frost and snow from the calends of January to Patrickmass this year.”” The year 1206 may therefore be assumed to be a sun-spot year. The year 1157, second eruption, gives with the year 1206, third eruption, an interval of 49 years (the same as between the seventh and eighth eruptions). Compared with -1610°8, it gives the interval —1610°8 — 1157 = 453°8 years, which approximates fairly to the normal interval 11:1 x 41=455:'1 years. The entry as regards the weather of the year in Arago’s work is as follows :—‘“ L’immensité de la neige et O’Rrtnry—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 413 la violence de la gelée détruisirent une grande partie des vignes”’ (Hermann) (Arago, ‘‘CEuv.comp.,” vol.5, p. 206). The interval between the second eruption of 1157 and the first recorded, 1104, is 53 years, which compares well with the known interval —1889°6 and + 1837-2 = 52:4, and would point to the year in question having been a year of maximum. Towards this interpretation would also point the interval between + 1615-5 and 1104 =511°5, which agrees fairly well with the normal interval 11:1 x 46 = 510-6. There is no entry as regards the nature of the weather of this year in the records already referred to. The year 1104 might therefore be considered as a maximum sun- spot year from the foregoing data. The preceding observations in detail on the eruptions of Hecla may be summarized as follows :— Estimated Erup- Date. ; Inter- sun-spot Differ- tion. vals. years. ences. 1 1104 a: ore .. =1104 +1104 ?P —_— 53 2 1157 SO ap Bees LLNS Y/ +1157 P? = 48-93 3 1206, December 4, .. = 1205°93 + 1206 PP — : 16-07 4 1222 06 Re = 1222 — 1222 ?P — 72 5 1294 ae oH OF: + 1294 PP — 5°53 6 1300, July 10, .. +. =) 1299-53 +1300 ?? _— 40°95 7 1341, May 19, .. .. = 1340-48 +1841 PP — ; 48°52 8 1389-90 .. oe .. = 1889-90 — 1889 P —_ 47- 9 1436 5 ae .. = 1436 +1486 P? —_ 73°57 10 1510, July 25, .. .. = 1509-57 — 1510 ? — 43°84 11 | 1554, end of May, .. = 1653-41 — 1552 PP — 24°59 12 1578 a ab Polos — 1578 ?P _— 18-01 13 1597, Jan. 8 till March, = 1596-01 — 1596, 01?} — 22°57 Woltf’s List. 14 1619, end of July, = 1618°58 — 1619 0°58 16°86 15 1636, May 8, = 1635°44 — 1634 1°44 56°68 16 1693, February 13, = Log2 a2, + 1693 0°88 73°14 17 | 1766, April5, .. .. =1765-26 —1766,5 | 1-24 414 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. The eruptions of Katla may be summarized as follows :— No. Date. Remarks. 1 | 894-934 approximately. 2 | 1245, Projection of cinders and water. 3 | 1262, Projection of mass of water, ice, and stones. 4 | 1811, January 25, Accompanied by earthquake shocks. 5 1416, 5a an .. | Considerable fall of ashes. 6 | 1580, August 11. 7 | 1625, September 2 to 14, .. | The ashes carried to Bergen in Norway. 8 | 1660, November 3 to 12, .. | Fishing-grounds of 38™ deep were filled up by the eruption and formed a dry beach. 9 | 1721, May 11, Great fall of ashes ; lasted during summer and fall. 10 | 1755, September 10 to 16, Great projection of ashes; lasted to August 1756. 11 | 1823, June 26 to July 23, Not so violent as previous eruption. It may be remarked that of these eleven eruptions, five come within the period covered by Wolf’s list. Taking them therefore from 1828 backwards, we get the following Table showing the correspondence of the dates with those of the sun-spot list :— fon Date. wale, |. dapeen ieneees 11 | 1828, June 26 to July 28, = 1822-50 — 1823-2 | 0°70 10 1755, September 10 to 16, = 1754-69 er — 1755°5 | 0°31 Oi lair ary alle Ae . = 1720°36 an + 1718-2 | 2°16 8 | 1660, November 3 to 12, .. = 1659-88 he + 1660 0-17 a 1625, September 2 to 14, = 1624°66 an + 1626 1°34 It may thus at once be remarked that nearly half the recorded eruptions of Katla having well-marked intervals of years between them, correspond practically with the sun-spot period dates of Wolf. O’ Rettty— On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 415 The differences between the sun-spot dates and the corre- sponding eruption dates are small, with the exception of that for the year 1721. The remaining eruptions may be tabulated as follows :— Erup- Inter- | Estimates for tions. Date. vals. sunspot dates. 6 | 1580, August 11, .. 79560 + 1580 ? 163°60 5) 1416, 50 ne .. = 1416 +1416? 106-93 4 | 1311, January 25, bo SS USNOOY/ — 1310-07? 48:07 3 1262, bs 60 ve) = L262 + 1262? 17 2 1245 ae Oo ». = 1245 — 1246? 1 | 900, approximate. As in the previous cases, estimates are also made of the relation of these to the sun-spot period. The interval between the seventh and the sixth eruption, 1624-66 and 1579°60, is 45°06, which approximates so closely to the normal interval 44:4, that 1580 may be taken as a maximum year on that account. We have, however, the interval -1889°6 and -1844 = 45:6, which is also sufficiently close as a value. As there is no record of the weather of the year in question, it remains doubtful under which head to place it. ; The interval between the sixth and the fifth eruption (1579-6 — 1416) is 163-6, which differs somewhat from the normal interval 166°5, but which approximates to that between —1889°6 and + 1727°5 = 1621. Taking the interval between + 1615°5 and the year in question (1416), we have the interval 199°5 which practically re- presents a normal interval, 199°8 = (11°1 x 18); so that for that reason this year may be taken as a maximum sun-spot year. There is no record of the nature of the weather for this year in the works already referred to. The interval between the fifth and the fourth eruption (1416 — 1310-07) is 105:98, which is not a normal interval, but which cor- responds fairly well with the interval between —1889°6 and -1784°8 = 104°8. Moreover the interval between — 1610°80 and 1810:07 is 800°73, which corresponds fairly well with the normal interval 416 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. 11:1 x 27 = 299-7. For these reasons the year im question may be taken as a minimum sun-spot year. The interval between the fourth and the third eruption (1310-07 and 1262) is 48°07, which exceeds the normal interval 44°4 by 3°67, and which may, therefore, represent the interval between a minimum and a maximum. Moreover the interval between + 1615°5 and 1262 is 353°5, which differs little from the normal interval, 855°2 (=11°1 x 82), the difference being only 1:7. This year 1262 may, therefore, be taken as a maximum year of sunspots. The record for the weather of this year is thus given in the ‘‘ Annals of Ulster”? :—‘‘ There was a great drought this year, and a very hot summer.” (‘‘Annals of Clonmacnoise.’’) The interval between the third and the second eruption is 17 years, which is not very different from that between — 1889-6 and + 1870-7 = 18-9. That is, it may be read as the difference between a maximum and amiminum year, or vice versa. Now if the interval between the sun- spot year, — 1610°8 and 1245, be taken, we get 365°8,which agrees fairly well with the normal interval 366°3 (=11°'1 x 33), so that this year may be taken as a minimum sun-spot year. The eruptions of Trélladyngia mentioned in Boehmor’s Paper are only six in number, and are as follows with the intervals and the estimations as regards their relations with sunspot years :— Erup- Inter- Sunspot tions. Date. vals. years. 1 1151 +1150? 37s 2 1188 | — 1188? 152 3 1340 | | + 1341? 20 | + 1360 | + 1860? 29 5 1389°90 | — 1389° 21 6 1510 — 1510? The fifth and the sixth eruption dates have already been considered along with the Hecla dates, and must of course be taken as being minima sun-spot years, as in the case of Hecla. The interval between the fifth eruption and the fourth (1389 and O’Rertty—On the Dates of Volcanie Eruptions. 417 1360) is 29 which is not a normal interval, but which corresponds well with the interval between — 1889°6 and +1860°2 = 29:4, and which would indicate this as a maa:mum sun-spot year. This is supported by the interval between + 1615-5 and 1860 = 255°5 quite as nearly normal (11°1 x 28 = 255-3), and also corresponds with the interval — 1889°6 — (— 1634) = 255°6. There is no record of the weather of this year in the works already referred to. The interval between this year and the preceding is twenty years, which differs somewhat from the normal interval 22°2. The interval between + 1615°5 and 1840 is, however, 275°5, which agrees fairly with the normal interval — 1889°6 — (+ 1615°5) = 2741, and which would point to this year being taken as a maximum. This is to a certain extent supported by the record given in Arago’s work, p. 269, for the year 1341 (probably the winter of 1340-41): “« Le froid de cet hiver fut si rude en Livonie que beaucoup de soldats de Varmée des croisés, eurent le nez, les doigts, ou les membres gélés.” The interval between the third and the second eruption (1340 and 1188) is 152, which differs somewhat from the normal interval 155°4. If, however, the interval be taken between — 1610°8 and 1188, the result is 422:8, which agrees well with the normal interval 421°8 (=11-1 x 38), and which would point to the year in question being considered as a minimum sun-spot year. There is no record of the weather for this year in the works already referred to. The interval between this and the previously mentioned eruption year is thirty-seven years, which differs so from the normal interval 33°3, that it may be read 33:3 + 3°7, that is an interval of years between a minimum anda maximum. This is supported by the interval between + 1615°5 and 1151 = 464:5, which differs little from the normal interval 466°2 =11'1 x 42, so that, taking as a maximum sun- y spot year the date 1153, the agreement will be sufficient. The eruptions of Vesuvius and Etna are fairly well known, and have been given with much detail in several well-known works which will be found mentioned under the names of these volcanoes in the articles of the ‘‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,” from which I extract the dates only, commencing with those relative to A‘tna. [ TaBLE. 418 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Erup - Erup- tions. Date. tions. Date. 1 | 7th century B.c. (probably). 38 | a.p. 1669, Mar. 8* = 1668-18. 2 | In the time of Pythagoras. 39 »> 1682. Bane Che AO MILE 1688: An eee dG. ANG) 8511693. = 1692-04. Sea eS 9G: 42 | ,, 1694, March = 1693-16. 6 lA Oe 43 », 1702, March = 1701-16. ey 34: AAG bei ghio3s 8 aes. 6. 45 pa eee Oya ey e122 46 cil ie e785: TO) aoe ee ES A by Te 11 yaaa y Reza Al aabalreAne, TOPs ot 38. 49 Tb bat = 1754-16. 12 2) (aad 50 | ,, 1758, Nov. =1757-84. 14 A.D. 40. 51 sn lyin: Meee 72: A ay aR 16 Bp 024i 53 », 1766. He Iho, 4205 54 | ,, 1780, May 18 =1779°38. | 18 on GHOy | 55 Sessile 19 ,, 1169. 56 ae Sie 20 py bliss 57 99 1792. Pees O85: 5Salas ome 92 », 1829, June 28. 59 se ali9Ss OB |) es REY (A gy lh: 24 | ,, 1371, Aug. 6 =1870-60. | 61 ,» 1800. 25 », 1408, Nov. = 1407-83. || 62 », 1802. 26 | ,, 1444. 63ualie smals0Ds Dea "1447, aerate maaan auSOS ! 27 | ,, 1536, March. | 65 | ,, 1809, March = 1808-16. | 28 », 1537, May. 66 Brille bil. 29 », 1566, November. 67 5, 1819. 0 | RY, 6Sunl) ee alesie ol a 603: 69 pS oo BOM o evs 1G07. On| HesAPLSSBe 83% lan 1610: 71 G42 34 | ,, 1614. 73 | ,, 1852, Aug 26 = 1851-65. Sb.) 1619. TA Alvicp tpl 864 36 | ,, 1633, Feb. = 1632-09. || 75 ,> 1865. 37 », 1646. 76 ,, 1879, May 24 = 1878-40. * One of the most terrible on record. + Earlyin January. { Early in the year. O’Rettiy—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 419 Of the total number of eruptions here recorded 43°/, come within the period covered by Wolf’s tables of sunspot period. Taking the dates from the more recent backwards we have the following table of relative correspondence between the dates and the maxima and minima of the sun-spot period. :— Sun-spot Sun-spot Erup- Dates. years. Differ- || Erup- Dates. years. Differ- tions. Wolf’s list. | ence. || tions. Wolt’s list. | ence. 76 1878-40 — 1879 0:6 53 1766 — 176675 0-5 75 1865 — 1867-2 2:2 52 1763 + 1761°6 1°5 74 1864 + 1860°2 Bite}, Ii}, GL 1759 73 1851°65 + 1848-6 3°06 50 1757-84 IRR. 71 | 1842 Fig bo 49 | 1754-16 = OED | OD 70 1838 + 1837°2 0:8 48 1747 69 1832 — 1833°8 1:8 47 1744 — 1745 1 68 1831 + 1829°6 15 46 1735 — 17384 1 67 1819 + 1816°1 2°9 46 1732 66 1811 — 1810°5 0-5 44 1723 — 1723-5 0°5 65 ewes! 43 1701°16 + 1705°5 4°34 64 1808 S | 42 1693°16 ) | + 16938- 0°16 63 1805 + 1804 1 || 41 1692-04 f§ 62 1802 || 40 1688 — 1689°5 15 61 1800 39 1682 + 1685 3 60 1799 | 38 1668-1 — 1666°9 12, 59 1798 — 1798°5 Oh Nl By 1646 — 1645 1 58 1797 | 36 1632°09 — 1634 ioe) 57 1792 + 1789 3 | 36 1619 — 1619 0:00 56 1787 — 1784°8 2°2 34 1614 + 1615°5 1°6 55 1781 30 1610 — 1610°8 0:8 54 1779°38 + 1779°5 0:12 | The mean difference between the dates as given, and the sun- spot years of Wolf’s list is 1°56, which under the circumstances must be allowed to be a close correspondence, and to go far to justify the views put forward by Kluge in this respect. It is also reasonable to assume that for the dates prior to 1610°8, the differences between the sun-spot years and the eruption years would have been found to correspond equally closely, did we possess data relative to the maxima and minima sun-spot years going back sufficiently far. It is very interesting to note that while there are 18 minima years indicated, there are but 13 maxima years; and it further appears, that taking the mean of the differences between the eruption dates and the corresponding sun-spot dates in both cases, the mean difference in the cases of the minima years is only 1:09, while in the case of the maxima years, it is 2:05, from which might be drawn the 420 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. inference that the correspondence between volcanic eruptions and minima sun-spot years, is much closer than as regards maxima sun- spot years, and seemingly more frequent. In order to complete the list, estimations will be given for the years mentioned in the list, prior to 1610. Date. Interval. , Date. Interval. 1607 | 1565°85 4 29-52 1603 1536°33 24 1579 1535°15 13°15 88°15 1447 Allowing a usual interval between a minimum and a maximum 38 to 4 years, the year 1607 may be taken as representing a maximum sun-spot year; that is supported to some extent by the record of the winter of that year, as given in Arago’s work already cited: ‘“‘L’hiver de 1608, fut longtemps appelé le grand hiver. Le froid sévit presque sans intermittance depuis le 20 Décembre 1607, jusqu’a vers le milieu de Mars 1608 en France, en Angleterre, en Hollande, en Allemagne, en Italie. Les historiens abondent en details sur les effets dela geleé. Dans la partrie septentrionale de l’ Europe, tous les fleuves furent pris. La plupart des jeunes arbres perirent, le froid gela une partie des vignes jusqu’a la racine. L’Angleterre vit presque tout son bétail détruit. ‘A Londres la Tamise était gélée au point que des chariots chargés la traversérent. ‘Tl tomba a Padoue une immense quantité de néige.” The year 1603 may have been a minimum. The weather of the year is mentioned in Arago as follows: ‘‘Cet hiver fut encore trés rigoureux dans le midi de la France. Des charrettes passérent sur le Rhone congélé ” (Arago, op. cit). The year 1579 makes with the year 1610°8, an interval of 31:8 years, which differs from the normal interval by 83°3 —31°8 = 1:5, an approximation sufficient to allow its being considered as a minimum sun-spot year. There is no record of the weather for this year in the works already cited. The year 1565°85, shows with the year — 1610°8, an interval of 44°95 years, which compares well with the normal interval of 44°4, and would allow of its being taken as a minimum year of sun-spots. O’Reitty— On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 42] The weather of 1593-5 was remarkable on account of the severity of the winter on the Continent and in Great Britain. Arago’s work gives the following detail (pp. 275-6) : “ A Paris cet hiver dura depuis le 20 Decr. 1564, jusqu’au 24 Mars 1565. La gelée dura a Liége du 14 Nov. 1564, a la fin d’Avril 1565. On tint boutique sur la elace dont était couvert ’Escant. En Decembre la Tamise fut prise au point qu’on la traversait sur la glace. En provence le Rhone fut pris dans toute sa largeur a Arles et les oliviers périrent.” The year (1536°33) gives with the maximum year + 1615-5, an interval of 79°17 years, which compares well with the actual inter- val — 1889-6, and — 1810°5 = 79:1, and even with the normal interval 77:7, the difference being only 1:47. It may therefore be taken as a maximum sun-spot year. There is no record as to the winter of this year inthe records already referred to. The interval between 1536°33 and 1447 is 89°33 years. This differs from the normal interval — 88°8 by 0°53 only. On the other hand we have the actual interval — 1889°6 — (4+ 1727°5) =162°1, and for 1447. — 1610-8 — 1447 = 163°8, showing a difference in this case of 1-7. There isno record of the weather of this year in the works already cited, and there is nothing to indicate whether the years should be looked on as amaximum ora minimum, except the regularity of the interval, which would point to its being taken as a maximum. The interval between 1444 and 1447 is 3 years, that is about the usual time from a minimum year to the next maximum. A nearly same interval has sometimes occurred between a maximum and a minimum + 1615°5 and (- 1619) =3°5. This year makes with -1610°8, an interval of 166°8 years, which only differs from the normal interval, 166°5, by 0°38, so that it may be taken as a minimum sun-spot year. The weather record for the year in the Annals of Ulster, is ‘‘ A wet summer and harvest, with all corn maltish for the most part” (Mc. Firbis’ Annals), which, so far as it goes, would point to a minimum. The interval between 1408 and 1444 is 386 years, which differs from the normal interval by 2°7 years. However the interval between 1408 and 1586-33, which was taken as a maximum year, is 128°33 years, which agrees well with the actual interval — 1889-6 — (+ 1761-5) = 128:1, and which might be taken as pointing to the year in question being considered a maximum. The weather record is given in Arago’s work as follows (p. 269, 270) :—‘‘ L’hiver de 1408 qui sévit sur le Nord de Europe et jusqu’aux bords du Danube fut le plus crue] qui eut été depuis 500 ans. I] fut si long qwil dura depuis le St. Martin 422 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. (11 Nov.) jusqu’a la fin de Janvier, et si apre qui les racines des vignes, et des arbres fruitiers gélérent.” The year 1408 may there- fore be taken as a maximum, for this reason at least. The interval between 1407°83 and 1870°60 is 37:23 years, which may be considered as aregular interval, 33-3 + 3:90, that is, an interval between two maxima or minima and an interval from a maximum toa minimum, or vice versa. Thus we have the interval between — 1610°8 and 13870°6 = 240°2, while we have the interval between a known maximum and minimum — 1889°6 and + 1649=240°6. This would suggest that the year in question wasaminimum. There is no record of the weather for this year in the works already referred to. As regards the year 1333, it is interesting, in the first place, to compare it with 1444, as regards the interval, 111 years, that is 99:99 + 11 years, which occurs sufficiently frequently in these records to merit attention. It is also notable that the interval between 1370°6 and 1333 = 37°6 is practi- cally the same as that between 1408 and 13870°6 = 387-4, and should lead to the same conclusion, that is that 13338 was a minimum sun-spot year. This is further borne out by the interval between — 1610°8 and 1333 = 277-8, which is practically the normal interval 11:1 x 25, and occurs between the years — 1889°6 and — 1610°8 = 278:°8. The weather record for this year helps to bear out this interpretation. The Annals of Ulster give under this date :—‘‘ 1833. A most seasonable summer.” (Grace’s Annals.) ‘‘ It happened to be so dry a summer that at the feast of St. Peter ad Vincula (29th June) there was bread made of new wheat.’’—Camden’s Annals. The interval between the year 1328°5 and the preceding is 4°50 years, which may point to this year having been a maximum. Thus comparing it with+ 1615°5 the interval is + 1615°5 —1328°5 = 287 years, which represents sufficiently closely the normal interval 11-1 x 26 = 288°6, and allows of the year in question being taken as a maximum sun-spot year. There is no record in Arago’s work as to the weather of this year. The interval between the year 1285 and the preceding is 43°5, which approximates closely to 44°4, the normal interval and would point to the year having been a maximum also. The record of the weather goes some way to support this reading, as, under the head of the year 1285-6, the Annals of Ulster state :—‘‘ There was great snow this year, which continued from Christmas to St. Bridget’s day” (‘‘ Annals of Clonmacnoise’’), The interval between the year 1181 and the preceding one is 104 years, which is not a normal interval, but may be compared with the interval — 1889-6 and — 1784°8 = 104°8, which would allow of its being taken as a ménemum year of O’Rettty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 423 sun-spots. There is no record of the weather for this year in the works referred to. The interval between the year 1169, 4th February, 1168-9, and the preceding is twelve years, which is sufficiently close to the normal interval 11-1 to allow of this year being considered as a minimum. The year was remarkable on account of the violence of the eruption. at is cited as having been ‘‘ the most tremendous eruption of ancient times.” It is therefore interesting to compare it, as interval, with the date of the equally celebrated eruption of 1669, March 8th = 1668-18, the difference is 500:09, the normal interval would be 11:1 x 45 = 499-50, so that the difference is less than a unit, and as the nearest sun-spot year to 1668°18 was a minimum, 1168-09 would be therefore a minimum. There is no reference in the works cited to the weather of that year. The interval between the year 812 and the preceding year is 356:09, which is very near to a normal interval 11:1 x 382 = 855-2, differing only by 0°89. If we take the interval between this year and the minimum year — 1610°8, we get 798°8 years, which again is practically equal to the normal interval, 11:1 x 72 = 799-2, so that the year in question may be regarded as a minimum year. The year 420 makes with the preceding one an interval of 392, which, not representing a complete normal interval, may be read 388°5 (= 11:1 x 85) + 3:5, that is an interval between a minimum and a maximum. But it does not correspond sufficiently well with any of the sun-spot years to allow of its being noted either as a maximum or a minimum. The interval between the year 253 and the preceding year is 167, which corresponds well with the normal interval 166°5 = 11:1 x 15. Otherwise there is no indication as to its relation with the sun-spot period. The interval between the year 72 and the preceding year is 181, which does not represent a normal interval. If the interval be taken with + 1615°5, an interval of 1543°5 is found, which differs slightly from the normal one 11:1 x 139 = 1542°9, but is hardly sufficient of itself to fix the character of the year. The interval between the year 40 and the last is 32 years, which is sufficiently close to the normal interval 83:3 to allow of its being considered as a sun-spot period year. The dates about this period, that is the first and second centuries A.D., and the dates prior to these need not be further examined. A single example, however, is worth consideration, that is B.c. 477. Tf this figure be added to — 1610-8 we get 2087-8, which very closely 424 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. corresponds with the normal interval 11:1 x 188 = 2086°8. may, therefore, have been a minimum sun-spot year. The tabular record of the eruption of Etna prior to 1610 would stand as in the accompanying table, leaving out of consideration the very early dates, as to the accuracy of which doubt may be held. This year - - || Erup- | wee Date. Peerage iene | Date. 1 7th century B.c. prob. iGanicravell. 18 812 A.D. 2 | Time of Pythagoras. 356:09 Interval. 19 1168-09 3 | 477 B.c. — 477 B.c. PF} 12°91 51 20 1181 Zi A COX Suna + 426-9 2? 104 30 21 1285 5 3896 ,, 143°45 256 | 99 | 1828-45 10M 4-55 6 23 1333 Te Se. 3; | 37-60 8 24 | 1370-60 8 1126. ;, | 37°23 4 25 1407°83 9 1D 55 36°17 13 26 1444 10 SOs 3 6 26a | 1447 11 43 5, 88°16 5 27 Bee s10)) 2, 38) 95 1:18 6 98 | 1536-34 J 13 BPA 55 29°50 72 29 1565°84 14 40 A.D 13°16 32 30 | 1579 15 2 aes 24 181 él 16038 1G) |) ABS os 4 167 32 1607 17 420 ,, 892 be had on a question of this nature. Probable sun- spot date. — 812° — 1168-09 ? — 1181 ?? + 1285 ? + 1328°45 ? — 18338 ? — 1370-6 ? +1407? P — 1444 ? + 1447 P + 1536°34 ? — 1565°84 P — 1579 PP — 1603 ?P +1607 ? The eruptions of Vesuvius are better known historically than those of even Etna, and should therefore furnish the most reliable dates to The number that are recorded within the period covered by Wolt’s sun-spot list is relatively great, while the dates prior to 1610 are not so numerous as in the case of Etna, and so far this simplifies the comparison with sun-spot years of maxima and minima. The dates are taken from the article in the O’Rettty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 425 ‘“« Encyclopedia Brit.” on Vesuvius, and also from Phillips’ monograph on ‘‘ Vesuvius,”’ 1869, which seems to be very complete in this regard. It has seemed unnecessary to give the intervals between successive years subsequently to 1694, as the succession is thenceforward nearly continuous, and the numbers being given by Wolf’s list renders their consideration superfluous Estimated No. Date. Interval. Sun-spot -- Year. 1 63 a.D.} =) 163 + 62 PP — 15°65 2 (Ones) Aug. 24)— 878-65 — 78:65? -— 124°35 3 203 ,, 203 — 202-0? — 269 4 Bees ce SS Bh + 472°? — 40 5 ol2) 5, ee OZ — 612°? _- 173 6 685 ,, Ee 0C0 + 683? — 308 if COB 64 so SS OBB + 993? -— 43 Sia lO SG3 01. T= L036 + 1035°5 ? — 13 9 Oe) Go e049 +1049 _ 89°9 TOM | PULSS9" so SULLY + 1138 ? — 167°1 11 SOG are = 1306 + 1305°5 P — 194 12 1500 iw. yo = 1500 — 1500 P — 130°97 Were Difference. , + 1626 4:97 13 | 1631 Dec. 164 .. = 1630-97 ie ee } ie 29°53 14 1660 July -. = 1660-50 + 1660 0°50 21°12 15 | 1682 Aug. 12 .. =1681°62 — 1679°5 2°12 3738 16 GSS A680 + 1685 0 4 17 OEE) 36 oo SOY + 1689°5 0°50 4:27 18 1694 April13 .. =1693°27 + 16938 0:27 19 1696 July .. =1695°50 1 Promontory convulsions. 3 First discharge of liquid lava. 2 Covered all Europe with fine ashes. 4 The crater disrupted. R.I.A. PROC., SER. II., VOL. V., 2H 426 No. | 1708 | 1712 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Date. 1697 Sept. 15 .. 1698* 1701 July 1 1704 Mar. 19 . 1705 Jan. 19 1706 June 23 .. 1707 end of July Aug. 14 .. Feb. to Nov. April 24 .. Jan. 6 1713 1714 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 VianeOn Sept. 16 .. Jwlhy ae May7 ., 1728 June 26 .. 1724 Sept. 4 Li25e. dane 10 1726 vi 1728 1730 1732 17338 1737 ly ftay 1753 1754 1755 1759 1760 1761 1766 1767 1770 1771 1773 1776 Veiled 1779 1784 1786 1787 1788 February... Noy. 29 .. Jarier Gre vere May 14 .. Octs 22a May & June July Jan. Nov. 24 Feb. 21 Janewoumee. Mar. 28 . Mar. Ae Marana May 14 J une 3 May Oct. 12 Oct. 31 Julyt July 1789 Sept. 1793 Feb. : 1794 June l2 .. = 1696°72 = 1698 = 1700°5 = 1703°21 = 1704-05 = 1705°49 = 1706°57 = 1707°62 1722°48 1723°68 1724-02 tide don i toed ten i 1753°50 = 1754-01 | = 1758-90 =—wliogs09 = 1760°02 = 1765°22 = 1766°16 = 1769-20 liOsov Sis = 1775°42 c= Te = 1778-33 Interval. * From which year an interval of rest exceeding 10 years has rarely occurred. + The eruption commenced on April 10, 1726, and continued to end of July, 1728. t Also Aitna. Wolf’s List Numbers. Difference. O’Reitty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 427 No. Date. Interval. MOH ssPist Difference. GoM e99 January... — 1798-08 — — 1798-5 0°42 67 1804 July 26 .. = 1803-57 = + 1804 0°43 68 1805 Aug.12 .. = 1804-53 — —— — 69 1806 = 1806 — — — 70 | 1809 Sept. 4 = 1808-67 es = an 71 1812 5.6 oo. (Ces Meh — — 1810°5 1°50 1813 | oe }= 388 — — — 1814) .. oo \\ = ieee! — — — 72 1816 Aug. 7 = 1815°60 — — — 73 IS Decr22° 2. -— 1816-90 — + 1816-1 0°80 74 1818 50 (pS es — — — 1819 — 1819 — — — 1820( .. = 1820 as Del Cel en 1821 ne so VSPA — — — 75 | 1822 Feb. 23 .. = 1821°15 — — 1823-20 2-05 76 | 1828 ». (= 1828 tk sau me oa Fl —wle29 — + 1829°5 0-50 1830 | : “4 = 1830 — — — 1831 f . | = 1881 ae - = 1832 | (e332 bats = ei 1833 J Dy anisss Be ne me 77 | 1834 Aug. .. =1833°59 ans ~1833°8 | 0-21 78 1838 Mar. 6 = Iei7/eil7/ = +18387°2 | 0.03 79 1839 Jan. = 1838-01 — — = 80 1841 ee oo SS SHE — — = 81 1845 April22 .. = 1844-31 = — 1844 0°31 82 1847 Nov.13 .. = 1846°87 — = = 83 | 1848 June = 1847-42 — == == 84 1849 Dec. = 1848-92 — + 1848-6 0-32 85 1850 Feb. 6 et toy Or14/ — — — 86 1855 Jan. = 1854:01 = — | = 87 | 1858 May 21 = 1857-42 — = Gye, || To 88 1860 oh = 1860 — = = 89 1861 Dec. 8 = 1860-92 — + 1860-2 0-72 90 1867 Oct. = 1866°75 — — 1867-2 0°45 91 SH 2. 7. = 1871-2 — + 1870-7 0°30 The dates in the list prior to 1631 may be treated in the same manner as were those of Etna and the Iceland volcanoes, that is, an estimation can be made as how far these dates correspond with sun- spot years of maxima or minima. In the present case these estimations give figures so close as to compare favourably with those arrived at in cases of the previously considered volcanoes. Thus the eruption year 1500 gives with the sun-spot minimum year —1610°8 an interval of 110°8 years, which practically agrees with the Moreover the interval between normal interval 111 = (=11:1 x 10). 2 HZ 428 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. 1630-97 and 1500 is 130°97, which approaches sufficiently the normal interval 133°3, to allow of its being taken as an usual interval, since, as a matter of fact, we have the interval —1889°6 — (+ 1761°5) =128-1, differing from the normal interval still more. The weather for this year is thus mentioned in the ‘‘ Annals of Ulster’’: ‘“‘ This year (1500), from the middle of September till the end of winter, Ireland endured rains and many tempests.” (Ware’s ‘‘ Annals.’”?) ‘‘ Great inclemency this year which killed almost all the cattle of Erin, and prevented the earth responding to the husbandman.”” This year may, therefore, be taken as a minimum sun-spot year. The interval between 1500 and 1306 is 194 years, which compares well with the interval occurring between the known sun-spot years —1889°6 and (+) 1693 = 196-6. Moreover, the interval between the year + 1615°5 and 1306 = 309°5, which differs only by a unit from the normal interval 310-8 (=11:1 x 28). The weather of this year is thus mentioned in Arago’s work already cited, p. 268: ‘La gélée fut trés forte en France dans cet hiver”’ (Papon, ‘‘ Hist. du Province,” t. 111.) : ‘La mer fut prise sur les cétes de Flandre et de 1’Hollande sur une largeur de 3 lieues (’ Abbé Maim, ‘‘ Mem. sur les Grandes Gélées, 1792). The date 18055 has been estimated as the maximum sun-spot year corresponding to this eruption. The year 1138-9 makes with the previous one 1306, an interval of 168 years, which differs so little from the normal interval 166-6, that it may be accepted as normal. Furthermore, the interval between the maximum year + 1615°5 and 1138 is 477-5, which practically agrees with the normal interval 477°3 (=11:1 x 43). There is no mention in the records of the weather of this year, which has been taken as a maximum sun-spot year. Between the year 1138-9 and 1049 the interval is 89 years, which represents closely the normal interval 88°8 (=11:1 x 8). Moreover, the interval between the sun-spot years + 1615°5 and 1049 is 566°5, which practically agrees with the normal interval 5661 (=11:1 x 51). For those two reasons the year is taken as a maximum sun-spot year. There is no mention of the weather of the year in the records already referred to. Between the years 1049 and 1036; the interval is 13 years, which approximates to the normal interval 11*1, while on the other hand the interval between the sun-spot year + 1615°5 and 1036 = 579°5, which only differs from the normal interval 577-2 (= 11-1 x 52) by 2°38. O’Reitty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 429 If the date 1035:5 be taken asa sun-spot maximum year, the agreement becomes practically sufficient. Between 1036 and 993 the interval is 43, which is so very close to the normal interval 44°4 as to allow of its being estimated as a sun- spot maximum year. Moreover the interval between the maximum year + 1615°5 and 998 = 622°5, which differs only by a unit from the normal interval, 11:1 x 56 (= 621-6). As regards the weather of this year there appears the following record in Arago’s work already cited, p. 263 :— 993.—‘ Depuis le St. Jean (24 Juin) jusqu’au 9 Novre. c. a d. pendent presque tout ’été et l’automne il fit une sécheresse et une chaleur excessives.”’ 994.—“‘ L’hiver fut trés rude en Allemagne et la gréle dura presque sans interruption depuis le 12 Nov. jusqu’au milieu de Mai, le printemps et l’été amenerent des fleaux de toute sorte.” The interval between 998 and 685 is 308 years, which differs from the normal interval 310°8 = (11:1 x 28) by 2°8 an approximation practically sufficient. On the other hand, the interval between the sun-spot maximum year + 1615-5 and 685 is 930°5, which again differs from the normal interval, 932°4 (= 11:1 x 84) by 1:9, so that the year in question may be taken as that of asun-spot maximum. The following record of the weather for 684 occurs in the ‘‘ Annals of the Four Masters”: ‘‘ There was great frost in this year, so that the lakes and rivers of Ireland were frozen, and the sea between Ireland and Scotland was frozen, so that there was a communication between them on the ice.” The interval between 685 and 512 is 173, which compares fairly with the interval -1889°6 and + 1718:2 =171°4, the difference being 1:6. On the other hand the interval between this year and the minimum sun-spot year —1610°8 is 1098°8, which practically agrees with the normal interval is 1098°9 (=11-1 x 99), so that this year may be taken as a minimum sun-spot year, or more exactly 511, which would give a complete concordance. Between 512 and 472 the interval is 40, which differs from the normal interval 44.4, but which approximates to the actual interval — 1889°6 and + 1848°6 = 41 years. If the interval be taken between the maximum sun-spot year + 1615°5 and this year, we get 1143-5, which very closely agrees with the normal interval 11:1 x 103 (= 1148-3), so that this date may be taken as representing a maximum sun-spot year. There is no weather record for this year in the works already referred to. 430 Proceedings of the Royal Trish Academy. The interval between 472 and 203 is 269 years, which differs somewhat from the normal interval 266°4 (= 11:1 x 24), but which compares fairly with the interval between —1889°6 and -1619 = 270°6. The interval between this year, 203, and the sun-spot minimum year -1610°8 is 1407°8, which differs from the normal interval, 1409-7 (= 11-1 x 127) by 1:9 only. If therefore the year 202 be taken as a minimum sun-spot year, the approximation will be sufficient as regards 208. The interval between 203 and 79, or rather between 203 and 78°65 is 124°35, which exceeds the normal interval 122-2 by 2°15, but if we seek the interval between 78°65 and the sun-spot mndmum year, — 1610°80, we get 1532°1 5, which differs by less than an unit from the normal interval 1531:8 (=11°1 x 188), so that this year may be taken as a minimum sun-spot year. The interval between 78°65 and 68 is 15°65, which exceeds the normal interval 11:1 by 4:55. This may be read as representing the interval from the probable minimum of 67°55 to the maximum 62, which is here adopted. From the examination of the figures which result from the com- parison of the eruption dates of the volcanoes hereinbefore detailed— Hecla, Katla, Etna, and Vesuvius, with the sun-spot years of maximum and minimum as given in Wolf’s list, covering the period from 1610 to the present—it is evident that the concordance is general, and even greater than might be expected, considering the difficulties inherent, on the one hand to the exact determination of the dates of the com- mencements of the eruptions cited; and on the other, to the uncertainty which necessarily arises as to the precise month of the year, or even of the year in which the maximum or minimum occurs. At best these sun-spot dates can only be determined to within a month, even at the present time. The concordances that may be noted evidently justify the presump- tion that did we possess the dates of the sun-spot maxima and minima, for the years anterior to 1610, the same concordance would be found between them and the dates of the eruptions prior to this year. It is much to be regretted that Kluge’s list of eruptions has not been pub- lished, and it would still be desirable that such a list be made, and that from many scientific points of view. The concordances noted justify the attempt to estimate the sun-spot dates for the years prior to 1610 with reference to the eruptions of the volcanoes considered which are dated before that year. This has been earried out by utilizing, on the one hand, the multiples of the normal O’ Reinty—On the Dates of Volcanic Eruptions. 431 sun-spot period, 11°1 years, of which a table was drawn up, and on the other, a table of the actual intervals found to exist between suc- cessive sun-spot maxima and minima, starting from the most recent date available, and going back to 1610. The results have proved most interesting, as may be judged by the details already given for the different eruption dates prior to 1610, and also by the summaries which follow. As regards the ascertained dates of maxima and minima of Wolf's list, the following table gives the number of concordances, with the mean differences between the dates of eruptions and sun-spot dates :— Concordances. Mean diff. Hecla, . 5 : f 5 ; 1:08 Katha, . : ‘ 5 : ‘ 0:94 AXtna, . : Byion o!| ; : 0:56 Vesuvius, : 2 Sz : . 0:76 That is, in all 77 concordances, with a general mean difference of 0-706 year. As regards the eruption dates prior to 1610, for which estimates were made as described, with a view to the determination of the sun- spot year corresponding to each eruption, I have thought it best to set out in a table (see next page) the intervals found between such eruption years, and one or other of the sun-spot dates contained in Wolf’s list, comparing the interval found with the multiples of the sun-spot interval or period, 11:1. It has already been remarked with regard to the concordances shown in the case of Etna, that the mznima concordance dates pre- dominate with an approximation of 1:09 relatively to 2:05 for the maxima. Taking the whole of the concordance dates herein given, as well as the estimated dates, the result comes out, that for the former the maxima are 37 in number, with a mean difference of 1:22 between the eruption date and the sun-spot date, while for the minima the total is 40, with a mean difference of 0°89. As regards the estimates, the maxima show a total of 18, with a mean difference of 1:26, while for the minima the total being 15, the mean difference comes out 0°82. That is, the estimates come out pretty much as the actual concordances, which so far proves in favour of their probable correct- ness. 432 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Sun-spot year of Date of comparison. Eruption. —1610°8 — 1509-50 = —1610°8 — 1389 = +1615°5 — 1340°46 = +16155 — 1294 = —1610°8 — 1222 = +1615 — 1206 = —1610°8 — 1157 = +161575 — 1104 = +1615°5 — 1416 = —1610°8 — 1310°07 = +1615°5 — 1262 = —1610°8 — 1245 = +1615°5 — 1360 = —1610°8 —- 1188 = +1615°5 — 1151 = +1615°5 — | 1536°33 = —1610°8 — 1444 = —1610°8 — 1333 = +1615°5 — 1328°5 1668-18 - 1168-09 = 1168:09 — 812 = —1610° — 812 = +1615°5 —- 72 = —1610°8 + 477 = —1610°3 — 1500 = +1615°5 — 1306 = + 161575 — 1188 = +1615°5 — 1049 = +1615°5 — 1306 — +1615:5 —- 993 = +1615°5 — 685 = —1610°8 — 612 = +1615°5 — 472 = —1610°3 — 208 == —1610°8 — 78°65 = Interval in years. 101-2 221°8 275° 821°5 388°8 409°5 a On oo (es) 511- 199s bo oo ww 09 ono an © (Sy (SS) “Io OV aay H bb OV a Konan AY 166°8 277°8 287° 506-09 356°09 798°8 1543°5 2087-8 110°8 309°5 477°5 566°5 309°5 622°5 93075 1098-8 1148°5 1407°8 1582°15 — 1889-6 — Corresponding multiple of the sun-spot period 11°r iileils< ts) ibileal S09 PAD ae 29 IL Loa Se 98355 TILE 5 ely Tea se eG Il-lx 46 MILE See ales} 27 32 33 TIES t56 1ll-lx 84 Tice 99 11-1 x 103 IST Se i127 11-1 x 1388 (+ 1615-5) = ll 99-9 222°0 2741 321°9 388°5 410°7 455-1 510-6 199°8 299-7 355°2 36673 255°3 421°8 466°2 UT 16675 277°5 288-6 459-50 395°2 799-2 1542-9 2086°8 iyLits 310°8 4773 566-1 310°8 621°6 932-4 1098-9 1143°3 1409-7 Differ- ence. 1-30 0-20 0-90 0-4 0°3 1-2 1:3 1-2 0°35 1-04 eT 0°5 0-2 1-0 INS7f 1:47 0°30 0.30 | 1-6 0°59 0-89 0-4 0-6 1-0 0:2 1:3 0-2 0-4 1-3 0-9 159 0-1 0:2 1-9 1531-18] 0-97 [33 XXYV. INVESTIGATION OF THE PREHISTORIC SETTLEMENTS NEAR ROUNDSTONE, CONNEMARA. REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE, CONSISTING OF MESSRS. W. J. KNOWLES, W. H. PATERSON, R. L. PRAEGER anp F. J. BIGGER. [Read June 12, 1899.] Your Committee, in company with several other gentlemen, and also ladies, amongst whom were Messrs. George Coffey, F. C. Bigger, W. F. de V. Kane, John M. Dickson, E. T. Tatlow, H. L. Jamieson, Robert Welch, John M‘Neill, Alex. G. Wilson, and J. N. Halbert; also Hon. R. E. Dillon, Dr. C. H. Hurst, Mrs. Tatlow, Miss Jamieson, and Miss M‘Cormick, visited Roundstone at Easter, 1896, for the purpose of making the appointed investigation. The day after our arrival we examined the sites near Dog’s Bay, which is distant fully a mile from Roundstone. The settlements of this place, which have already been described by F. J. Bigger, M.R.1.4., in an interesting paper, read before the Academy, in November, 1895,} extend along the shore, and into a small isthmus dividing Dog’s Bay from Gorteen Bay. Portions of old surface on the isthmus looked promising and were first excavated, but they turned out to be very barren of remains. The sites on the mainland close to the neck of the isthmus gave better results, and yielded among other remains several hammer-stones, rude implements, and large flakes of granite and other hard crystalline rocks of the neighbourhood. The flakes were so coarse and large, that it was not easy to convince anyone who was accustomed to seeing flint implements in similar sites in the North, that they were of artificial origin, yet a little examination showed that the flakes, though rude, had bulbs of percussion, and exhibi- ted sufficient evidence of having been struck in a systematic manner from larger pieces ofrock by hammer stones. On further examination we found some of the flakes which showed undoubted workmanship round the edges. A hasty survey of the place would show here and there small clumps of stones which indicated the position of hearths 1 Third Series, vol. iii., No. 5, p. 727. 434 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. that were probably the centres of hut sites. Around such places several species of shell fish, broken and split bones of different kinds of mammalia, together with the hammer-stones, flakes, and implements of coarse rock, were spread out to view. Where any of the original surface remained intact, especially if near a hut site, it generally yielded similar remains on being excavated. Where we found a good site from which the sandy covering had not been long removed and from which the remains had not been collected, it was a most instructive sight, as we could see the hammer-stones just as they had been last used by their prehistoric owners, the flakes lying probably on the spots where they had fallen when struck off, or where they had been laid down after being used; and amongst these objects broken and split bones and small heaps of shell fish, the remains of their meals, were also visible. Disappointment was expressed by some that flint was not found, but Connemarais so far removed from the flint producing rocks of the North that it could scarcely be expected to be found here unless there had been commercial intercourse with the North in prehistoric times, whichis not likely to have existed, as such intercourse does not seem to have taken place at these times even among neighbouring tribes. The settlements in Connemara appear to be no exception to the rule observed in other places of the same kind, in different parts of the coast of Ireland, that the cutting tools and implements of the people are made solely from the rocks found in their own neighbourhood. Some of the hammer-stones and cutting instruments found at Dog’s Bay are shown on p.435. A hammer-stone and rubber combined is shown in fig. 1. The part shown uppermost in the figure has the usual abraded end of hammer-stones, while the lower end is smoothed as if it had been employed in grinding or rubbing. The material has a grain like quartzite, though of a darkish colour. Two views are shown in figs. 2 and 2a of a well marked hammer-stone made from a granite pebble. The abraded end is well marked and hasa ridge in the centre as is seen in the side view (fig. 2a), showing that each side of the implement must have been alternately inclined in an oblique direction when striking. This is a characteristic of many hammer-stones not only of Neolithic stations but of those of Palaeolithic age, especially of the rock shelters of the South of France. A good number of pebbles, like fig. 8, were found not only here, but at all the stations examined. A. flake has been struck off the broad end of the pebble in an oblique direction so as to leave a sharp, axe-like edge. This edge, which is shown on the lower end of the figure, is slightly indented as if injured in the process of hacking or cutting. Such objects have a certain | | } pa My | i Mi | SAS Mh) a ZZ y =—sS ZA a) EZ Sa Zs EASES Wee AM, ISS i yeas Ay wy ) ee Ny \v = » oh Ss \ MGS ANAS linear.) Als 2 (Scale, Stone Implements of native Rock from Roundstone, Co. Galway. 436 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. resemblance to kitchen midden axes, but as no special dressing was seen on any specimen collected, we cannot speak with any certainty of their being the implements we suppose them to be. A large flake of quartzite showing what is believed to be rude dressing on the lower edge of the figare is seen in fig. 4. It would be as suitable for removing connective tissue and otherwise preparing skins intended for clothing, as the flint scrapers of our northern sites, or as the flint and sandstone scrapers of the Eskimos which have been used for that purpose in recent times. A long flake which shows a bevelled edge at the part between a and 0 of the figure so as to fit it for scraping or cutting is seen at fig. 5. Back front and side views of an implement made from a broad flake of blackish or metamorphic rock are shown in figs. 6, 6a, and 66. There is the hollow on the back where a former flake has been removed, and a well marked bulb of percussion on its front face. The edge opposite the bulb appears to have been dressed into its present curved shape. Parts of this edge could have been used for scraping or cutting, but the thickest portion which appears at lower end of the figure is bevelled to each side, leaving a bluntish edge in the centre. The figure of a large stout flake of similar rock to the specimen last described is given in No. 7. From the marks visible on the lower edge, it has evidently been used as a chopper. There were many other interesting specimens found, but it is hoped that those figured will give a general idea of the objects which were obtained during the investigations. Except in the smoothed end of fig. 1, and the bevelled portion of the edge of fig. 6, which may have been ground, though the bevelling may have arisen from the way in which the implement has been used, no object showed traces of grind- ing or polishing. In this respect the sites of Connemara agree pretty closely with the prehistoric sites of the North, where polished imple- ments, though occasionally found, are of rare occurrence. Before reading this report the Paper on ‘“‘ Prehistoric Settlements at Portnafeadog,” or Dog’s Bay, by F. J. Bigger, should be studied, as it was owing to Mr. Bigger’s discovery of the site in July, 1895, that it was considered necessary to have the further investigation on which we are now reporting. The Committee found bones of cow, pig, sheep or goat, horse and dog, but all these had been observed by Mr. Bigger on his previous visit. The shells which he found to have been most abundantly used, and which your Committee, on exa- mination, are able to confirm, were Patella vulgata, Littorina littorea, Ostrea edulis, Mytilis edulis, and Buccinum undatum. Some of the various kinds were in heaps, “‘ proving that they had been gathered Report of Committee—Prehistoric Settlements, Roundstone. 437 separately and so used.” There was another kind found by Mr. Bigger, the Purpura lapillus, or dog whelk; but it was doubtful whether this kind had been used for food as the other species undoubtedly had been. Several photographs of the various heaps of shells at Dog’s Bay, prepared by Mr. Welch, are given as illustrations to Mr. Bigger’s Paper, and one of these, Plate XXVII., gives a striking picture of a heap of the Purpura, showing all the shells in a broken condition. Shells of this species, either whole or broken, had seldom previvusly been observed among other remains in sandhills, and certainly never in any quantity; but here there was a large heap, all broken, which seemed to have the same connection with the sites as the shells of other species. We made full inquiry while at Roundstone as to whether the Dog whelk was now used for any purpose, but not even the oldest inhabitant could recollect or remember hearing of its being used as food, or bait, or in any way whatever. The heap of broken Purpura supplied us with an interesting problem, which is, perhaps, not yet satisfactorily solved. Mr. Bigger gives exhaustive extracts from ancient literature, showing that in the colour- ing of their cloaks the Irish used certain dyes, and he suggests that the shells of the Purpura may have been broken to obtain the animal for the rich purple dye it affords. Ifit can be shown that the inhabitants of these ancient settlements used woven fabrics as clothing the dye might be utilized to give them a rich purple colour, but if they had only skins for clothing as is more probable at this early stage, it is doubtful whether they would dye their leather garments, though they may possibly have done so ; but savage people, and it is probable that these early inhabitants were in a savage condition, generally ornament their own skins with paint, and it is possible the early inhabitants of Connemara may have used the dye of the Purpura for that purpose. There is also the question of their having been used as food, which we have left out of view, but which ought to be considered. When Mr. and Mrs. Coffey, and Mr. Knowles, were round the Donegal coast in August and September of 1898, they found heaps of the dog whelk in a broken condition in sites similar to those found at Dog’s Bay, amongst which were flakes of flint and other indications that they had been used by the Stone Age inhabitants. On making inquiry as to whether anyone in those parts knew of such shells being used they could get no positive information, but two fishermen informed them that about twenty years ago a French vessel was dis- masted near Bunbeg and had to put into Innisman, and the sailors, 438 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. they said, would eat no other kind of shell fish but the dog whelk, a true exemplification of the common and widespread expression :— “¢Qne man’s meat is another man’s poison.” The earlier inhabitants of Connemara may possibly have had similar tastes to those French sailors, and we may therefore leave the question of the use of the Purpura an open one for the present. We measured the large heap of broken Purpura at Dog’s Bay, which is shown in the illustration to Mr. Bigger’s Paper, and it was found to be 55 yards in length, 15 yards across the broad end, and 8 yards across the narrow end. One square foot was measured, and 200 specimens were picked from this space. Forty or fifty more might have been obtained from among the sand which was now reached, and at the depth of two or three inches further there was nothing but sand. On the south side of Mannin Bay a large series of hut sites were exposed. There were many hearthstones, shells, broken and split bones, and other evidence of continuous settlement by people of the Stone Age. Shells of the dog whelk were found here mixed with other edible kinds, but no implements so well made or showing artificial markings so good as those of Dog’s Bay were found, though broken and split specimens of native rock were scattered about in considerable abundance. The sites near Ballyconeely Bay were also examined, but no implement showing intentional dressing was obtained. Other heaps of dog whelk in a broken state were found here, besides broken rocks, bones of the animals used in food, and the same species of shells as were found at Dog’s Bay. No pottery was found in any of the sites, though we hope that ona further and more extended search those sites may, like the more northern ones, yield examples of the pottery usually found on these early Stone Age settlements. The conclusion your Committee arrive at is that the various sites at Dog’s Bay, Mannin Bay, and Ballyconeely are similar to sites found in other sandhills in various places round the coast of Ireland which have already been reported on to the Academy; also that the inhabi- tants of each district used the rocks found in their own neighbourhood to make into implements. That rude flakes of ordinary igneous or metamorphic rock could have been used as cutting tools by any people, however rude, is hard to realize, though we can readily conceive the use of well made flint implements; but even in the North, where flint is abundant, arrowheads, scrapers, and other implements are often made of the igneous rocks of the neighbourhood. A series of such implements from county Antrim is shown on p. 4389. A flake for comparison. Implements of Basalt from Co. Antrim, 440 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. dressed round the edge, and suitable for scraping or cutting is shown in fig. 1. A kmife-like flake, with short handle and well dressed along one side is shown in fig. 2, and fig. 3 shows one of several arrowheads made of fine-grained black rock. Figs. 4, 4a, 5, and 5a are scrapers, as well made as similar objects in flint, and fig. 6, 6a is a side scraper as well dressed as the rather coarse nature of the rock would allow. Such implements as those ought to be found in the south and west of Ireland made of native rock, chert, quartzite, car- boniferous slate, and other crystalline rocks. The harder rocks, other than flint or chert, cannot be so neatly worked, and when exposed to the air and moisture easily lose all traces of intentional dressing which they had received, and it is not then easy to identify implements when found in that condition; but they should be searched for, and in no places are they more likely to be found in an uninjured state than in sites in sandhills, such as are the subject of the present report. We are to bear in mind, however, that many of the implements used by these rude people must have been in the condition of mere flakes, without any dressing. The exploration of all such sites as.are preserved to us in sandhills is of prime importance, in order that we may have as true an insight as possible into the habits and mode of life of our earliest inhabitants. All animal remains should be collected, as by this means we may get a better knowledge of our earliest Neolithic fauna. In connection with this it may be mentioned that at Whitepark Bay, among ancient hut sites, like those described, 25 bones of the Great Auk have been found, representing 12 to 20 individuals, and at Waterford, in what seems to have been similar sites, Mr. R. J. Ussher found 17 bones, representing 6 to 8 individuals. It is to be hoped that the knowledge already made known regarding the prehistoric sites preserved amongst our sandhills may stimulate workers to make systematic search among sites not yet explored. Nore ADDED IN THE PREss. In regard to the human remains reported to have been found at Mannin Bay, such were observed in abundance, in one site, not far above tidal mark, but they were of quite recent interment, some being enclosed in rude coffins. Almost complete skeletons were found wholly or partly on the surface. The local inhabitants took no interest in these remains, so we may conclude some shipwrecked strangers were here deposited. i 4d XXVI. TRISH PHMOPHYCEH (REPORT OF THE FAUNA AND FLORA COMMITTEE). By THOMAS JOHNSON, D.Sc., F.L.S., Prorrssor or Borany, Royan Cortzer oF Scrence, Dustin, ann HENRY HANNA, M.A., B.Sc.; assisrep sy MISS R. HENSMAN anp MISS M. C. KNOWLES. [Read May 8, 1899. ] Tuer number of species of seaweeds recorded for Great Britain and Treland is some 700, of which some 200 are Pheeophyces, or brown seaweeds. In 1890, Holmes and Batters, published a Revised List of the British Marine Algze in the ‘‘ Annals of Botany,” the number of British species there recorded being about 540. Of these the Irish species numbered 285, 73 being Pheophycee. The object of this paper is to record some 40 additions made since the year 1891, in part in connexion with the work of the Fauna and Flora Committee. The paper contains accounts of the examination of collections made at many different points on the Irish coast, partly by shore-collecting, partly by dredging, from time to time, since the year 1891. The least known parts of the Irish coast are the extreme north and the coasts of counties Wicklow and Wexford. It has been well said that many of the most important biological problems are illustrated by, and may find their solution in a study of, the low group of Algee. Thus Farmer has recently described indirect nuclear division (karyokinesis) in the Fucacee—the highest group of brown seaweeds. The Pheophycee show a complete gradation from simple conjugation to fertilization im reproduction, and Williams has recently described, for the first time, the mode of reproduction in the common Dictyota, &c., of the Dictyotacez. There is no doubt that there is still a wide field of investigation as to the modes of reproduction of the different members of the Pheo- phycese. In many species the reproductive organs are stil! either unknown or incompletely known. In relatively very few has here anything like a complete life-history of a species been made out. We R.1.A. PROC., SER. TI. VOL. v. 2k 442 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. have found invagination of sporangia so general that no classificatory importance can be attached to its occurrence. It is highly desirable that the Fauna and Flora Committee should be encouraged to devote attention to this branch of investigation, so important from both a purely biological and an economic point of view. 1 Speaking of the Phophyee, Janczewski? says:—The Pheo- spores constitute ‘‘un groupe de familles nettement caractérisées; le nombre des représentants de chaque famille est quelquefois réduit au minimum possible, & une seule espéce ce qui indiquerait l’existence trés ancienne de cette classe dont les représentants auraient été con- servés jusqu’a l’epoque actuelle en petit nombre seulement.” Sauvageau suggests that the above supposition may account for the great differences of behaviour exhibited by the reproductive bodies. From an economic point of view the group is of considerable interest. The Laminariaceze, or oar-weeds, are the source of kelp—an im- portant industry to many on the west and north-west coasts of Ireland. It is unfortunate that the term ‘‘red-weed”’ is so generally used to indicate the kind used in kelp-burning, as the true red sea- weeds (Florideze) are not generally, and should not be at all, used. The term ‘‘red-weed” indicates a primitive appreciation of colour distinction. Rubber fistules seem to be displacing the Laminaria stalk fistules. for surgical purposes. The Fucacese, or black-wracks, contain a small percentage of iodine, and are an adulteration in kelp-making; they are mainly used as manure. In Norway, Dr. Foslie tells us, that the black-wracks are banked for some three or four months in alternating layers of ordinary soil, or road-scrapings and seaweed, a foot thick, thus making a much more excellent manure than is obtained by the use of the fresh 1 The appearance in 1892 of Sauvageau’s article, ‘‘ Sur quelques Algues Phéo- sporées parasites,’’ marked a distinct advance in our knowledge of the Pheophycee. We have met with many cases fully confirming Sauvageau’s observations. M. Bornet’s discovery of the biological significance of the shell-boring Algz has been fully illustrated in Irish waters. No one has yet discovered a member of the Pheophycez with a shell-perforating habit. ?Ed. J. Janczewski, ‘‘ Observations sur l’accroissement du thalle des Pheo- sporées,”? p. 116. (Mem. de la soc. nat. des sciences naturelles de Cherbourg, t. xix., 1874). Report of Fuuna and Flora Committee—Inrish Pheophycee. 443 seaweed, which has, probably, much to answer for in the potato diseases. The revised list of Holmes and Batters was prepared under diffi- culties as regards the Irish Algee, many species discovered by earlier algologists not having been at the time recorded. We have had the advantage of seeing the collections made by W. Thompson in the north-east of Ireland ; Dr. D. Moore (Co. Antrim); I. Carroll’s (the small remainder of his collection saved from the fire, in Queen’s College, Cork); Miss A Ball’s collection, preserved in the Botanical Collections of the Science and Art Museum, Dublin ; and of course the fine herbarium of the late Dr. Harvey, pre- served in Trinity College, and under the charge of Prof. E. P. Wright, to whom we are indebted for opportunities of inspecting it. A collec- tion made, more especially at Balbriggan, by Dr. Scott, at the end of the last century, and preserved in the Science and Art Museum, has also been inspected. We have received help in the examination of the collections from Miss Hensman (the west coast collections), and from Miss M. C. Knowles in the south-east collections. To Dr. Bornet, M. Sauvageau, and Prof. Reinke, who have from time to time given us the benefit of their knowledge, we are also indebted. It is to be regretted that it is extremely difficult to get into com- munication with correspondents on different parts of the Irish coast willing to send up specimens for determination. The present list is far from complete—the genus Ectocarpus is still poorly represented, as is the important group of the Tilopteridacee. Battersia of the Sphacelariaceze has not yet been discovered. The present list contains 111 species, and increases considerably the known distribution of many others; one of the species recorded is new to science, and one new tothe British Flora. We have followed Holmes and Batters (op. cit.) in their division of the coast of Ireland into the districts :— 10. From Malin Head to Slyne Head, including the outlying islands. 11. From Slyne Head to Crow Head, including the outlying islands. 12. From Malin Head to Howth. 13. From Howth to Raven Point. 14. From Crow Head to, and including, Raven Point. 212 444 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. We have attempted to save space by the following abbrevia- tions :— T. = W. Thompson. D. -= Doran: M. = Dr. D. Moore. @:| 4 = 1.) Carroll: Me. = McCalla. IB.) = Miss Ay) Ballle ES = Wine anvey,. N. = Authors of Paper. PH AHOPHYCEA. Cohort I.—EcrocarPiIn&. Order 1.—DESMARESTIACER. - Desmarestia, Lamx. This genus is very commonly represented on all the Irish coasts by the first three species. The thallus provides good material for the observation of trichothallic growth. D. viridis, Lamx. Unilocular sporangia are described in Crouan’s ‘ Florule du Finistére.”’? Occurs on all the coasts. , D. aculeata, Lamx. Kuckuck (2) describes the unilocular sporangia in the winter state of this species. On all the coasts, one of the commonest species. D. ligulata, Lamx. One of us (non fig. 14 in Annals of Botany, v., pl. viii.) described the unilocular sporangia; both extra and inter- tidal, on all the coasts. D. Dudresnayt, Lamx. 12. This is not uncommon on the coast of France, and has been recently dredged by Brebner at Plymouth. It is quite rare in Ireland. There is a specimen in Trinity College Herbarium, collected by G. Sanders in Lough Foyle. One of us, working at Inishbofin, Connemara, in August, obtained a specimen of this plant by dredging in 13 fathoms off the Gunn rock. Order II.—DricryostpHonacen. Dictyosiphon, Grev. The branch-tips are unjointed and cortexed. D. feniculaceus, Grev. This species, common like Desmarestia viridis, is distinguished from it by having its branches usually alternating. Pluri- locular sporangia are unknown. Occurs on all the coasts. 44 Report of Fauna and Flora Committee—Irish Pheophycee. 445 Sf. fragilis. This variety was recorded by Harvey from Kilkee. Harvey’s Dictyosiphon fragilis MS. is adopted by Kiitzing in his ‘‘ Systema Algarum.’”? The sporangia are collected in clusters as in Striaria, but not in transverse bands. It differs somewhat from D. feniculaceus. West of Ireland. 12. D. hippuroides, Kitz. 12 N. Order II ].—PunorariacEz. Litosiphon, Harv. The unilocular and plurilocular sporangia are described in the ‘‘ Etudes Phycologiques,” p. 15. L. pusillus, Harv. Common, on all coasts, as fine tufts on the thallus of Chorda filum. L. Laminaria, Harv. This species grows on Alaria esculenta, Grev., and is not uncommon, on all coasts. Pogotrichum, Rke. P. filiforme, Rke. 10N. This species grows epiphytically on Zaminari« saccharina, and is probably to be found on all the Irish coasts. P. hibernicum, T. J. 11 N. Grows on Alaria escuienta, and is probably, like P. filiforme, Rke., to be found on all the Irish coasts. Phloeospora (Aresch.), Rke. P. brachiata (Harv). Born. (Stictyosiphon Griffithsianus, Holm. et Batt: Eetocarpus brachiatus, in Phyc. Brit. Pl. rv.) This species grows on Rhodymenia palmata -and Fucus serratus and occurs on the south and east coasts (probably elsewhere). It possesses unilocular sporangia only. Its branching filamentous thallus shows tricho-thallic growth, growing by intercalary acropetal divisions. At the base and here and there only in the general thallus is there a poly- siphonous or multiseriate arrangement of the cells. The terminal hair of the branches is equal in diameter to the ‘“‘central axis’? of the branch, and not much less—as in Stictyosiphon tortilis, Rke, 446 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Stictyosiphon (Kiitz.), Rke. In this genus plurilocular sporangia only are known; the tips of the branches are jointed and end in three hairs. S. tortilis, Rke. (includes S. sub-articulatus, Hauck, of Holmes and Batters’ Revised List). 12 N. Striaria, Grev. The tips of the filaments are tapering, the unilocular zoo- sporangia are arranged in superficial dot-like zones. S. attenuata, Grev. Pieces 12D:M. 12° 12 He 14 Desmotrichum, Kiitz. D. undulatum, Rke. 10 N. The hairs are solitary ; the unilocular and the plurilocular zoosporangia project from the thallus surface. Punctaria, Grev. The dots on the thallus are in some cases due to the sori of sporangia, in other cases to the tufts of hairs. The two are distinct. Both unilocular and plurilocular sporangia are known in all the British species. P. plantaginea, Grev. On all the coasts. P. latifolia, Grev. Probably not less common than P. plantaginea. P. tenuissima, Grev. On all the coasts, probably. One of us formed the opinion some time ago that P. tenwissima, though found fertile, is simply the young spring state of P. plantaginea and P. latifolia, which are not so specifically distinct as is often described. Dr. Moore has one specimen labelled ‘‘seemingly intermediate.” Order [V.—AspERococcacE2. Myriotrichia, Hary. MM. claveformis, Hary. 10-14. MM. filiformis, Harv. 10-14. Asperococcus, Lamx. The hairs and sori of sporangia occur mixed together; in this respect Asperococcus differs from Punctaria. The pluri- locular zoosporangia were discovered by Buffham. Report of Fauna and Flora Comnuittee—Irish Pheophycee. 447 A. echinatus, Grev. Common, 10-14. J. vermicularis, Griff. Common. First noted as distinct by Dr. D. Moore. A. bullosus, Lamx. This is the Asperococcus Turnert of Harvey’s Phyc. Brit. (pl. 11). 10-14. A. compressus, Griff. 14 N. Dredged in the south-west of Ireland, during the first excur- sion of the Fauna and Flora Committee to Bantry Bay; also off Roonane Rock, Dungarvan Bay, October, 1895. Order V.—EcrocaRPAaces. Streblonema, Derb. et Sol. This genus grows endophytically on various other Alge, forming in the host plant branching intra-cortical hyphe. S. Areschougit, Batt. On Himanthalia lorea in Murlough Bay at low water, 1898. N. It occurred in some quantity on Himanthalia lorea at Inishbofin, and is probably common all round the coast. S. fascicutatum, Thur, 11 N. 12 N. On Castagnea virescens. S. velutinum, Thur. (Elachistea velutina, in Harvey’s Phyc. Brit. pl. 286). Occurs on all the coasts on the receptacles of Wimanthalia lorea, as velvety cushions. S. luteolum, on Fucus. Dungarvan Bay, Helvick Pt., Oct. 1896. N. S. simplex, Holm. et Batt. (Letocarpus simplex, Crn.) 11 N. 13 N. On Codium tomentosum and on Ceramium rubrum. The uni- locular zoosporangia are unknown. The plant with its pluri- locular zoosporangia is described, with illustrations, by Holmes (Journal of Botany, 1887). S. minimum, Sauvag. 14 N. 448 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. S. pseudosolitarium, n. sp. 14 N. This species comes very near to Letocarpus solitarius, Sauvag., which the founder has more recently discovered to be less solitary than he at first supposed. Sauvageau says of S. psew- dosolitarium, as we propose to call it :—‘‘ Le votre a des dimen- sions assez concordants avec le mien, mais vos sporanges sont un peu plus globuleux, les filaments un peu plus longes et les parvis un peu plus épaisses. De plus, tandis que I’ £. solitarius a des filaments qui se terminent en poil, je ne crois pas que le votre se termine jamais en poil ?”’ S. Zanardinii? (Crn.) 14N. This species forms minute tufts on the thallus of Chylocladia kaliformis. In submitting preparations of it to M. Sauvageau he expressed the view that it was probably the Zetocarpus Zanardinw of the brothers Crouan. Examination of the sterile type specimen is needed for absolute confirmation of this sug- gested agreement. This form was fully worked out with the help of Miss M. C. Knowles. Drawings were made and cases were observed in which the endophytic hyphe passed through the host thallus and formed on the opposite surface new tufts of the parasite. Associated with S. Zanardiniwi (?), another Streblonema was found which appears to be a new species. Its hyphe and sporangia are larger, and we suggested the name S. maus for it in a letter to Sauvageau. The Irish parasitic Pheophycee, a difficult group, are not by any means fully known. Ectocarpus, Lyngb. Of the 28 species given in the Revised List, only 6 were recorded for Ireland by Holmes and Batters. The genus is well illustrated in Kiitzing’s ‘‘ Tabule Phycologice’’ (V.). Ei. repens, Rke. 14 N. This species forms very minute tufts on Cladophora laete- virens, Harv., on Chetamorpha aerea Kutz., and on Fucus (Helvick Pt.). H. terminalis, Kitz. 12N. 14N. Probably general. Forms mere brown covering on the joints of Corallina officina- dis, and on hydroids. Report of Fauna and Flora Committee—Irish Pheophycee. 449 EL. globifer, Kitz. 13 N. (With plurilocular sporangia). This species is the 2. ensignis, Crn., which is also synony- mous with £. pusillus, Kitz. (non Griff. or Harv.). FE. Crouant, Thuret. 12 N. LE. confervoides, Le Jol. 10-14. S. siliculosus, Lyngb. Common. The researches of Berthold, Sauvageau, and Kuckuck seem to place beyond doubt the isogamous reproduction by gametes, of Z. seliculosus and Scytosiphon lomentarius. In other cases, according to M. Sauvageau, detailed examination is still a desideratum. The zoospores, after their escape, show a great variability of behaviour. The origin of the zoospores from uni- locular or from plurilocular sporangia is no certain indication that the zoospores are asexual zoogonidia, true gametes or facultative gametes. LE. penicillatus, C. Ag. 12 N. On Alaria esculenta. LE. fasciculatus, Harv. 10-14. J. drapernaldioides, Crn. 12 N. £. granulosus, C. Ag. 10-14. Ei. Hincksia, Harv. 10N. 12H. 14N. Probably on all the coasts, though not common. Previously recorded from the north-east, we know it from the north-west (Gola Is.), and from the south-east (Helvick Point). Sauvageau thinks the unilocular. sporangia may prove to be antheridia. LE. tomentosus, Lyngb. 10-14. One of the commonest and most easily recognised of the Ectocarpi, on Gigartina mamillosa, &c. ff. crinitus, Carm. 12 N. . crinitus, Carm., is, according to Bornet, most probably, a state of AG PL> OP Akg gna) = aa, a ax," °, and # >= =0; AX Xo but 0, ¢, p may plainly be determined, so that 4 = B= C=0; and therefore, from the last two equations, it follows that D=0, #=0 at the same time. 466 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. With these values of 6, ¢, p, we have XX Uw. 1 = 0, > 142 =0; Px, + Le On, + 22 2, +42 OY + Yo and therefore ; ‘ AX Le by Ye 6a, +22 Oy, + Yr Gx\e,° “byiys ” are points in the Hessian on the line joining —,—,...— to ” by,’ CW, From (6) we see that they are corresponding points. 5. The coordinates of any point on the line PV may be written Sey evel Bayete tasted Pel ai amany p7 das rsciearE This will be on the Hessian if ax? — 6, Se ax (aa + w — 0) ar — 0, eae, ga which, since = at - ax(az?+p—-6;) ae avr+p-O is equivalent to 2 ax? + pO, We therefore see finally that PV touches the Hessian at P, passes through V, and also through the point for which p= 0, —- 6, and therefore having for its coordinates ax — 6, by? — 0. pe=x gy fey) d ypaeneee ax? In a similar manner we obtain the remaining points in which P’V’ PV', and P’V meet the Hessian. RussELL— Geometry of Surfaces derived from Cubics. 467 In the figure, all the points marked, with the exception of 7 and T’, lie on the Hessian, and in each case the ‘‘ # coordinate” is given. a2 ° From these values the pairs that are correspondents are easily seen. We may also verify that the line joining the points ax® — 0, pe aa (ax®—6,)° ~~ aa®*—- 0, touches the Hessian at U; for any point on this line has for its coordinates hee (ax* — 0) (ax? — 0) _ (by? — 9) (by? — 01) | az (aa? —6,) ’ i by (by? 0.) * ~~ and if this lies on the Hessian, we have x (ax? ~ @) 3 Gee 6) (au? — 0) 0; or, replacing by partial fractions, and making use of the identity L z ax — 0, e; this equation becomes 6 ma 0, x 2 he ean and therefore two values of # are each equal to @,. 468 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. 6. The inflexional tangents at P are obtained as follows :-— Let one of them meet VV’ in a point whose coordinates are eo aes) ax'—6,| ae—0, dy—b, bp—6,)°*° then a point on the line joining this to P will lie on the Hessian, if Q=> : = 0. [ep eat eee ax —_—\ —— P aa? — 0, P ae — 0, Now, Q=0, and ge = 0 are both satisfied by p = 0, and so also dp #Q : Ta 0, if 1 [A (aa? — 0,) + (ax? — 8,))? _ 0 ax (aa? —0,9*(aa®?-6,% 1 1 , py ee PR . Zee ce ase ax (ax? — 2)? ae ax (ax — 6,)? o (7) or, making use of the identity (5), Ne £ f — 3,5 \ Gi = (Gea Nga Gay aes Se (8) thus showing that the inflexional tangents at P or P’ divide harmo- nically the line VV’. The expressions x x = * (a 8 * (aa?) admit of representation in another form. If ¥ be reduced to x 7-6 a single numerator and denominator, we get £ RO(# + PO+ Q) ax*— 6 (aa®— 0) (by? — 0) (cs® — 0) (dv? — 0) (ew? — 0) = f (9) (9 — 0) (6 — &), where 6; and 6, are roots of 62+ P6+ Q=0; 3 cama = FCO) ©) > x >} (a? — 6,7 = 2f (62) (62 ae 6;) ; RussELL— Geometry of Surfaces derived from Cubics. 469 and the above equation for A : » becomes dM (as? — @,) (by? — G2) (02* — G2) (dv® — 2) (ew? — 82) 2 LX ~ (aa? — 6,) (by? — 0,) (cz® — 0,) (dv? — @,) (ew? — 01) ~ e: It is unnecessary to write out the corresponding formula for the inflexional tangents at P’. 7. The class and order of the Congruency.—The class of the con- eruency is the number of lines joining corresponding points that lie in a given plane. This number is 3, and the subject is fully discussed (Salmon’s ‘‘ Geometry of Three Dimensions,” Art. 529). That the order is 7 may be seen by considering the number of lines joining corresponding points that pass through the point J on the Hessian (see figure). U being given, so also is V, and V’ lies in tangent plane at V; it is in fact the point of contact of any one of the six tangents from the node to the quartic section of the Hessian by the tangent plane at V. The lines joining U to the six correspon- dents of the points V’ are six lines of the congruency, and in addition there is the line UV. The following is a general analytical investigation of this number for any point :— If the line joining two corresponding points pass through a fixed point v’y’z'v'w’, then, U aie r ae f ax axa! byy' ez! dvv! eww’ or S SS SS Se SSS SE SS ° av+r by?+X cv +A d?+r ewet+r?’ hence ez?*( aaa!’ — byy') — czz'(ax* — by*) + absy(ay' - x'y) = 0, dv*(axx’ — byy’) — dvv'(ax? — by”) + abey(ay' — x'y) = 9, ew? axa!’ — byy') — eww'(ax® — by*) + abzy(ay’ — xy) = 9, Lt+y+setvt+w = 0. 22(axu’ — byy’) cient __ 6s! (aa® — by”) + of 3" ax* — by*) — 4abexy ay’ — a'y) (aaa! — byy’) CG = 3/(ax? — by?) + xe — by?)? — ay: — x'y) (axx' — byy’) ¢ 470 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. with two similar equations for v and w; adding these, we have 2(x + y) (awa! — byy’) b = (a' +y') (ae — by’) + & feshet OY eas 4~xy(ay!—2'y) (axe'— byy'). When this expression is rationalised the result is of degree 16; it is satisfied by putting awx’ —byy’=0, and also by putting zy'—w'y=0: there are therefore 14 points common to the surfaces, and therefore 7 lines through 2’y’z'v'w’ which connect corresponding points. 8. The tangent planes to the surface C.—The plane of the two lines which intersect in Z’ will touch C at Z”, and the plane containing the two that intersect in Z” will touch it at 7’; but we have seen in Art. 8 that the two directions at P, for which consecutive lines of the congruency intersect in Z’ and 7Z”, are those joining P to V and V’; we infer therefore that the planes PP’V’ and PP’V touch @ at the points Zand 7”, respectively. From the values of the coordinates of these four points, viz. :— IP GS 5 a Y, Z, v, Ww, - 1 1 1 1 1 a ax’ by’ cz dv’ ew va x y z v w ae—6) by 6; —0) de®? —6, eer 43 y B v w i eae = aa ores meni axt—0, by?—60, c#-6,) d’?-—6, ewe? we immediately deduce that the equation of the tangent plane at 7’ is x =70 > He = A, z and of the tangent plane at 7” is x an? — 6, eae It may here be observed, though it will afterwards appear more naturally, that the tangent plane at Z' touches at Z' the polar quadric (cone) of V with respect to the cubic, and a similar statement is true for the tangent plane at Z’. We easily verify this by considering the polar cone of V, its equation is x ax Pp Xel= 10; ax a 0; RussELL— Geometry of Surfaces derived from Cubics. 471 and it obviously contains the line PP’ as a generator; the tangent plane to this cone through PP’ is obtained by writing down the polar plane of P’ with regard to it, and from its identity with the tangent plane at Z, we may define the bitangent surface C as the envelope of polar quadrics that are cones. 9. The polar plane of the point 7 with'respect to the cubic is x cr ie er 2 oe = San? X + 623 this is evidently identical with the polar plane of U, and is therefore the tangent plane to the Hessian at V. We can now locate the eight poles of the tangent plane to the Hessian at V. Take the point U corresponding to it, and draw the six lines through it which connect a pair of corresponding points; the six points Z' on these lines are six of the poles, the remaining two, of course, coincide with V itself. From the above we see that the bitangent surface C may be defined :— (1.) The locus of points whose polar planes with regard to the cubic touch the Hessian. In this result the square of the Hessian would appear asa factor. If therefore we obtain the condition that the Hessian may be touched by the plane an’ X + by? VY + e?Z+ dv’V+ew?W=0 the resultis CH? =0. The class of the Hessian being 16, it immediately follows that the degree of Cis 24. (2.) The envelope of polar quadric cones. 10. The Degree and Class of C.—In Salmon’s ‘‘ Geometry of Three Dimensions,” Art. 510, it is proved that if w and vy be the order and class of a congruency, and Jf and W the order and class of the bi- tangent surface ; then M-N=2(p-v); putting iA A Olle 13, 7, we have NV = 16. We shall also determine the value of WV directly from geometrical considerations (see Art. 13). 472 ' Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. 11. Since the polar cones having their vertices at P and P’ touch the surface C in two sets of six points that are respectively poles of the planes P’VV’ and PV V’, they are situated on the curve of inter- section of the polar cones of V and V’; but it has already been seen (Art. 7) that these cones have the line PP’ as a common gene- rator; therefore the twisted cubic which is the remaining portion of the curve of intersection passes through the twelve contacts of the cones having vertices at P and P’. 12. The complete intersections of the twisted cubic and the line PP’ with C and the Hessian Through the line VV’ can be drawn twelve tangent planes to the Hessian distinct from the tangent planes at and V’; the eighty-four poles of these fourteen planes that lie on the surface C will therefore be situated either on the line PP’ or the twisted cubic referred to in Art. 10. Now since the equation of the polar plane of any point on the line PP’ is of the form r 3X (ae! + i) =0, there are always two points harmonic conjugates with regard to PP’ which have a given common polar plane passing through the line VV’, The only exceptions are in the cases of the points Pand P’. Wecan now arrange the eighty-four poles of the fourteen planes in the following table :— Of the eight poles of tangent plane at V two are coincident at U, one at 7; and five on the twisted cubic, and we can similarly account for the poles of the tangent plane at V’’. Of the eight poles of the tangent plane at P two are coincident at P’, and the remaining six are on the twisted cubic, and similarly for the tangent plane at P’; finally, for each of the remaining ten planes two coincident poles are on the Hessian, two on the line PP’, and four on the cubic. These ten pairs of points and the two contacts at Zand 7” is the complete intersection of PP’ with C. In order to account for the points in which the bitangent surface is met by the twisted cubic, it is only necessary to observe that the polar cone having its vertex at U touches C in six points, one at 7, and in five other points on the twisted cubic; these six points being the poles of the tangent plane to the Hessian at V; we see therefore that the twisted cubic touches C in ten points, meets it in two hexads, and in ten tetrads, or seventy-two points in all. The same cubic intersects the Hessian in U, U’, and the points of contact of the ten planes in this article. RussELL— Geometry of Surfaces derived from Oubics. 473 18. Let us now recall a property of the Hessian and Cayleyan of a plane cubic curve. If the line. joining a pair of corresponding points PP’ on the Hessian meet it again in U, the polar conics of P and P’ are pairs of lines touching the Cayleyan, and the four points of contact lie on a line passing through U, which we may call a companion line; the two lines form a polar conic, and this companion line touches the Cayleyan in a point whose polar line with regard to the cubic touches the Hessian at V the correspondent of U. If the line joining a pair of corresponding points on the Hessian of a cubic surface mect it again in U, U’, the polar quadrics of P and P’ are cones touching C and the twelve points of contact lie on a twisted cubic passing through U, U’, which we may call the com- panion curve; the line PP’ and this curve determine two polar cones, and this companion curve touches Cin ten points whose polar planes with regard to the cubic are tangent planes to the Hessian at points V, V', the correspondents of U, U’. 14. The Class of C.—In any plane there are three lines joining corresponding points, and for the plane PP’V from Art. 3, we see that of these lines two coincide with PP’ and the thirdis UV. If, therefore, we require to know how many tangent planes to C can be drawn through* UV we have at once the solution. The six lines PP’ which can be drawn through J, and the six through V (see Art. 7) when joined to UV give twelve tangent planes; but UV being a double tangent line to C four more planes (two coincident pairs) have to be added to,the twelve. The Class is therefore 16 as was before determined. . 15. The sections of the Cubic and Hessian by the bi-planes £ Ja = y,|b - z, |e = v,|d = we. If z, y, 2, v, w be the coordinates of any point on the Hessian the equation of the tangent plane at the corresponding point is avX + by? V+ 0227+ dv?V + ew W=0; this plane will pass through the double point 0, 0, 0, 1, — 1, if 3 dv? — ew? = 0. We see, therefore, that the plane v fa - w fe = 0 intersects the Rel.A. PROC:, SER. Il., VOL. V. 21 474 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Hessian in the line » = 0, w=0, and a cubic curve whose equation may be written 1 1 it tb SSeS ae ee =0 ax by & dv (8) and that the section of the cubic surface by the same plane is d ax? + by? + cz + dv® (: *) = 0, "Je L+Y+st+v 1st) ec Je ) From the above we easily infer— (1.) The curve (8) is the Hessian of the curve (9). (2.) All points of the Hessian surface on the curve (8) have their correspondents on the same curve, and that these pairs of points are correspondents on the curve (8) in the sense in which the word is used in the geometry of plane cubic curves. (3.) The line joining a pair of corresponding points on the curve (8) which we know touches the Cayleyan of (9) (see Salmon’s ‘‘ Higher Plane Curves’’) must touch the bitangent surface in the same point; hence this Cayleyan is part of the section of C by the bi-plane v,|d = w le = 0. (4.) The tangent cones from the node to the Hessian are cubics whose curves of contacts are (9) 1.28 ! ight oe —+74+—4——=0, | ax by dv Le (8) eryseto(1ese)=o | é J ae Pepe oui, az by of dv as (10) / a seysese(r loo | J RussELt— Geometry of Surfaces derived from Cubics. 475 the equations of the cones being (J+ Je) oy mae sw GLEN zyz=0 (c@+y+2) (beys + cazx + abzy) — abe (11) (2+ y+2) (beyz + caze + abzy) — abe These cones have three generators in common Cate OL Tt tee and touch along the three corresponding to them 120 0-1On le OOM OT: 15. The sections of the bitangent surface by the bi-planes.—Let P be any point on the curve (8), P’ its correspondent, U the third point in which the line joining them meets the curve, and U’ the point in which it meets v= 0, w=0 of the two contacts of PP’ with C, 7’is on the Cayleyan (Art. 14), and Z’ is the harmonic conjugate of U’, and it is not difficult to prove that the locus of Z’ for points U’ situated on the line v=0, w=0 is a cubic curve! which passes through the nodes @. I 1, 0,09) Sh OF OsOe i=, 0, 0,0. The tangent plane to C at 7’ is the plane PP’V (Art. 7), which in the case under consideration reduces to v,|d—w, Je =0; we see, therefore, that this bi-plane touches C along the whole length of the curve (11). We have now accounted for a sextic section and the square of a cubic, and the remaining curve of the 12th degree is the locus of points in the plane 4 ; v,|d - w_fe = (0), 1 This cubic curve may also be obtained by expressing that the polar of z, y, z, v, va » touches the bc¥Z+caZX+abXY=0, the tangent cone to the Hessian é at the node. The result is J be (an® — dv®) +f ca (by? — de) +f ab (cz? — de) = 0 vt) = » (12) é ctytete(14 which, when rationalized, has v as a factor and leaves a cubic. 476 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. whose polar planes touch the second cubic tangent cone which can be drawn from the node to the Hessian, and whose curve of contact is the curve (10). It has just been seen that the tangent plane to Cat 7’ is the plane v fd -o Je = 0; and since the node 0, 0, 0, 1, — 1 is the correspondent of every point on the line v= 0, w=0, it follows that PP’V’', the tangent plane at T, is the plane joining the line PP’ to the node, and therefore from the node can be drawn to C'two tangent cones whose curves of contact are plane curves, the Cayleyans of the sections of the Hessian by v fd tw Je = 0% In addition, through it, pass the six planes Ly ari Salem each of which touches it along a cubic curve. (Note, Art. 15.) The further discussion of the surface is reserved for another paper. Proc. R. 1. Acap., Ser. ITI., Vou. V. C1st FOUND AT GREENHILLS, TALLAGHT. Prare Xe Wf Sars ep ame ae lela Proc. R. T. AcAD., Prate XI. POUND AL GREENUILLS TALLAGHT. Proc. R. I. Acap., SER. Prater XIT. Proc. R. 1. Acan., Ser. III., Vor. V. hey, 5 back S 7a, TTR Mia uibs pied Won TTR Fm aettrs A ee circa eenereaeT SS POO any ; 7” 5 C an Ly Sekai TING A Sor, nvr a eM Teen re ‘ \ We) a rica: TMM EMTy TI ru ETT = : Prave XIII. Proc. R. I. Acan., Srr. III., Vor. V. Pirate XIV. No. I].—Fracment, sHowrnc Fincer Impressions. Proc. R. 1. Acan., Ser. III., Vou. V. — Crineranry Urn. (In the possession of Captain Walkers, Tykillen, County Wexford.) PLATE PU ae se Bay Woy Wiis Ne Prats XVI. Proc. R.1. AcAb., ee state react sar Soraiaeienieteiediantctasenteememembanatictaareariaiametsteieseinmemmmneetae leant : 6 ied m * i Muckinisu Castle. (From the East.) Newtown Casrin, BariyvAuGuan. (from the South.) Proc. RI. A.. Ser-IIL, Vol.V. Plate XVII. Geo.West & Sons lith. T.J. Westropp del. 1. MOYREE CASTLE COUNTY CLARE 2 STAIRCASE LEMENEAGH CASTLE COUNTY CLARE. se ET SEM, . Proc. R. I. Acap., Ser. IIT., Vou. V. TINNECARRA CROMLECH. (From the South-West.) TINNECARRA CROMLECH. (From the East.) Prate XVIII. pere XXVIII. A LIST OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF IRELAND. By A. R. NICHOLS, B.A. (REPORT FROM THE FAUNA AND FLORA COMMITTEE.) [Read May 8, 1899.] More than forty years have elapsed since the publication of the fourth volume of Thompson’s ‘‘ Natural History of Ireland,” which contained an account of the distribution of the marine Mollusca of Ireland as then known. During this interval the Deep Sea Dredging Expeditions of the ‘‘ Porcupine,” 1869, Royal Inish Academy, 1885, 1886, 1888, &c., have considerably extended our knowledge of the Molluscan Fauna of the deep water off the western coasts of Ireland. Dredgings have also taken place off the N.E. coast, and shore collectings have been made at various places round the coast. The marine area of Ireland may be divided into two portions, a shallow water district whose depth ranges from 0 to 100 fathoms, and a deep water district with a depth ranging from 100 to 1000 fathoms. The boundaries of this shallow water district are the 56° parallel of latitude on the north, a line half-way between Scotland, Wales, and England on the east, the 49° 30’ parallel of latitude on the south, and the 100 fathoms line on the west: The deep water district is practically confined to the western coast, and comprises the area contained between the 100 fathoms line and the 1000 fathoms line, and the parallels of latitude 56° and 49° 30’. Canon Norman has suggested the 1500 fathoms line as the limit of the deep water marine area of the British Isles, because it forms a more natural boundary; but off the N.W. coast of Ireland the 1500 fathoms line does not appear to be reached for nearly 1000 miles. The 1000 fathoms line gives a more convenient and circumscribed area, and I have therefore adopted it in this list. If the 1500 fathoms line had been chosen, the only difference would have been the addition of 12 deep water species. For the convenience of denoting the distribution of the species round the coast of Ireland, I have divided it into six provinces, B.I.A. PROC., SER. II., VOL. V. 2M 478 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. corresponding more or less with the configuration of the land, as follows :— i. North-East. From Malin Head, Co. Donegal, to St. John’s Point, Co. Down. ii. East. From St. John’s Point to Carnsore Point, Co. Wexford. iii. South. From Carnsore Point to Cape Clear, Co. Cork. iv. South-West. From Cape Clear to Loop Head, Co. Clare. v. West. From Loop Head to Erris Head, Co. Mayo. vi. North-West. From Erris Head to Malin Head. Mar sHOWING THE SHALLOW AND DrEP WATER DISTRICTS AND THE SIX PROVINCES. A.—Malin Head. C.—Carnsore Point. E.—Loop Head. B.—St. John’s Point. D.—Cape Clear. F.—Erris Head. The limits of these provinces are nearly the same as those pro- posed by Dr. E. P. Wright in ‘‘Proc. Dub. Univ. Zool. and Bot. Assoc.,”? 1., 1859, for the distribution of the Irish Actinie. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 479 In this list those species that have only been procured in the deep water district are included in square brackets, and can thus be easily distinguished. The more important varieties are included, but their distribution is not by any means satisfactorily known, as they have only occasionally been recorded. The Mollusca obtained at Baltimore, September, 1895, and at Dungarvan, October, 1896, by Professor Johnson and myself, for the Fauna and Flora Committee of the Royal Irish Academy, are included in this list; also the Mollusca that were dredged in the Royal Dublin Society Fishing Survey, 1890, 1891, and which were determined by Mr. H. K. Jordan. Otina otis, Alexia denticulata, Melampus biden- tatus, and the species of Paludestrina (Hydrobia) were included by Dr. Scharff in ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” in Lrish Naturalist, i., 1892, and are not repeated in this list. I have also omitted a large number of species of Mollusca which haye at various times been recorded as Irish, but have been wrongly determined, im- ported in ballast or otherwise, or have only been found in a fossil state. The arrangement of the families and genera follows closely that adopted by Cooke in ‘‘The Cambridge Natural History,” 11., 1895. As regards nomenclature, papers by Chaster, Melvill, Monterosato, Newton, Norman, Smith, &c., have been consulted, but whenever the name in this list differs from that employed by Jeffreys in “‘ British Conchology,”’ I have also given Jeffreys’ name. The general distribution of each species is given briefly, and has been principally derived from Jeffreys’ ‘‘ British Conchology’’ and his other writings; the ‘‘ Challenger’’ Reports, the works of Carus, Dall, Kobelt, Locard, Montérosato, Norman, Sars, Verrill, Watson, &c., have also been referred to. My best thanks are due to Mr. James Thompson, of Beifast, for the loan of the late Mr. W. Thompson’s Manuscript for the 4th volume of the ‘‘ Natural History of Ireland’: to Mr. R. L. Praeger for allowing me to consult his notes ou the Mollusca of the North of Ireland: to Professor D’Arcy W. Thompson for a list of Mollusca obtained at Roundstone: and to Mr. G. P. Farran for a list of Mollusca collected at Narin Strand, county Donegal. The species in both these lists were determined by Dr. G. W. Chaster. Iam also indebted to Dr. Chaster and Mr. J. T. Marshall for assistance in deter- mining some critical species. Excluding some very doubtful Irish species, the number of species of marine Mollusca recorded in Thompson’s ‘‘ Natural History of 2M2 480 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Ireland,” vol. iv., is 350. The total number of species in this list is 546, 67 of which belong entirely to the deep-water district. The number of species of marine Mollusca that have been taken in less than 100 fathoms depth on the British coasts is 605; the number in this list is 479, or rather more than 79 per cent. If we exclude the Ascoglossa and Nudibranchiata which have only been collected at a few places on the Ivish coast, this list contains 417 species out of a total of 488 British species, or nearly 86 per cent. The only shallow-water species peculiar to the Irish Fauna are two Nudibranchs, viz. Lamellidoris ulidiana, foand by Mr. W. Thompson on oysters from the coast of Down or Antrim, and olis sanguinea, found in Roundstone Bay by Canon Norman. The following species taken in the Irish shallow water district do not appear to have been yet recorded from other British coasts, viz. : Circulus striatus, Homalogyra polyzona, Homalogyra Fischeriana, Retro- tortina fuscata, Cassidaria rugosa, Brachystomia suboblonga, Pyrgulina clathrata, Turbonilla delicata, Neptunea despecta, Diaphana quadrata, Dexiobranchea paucidens, Lamellidoris mwricata, Lamellidoris Lovént, Dentalium panormitanum, Dentalium agile, Nucula corbuloides, Nucu- lana pusilla, Ostrea cochlear, Decipula ovata, Lepton obliquatum, Lyon- stella abyssicola, and Lyonsiella insculpta. Ten of these species are southern, three are northern, one is pelagic, and the remaining eight belong rather to the deep water district. List of the more important Works and Papers referring to the Irish Marine Mollusca :— Apams, B. W.: 60. Note on Corbula rosea. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) vi., p. 455. "78. British Association Guide to the county of Dublin. Part m1. Mollusca, pp. 54-70. Atcocr, T.: "65. Notes on Natural History Specimens lately received from Connemara. Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc., Manchester, iv., pp. 192-208. Mollusca, pp. 200-208. ALDER, J.: ’44, Description of some new British species of Rissoa and Odostoma. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xii., pp. 3823- 328. Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 481 Axper, J. and Hancock, A.: 44, Description of a new Genus of Nudibranchiate Mollusca, with some new Species of Holis. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xil., pp. 161-166. ’45, A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Ray Society. Auman, G. J.: "45. On the Anatomy of Acteon, with remarks on the order Phlebenterata of M. de Quatrefages. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi., pp. 145-163. 46. Note on a new Genus of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xvii., pp. 1-5. Batty, W. H.: 765. Notes on Marine Invertebrata collected on Portmarnock Strand. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc., Dublin, iv., pp. 251- 258. Baw, R.: 41. On a species of Loligo found on the shore of Dublin Bay. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., i., pp. 862-364. ’42. Notes of the Acetabuliferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, includ- ing two new species of Rossie. Proc. R. I. Acad., i1., pp. 192-194. Bennett, E. T.: ’25. Description of an hitherto unpublished Species of Buccinum, recently discovered at Cork. Zoological Journal, 1., pp. 898-599. Bourne, G. C.: 90. Report of a Trawling Cruise in H.M.S. ‘‘ Research” off the South-west Coast of Ireland. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. (v.s.), 1., pp. 306-321. Mollusca, pp. 812-314. Brown, T.: 18. Account of the Irish Testacea. Memoirs of the Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc., 11., pp. 501-5386. ’44, Illustrations of the recent Conchology of Great Britain and Ireland. Second edition. Brownnice, W. B.: 60. Occurrence of Teredo norvegica at Tankardstown, county Waterford. Proc. Dublin Uniy. Zool. & Bot. Ass., ii., pp. 79-80. Bryce, J.: 31. Tables of Simple Minerals, Rocks, and Shells. Belfast. 482 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. BuLwer, J.: 726. On the Lsocardia cor of the Irish Seas. Zool. Jour., ii., pp. 857-361. Buxton, E. C.: ’67. Lanthina fragilis in Dingle Bay. Zoologist (2), it., p. 954. Cuaster, G. W.: 95. Notes on a few of the less known British Marine Mollusca. Journal of Malacology, iv., pp. 56-59. 97. Adeorbis unisuleatus, new species, from the Irish coast. Journal of Conchology, vili., p. 373. 974. A day’s dredging off Ballycastle, county Antrim. Izish Naturalist, vi., pp. 120-125. "973. Notes on the Marine Mollusca of Rathlin Island. Irish Naturalist, vi., pp. 184-187. 798. A Report upon the Mollusca (excluding the Cephalopoda and Nudibranchiata) obtained by the Royal Irish Academy Cruises of 1885, 1886, and 1888. Proc. R. I. Acad. (8), v., pp. 1-38. CockERrELL, T. D. A.: 85. The Mollusca of Kerry. Hardwicke’s Science Gossip, KXIs, Paez. 87. Marine Mollusca of Kerry. Zoologist (8), xi., pp. 115-116. Cooxr, A. H.: 82. On the Mac Andrew Collection of British Shells. Journ. of Conch., ili., pp. 840-384. Dicuis, G.: 758. Report on the Marine Zoology of Strangford Lough, county Down, and corresponding part of the Irish Channel. Report British Association for 1857, pp. 104-112. Ditiwyry, L. W.: "17. A Descriptive Catalogue of Recent Shells. Vols. i., ii. Donovan, E.: 1799-1803. The Natural History of British Shells. Vols. i.-v. Farran, C.: ’45. Upon the rare species and peculiar habits of the shells of the western coast, and of the characteristic features of Round- stone and Birterbie Bays, Connemara. Seventh Ann. Rep. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., pp. 14-16. 755. On Pectunculus glycymeris, and on the local range of Mollus- cuous animals traced with the dredge. Natural History Review, 1. (Proe.), pp. 81-33. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 483 Farran, C.: 57. On Akera bullata. Nat. Hist. Rev., iv. (Proe.), pp. 74-78. ’60. Observations on the peculiar local position of some species of the Pholadidae on the coast near Dungarvan, &c. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc., Dublin, i., pp. 135-143. (Reprinted from Saunders’ News-Letter.) 60a. On the discovery of Bulla hydatis. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc., Dublin, i, pp. 148-145. (Reprinted from Saunders’ ~ News-Letter.) Forses, E.: 53. Remarks on a species of Sepiola new to Britain, and first procured in the neighbourhood of Belfast. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1852 (pt. 2), pp. 738-74. Forsrs, E. and Hantey, 8.: 53. A History of British Mollusca and their shells. Vols. i—-iv. Frazer, W.: ’°71. On the Distribution of Zsocardia cor along the Irish coast, with Record of its Discovery in Dungarvan Bay by John Good, Esq. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Dublin, v., pp. 189- 190. Gatwey, Miss Honoria: ’88. On the marine shells of Magilligan Strand, county Tyrone [vecte Derry]. Journ. of Conch., v., pp. 267-270. Gamstez, F. W.: °96. Notes on a Zoological Expedition to Valencia Island, co. Kerry. Irish Naturalist, v., pp. 129-136. GRAINGER, J.: 59. On the shells found in the Post-Tertiary Deposits of Belfast. Nat. Hist. Rev., vi. (Proc.), pp. 185-151. Happon, A. C.: "86. Recent Contributions to the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Ireland. Zoologist (3), x., pp. 1-8. 86a. Preliminary Report on the Fauna of Dublin Bay. Proc. R. I. Acad. (2), iv., pp. 5238-531. ’86z. First Report on the Marine Fauna of the South-west of Ireland. Nudibranchiata. Proc. R. I. Acad. (2), iv., p. 632. ’88. Second Report on the Marine Fauna of the South-west of Ireland. Narrative of Cruise. Proc. R. I. Acad. (3), 1., pp. 31-45. 484 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Hart, H. C.: °92. Notes on Marine Mollusca collected on the coasts of Donegal and Dublin. Zoologist (3), xvi., pp. 51-56, 105-107, 139-141, 181-183. 924. Spirula, Lanthina, and Velella at Lough Swilly, Co. Donegal. Zoologist (3), xvi., p. 414. Hassatr, A. H.: 42, A List of Invertebrates found in Dublin Bay and its vicinity. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ix., pp. 182-1384. Herpman, W. A.: °91. The Biological Results of the Cruise of the s.y. ‘‘ Argo”’ round the west coast of Ireland in August, 1890. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc., v., pp. 181-212. Mollusca, pp. 204— 205. Hone shew: 792. Survey of Fishing Grounds, West Coast of Ireland, 1890- 1891. Report on the Results of the Fishing Operations. Sc. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. (w.s.), vil., pp. 225-887. Hopxtins, W.: 755. Occurrence of Lanthina communis and Spirula Peronti at Kilkee. Nat. Hist. Rev., ii. (Proc.), pp. 97-99. Horzz, W. E.: ’86. ‘‘ Challenger” Report, vol. xvi. Cephalopoda. "91. Note on a British Cephalopod—J/lex eblane (Ball). Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. (N.s.), i1., pp. 189-192. Houmenreys, J. D.: "45. Memoranda towards a Fauna of the county of Cork. Marine Mollusca, pp. 9-19. Horst, C. H.: 96. Fauna of Belfast Lough. Irish Naturalist, v., pp. 271-272. Hynpman, G. C.: ’58. Report of the Proceedings of the Belfast Dredging Com- mittee. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1857, pp. 220-237. ’584. Notice of a curious Monstrosity of Form in the Pusus ante- guus. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1857 (pé. 2), p. 104. ’59. Report of the Belfast Dredging Committee. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1858, pp. 282-293. ’60. Report of the Belfast Dredging Committee for 1859. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1859, pp. 116-119. Jerrreys, J. G.: ’47. Descriptions and Notices of British Shells. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xix., pp. 809-314; xx., pp. 16-19. Nicnots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 485 JEFFREYS, J. G.: 48. British Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2),i., pp. 239-240. On the recent species of Odostomia, a genus of Gastero- podous Mollusks inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), i1., pp. 880-851. 50. Supplementary Notes on British Odostomiz. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), v., pp. 108-110. 51. Note on the Chemnitsia Gulsone of Clark. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), vil., pp. 27-28. 758. Gleanings in British Conchology. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1., pp. 89-48 ; (3), u1., pp. 117-1388. ’659. Further Gleanings in British Conchology. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), iii., pp. 80-43, 106-120; (3) iv., pp. 189-201, 760. A Synoptical List of the British Species of Zeredo, with a notice of the Exotic Species. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), vi., pp. 121-127. 63. British Conchology, vol. i1. 64. Remarks on Stylifer.... Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xiv., pp. 821-884. ’65. British Conchology, vol. iii. 767. British Conchology, vol. iv. ’69. British Conchology, vol. v. 69a. The Deep-Sea Dredging Expedition in H.M.S. ‘‘ Porcupine.”’ Nature, i., pp. 185-137, 166-168. 76. Preliminary Report of the Biological Results of a cruise in H.M.S. ‘ Valorous”’ to Davis Strait in 1875. Proc. Roy. Soc., xxv., pp. 177-280. ?76a. New and peculiar Mollusca . . . procured in the ‘‘ Valorous”’ Expedition. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii, pp. 424— 436, 490-499. 77. New and peculiar Mollusca. . . procured in the ‘‘ Valorous”’ Expedition. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix., pp. 153- 158, 231-2438, 317-339. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning” and ‘¢ Porcupine”? Expeditions, 1868-70 :— nU8). Part 1. Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 893-416. 19 Part ir. Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 553-588. 81. Parts m1., tv. Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 698-724, 922-952. 82. Part v. Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 656-687. 83. Part vz. Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 88-115. 84, Parts vu., vit. Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 111-149, 341-372. 85. Part rx. Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 27-63. 486 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. JonDAN, H. K.: 90. On the species and varieties of the genus /usus which inhabit the seas surrounding the British Isles. Journ. of Conch., vi., pp. 225-239. 792, Report on some species of the genera Buccinum, Buccinopsis, and Fusus, dredged off the South-West of Ireland. Proc. R. I. Acad. (8) 1., pp. 391-3896. Kinanan, J. R.: 7659. Notes on Dredging in Belfast Bay, with a list of species [of Crustacea]. Nat. Hist. Rev., vi. (Proc.), pp. 79-86. ’60. Report of Dublin Bay Dredging Committee for 1858-59. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1859, pp. 80-81. 61. Report of the Committee appointed to dredge Dublin Bay. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1860, pp. 27-81. Kine, W.: ’62. Preliminary notice of the Organic and Inorganic Objects obtained from the soundings of H. M.S. ‘‘ Porcupine”’ off the West coast of Ireland. Nautical Magazine, pp. 600- 602, 655-658. ’63. Notice of some Objects of Natural History lately obtained from the Bottom of the Atlantic. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1862 (pt. 2), pp. 108-109. Leacu, W. E.: ’52. Synopsis of the Mollusca of Great Britain. Mac Anprew, R.: 57. Report on the marine Testaceous Mollusca of the North- east Atlantic and neighbouring Seas, and the physical conditions affecting their development. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1856, pp. 101-158. M‘Catra, W.: ’36. [A list of species of shells found near Roundstone.| Mag. Nat. Hist., ix., p. 130. Macxtntosu, H. W.: ’84. Report on Irish Zoophytes. Part 1. Proc. R. I. Acad., (2), iv., pp. 52-58. Marsuatt, J. T.: 90. Dredging off Connemara. Journ. of Conch., vi., p. 250. ’938. Additions to ‘‘ British Conchology.’? Journ. of Conch., vii., pp. 241-2665. 94, Additions to ‘‘ British Conchology.” Addenda. Journ. of Conch., vil., pp. 879-885. Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 487 MarsHatt, J. T.: 95. Alterations in ‘‘ British Conchology.” Journ. of Conch., Vlll., pp. 24-41. 97. Additions to ‘‘ British Conchology.”’ Journ. of Conch., viii., pp. 838-372, 385-395. 98. Additions to ‘‘ British Conchology.” Journ. of Conch., ix., pp. 61-74, 120-128. 99. Additions to ‘‘ British Conchology.” Journ. of Conch., ix., pp. 129-188, 165-171. Morg, A. G.: ’70. Report on the Collections made in Kerry [during the summer and autumn of 1868]. Journal Roy. Dub. Soc., v., pp. 389-395. ’75. Notice of a gigantic Cephalopcd (Dinoteuthis proboscideus), which was stranded at Dingle in Kerry, two hundred years ago. Zoologist (2), x., pp. 4526-4532. 75a. Some Account of the gigantic Squid (Architeuthis duc) lately captured off Boffin Island, Connemara. Zoologist (2), X., pp. 4569-4571. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvi., pp. 123-124. Nicnots, A. R.: 93, Pleurophyllidia lovént, Bergh in Ireland. Irish Naturalist, Iles | Lbs Norman, A. M.: ’°77. On two new British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xx., pp. 517-519. "90. Addendum to Report of a Trawling Cruise in H. M.S. ‘* Research ’’ off the South-west Coast of Ireland. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., (W.58.), 1., pp. 322-323. 90a. Revision of British Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), v., pp. 452-484 ; (6), vi., pp. 60-91. 91. Lepton squamosum (Montagu), a Commensal. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vil., pp. 276-278. Prarcer, R. L.: 89. The Marine Shells of the North of Ireland. Report and Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, ii., 1887-1888. Ap- pendix, pp. 55-110. 92. Report on the Estuarine Clays of the North-East of Ireland. Proc. R. I. Acad. (8), ii., pp. 212-289. 924. Odostomia albella, Lovén, in Ireland. Irish Naturalist, i., p- 61. 488 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Prarcer, R. L. : 94, Fauna of Mulroy Bay, Donegal. Irish Naturalist, iii., p.118. "96. Report upon the Raised Beaches of the North-East of Ireland, with special reference to their Fauna. Proc. R. I. Acad. (8), iv., pp. 80-54. 799. Marine Shells from the Kenmare River. Irish Naturalist, vill., p. 164. [ Added in press. | Sauirn, E. A.: 89. Report of a Deep-sea Trawling Cruise off the 8. W. coast of Ireland under the direction of Rev. W. Spotswood Green. Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iv., pp. 420-425. Suairy, J. : 39. Catalogues of recent shells in the basin of the Clyde and North coast of Ireland; and of shells from the newer pliocene deposits in the British Islands. Mem. Wern. Soc. Edinb., viii., pp. 49-88, 89-128. Sranpen, R.: 794, Shells from Co. Donegal. Irish Naturalist, ii., p. 261. 795. Marine Mollusca. Galway Excursion, 1895. Irish Natu- ralist, iv., pp. 264-265. Swanston, W.: °86. First Report on the Marine Fauna of the South-west of Ire- land. Mollusca. Proc. R. I. Acad. (2), iv., pp. 623-682. Tatiow, E. M. (Mrs.): "99. Marine Shells from South-West Donegal. Ivish Naturalist, Viil., 285-238. [Added in press. | Tattow, E. M. (Mrs.) and Prarazr, R. L.: "98. Impressions of Achill. Marine Mollusca. Irish Naturalist, vil., pp. 189-140. THomeson, W.: 385. On some additions to the British Fauna. Proc. Zool. Soe., London, i., pp. 77-84. 854. On the Zeredo navalis and Limnoria terebrans as at present existing in certain localities on the coasts of the British Islands. Edinb. New Phil. Journ., xviii., pp. 121-1380. 40. Additions tothe Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., v., pp. 6-14, 245-257. 40a, Contributions towards a knowledge of the Mollusca nudi- branchia and Mollusca tunicata of Ireland, with descrip- tions of apparently some new species of Invertebrata, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., v., pp. 84-102. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 489 Tompson, W.: ’41, Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vil., pp. 477-482. 42. Results of deep dredging off the Mull of Galloway, by Capt. Beechey, R.N., drawn up by W. Thompson, Esq. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., x., pp. 21-24. "44. Report on the Fauna of Ireland: Diy. Invertebrata. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1843, pp. 245-291. ’44a, Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xui., pp. 430-440. 45. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xv., pp. 308-322. ’46. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xvill., pp. 883-397. 47. On the Teredo norvegica, &c. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xx., pp. 157-164. 474. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., xx., pp. 169-176, 237-250. ’48. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), 1., pp. 62-65. 749. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), lii., pp. 351-357. 751. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), vil., pp. 501-502. 53. Supplementary Report on the Fauna of Ireland. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1852, pp. 290-296. ’56. The Natural History of Ireland. Vol. iv. THomson, WYvVILLE: ’73. The Depths of the Sea. London. Tomi, B. : 94, Lanthina rotundata, Leach. British Naturalist, p. 20. 95. Spirula Peroni in Co. Antrim. Irish Naturalist, iv., p. 348. Mrmr. Wie Av: *77. On the occurrence of Pholadidea papyracea at Glenarm, County Antrim. Journal Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland (w.s.), lv., pp. 242-244. Turton, W.: 716. Catalogue in Dublin Examiner, July. 719. A Conchological Dictionary of the British Islands. ’22. The Shells of the British Islands. ’34. Descriptions of some nondescript and rare British species of Shells. Mag. Nat. Hist., vit., pp. 350-353. 490 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Water, E.: 758. On the Discovery in Ireland of a new British Shell. Journ, Roy. Dub. Soc., i., pp. 886-388. 60. On the Discovery in Ireland of New Shells. Journ. Roy. Dub. Soce., i1., pp. 29-34. Watrote, W. W.: 52. Rare Irish Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), ix., p. 856; x., pp. 77-78, 287-238, 310. 753. Rare Irish Mollusca, &. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), Xil., pp. 366-367. 53a. Catalogue of Marine Mollusca inhabiting the Dublin coast. Newmann, Zoologist, xi., pp. 4101-4106. Warsurron, J., Wuiretaw, Rev. J., and Watsu, Rev. R.: 18. History of the City of Dublin. Vol. ii. Appendix No. xiv. Conchology of Dublin Bay and its vicinity. London. Warren, Miss Amy: 792. Contributions towards a lst of the Marine Mollusca of Killala Bay, Iveland. Journ. of Conch., vil., pp. 98-107. 924. Rare Molluscs from Co. Sligo. Irish Naturalist, i., pp. 170- ty (ale 93. Trochus duminyt and Odostomia delicata on the Irish Coast. Trish Naturalist, ., pp. 252-253. 95. Donax vittatus, var. truncatus (Marshall, us.). Irish Natu- ralist, iv., p. 18. 95a. Lepton Sykes, Chaster, in Killala Bay. Irish Naturalist, iv., p. 348. 96. Spirialis retroversus in Killala Bay. Irish Naturalist, v., p. 248. Ween, KR. : 796. Marine Mollusca of Co. Galway. Irish Naturalist, v., p. 274. Witson, A. G.: 96. Littorina obtusata at Bunowen, Connemara. Irish Naturalist, v.,.p- 248. Warieut, EK. P.: ’55. Catalogue of British Mollusca. [Irish speciesmarked.] Nat. Hist. Rev., 11. (Proc.), pp. 69-85. 759. Notes on the Irish Nudibranchiata. Nat. Hist. Rev., vi. (Proc.), pp. 86-88. Wrieut, E. P. and Greenr, J. R.: 59. Report on the Marine Fauna of the South and West Coasts of Ireland. Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1858, pp. 176-181. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 491 Weiaeut, S.: ’54. Rare Irish Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xiv., p. 397. Wricat, 8. and Carrot, J.: 52. Mollusca dredged in Cork Harbour. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist..(2), ux., p. 157. Class. CEPHALOPODA. Order.—DIBRANCHIATA. Family.—Ocropopipz. Octopus vulgaris, Lamarck. Sass, Goalie Not uncommon (Templeton mss., fide Thompson, ’56) ; probably Eledone cirrosa. il. Occasionally, but very rarely, taken off the Dublin coasts in the seine nets (Mackintosh, ’84): a specimen labelled ‘‘ Dublin Bay” is in the Museum of Trinity College, Dublin (Haddon, 86): Bray (A. Macalister, f. Adams, 78). vy. R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off Achill Head, 220 fms. (Holt, 792). It is probable that Hiedone cirrosa has often been mistaken for this species. Distribution.—Almost cosmopolitan (Hoyle). [| Octopus arcticus, Prosch. ] AV. ates iv. Two fine females were trawled by H. M.S. ‘“ Research” off S.W. Ireland in 1889 (Norman, ’90a); depth not stated, but pro- bably more than 100 fms. Distribution Norway. Faroes. §S. W. Ireland. ? Greenland. N. E. America. Eledone cirrosa (Lamarck). Ve, Jl o UUs AIO hop aA 1. Lough Foyle and Carnlough (Ordnance Survey, f. Thompson, ’56) : entrance to Belfast Lough, in a dead univalve shell from 20 fms. (Hyndman and Getty, f. Thompson, 756): Belfast Lough, not unfrequent (Thompson, ’56): off Copelands, 15 fms. (Hynd- man, 759), 492 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. li. Generally distributed. ili. Youghal (Ball, ’42; Ball, f. Thompson, ’56). iv. Generally distributed. v. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, 1891, in ling taken on long lines off Loop Head and Slyne Head (Holt, ’92): Clew Bay (Dublin Mus.) : Westport (Miss M. Ball, £. Thompson, 756). vi. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, in ling taken off Tory Island (Holt, 92), Distribution.—Norway and Faroes to Mediterranean. Family.—Spirvripm. Spirula Peronii, Lamarck. Assy rer pI sul Wegy Wag Wile i. Magilligan (Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756): Portrush (Templeton mss., f. Thompson, ’56; Dublin Mus., coll. by R. Welch): Port Ballintrae (Tomlin, ’95): Whitehouse, Belfast Lough (‘Temple- ton mss., f. Thompson, 756). iii. Youghal (Ball, f. Thompson, 756). iv. Coast of Kerry (O’ Kelly, f. Turton, *19). y. Clare (Harvey, f. Thompson, 756): Kilkee (Hopkins, *55). yi. Killala (Glennon, f. Warren in Seventh Annual Report, Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., 1845): Maghery Strand, Donegal (Cockerell, 87): Donegal coast (Darbishire in Journ. of Conch., vii., 1894): Lough Swilly (Hart, ’92a). Disiribution.—Living: West Indies, 8. E. Asia, and Australia (Hoyle). Family.—Serip 2. Sepia officinalis, Linné. Ibe dls) dd ag Vegas i. Bones washed ashore at Larne (Ord. Surv. Notices, f. Thompson, 56): Carrickfergus (M‘Skimin in ‘History... Carrick- fergus,” Ed. u., 1828): Queen’s Bridge, Belfast (Thompson, 56). ii. Dundrum, county Down (Thompson, ’56): Dublin coast (Ball, 42; Baily, ’65; Dublin Mus.): off Wicklow (Dublin Mus.). ili. South of Ireland (Thompson, ’44). v. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off Blacksod Bay, a young specimen CAL RNG). Distribution.—Scandinavia to Mediterranean. West Africa. Ma- deira (Watson). Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 4938 Sepia rupellaria, VOrbigny. (S. beserdalis, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch.) Deg t atic en tenis te . Magilligan, three specimens of the dorsal plate (Hyndman, f. Ball, ’41). Distribution.—British Isles to Mediterranean. Family.—SxproLi 2m. Sepiola scandica, Steenstrup. (S. Rondeleti, Jeffreys, B. C.) i., ii, iii, iv... Ne . Bangor, Belfast Lough (Drummond, f. Forbes, ’53). ii. Dundrum, Newcastle, co. Down (Thompson, 756): Dublin Bay (Ball, 42; Dublin Mus.): Greystones (A. Macalister, f. Adams, ’78). iii. Youghal (Ball, 742). iv. Dingle Bay, 28 fms., extremely rare (W. Andrews in Journ. Roy. Dub. Soc., v., 1870). Distribution.-—Norway and Faroes to English Channel. =r Sepiola atlantica, W’Orbigny. Leet Merve le . Lough Foyle (Ordnance Survey Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Bangor, Belfast Lough (Drummond, f. Forbes, 753). Dublin Bay (Dublin Mus.). iv. Bantry Bay (Norman, ’90): Dingle Harbour (W. Andrews in Journ. Roy. Dub. Soc., v., 1870). v. Kilkieran, Galway (Dublin Mus., a specimen collected by A. G. More). Distribution.—Norway and Faroes to English Channel. ? Mediter- ranean. be bg Rossia macrosoma (delle Chiaje). pple aah toca tye i. Belfast Lough (Grainger, f, Thompson, ’56, sub &. Jacobi). ii. Dublin Bay (Jacob, f. Ball, ’42, sub 2. Jacobi; Kinahan, ’61). Distribution.— Norway to Mediterranean. B.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. 2N 94 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Rossia Owent, Ball. SOs aides |(Vellare ii. Dublin Bay (Ball, ’42; A. Macalister, f. Adams, ’78): ‘‘ Porcu- pine’ Exp., 1869, off Wexford (Hoyle, ’86). iii. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off Galley Head, 43 fms. (Dublin Mus., determined by W. E. Hoyle). iv. ‘Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 150-200 fms. (Smith, ’89). Distribution—Sweden. Kattegat. British Isles. It is doubtful if this species is distinct from 2. macrosoma. [ Rossia sublevis, Verrill. | BAN iv. ‘‘ Flying Fox’’ Exp., 1889, 250 fms. (Smith, ’89). Distribution 8. W. Ireland. N.E. America. Patagonia (Hoyle). Norman considers this species identical with &. glaucopis, Lovén of N. Europe. Family.—Lorierip. Loligo Forbesti, Steenstrup. (L. vulgaris, Jeffreys, B.C.) ToL Lic Visits i. Coast of Londonderry (Ordnance Survey, f. Thompson, 756). ii. Generally distributed. iv. Off Tearaght (W. Andrews in Journ. Roy. Dub. Soc., ii1., 1862) : Bantry Bay and Kenmare River (Dublin Mus.): R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Ballinskelligs Bay (Holt, ’92). v. Kilrush, co. Clare (Dublin Mus.): R. D. 8. Fish. Survey, 1891, off Inishbofin (Holt, 792). Distribution.— Norway to Mediterranean. Loligo Marmore, Verany. LUTE Ne Nis iii. Off Youghal (Ball, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53). Distribution.—S. Ireland. Mediterranean. This species may possibly prove to be identical with Z. media. Loligo media (Linné). Ley LUO WaddE eWiey oy AVS i. North coast of Ireland (Ordnance Survey Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Strangford (Templeton mss., f. Thompson, ’56). = i. ill. lv. vi. ee =r ee iv. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 495 Coast of Down (Thompson, ’56): Howth (A. R. N.): Dublin Bay (Templeton mss., f. Thompson, ’56): Bray (Ball, 42). Youghal (Ball, ’42). Bantry Bay (Dublin Mus.): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, mouth of Bantry Bay, 35 fms., and Ballinskelligs Bay (Swanston, 86): R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, 1891, Kenmare River, 20 fms., and Dingle Bay, 40 fms. (Holt, ’92). R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, 1891, Donegal Bay, &c. (Holt, ’92). Distribution.— Norway to Mediterranean. Family.—OmMastrEPHIDm, Todaropsis Eblane (Ball). (Loligo Eblane, Jeffreys, B. C.) Tage dlks. ve . N.E. Ireland (Ordnance Survey Coll. in Dublin Mus.) : Carrick- fergus, Holywood, and Bangor (Thompson, *56): Lough Strangford (Jeffreys, ’69). . Dublin Bay (T. W. Warren, f. Ball, ’41; Ball, 42; Dublin Mus., a specimen determined by W. EH. Hoyle). Distribution.—North Sea, British Isles, Mediterranean (Hoyle). Todarodes sagittatus (Lamarck). (Ommatostrephes todarus, Jeffreys, B.C.) oh Mh 9: hfiars Youghal (Ball, f. Jeffreys, 69): Glandore Bay (Allman, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Architeuthus monachus, Steenstrup. eo 8 6 1V., Vey ° Dingle, Kerry, a specimen cast ashore 200 years ago (More, ’75, sub Dinoteuthis proboscideus) ; Verrill considers this specimen to have been Architeuthis monachus. . Off Inishbofin, Connemara, 1875, a specimen (More, ’75a, sub Architeuthis dua). Distribution.— Atlantic Ocean. 2N2 496 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Class —-AMPHINEURA. Order.—A PLACOPHORA. Family.— NEomEeNIDz. Neomenia carinata, Tullberg. STS ek) ili. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Nymph Bank, 524 fms., a single young speci- men (Haddon, ’88): R. D. 8. Fish. Survey, 1890, Nymph Bank, 41 fms., a single young specimen. These specimens have been microscopically determined by Professor Thiele of Gottingen. Distribution—Scandinavia. Scotland. S. Ireland. Order.—POLYPLACOPHORA. Family.—Curronip2&. Acanthochites fascicularis (Linné). (Chiton fascicularis, Jeffreys, B.C.) 1.5. Vi.s: Wl. ye 1Vis, | Veo) Whe i. Generally distributed. Var. gracilis, Jeffreys. Lough Strangford (Adair, f. Jeffreys, ’65). ti. Carlingford Lough (Thompson ms.; E. Waller’s Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Dublin coast, generally distributed: Bray (T. W. Warren’s Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Greystones (Adams, ’78). iii. Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson ms.): Cork Harbour (Hum- phreys, 745): Courtmacsherry (Allman, f. Thompson ms.). iv. Off Schull (A. R. N.): Bantry (Ball, f. Thompson ms.). ‘y. Generally distributed. ; vi. Mulroy Lake, co..Donegal (Hart, ’92). Distribution. — Finmark to Mediterranean. Canaries. W. of Sahara, ‘‘ Talisman” (Locard). Hanleya mendicaria (Mighels). ,(Chiton Hanleyi, Jeffreys, B. C.) Le et aC LVied sears i. North of the Maidens (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): off Belfast Lough, 80 fms., living (Hyndman, ’60). iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, 82). y. Off Aran Islands, co. Galway (Barlee, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. N. E. America. Caribbean Sea. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 497 Lepidopleurus cancellatus (G. B. Sowerby, jun.). (Chiton cancellatus, Jeffreys, B. C.) Ie slic wes Lisa Ves i. N. E. coast (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, 756): off Larne, 18 fms. (Jeffreys, 759): off Maidens, 70-90 fms., living (Hyndman, ’59): between Maidens and Isle of Muck, 20 fms., living (Hyndman, ’59): Belfast Lough, living (Hyndman, ’58, 60): Strangford Lough (Hyndman, f. Thompson ms.). ii. Newcastle, co. Down (Hyndman, f. Thompson ms.). iv. ? Dingle Bay (Leach, ’52, sub Chiton tuberculatus). v. West of Ireland (Jeffreys, ’65): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65). Distribution —Finmark to Mediterranean. New England. Lepidopleurus onyx (Spengler). (Chiton cinereus, Jeffreys, B. C.) Thy Ula TNA. TAVen. Way Nal i. Generally distributed. uu. Newcastle, co. Down (Thompson ms.): Dublin coast, generally distributed: Greystones (Mackintosh, ’84). ili. Youghal (Leach, 752): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, off Galley Head, 54 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Leach, ’52; Dublin Mus.): Dingle Bay (Leach, 752) : ‘*Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, 782): R.1I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-108 fms. (Swanston, ’86, A. R.N.). v. Birterbuy Bay, living (Walpole, ’52): Killary and Clew Bays (Thompson ms.): off Achill (Dublin Mus.). vi. Ards, Drimnacraig, &c., co. Donegal (Hart, 92). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Spain. Trachydermon albus (Linné). (Chiton albus, Jeffreys, B. C.) Tet Bt 1. North of Ireland (Thompson, ’56): Belfast Lough, living (Hynd- man, ’58; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89): Strangford Lough (Stewart, f. Praeger, ’89). Distribution. — Arctic seas to British Isles. Greenland. N. E. America. N.W. America. Trachydermon cinereus (Linné). (Chiton marginatus, Jeffreys, B.C.) Us ele sedi, Wven Ves vIs Common all round the coast, under stones, &c. Distribution.—Iceland. Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Mogador. S. Africa. Greenland. N.E. America. N.W. America. 498 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Callochiton levis (Montagu). (Chiton levis, Jeffreys, B. C.) Hen dd Ten a Viyite i. Belfast Lough (Hyndman, ’58; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89): Donaghadee (Drummond, f. Thompson ms.) : Strangford Lough (Brown, ’44; 7-20 fms., living, very rare, Dickie, ’58). ii. Portmarnock (W., W., & W., 718): Dublin Bay (Turton, 719): Dalkey Sound, rare (Walpole, 753a). ili. Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson ms.): Baltimore, living (A. R.N.). : v. Lahinch (Thompson ms.): Birterbuy Bay, living (Walpole, ’52): Clew Bay (Thompson ms.). Distribution —Finmark to Mediterranean. Tonicella rubra (Linné). (Chiton ruber, Jeffreys, B. C.) Tose -5| 441 oh rLvinsti 1. Generally distributed. ii. Newcastle, co. Down (Hyndman, f. Thompson ms.): Carlingford (Thompson ms.; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Lambay Island (Thompson us.): Dublin Bay (Ball, f. Thompson us.): Dalkey Sound and Killiney, rare (Walpole, ’538a). iii. Youghal (Ball, f, Thompson ms.). iv. Bantry (Ball, f. Thompson ms.): R.1I.A. Exp., 1885, Bere- haven, 5-25 fms., rare (Swanston, ’86). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to English Channel. Greenland. N.E. America. N.W. America. Gulf of Tartary. Tonicella marmorea (Fabricius). (Chiton marmoreus, Jeffreys, B. C.) yy Wiest ei i. On oysters from Greencastle, Londonderry (Thompson, ’56) : Belfast Lough, living (Hyndman, ’58): Groomsport (Thomp- son ms.): Bangor (Patterson, f. Thompson, 756): Donaghadee (Drummond, f. Thompson ms.): Strangford Lough (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56; Stewart, f. Praeger, ’89). ii On oysters from Carlingford (Thompson, ’56): ? Salthill, Dublin Bay (Walpole, ’53a): Dublin Bay, rare (Kinahan, 61). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Iceland. Finmark to British Isles. N.E. America. Mexico. Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 499 Class.—_-GASTEROPODA. Order.—PROSOBRANCHIATA. Family.—AcumIpm. Acmea testudinalis (Miller). (Zectura testudinalis, Jeffreys, B.C.) Pals ayee sSVLe i. Generally distributed. ii. Newcastle dead, Bloody Bridge living, and Glassdrummond (Thompson, 756): Dublin coast (Hassall, 42; &c.): Greystones (Adams, ’78): east coast of Ireland (Thompson, 756). vi. Mweelfinn, Sheephaven, rare (Hart, ’92). Distribution. Arctic seas to British Isles. Greenland. N. E. America. N. W. America. Mexico and N. E. Asia (Jeffreys). Acmea virginea (Miller). (Zectura virginea, Jeffreys, B.C.) Be, (lie, 1M, LV, Vids) (Ve Generally distributed round the coast. Distribution.—Iceland to St. Helena. Mediterranean. Family.—LEperip2. Pilidium fulvum (Miller). (Zectura fulva, Jeffreys, B.C.) To fonts Top: [edly c . Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 974): Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Dickie, f. Hyndman, ’58). iii, On a stone dredged in deep water at Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson, ’56): coast of Cork on Pimna (Humphreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, '53): R.I.A. Exp. 1885, off S. coast of Cork, 393-523 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Off Cape Clear and Mizen Head, 50-60 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): ‘‘ Porcupine’”’ Exp. 1869, 85-110 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-79 fms. (Swans- ton, ’86, Chaster, 798, A. R. N.) v. West of Ireland, 100 fms. (King, ’62): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp. 1869, 165 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Arctic and northern seas of Europe and Eastern America. Azores, ‘‘Challenger.” Off Tripoli, ‘‘ Shearwater.” nto 500 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Propilidium ancyloide (Forbes). Dee se FLV ic5 Veo ce i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster’974): off Maidens, 70-100 fms., living (Hyndman, 758, ’59): Turbot Bank, frequent, dead (Hyndman, *58,’59): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman,’58) : Antrim coast, 18-100 fms. (Hyndman, &c., f. Jeffreys,’65): Strangford Lough, on oysters (Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756). iv. ‘‘Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 85-110 fms. (Jeffreys, °82): R. 1. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-44 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. Coast of Galway, not uncommon on stones and among nullipores (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’65): ‘‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 173-208 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Iceland. Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Canaries, “Talisman ’’ (Locard). Davis St., ‘‘ Valorous.” Family.—PateLripz. Patella vulgata, Linné. 17, Ai, dll, Vi, ove, Ava On rocks, &c., between tide-marks, everywhere round the coast. Var. intermedia, Jeffreys. Cork (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’65). Var. depressa, Pennant. Magilligan, occasional (Miss Galwey, ’88): Bangor (Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89): coast of Down, living (Hyndman, ’60): Dublin coast, generally distributed : Greystones (Adams, 7°78): Sherkin Island, co. Cork (A. R. N.): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65): Melmore, Mulroy, co. Donegal (Hart, 792). Distribution —Norway to C. Verd I. ? Mediterranean. Helcion pellucidum (Linné). yi sub ly MCA aay NAb Generally distributed on Laminariz round the coast, and apparently also var. /evis, Pennant. Distriburion.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Family.—FIssvRELLID2&. Fissurella greca (Linné). 1: 11-,, dls, AV, WWeneVle Generally distributed round the coast, but sparingly. Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Nicoots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 501 Punceturella Noachina (Linné). Tete LViay Viagt i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): ‘‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, North Channel, 40 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82): mouth of Belfast Lough, 27 fms., one dead specimen (Hyndman, f. Thompson, 56): Turbot Bank (Hyndman, 758, 759; Waller, f. Jeffreys, ’58): co. Antrim (Jeffreys, 65). iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 90 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). v. Roundstone (Alcock, ’65): ‘‘ Porcupine ” Exp., 1869, 165-208 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82): ‘‘ Argo” cruise, 1890, west of Ireland (Herdman, ’91). Var. princeps, Mighels & Adams, and var. levior, Jeffreys. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 173 fms. (Jeffreys, 82), Distribution.—Arctic seas to Portugal and New England. N. E. Asia. Off Marion I., &c., ‘‘ Challenger.” Emarginula fissura (Linné). Tey ably FDU Tho. Ayo Waly Generally distributed round the coast. Var. elata, Jeffreys. Larne (Jeffreys, 65). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Canaries. Emarginula rosea, Bell. des, SAW eva, i. Turbot Bank, dead (Waller, f. Hyndman, ’59). vi. Carrahubbuck, Killala Bay (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—S, England. Ireland to Mediterranean. Emarginula crassa, J. Sowerby. Mee Ulstme! Lives Poe « i. Off the Maidens, 70-100 fms., dead (Hyndman, 758, ’59): off the Maidens, living (Swanston, f. Praeger, ’89): off Whitehead, 60 fms., one small living specimen and a few large dead speci- mens (Waller and Hyndman, f. Hyndman, ’59): mouth of Belfast Lough, 20 fms., dead (Hyndman and Getty, f. Thomp- son, 56): Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, 58): off the Cope- lands, 60 fms., living, very rare (Hyndman, ’58). ii. Kish Bank, off Dublin coast (Thompson, ’56): Dublin coast, common (Adair, f. Adams, ’78) ; probably £. fissura. 502 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 90 fms. (Jeffreys, 82): R.1.A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and mouth of Kenmare River, 38-48 fms. (Swanston, ’86). Distribution —Loffoden I. to British Isles. Off Corunna, ‘ Prin- cesse-A lice.” Family.—Hatiorm #&. ? Haliotis tuberculata, Linné. LRSM. Mecene i. Dredged near Groomsport, co. Down, October, 1811 (Templeton mss., f. Thompson, 756). li. Bullock, co. Dublin (Turton, ’19). If these records are correct, the specimens were probably acci- dentally introduced. Distribution.—Channel Isles to Azores. Canaries. ? Mediterranean. Family.—PLEvroromMaRiIDz. Scissurella crispata, Fleming. eran Rl bate i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’97a): off the Maidens, 80 fms., a fresh specimen (Hyndman, ’60): mouth of Belfast Lough, 27 fms., two dead specimens (Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56): Turbot Bank, dead, very rare (Hyndman, ’58). v. West of Ireland, 100 fms. (King, ’62): ‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 173 fms. (Jeffreys, 783). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Finmark to Mediterranean. Azores. Between Marion I. and Prince Edward I., ‘‘ Challenger.” Greenland to Georgia. Off West Indies, ‘‘ Challenger.” Family.—Cyciostrematip&. Cyclostrema serpuloides (Montagu). Natty bUloy ahi Avery AE i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 974): off Larne, living (Hynd- man, 60): Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, °59): Strangford Lough (Dublin Mus.). ii. Howth (Hart, ’92): Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19; Waller, f. Kina- han, 761). ii. Cork (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, off Galley Head, 54 fms., rare (Chaster, ’98). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-40 fms., rare (Chaster, ’98). Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 508 v. Aran IJ. and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96): Dog’s Bay, Connemara, fry very common (Marshall, ’99). vi. Bundoran (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). Distribution —Norway to Mediterranean. Cyclostrema nitens (Philippi). Mop Wlys Tbs ANap Avon Wile . Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 974): north of Ireland (Jeffreys, ’65): off the Maidens (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) : Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, 759): Strangford Lough (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). i Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61): east of Ireland (Jeffreys, 65). iii. South of Ireland (Jeffreys, ’65): R.1I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S. coast of Cork, 30—54fms. (Chaster, 98). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Ballinskelligs Bay, and 5-40 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. West of Ireland (Jeffreys, 65): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thomp- son): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96). vi. Killala Bay, rare (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran): Mulroy Bay, dead (Praeger, ’94). Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. . be ete = [ Cyclostrema tenerum, Jeffreys. | Ae selVieat ¢ v. ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 816 fms., a single, but living specimen (Jeffreys, ’83). Distribution.—West of Ireland. Deep water. Family.—Trocnipm. Trochocochlea lineata (Da Costa). (Zrochus lineatus, Jeffreys, B. C.) Ollie spel leyelivjenyaViest vill Not found on the E. coast of Ireland further north than Bally- walter, co. Down (Thompson, ’56): W. coast as far north as Donegal Bay (Jeffreys, 65; &c.): Narin, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, 799). It appears to be very rare on the E. coast; and locally distributed, but not uncommon on rocks, stones, &c., between tide-marks on the S. and W. coasts. Var. minor, Jeffreys. Aran I., co. Galway (Jeffreys, ’65). Distribution —S. England, Wales, and Ireland to Mediterranean. Mogador. 504 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Gibbula magus (Linné). (TZrochus magus, Jeffreys, B. C.) Tepe lor, Mhiles They Wop Wile Generally distributed in the littoral and laminarian zones. Distribution.—Sweden and Shetland to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira. Canaries. Senegal. C. Verd I. Gibbula cineraria (Linné). (Zrochus cinerarius, Jeffreys, B. C.) ea Ts Meehan avjaye Ville Common everywhere on stones, &c., in the littoral and laminarian zones. Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Gibbula tumida (Montagu). (Zrochus tumidus, Jeffreys, B. C.) Top Tule atlas hye Aye ple Generally distributed in the laminarian zone and deeper water. Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Gibbula umbilicata (Montagu). (Zrochus umbilicatus, Jeffreys, B.C.) Nay AUB SEH hye Va NES Very common on rocks, sea-weeds, &c., between tide-marks. Distribution.—Hebrides to Mediterranean. Circulus striatus (Philippi). (Zrochus Duminyt, Jeffreys, B.C.) ere, oe ECO i. Portrush, one specimen (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’98). vi. Bartra, Killala Bay, one imperfect specimen (Miss A. Warren, ’92) : Bundoran (Waller and Jeffreys, f. Jeffreys, ’65; Miss A. Warren, 93): ‘‘ Porcupine’? Exp., 1869, Donegal Bay, 25-40 fms. (Jeffreys, 783). Distribution.—Ireland to Mediterranean. Morocco. Margarita helicina (Fabricius). (Zrochus helicinus, Jeffreys, B.C.) Dj Uy cod Ven aye i. Portrush (Marshall, ’98): off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’97a) : Larne (Thompson, ’56): Belfast Lough (Thompson, ’56; living, common, Hyndman, ’58): Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, ’58) : Groomsport (Marshall, ’98; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Strangford Lough (Thompson, 756): Newtownards, Strangford Lough, living (Praeger). Var. fasciata, Jeffreys. North of Ireland (Hyndman, f. Jeffreys, ’65) : Portrush (Marshall, ’98). Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 505 ii. Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, 56; Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Kinahan, ’61). iv. Kenmare River (Praeger, ’99). y. Connemara (Farran, f. Jeffreys, 65) : Roundstone (Standen, ’95). Distribution.—Arctic seas to British Isles. Greenland. N. E. America. N. W. America. N. E. Asia. Margarita grenlandica (Chemnitz). (Zrochus grenlandicus, Jeffreys, B. C.) DEEL) ua i. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, North Channel, 40 fms. (Jeffreys, ’83) : Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, 759); these specimens were suspiciously like fossils from a submarine post- tertiary deposit in that locality (Jeffreys, 65). Distribution.—Arctic and northern seas in both hemispheres to N. Ireland and Labrador. Margarita cinerea (Couthouy). (Zrochus cinereus, Jeffreys, B. C.) diss 25h. Aed [aVesl |g: i. In shell-sand from the Turbot Bank, apparently recent (Waller and Jeffreys, f. Jeffreys, ’59); regarded as submarine fossils (Jeffreys, ’65). v. ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 173 fms., a young and dead specimen, but apparently recent (Jeffreys, ’83). Distribution.—Arctic seas in both hemispheres. [ Solariella cineta (Philippi). (Zrochus amabilis, Jeffreys, B.C.) | SHY. PLVcpiVte iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp. 1869, 370-722 fms. (Jeffreys, ’83). v. ‘Porcupine’? Exp. 1869, 173-422 fms. (Jeffreys, 783). Distribution.—Shetland to Azores. Florida and West Indies (Dall). Calliostoma Montagui (W. Wood). (Trochus Montacuti, Jeffreys, B.C.) Tog Mee TONS aaa Ail i. Sparingly but widely distributed on the Antrim and Down shores (Praeger, ’89). Monstr. scalariform. Larne (Waller and Jeffreys, f. Jeffreys, ’65). ii. Generally distributed on the Dublin coast, but rare. 506 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. ili. Off Saltee I., co. Wexford (Walpole, 752): off Bonmahon, co. Waterford, in Adamsia maculata (Farran in Proc. Dub. Univ. Zool. and Bot. Ass., ii., 1860): off Cape Clear, 60 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Forbes & Hanley, 53): R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 523-552 fms. (Chaster, 798). iv. Bantry Bay, 10 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 90 fms. (Jeffreys, 83): R.1.A.Exp., 1885, 5-48 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Kilkieran Bay and Birterbuy Bay (Jordan): Birterbuy Bay, living (Walpole, ’52): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; D’Arcy W. Thompson). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution. Hebrides to Mediterranean. Canaries. Calliostoma'striatum (Linné). (Zrochus striatus, Jeffreys, B.C.) PER pub bpp hey aa i. Turbot Bank sand, dead (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, ’60; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89); this locality is not given in Jeffreys, ’65. ii. Dublin Bay (Turton, 719). iii. Cork (Humphreys, f. Thompson, ’56; Jeffreys, ’65): Baltimore (6fms., Allman, f. Thompson, '56 ; Jeffreys, ’65). iv. Bantry Bay (Humphreys, f. Thompson, 756 ; Jeffreys, 765; Dublin Mus.) Distribution.—S. England and Ireland to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira. Canaries. Calliostoma exasperatum (Pennant). (Zrochus exasperatus, Jeffreys, B.C.) Ley MULY ely Ves avin yts i. Turbot Bank, ‘“‘ Dr. Dickie, doubtful” (Hyndman, ’58): north of Ireland (Thompson, f. Jeffreys, ’65). ii. Dublin Bay (Turton, 719; very rare, Walpole, ’534; Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.): ? Wicklow Coast (Warren, f. Thompson, ’56). iii. Cork (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’65). iv. Bantry Bay (Dillwyn, f. Jeffreys, ’65). y. Roundstone (Standen, ’95). The Ivish localities are considered doubtful (Jeffreys, ’65, ’83). Distribution.—S. England and Ireland to Mediterranean. Azores. Morocco. Madeira. Canaries. Nicnors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 507 Calliostoma miliare (Brocchi). (Zrochus millegranus, Jeffreys, B.C.) Heyy Giles TOLL) INES Ae, ae i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’97a): Glenarm (Stewart, f. Praeger, 89): Belfast Lough (Thompson, 756): Belfast Lough and off Maidens, &c., 10-100 fms., living (Hyndman, ’58, ’59): Strangford Lough (Thompson, ’56; living, Dickie, ’58). ii. Near Dublin (Alder, f. Brown, ’44): Dublin Bay (Kinahan, ’61; Dublin Mus.): Dalkey Sound (Ball, f. Thompson, ’56). ili. Glandore, co. Cork (Allman, f. Thompson, 756): R.I. A. Exp. 1885, 1888, off Galley Head, 54 fms. and off Glandore, 53 fms. (Chaster, ’98, A.R.N.). iv. Bantry Bay (Humphreys, f. Thompson, ’56): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 85-180 fms. (Jeffreys, ’83): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 4-48 fms. (Swanston, 786, Chaster, *98). v. West of Ireland, 340 fms. (King, ’62): Galway and Killary Bays (Thompson, 756): ‘‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 173 fms. (Jeffreys, 83), vi. Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. W. Africa. Calliostoma granulatum (Born). (Zrochus granulatus, Jeffreys, B.C.) es SO THA ThA, oe i. South-east of the Maidens, 72 fms., one living specimen and one dead (Swanston, f. Praeger, ’89): off Black Head, 25 fms., fragments (Hyndman, °59): Belfast Lough, two broken speci- mens, ‘‘ perhaps accidentally introduced” (Hyndman, 758). ul. Dublin Bay (Brown, 718; &c.): off Bray (Brown, ’18; Turton, 719; Walpole, ’53a; Thompson, ’56): Wicklow sand banks (Farran, f. Forbes & Hanley, 53). iii. Youghal (Ball, f. Forbes & Hanley,’53): coast of Cork (Humphreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): south of Ireland (Fleming in ‘* History of British Animals,” 1828; Jeffreys, ’65). iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 85-180 fms. (Jeffreys, ’83). vi. Kinnegar, Lough Swilly (Batt, f. Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Scotland to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. W. Africa, ‘‘ Talisman ’’ (Locard), _ =) =) 508 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Calliostoma sizyphinum (Linné). (Trochus zizyphinus, Jeffreys, B.C.) deepen.) lives Vien Vill Abundant everywhere, principally in the laminarian zone. Var. Lyons, Leach. Off Larne, 20 fms., one living specimen, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59): Belfast Lough, sparingly (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56 ; Hynd- man, 758): Helen’s Bay, Belfast Lough (Welch): Strang- ford Lough, living (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’66; Dickie, 58; Welch): Malahide (Lloyd, f. Adams, ’78): Dalkey Sound (Walpole, 534): Sherkin I., co. Cork (A.R.N.). Var. humilior, Jeffreys. Bantry Bay (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’65). Var. elata, Jeffreys. Coast of Antrim, deep water (Jeffreys, 65). Monstr. scalariform. Holywood, Belfast Lough (Miss Templeton, f. Brown, ’18). Distribution—Finmark to Mediterranean. Azores. Mogador. Madeira. Canaries. [ Calliostoma suturale (Philippi). | Sling << iv. R. I. A. Exp. 1888, 345 fms., two specimens (A. R. N.) Distribution.—S.W. Ireland to W. Africa. Mediterranean. Calliostoma occidentale’(Mighels & Adams). (Zrochus occidentalis, Jeffreys, B.C.) splVveaae. c. iv. ‘Porcupine ’’ Exp., 1869, 90 fms. (Jeffreys, 83). Distribution. — Finmark to S.W. Ireland. Greenland. N.E. America. [ Olivia otaviana, Cantraine. | eWice a aves v. ‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 173 fms. (Jeffreys, ’83). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. Family.—Tvursinipm. Phasianella pullus (Linné). Ie) lls | LVN Ven ava Generally distributed in the littoral and laminarian zones. Distribution —N. Scotland to Mediterranean. Mogador. Madeira. Canaries. Off Sahara, ‘‘ Talisman.” Nicuoirs—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 509 [ Leptothyra Bournet, Norman. | MEV Stee, iv. ‘‘ Research”? Trawling Cruise, 1889, S.W. Ireland, 200 fms., a single living specimen (Norman, ’90). Distribution.—S.W. Ireland. Deep water. Family.— lantuinip#. Lanthina exigua, Lamarck. Salve Vaan Vile iv. Bantry Bay (Mrs. Puxley, f. Jeffreys, in Forbes & Hanley, ’53). v. Kilkee (Mrs. Fisher, f. Thompson, ’56; Humphreys Coll., f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Connemara (Shuttleworth, f. Brown, ’44; M‘Calla, f. Thompson, ’56): Gurteen, near Roundstone (Farran in Proc. N. H. 8S. Dublin, 1, 1860): Roundstone (Alcock, 65). vi. Coast of Donegal (Jeffreys, 67,85). Distribution.—Pelagic. Atlantic and Pacific terranean. Oceans. Medi- Tanthina rotundata, Leach. 1h, SANTO LVaMiVA, Ve Occasionally cast during the summer and autumn on the shores of all the provinces, except Province 11.; sometimes living, and with the float attached. Distribution.—Pelagic. Atlantic Ocean. Mediterranean. Lanthina pallida, Harvey. POV -y. Kilkee (Hopkins, ’55): Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, 40, 756; Humphreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53). Distribution.—Pelagic. Atlantic Ocean. Mediterranean. Family.—ScaLarup 2. [ Scalaria longissima, Seguenza. | Slots) LViea ice iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 458 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Distribution.—S.W. Ireland to Azores. Deep water. R.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. 510 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Scalaria clathratula (G. Adams). Tee lls) LIES A1Ve.8 Weg Vile i. Magilligan (Hyndman, f. Thompson ms.): off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 974): Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Hyndman, ’58) : off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, 59). ii. Dublin Bay (Turton, 719). iil. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56): Cork Harbour (in stomach of red gurnard, Humphreys, ’45; common, Wright & Carroll, 52): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Lough Hyne, and off S. coast of Cork, 30-54 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 798, WAG EN...) . Bantry (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, 770): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 4-48 fms. (Swanston, 786, Chaster, ’98, A.R.N.). - Kilkee (Humphreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53) : Roundstone (Standen, ’95) : between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96). vi. Bartra and Enniscrone, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bun- doran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89): Iniskeen, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99). Distribution.—Sweden. Shetland to Mediterranean. Morocco. Madeira. New England. fate 4 < Scalaria Trevelyana, Leach. Hey: sey LVee Vege i. Magilligan (a specimen, Hyndman, f. Thompson, 56; a specimen in Thompson Coll. in Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89): off Bally- castle, dead (Chaster, ’97a). iii. Off Hook Light, co. Wexford, 45-50 fms. (Walpole, ’52): co. Cork (Humphreys, f. Thompson, ’56; Wright, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Nymph Bank, 50-55 fms., living, and off Cape Clear, 60 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, off S. coast of Cork, 30-553 fms. (Chaster, 798, A.R.N.) iv. Off Mizen Head, 56fms., dead (Forbes & Hanley,’53): ‘‘ Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, 85-808 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): Bantry Bay (Dublin Mus.): R. I. A. Exp. 1885, 1886, 1888, 10-345 fms. (Chaster, y98))s li. . Duncannon, co. Wexford (Dublin Mus.): Woodstown, near ly. vi. me ee ill. il. NicHots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 511 . Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) : Roundstone (Standen, ’95) : ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 165-422 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Distribution.—Norway to W. Africa. ? Mediterranean. Scalaria communis, Lamarck. eis, sth vee ney Ad . Magilligan (Miss Galwey, ’88; &c.): off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 97a): Larne Lough (Thompson, ’56; Ordnance Survey Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Hyndman, ’58), Dublin Bay (Brown, ’18 ; &c.): Portmarnock (Brown, ’18; &c.) Dunmore (Dublin Mus., coll. by Mrs. Tatlow) : Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56) : Cork Harbour (Humphreys, ’45): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 523 fms. (Chaster,’98.) Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Dingle (More, 70): Valentia (Cockerell, ’87): R.I.A. Exp. 1885, 1886, Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and Valentia Harbour, 4-7 fms. (Swan- ston, ’86, Chaster, ’98, A.R.N.) . Miltown Malbay (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Aran I. and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; Standen, 95): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, 96): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). Killala Bay, rather frequent (Miss A. Warren, 92): Bundoran (Mas. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56): ‘‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, Donegal Bay (Jeffreys, 784): Iniskeen, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, 99): Kinnegar Strand, scarce (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Canaries. Scalaria Turtone (Turton). Dey) Le pill Vien Vig) Vile . Magilligan (Grainger, f. Praeger; Waller Coll., and specimens coll. by Praeger, in Dublin Mus.): Belfast Lough, perhaps Pleistocene fossils from the Estuarine Clays (Belfast Mus., f. Praeger,’89): Strangford Lough (Stewart, f. Praeger, ’89). Neweastle, co. Down (Drummond, f. Thompson, 756): Dun- dalk Bay (Hyndman Coll., f. Thompson, ’56; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) : Dublin coast (Turton, ’19; &c.). Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson, ’56): Cork (Humphreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): south of Ireland (Jeffreys, ’67). ZNO} 2 512 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. il. lil. ve Vi. ae bee iil. iv. Bantry (Humphreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 53): Ventry Harbour (More, ’70). . Aran I. (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, 53). vi. Killala Bay, rare (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Madeira. Croniscus unicus (Montagu). (Aelis unica, Jeffreys, B. C.) Yada Ed eT Vic havin st AVS i. Portrush (Marshall, ’99): off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’97a) : Belfast Lough, deep water (Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56): Turbot Bank, dead, very rare (Hyndman, ’58). Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, ’56; Hart, ’92; Marshall, 799): Clontarf (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson, ’56): Dublin Bay, very rare (Turton, 719). Cork (Jeffreys, ’67): south coast of Ireland (Leach, 752): R.J.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Lough Hyne, and off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, ’98). Bantry Harbour, 3-4 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, 756): R.1I.A. Exp., 1885, mouth of Kenmare River, 40 fms. (Chaster, 798). . Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, 756): Roundstone (Standen, ’95): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, 96): Connemara (Marshall, ’99). Bartra and Enniscrone (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’92): Mayo and Sligo (Marshall, ’99): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 756): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution —? W. Norway. Shetland to Mediterranean. Aclis ascaris (Turton). i, ii, iii, iv., v., vi. . Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 97). il. Portmarnock (Warren Coll., f. Thompson, ’56): Dublin Bay [probably Portmarnock] (Alder, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Dalkey (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). R.IL.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-523 fms. (Chaster, ’98). ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, 84): R.I.A. Exp.., 1885, 1886, 23-48 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). NicHots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 518 v. Seafield, west of Ireland (Turton, ’19): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Connemara (Marshall, ’99): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). vi. Enniscrone (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’92): Mayo and Sligo (Marshall, 99): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Ach supranitida (8S. V. Wood). Dey) Liles TLE ueliyess Vemma Vall Tr . Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): ‘‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, North Channel, 40 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, 759): Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, ’58 ; Waller, f. Hyndman, 759). ii, Portmarnock (Marshall, ’99): Dublin Bay (Jeffreys, 67): Dalkey (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). tii. R.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-523 fms. (Chaster, 798). iv. Bantry Bay (Miss Hutchins, f. Leach, 52; Hanley, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53; M‘Andrew, ’57): R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 38-110 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. ‘‘Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96). vi. Mayo, Sligo, and Bundoran (Marshall, ’99): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, Donegal Bay, fine and living specimens (Jeffreys, 84). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. ? Barbadoes (Dall). Aclis Walleri, Jeffreys. Siva, (iva: iv. Var. exigua, G. O. Sars. R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 373-79 fms., two specimens (Chaster, ’98). vy. ‘‘Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, 422 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. C. Verd I. New England. Pherusina Gulsone (Clark). (Acs Gulsone, Jeffreys, B. C.) Leah delvers Vide i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 97a): Turbot Bank sand, dead (Jeffreys, £. Hyndman, ’60). Var. tenudcula, Jeffreys. Strang- ford Lough (Waller, f. Jeffreys, ’67). 514 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. R.I.A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5 fms., and Dursey Sound, 25 fms. (Chaster, 98): Berehaven (Marshall, ’99). Var. tenuicula. Berehaven (Marshall, ’99). vy. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Connemara (Dodd and Mellors, f. Marshall, 90; Marshall, ’99). Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. Madeira. Pherusina minima (Jeffreys). (Odostomia minima, Jeffreys, B. C.) TAT eD BVA, Vises i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974). iv. R.I.A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5 fms., a single specimen (Chaster, 298)): v. Roundstone (Standen, ’95): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96): off Connemara (Dodd and Mellors, f. Marshall, 90). Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. Family.—Naricip. Amauropsis islandica (Gmelin). (atica islandica, Jefireys, B.C.) TEE iis Aes i. Belfast Lough, a single young specimen, dead (Jeffreys, f. Hynd- man, ’60); probably a quaternary fossil. iii. Cork (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67). Distribution.—-Arctic seas in both hemispheres to British Isles and New England. Lunatia sordida (Philippi). (Natica sordida, Jeffreys, B.C.) ie ep 6g LW. aVicsse i. Strangford Lough, 7-25 fms., and off entrance, 18-20 fms., dead, very rare (Dickie, 758). ii. Off Dublin coast, 60 fms. (Walpole, ’53): Dublin Bay (Jeffreys Cab., £. Thompson, ’56 ; Kinahan, ’61): Dalkey Sound (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). iii. Off Saltee I., 40 fms. (Walpole, 52): Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson, 40): Cork (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67) : between Baltimore and Cape Clear (M‘Andrew, f. Jeffreys, 67): R.A. Exp., 1885, off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 798). Nicuots—A. List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 515 iv. Bantry Bay, living (Dublin Mus.) : off Dingle Bay (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, 56): ‘‘ Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, Dingle Bay, and 85-458 fms. (Jeffreys, ’85) : off Blasquet I. (More, 400): Relea. Exp., 1886, 23-214 fms., living (A.R.N.). v. Aran I. (Melville, f. Walpole, ’53; Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): ‘« Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 165-816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’85). Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. Madeira. [Lunatia grenlandica (Beck). (Natiea grenlandica, Jeffreys, B.C.) | sLVissnVidgnre iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 458 fms. (Jeffreys, ’85). v. ‘* Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 173 fms. (Jeffreys, 85). Distribution.—Arctic seas in both hemispheres to British Isles, New England, and N. Japan. Off Kerguelen I. ‘‘ Challenger.” Lunatia catena (Da Costa). (Natica catena, Jeffreys, B.C.) flop ily, Abe. This Avon aly Generally distributed round the coast, usually in the littoral zone. Distribution Sweden to Mediterranean. Lunatia Aldert (Forbes). (Matica Alderi, Jeffreys, B.C.) repelle SUL aN ARS Were iels Common everywhere. Var. lactea, Jeffreys. R.I.A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5-25 fms. (Chaster, ’98) : Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Var. sub- ovalis, Jeffreys. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Var. ventricosa, Jeffreys. Birterbuy Bay (Walpole, f. Jeffreys, ’69). Distribution—Iceland. Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. W. Africa, ‘‘ Talisman ” (Locard). Lunatia Montagu (Forbes). (MNatiea ontacuti, Jeffreys, B.C.) yg bey ah aren Aly i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 7974): off Larne Lough, living, (Hyndman, 59): off Maidens, 20-90 fms., living (Hyndman, ’69): Belfast Lough, a living specimen (Hyndman, f. Thomp- son, 56): Turbot Bank, &c., dead (Hyndman, 58, 759): Strang- ford Lough (Belfast Nat. F.C. ‘‘ Guide to Belfast,” 1874). ili. Cork, in stomachs of gurnards (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67) : R.1.A. Exp., 1885, 1888, off Glandore, 53 fms., and off Balti- more, 30 fms. (Chaster, 98, A.R.N.): off Cape Clear, 45 fms. (M‘Andrew, f£. Thompson, 56). 516 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp,, 1869, 85-808 fms. (Jeffreys, *85): R.LA. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and mouth of Kenmare River, 38-48 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. Birterbuy Bay, living (Walpole, 52): Galway coast (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 165-208 fms. (Jeffreys, 785): R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, 1891, Black- sod Bay (Holt, ’92). vi. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Inver Bay (Holt, ’92). DMistribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. [ Lunatia angulata (Jeffreys). | SINLV 2h bic iv. ‘‘ Porcupine ” Exp., 1869, 251-539 fms. (Jeffreys ’85). Distribution.—Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean. Deep water. [ Natica affinis (Gmelin). | kes Vesaone iv. R.I.A. Exp., 1888, 750 fms., one young specimen, dead (de- termined by G. W. Chaster). Distribution.—Arctic seas in both hemispheres to 8. W. Ireland, New England, and N. Japan. ? Mediterranean. Family.—LaMeLLarupH. Lamellaria perspicua (Linné). 1.9 dies dd,, dVinw fVir59 51 i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, *974): north of the Maidens, 80 fms., living (Hyndman, °60): off Ballygalley Head, 15-25 fms., one specimen, dead (Hyndman, 759): Belfast Lough, living on Laminarie, rare (Hyndman, ’58): Strangford Lough (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, 56): off entrance to Strangford Lough, 12-15 fms., dead, very rare (Dickie, ’58). ii. Coast of Down (Brown, ’44): Portmarnock (Adams, ’78; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19; Hassall, "42; rare, Walpole, ’53a). iu. Cork Harbour (Humphreys, ’45): Courtmacsherry Harbour (Allman, f. Thompson wms.): Baltimore Harbour, living (AERAN.): . Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Long Island Sound, 33-5 fms., and Ballinskelligs Bay (Chaster, ’98). Tr = Nicnuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 517 vy. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson ms.): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Thompson, ’56): R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Kilkieran Bay (A.R.N.): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65 ; Standen, 95). vi. Bartra and Enniscrone, common (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bun- doran (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Donegal Bay (Holt, ’92): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran) : Kinnegar, Lough Swilly, and near Dunfanaghy (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Canaries. N. E. America. Velutina levigata (Pennant). Ths MUU yA Wey BS Generally distributed round the coast, below low-water mark. Var. candida, Jeffreys. Coast of Antrim (Jeffreys, ’67). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Greenland to New England. North Pacific. Family.—Tricnorrorip®. Trichotropis borealis, Broderip & Sowerby. Te ch RDO i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): North Channel (Jeffreys, 67): off the Maidens, 70-100 fms., dead (Hyndman, 758) : entrance to Belfast Lough (Thompson, ’56; Hyndman, ’58, 59): Turbot Bank, living (Jeffreys, ’59 ; Hyndman, ’60): off entrance to Strangford Lough, 12-15 fms., dead, very rare (Dickie, 58). v. Coast of Galway (Barlee, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—Arctic seas in both hemispheres to coasts of Ireland, N.E., and N.W. America. [ Trichotropis fimbriata, Jeffreys. | & Vine v. ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 816 fms., a single specimen (Jeffreys, 85). ng ee Ireland. Deep water. [ Zrichotropis densistriata, Jeffreys. | si Wags y. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 816 fms., a single specimen (Jeffreys, ’85). Distribution.—N orth Atlantic. Deep water. 518 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Family.—Carvtmp 2. Capulus hungaricus (Linné). The Ths SE Ne Vay Valo i. Generally distributed. ii. Carlingford, living (Hart, ’92): Dublin coast (Brown, ’18; Kinahan, 761; &c.): ‘‘ Arklow oyster beds, county Wicklow, whence it used to be brought on oysters to Malahide ’’ (Adams, ’78) : off Bray (Walpole, ’53a): Greystones (Mackintosh, ’84). ili. Woodstown, co. Waterford (Dublin Mus., coll. by Mrs. Tat- low): R. D. S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off Ballycottin (Jordan) : Cork Harbour and Kinsale Harbour (Humphreys, 745) : R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, off S. coast of Cork, 80-523 fms. (Chaster, 98, A. R. N.). vy. Bantry (Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Blasquet Sound, 17 fms. (Dublin Mus.): “ Porcupine Exp.,’”’ 1869, 113-808 fms. (Jeffreys, 85): R. I. A. Exp. 1885, 1886, 5-44 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 798). vy. Argo” cruise, 1890, west of Ireland, young (Herdman, ’91). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Lough Swilly (Rev. J. D. Falkiner, f. Praeger). Distribution —Finmark to Mediterranean. Azores, ‘‘ Princesse- Alice.” New England (Verrill). Florida and Bermuda (Dall). Calyptrea chinensis (Linné). 5 ke er Naa Te ii. Dublin Bay (Turton,’19 ; M‘Calla, f. Adair, in Jeffreys, ’69 ; speci- mens labelled ‘‘ Dublin Bay”’ are in Dublin Mus.) : onthe east coast (Thompson, ’56). These records are doubtful. iv. South-west Ireland (Wright & Greene, ’59) : “‘ Research’ Trawling Cruise, 1889, 70 fms., several specimens (Bourne, ’90). Distribution.—S. England, Wales, and Ireland, to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. W. Africa. Family.—Sorarup2. [ Solarium mediterraneum, Monterosato. | SdVAyH iv. ‘‘Research’”’ Trawling cruise 1889, 400 fms., a single living specimen (Norman, ’90). Distribution —S.W.Ireland to Mediterranean. Barbary. Canaries. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 519 [ Solarium siculum, Cantraine. | sth Ves ione iv. ‘‘Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 113-180 fms., two living specimens (Jeffreys, 785). Distribution —S. W. Ireland to Mediterranean. W. Africa, “ Travailleur’”’ (Locard). Madeira. Canaries. Family.—Homatocyrw2. Homalogyra atomus (Philippi). eo DOL Sh EA Ae Nal, i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974): shores of Larne Lough (Jeffreys, ’59; living, Hyndman, ’60): Belfast Lough (Thomp- son, f. Jeffreys, ’48; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89). iii. Cork Harbour (Jeffreys, 48): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Lough Hyne, a good number of fine live specimens (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, ’48): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1888, Berehaven (Chaster, ’98). vy. Roundstone (Standen, ’95; D’Arcy W. Thompson): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96). Var. vitrea, Jeffreys. Kallala Bay (Marshall, ’99). vi. Enniscrone, shell-sand (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Donegal (Warren, f. Forbes & Hanley, °53): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution —Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Between Marion I. and Prince Edward I., ‘‘ Challenger.’ According to Jeffreys, ’67,.this species is found all round Ireland ; but the above are the only records of its occurrence on the coast that I am acquainted with. It is, however, probably generally distributed and may have escaped detection owing to its minuteness. Homalogyra polyzona (Brusina ss. ). i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’97a). Distribution.—N. Ireland. Mediterranean. Probably a variety of HZ. atomus. Homalogyra Fischeriana, Monterosato. SATII ley. Ae ii. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Lough Hyne, a single specimen (Chaster, ’98). Distribution.—S. Ireland. Mediterranean. 520 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. Homalogyra rota (Forbes & Hanley). i., ii., iii, iv., v., vi i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974). i. Howth (Hart, 92): Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Jeffreys, 69). iil. Cork (Jeffreys, 67): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, ’98). Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, ’67): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and Dursey Sound, 25 fms. (Chaster, ’98). . Roundstone (Alcock, ’65 ; Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 67; Standen, ’95): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96): Connemara (Marshall, ’99). . Carrahubbuck, Killala Bay, one specimen (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Killala Bay (Marshall, ’99): Donegal (Warren and Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. North Atlantic, deep water. Family.—Lirrormipz. LInttorina obtusata (Linné). sy UNE DD Iiyeyy Nip NSIS Exceedingly common, among stones and sea-weeds all round the coast. Var. neritiformis, Brown. Downpatrick (Brown, 744). Var. fabalis, Turton. Larne, plentiful (Jeffreys, ’65): Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—Nova Zembla to Azores. Mediterranean. ?N. E. America. il. . Waterford coast (Thompson, ’56): Cork Harbour (Humphreys, ’45). Iv. Littorina nerttordes (Linné). ea aBlyy obDloA Thies ery Abe . Belfast Lough, living, common (Hyndman, ’58) : north of Ireland, common (Praeger, ’89). Dublin coast, common : Greystones (Adams, ’78). Bantry Bay (Humphreys, ’45): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Berehaven, 5-10 fms., and Ballinskelligs Bay (Chaster, ’98). . Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; Standen, 95): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). . Bundoran (Thompson, ’56): Narin, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, ASK) Distribution. — Norway to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira. Canaries. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 521 Littorina rudis (Maton). Tes Twas ahi Vie Ae Very common everywhere. Var. saxatilis, Johnston. N., E., and W. of Ireland (Thompson, °44): Portmarnock (Adams, ’78): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65). Var. jugosa, Montagu. ‘‘ Common on all quarters of the rocky coasts”’ (Thompson, ’56): Greystones (Adams, 778): Valentia (Cockerell, 87). Var. patula, Jeffreys. Belfast Lough, living, common (Hyndman, 758): Dublin Bay (A. Macalister, f. Adams, ’78). Var. globosa, Jeffreys. Dublin Bay (Branscombe, f. Clark, in Jeffreys, 65). Var. tenebrosa, Montagu. Generally distributed on muddy flats in estuaries, &c. Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Iceland. Finmark to Azores. ? Medi- terranean. Greenland. N. E. America. N. W. America. Mexico (Jeffreys). Littorina littorea (Linné). eppslyy Bobs She yey, Nb Common all round the coast. Var. turrita, Jeffreys. Belfast Lough (Stewart, f. Praeger, ’89; Marshall, ’98). Distribution.— White Sea to Portugal. ? Mediterranean. N. E. America. Mexico (Jeffreys). Lacuna crassior (Montagu). Hepes AUT V6 Vile i. Common. ii. Dublin Bay (Turton, f. Brown, ’18; Leach, ’52 ; Kinahan, ’61 ; Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.). iii. Woodstown, co. Waterford (Dublin Mus., coll. by Mrs. Tatlow): ‘‘ Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, 74 fms. (Jeffreys, ’83). v. Birterbuy Bay (Farran, f. Thompson, 756): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Iniskeen, co. Donegal, abundant (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. WhiteSea. Russian Lapland. British Isles. N. W. France. Greenland. N.E. America. N. Pacific. Lacuna divaricata (Fabricius). epi. sully LveshiVieg, Wale Abundant round the coast in the littoral and laminarian zones. Var. canalis, Montagu, and var. quadrifasciata, Montagu. Ap- parently generally distributed. Distribution.—Arctic seas to Algiers, New Jersey, and N. Japan. 22 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Lacuna puteolus (Turton). Aes ate Sle sten Vey) Vile i. Generally distributed, but not common. Var. conica, Jeffreys. Co. Antrim (Hyndman, f. Jeffreys, ’65). il. Portmarnock (Adams, ’78): Howth (Hart, ’92): Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19; Leach, ’52): Killiney, &., rare (Walpole, 58a). Var. conica. Ireland’s Eye (A. Macalister, f. Adams, ’78). iii. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56): Baltimore (A. R. N.). v. Kilkee (Thompson, ’56): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65 ; Standen, 95): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Mayo, a dwarf form (Marshall, ’98): Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, *92): Bundoran (Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89 ; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Narin, &c., co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, 799; G. P. Farran): Mweelfinn, &c. (Hart, 92). Var. conica. Mayo (Marshall, ’98). Var. auricularis, Montagu. River Moy, co. Mayo (Miss Warren, f. Marshall, ’98). Var. expansa, Jeffreys. Kaillala Bay (Marshall, ’98). Distribution.—Finmark to Spain. Greenland. Lacuna pallidula (Da Costa). dy, old sells ulivermvereavile =r . Generally distributed on Laminariz, &c. Var. neritoidea, Gould. Groomsport (Marshall, ’98). ii. Malahide (Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Dublin Mus.): Killiney, &¢e., rare (Walpole, ’53a). iii. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, 756): Cork Harbour (Humphreys, 745): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Har- bour, 4 fms., and off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. R.1. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5-25 fms. (Chaster, 798): Ken- mare River (Praeger, 99). Var. patula, Thorpe. Bantry Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 65). vy. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson ms.): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; Standen, ’95): Clew Bay (Thompson, ’56): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson ms.): Narin, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99 ; G. P. Farran): near Dunfanaghy, and at Mweeliinn, Sheephaven (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Iceland. Finmark to W. France. Greenland. N.E. America. he Vi. Nicuors—A. List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 528 [ Cithna tenella (Jeffreys). (Lacuna tenella, Jeffreys, B.C.) | Rp Viegws. « iv. ‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 251-539 fms. (Jeffreys, ’83): R.I. A. Exp., 1888, 750 fms., one broken specimen (Chaster, ’98). Distribution. — Faroes to Mediterranean. Azores. Morocco, “Talisman.” New England (Verrill). New Jersey to Florida. West America (Dall). Off Brazil, ‘‘ Challenger.” Family.—TRuncatELLip 2. ? Truncatella truncatula (Draparnaud). vi. Bundoran, a specimen among shell-sand (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56); probably a mistake (Jeffreys, ’67). Distribution —England, ? Scotland, ? Ireland to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Newport, Rhode I., perhaps introduced (Verrill). Family.—Rissoiz. Alvania carinata (Da Costa). (Réssoa striatula, Jeffreys, B. C.) Hoy Thleg BoTES INyon Noy NYle . Off Larne (Hyndman and Jeffreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67) : Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Waller, ’58; Hyndman, ’58; Jeffreys, f. Hynd- man, ’59). Portmarnock (Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Dublin Bay (Thompson, ’56; Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61). il, Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, 756): Cork Harbour (Wright & Carroll, 752). iv. Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, ’67). v. Miltown Malbay, rare (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’40): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98 ; Marshall, ’98). vi. Carrahubbuck, Killala Bay, several fine specimens (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Thompson, ’56; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution.— British Isles to Mediterranean. Tr hie il. 524 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Alvania cancellata (Da Costa). (Rissoa cancellata, Jeffreys, B.C.) ae Mle ATL so aTVien Wes) Wie i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): off Larne, 18-20 fms- (Jeffreys, ’67): Turbot Bank, dredged sand, dead, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, 58,59) : Strangford Lough, 7-20 fms., and off entrance, 12-15 fms., dead, rare (Dickie, °58). ii. Portmarnock (Brown, ’18; Warren, f. Thompson, ’56): Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19). iii. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, 756): Nymph Bank, 50 ims. (M‘Andrew, f. Jeffreys, ’67): R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 523-55} fms. (Chaster, 798). iv. Bantry Bay (Miss Hutchins, f. Leach, ’52; &c.): R.A. Exp., 1885, 5-44 fms. (Chaster, ’98). vy. Aran I. and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Birterbuy Bay (Marshall, ’98): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson). vi. Carrahubbuck, Killala Bay, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92) : Killala Bay (Marshall, ’98): Bundoran (Thompson, ’56 ; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). Distribution.—Hebrides to Mediterranean. Azores, ‘‘Challenger.” Madeira. Canaries. Alvania calathus (Forbes & Hanley). (Réssoa calathus, Jeffreys, B.C.) Tey Velde Ves eves Vas i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster,’974): Turbot Bank, dead (Waller, 758; Hyndman, ’58). iii. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 523 fms. (Chaster, 98). iv. Off Mizen Head, 50 fms., dead (M‘Andrew, f. Forbes & Hanley, 53): Bantry Bay (Marshall, ’98). vy. Kilkee (Warren, f. Thompson, in Forbes & Hanley, 753): Con- nemara (Marshall, ’98): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson). vi. Killala Bay (Marshall, ’98). Distribution.—Hebrides to Mediterranean. Azores, ‘‘ Challenger.” Canaries. Cape of Good Hope (Sowerby). A. calathus is now generally regarded as a variety of the following species. Nicuots—A. List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 525 Alvania reticulata (Montagu). (Rissoa reticulata, Jeffreys, B.C.) Tee lies Lid lives) ven Vie i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974) : entrance of Belfast Lough, shell-sand (Thompson, 56): Turbot Bank, dead, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’58, ’59) : Groomsport, shell- sand (Praeger, ’92a): Strangford Lough, 7-20 fms., dead, common (Dickie, ’58): Ardmillan, shell-sand (Praeger, ’89). ii. Dublin Bay (Alder, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53 ; afragment, Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61). South of Ireland (Leach, 752): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-553 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, OS eA kv.) IN.) iv. Bantry Bay (Thompson and Barlee, f. Thompson, ’56) : Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R.J.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 0-79 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). v. Seafield (Turton, ’19): Birterbuy Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; B.S. Dodd in Journ. of Conch., vi., 1890; D’Arcy W. Thompson): ? “‘ Argo”’ cruise, 1890, west of Ireland (Herdman, ’91). vi. Enniscrone, one specimen (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Canaries. ee ill. Alvania cimicoides (Forbes). (Rissoa cimicoides, Jeffreys, B. C.) Tes ie, BOUT ene Lee i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): Larne (Jeffreys, ’67 ; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89). ii. Cork Harbour ( Wright, f. Jeffreys, 67): R.1I. A. Exp., 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 394-521 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. ‘‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 90 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). v. West coast of Ireiand (Hoskyns, f. Jeffreys, ’67): ‘‘ Porcupine ’”’ Exp., 1869, 85-173 fms. (Jeffreys, 84). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Azores. [ Alvania Jeffreysi (Waller). (Lissoa Jeffreysi, Jeffreys, B.C.) | Se Wiese v. ‘“‘ Porcupine” Exp.,” 1869, 816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. R.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. 2P 526 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Alvania punctura (Montagu). (Rissoa punctura, Jefireys, B.C.) ie i Wi, IV.) V-,. Vi. i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974): Turbot Bank, dead (Hynd- mar, 58; Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, 759): off Black Head, 15-25 fms. (Hyndman, *59): Strangford Lough (Belfast N.F.C. ‘Guide to Belfast,”” 1874). u. Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19; Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 758; Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61). ii. R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S, coast of Cork, 380-524 fms. (Chaster, 798). Var. diversa, Jeffreys. R.I. A. Exp., 1885, off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, 98), iv. Bantry Bay (Turton, 19; Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, 0-79 fms. (Chaster, 98): Kenmare River (Praeger, ’99). Kilkee (Thompson, ’56): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; Standen, ’95; D’Arcy W. Thompson): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, 798): ‘*Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, 784). Var. diversa. Connemara (Marshall, ’98). vi. Bartra and Enniscrone, frequent (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bun- doran (Thompson, ’56; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Iniskeen, co. Donegal, rare (Mrs. Tatlow,’99): Narin Strand, co. Done- gal (G. P. Farran): Portsalon (Standen, ’94). Var. diversa. Killala Bay (Marshall, ’98). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Canaries. a Alvania Testae (Aradas & Maggiore), var. abyssicola, Forbes. (Réssoa abyssicola, Jeffreys, B. C.) palid et LV. Vests i. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off 8. coast of Cork, 30-54 fms. (Chaster, 798, A. R. N.). iv. Off Mizen Head, 60 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, *56) : ‘‘ Por- cupine”” Exp., 1869, 370-808 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 23-214 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 85-816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): ?‘‘ Argo” cruise, 1890, west of Ireland (Herdman, ’91). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Nicnots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 527 Manzonia xetlandica (Montagu). (Rissoa zetlandica, Jeffreys, B. C.) ill. iv. il. iv. Vil. Tey ie Milley Thvege Ven Vee . Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 97a): coast of Antrim (Hynd- man and Jeffreys, f. Jeffreys, 67): Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Hyndman, ’58): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59). R.I.A. Exp., 1886, off 8S. coast of Cork, 523 fms. (Chaster, 98). R.I.A. Exp., 1885, mouth of Kenmare river, 88-41 fms, (Chaster, 798). . Birterbuy Bay (Walpole, f. Thompson, ’56): Connemara, (Mar- shall, ’98) : ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 173-208 fms. (Jeffreys, "84). . Killala Bay (Marshall, ’98): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. WManzonia costata (Adams). (Ressoa costata, Jeffreys, B. C.) ey abies MUN Shy ayy Avie . Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): off Ballygalley Head, 20 fms., dead, a few (Hyndman, 59) : Turbot Bank, dead (Hynd- man, ’58; Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, 59): Strangford Lough, dead (Dickie, ’58 ; Praeger, ’89). . Dublin coast (W., W., & W., ’18; not common, Walpole, ’53a; Thompson, ’56; Kinahan, ’61). South coast of Ireland (Leach, ’52): R.1I. A. Exp., 1886, Glan- dore Harbour, 4 fms. (Chaster, ’98). Bantry Bay (Thompson, ’56): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Long Island Sound, 1-5 fms., Berehaven, 5-25 fms., Ballinskelligs Bay, and Valentia Harbour, 4-7 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98, A.R.N.). Var. minor, Monterosato. Bantry (Marshall, ’98). . Tarbert, Galway (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753): Round- stone (B. 8. Dodd in Journ. of Conch., vi., 1890; Standen 795; D'Arcy W. Thompson): Clew Bay (Thompson, 756): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). Bartra, rather common (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Thomp- son, ’56): Iniskeen, co. Donegal, rare (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99): Narin, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran): Portsalon (Standen, 94). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. 2P2 528 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Zippora membranacea (Adams). (&ssoa membranacea, Jeffreys, B.C.) We AL Valve, Vas Generally distributed round the coast on sea-weeds, &c. Var. minor, Jeffreys. Dublin Bay (Jeffreys, ’67): Killala (Mar- shall, ’99). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Canaries. Persephone violacea (Desmarest). (dssoa violacea, Jeffreys, B.C.) Aagetle sy Lddes ol'ven uve stavels i. Bangor, Belfast Lough (Thompson, ’56): Belfast Lough, between tide-marks, living, scarce (Hyndman, ’58): Strangford Lough, 7-20 fms., dead, common (Dickie, 758). ii. A specimen obtained at Portmarnock by Warren was referred by Alder to this species (Thompson, ’56), iui. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56): R.I. A. Exp., 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, ’56 ; Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67 ; Marshall, 99): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 4-79 fms. (Swan- ston, ’86, Chaster, 98): Kenmare River (Praeger, 799). Var. ecostata, Jeffreys. Bantry Bay (Marshall, ’99). vy. Kilronan, Aran I. (Standen, ’95): Connemara (Farran, f. Alder, 44 ; &c.): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Carrahubbuck, amongst the rocks (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Killala Bay (Marshall, ’99): Bundoran (Marshall, °99): Narin, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, 799). Var. ecostata. Killala Bay (Marshall, ’99). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Rissoa Guérini, Recluz. (£issoa costulata, Jeffreys, B. C.) Bie Seat Eh eee iii. Cork (Jeffreys, ’67): R.I. A. Exp., 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Dursey Sound, 20-25 fms. (Swanston, 86). Distribution.—England. Wales. Irelandto Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Rissoa parva (Da Costa). Te, U5 sats, flVicgniWie ys Woe Generally distributed on sea-weeds in the laminarian zone, and very commen ; also var. enterrupta, Adams. te i. li. iv. Vi. _ iv. Nicnots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 529 Var. exilis, Jeffreys. Killala Bay, rare (Miss A. Warren, 92; Marshall, ’99). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. . Atlantic, ‘‘ Valorous.” Rissoa tnconspicua, Alder. i., ii, iii, iv., v., vi . Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974): Turbot Bank, dead (Hynd- man, ’58): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59). Portmarnock (one specimen, Thompson, ’56 ; Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53; Walpole, ’53a; Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61). . Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson, ’56, sub Azssoa alba, Adams) : R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S. coast of Cork, 30-554 fms. (Chaster, ’98). Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R. 1. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, 33-110 fms. (Chaster, ’98). . Birterbuy Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65). Var. variegata, v. Mohrenstern. Roundstone (B. 8S. Dodd in Journ. of Conch., vi., 1890). Enniscrone (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran, one specimen (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, Donegal Bay, 25-40 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): Mulroy Bay, dead (Praeger, ’94). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. oa albella, Lovén. Te eeu lll ewlve nave. mVle i. Turbot Bank (Hyndman Coll. in Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89). . R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and Lough Hyne (Chaster, ’98). Bantry Bay, low water (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67 ; Marshall, ’99) : R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Long Island Sound, 33-5 fms., and Berehaven (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98): Kenmare River (Praeger, ’99). . Connemara (Marshall, ’99). Vi. Killala Bay (Marshall, ’99). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Rk. albella is probably only a variety of R. eneonspicua. 530 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Onoba striata (Adams). (zssoa striata, Jeffreys, B.C.) Teele elie lives “Vic go Vale Generally distributed round the coast in the littoral, laminarian, and coralline zones, and very common. Var. aculeus, Gould (= arctica, Loven). R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven (Chaster, ’98): Kenmare River (Praeger, ’99). Distribution.—Arctic seas to Madeira. Canaries. ? Mediterranean. Greenland. N.E. America. N. E. Asia. Ceratia proxima (Alder). (Rissoa proxima, Jeffreys, B.C.) Le pll sy te eh Vieoy VicouiVile . Magilligan (Thompson, 56): off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’97a) : Turbot Bank, dead, scarce (Hyndman, 758). Portmarnock (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53; Thompson, 756; Adams, ’78; Marshall, ’99): Dublin (Jeffreys, ’67). iii. Cork (Wright & Carroll, ’52 ; Jeffreys, 67): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, off Galley Head, 54 fms., and off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, 98))e iv. Bantry Bay (Thompson, 756; Jeffreys, ’67; Dublin Mus.): ‘ Por- cupine’’ Exp., 1869, 808 ims. (Jeffreys, ’84): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 34-40 fms. (Chaster, ’98). vy. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’56): ‘‘ Porcupine’’ Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): off Connemara (Dodd and Mel- lors, f. Marshall, ’90). vi. Enniscrone, rare (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. te =r ii. Hyala vitrea (Montagu). (Rissoa vitrea, Jeffreys, B.C.) Hes les Tile AV, Ves i, Turbot Bank, dead (Waller, f. Hyndman, 59). ii, Portmarnock, rare (Brown, ’18): Dublin Bay (Turton, 719; Kinahan, ’61; Jeffreys, ’67): Dalkey (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) iii. South of Ireland (Leach, ’52; Jeffreys, ’67): Cork Harbour, dead (Wright & Carroll, °52): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-524 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 798, A. R..N.). Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 581 iy. Bantry Bay, not scarce (Marshall, 99): ‘‘ Porcupine’’ Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, shallow water to 80 fms. (Swanston, 86, Chaster, ’98). y. Aran I. and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, 53): west of Ireland (Jeffreys, 67): ‘Porcupine’? Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Setia fulgida (Adams). (issoa fulgida, Jeffreys, B. C.) Ton he JUVE Tiga yen ais i. Larne Lough, sparingly (Jeffreys, ’67). iii. Cork Harbour (one dead example, Wright & Carroll, ’52; Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): south of Ireland (Jeffreys, 67). iv. Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753): R I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Long Island Sound, 5-6 fms., Berehaven, 5 fms., and Ballinskelligs Bay (Chaster, 798). y. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Thompson, 756): west of Ireland (Jeffreys, ’67): Round- stone (Standen, ’95): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—S. England, Wales, and Ireland to Mediterranean. Canaries. Cingula obtusa (Cantraine). (Rzssoa soluta, Jeffreys, B. C.) es Tle ella lives Vile . Portrush (Marshall, ’99): off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’97a) : Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, 759). ii. Dublin Bay, one specimen (Kinahan, ’61). ii. Cork Harbour (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753): R. I. A. Exp., [ 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms.] (Chaster, ’98). iv, Bantry Bay (S. Wright, f. Wright & Carroll, ’52; Beevor,f. Jeffreys, ’67; Marshall, ’99): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, 70): R. I. A. Exp., [1885, 1886], 0-110 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. West coast of Ireland (Hoskyns, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Roundstone (Standen, 795; D’Arcy W. Thompson): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96) : Connemara (Marshall, ’99). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Mayo and Sligo (Marshall, 199); Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. 1 032 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Cingula semistriata (Montagu). (Rissoa semistriata, Jeffreys, B.C.) Toy le th blen aly yer nee i. Magilligan (Thompson, 756) : off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’97a) : Turbot Bank (Hyndman, ’58, 59). Var. pura, Jeffreys. Turbot Bank (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, ’59, sub var. alba). ii. Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61). iii. Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson, ’56): Cork Harbour (Jef- freys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R.1I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Ballinskelligs Bay, and 33-79 fms. (Chaster, ’98, A. R.N.). y. Kilkee (Thompson, ’56): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson) : Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Thompson, ’56): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution. Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. Cingula trifasciata (Adams). (Rissoa eingillus, Jeffreys, B.C.) Ie, UUSplide v2, “Vikvas Generally distributed round the coast between tide-marks ; probably also var. rupestris, Forbes. Distribution.—? Iceland. Norway to Gibraltar. ? Mediterranean. Madeira. Barleeia rubra (Montagu). Sell, Ls 1 Weave david ii. Dublin Bay (Turton, ’?19; Leach, 752): South Bull, Dublin Bay, one specimen (Hart, ’92). Var. wnifaseiata, Montagu. Dublin Bay (Turton, f. Thompson, 756), These records are doubtful. iii. Cork (Leach, ’52; Wright and Jeffreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67). iv. Bantry Bay (Leach, ’52; Barlee and Norman, f. Jeffreys, ’67) : Dingle Bay (Leach, ’52): R.I. A. Exp., 1886, Long Island Sound, 34-5 fms., and Ballinskelligs Bay (Chaster, ’98). vy. Kilkee, shell-sand (Thompson, ’56): Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, 56): Birterbuy Bay (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) : Roundstone (M‘Calla, £. Thompson, ’56 ; Alcock, ’65 ; Standen, 95): Connemara (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98; Marshall, ’99). Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 5383 vi. Killala Bay, rare (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Mayo and Sligo (Mar- shall, ’99): Bundoran (Jeffreys, ’67; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, 89): Tory I., among sea-weed (Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56). Distribution.—Norway. England, ? Scotland, Wales, and Ireland to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. C. Verd I. Family.—SKeneEIpZ. Skenea planorbis (Fabricius). Hes il. lls oLVa Vien Ws i. Generally distributed and abundant. Var. hyalina, Jeffreys. Port- rush (Marshall, ’99). Var. trochiformis, Jeffreys. Larne Lough (Hyndman, ’60; Jeffreys, ’67). i. Portmarnock (Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.) : Dublin Bay (Kina- han, ’61; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Bullock, Dalkey L., and Greystones (Adams, ’78). iii. Youghal (Ball, f. Thompson ms.): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Turton, 719): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, 70): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, shallow water to 40 fms. (Chaster, 98): Kenmare River (Praeger, ’99). v. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson ms.) : Roundstone (Alcock, 65; Standen, 795): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, 792): Bundoran (Warren, f. Thompson, °56): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution.—Arctic seas to Mediterranean and Madeira in the eastern hemisphere, and to Florida in the western hemisphere. W. America (Dall). Retrotortina fuscata, Chaster. je detienas ii. R. 1. A. Exp., 1886, Lough Hyne, a single specimen (Chaster, ’98). Distribution.S. Ireland. Tangier. Family.—JEFFREYSIIDz. Jeffreysia diaphana (Alder). igqtalls G TNYER Woy Nal i. Groomsport (a specimen in Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) ii. Portmarnock, and between tide-marks Dalkey Island (Alder, f. Thompson, 756, sub Rissoa albella, Alder). 504 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. Bantry (Norman, f. Jeffreys, ’59): R.I. A. Exp. [1885, Bere- haven, between tides], a single specimen (Chaster, ’98). v. Kilkee (Thompscn, ’56, sub &. albella)!: Aran I. (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Achill I. (Marshall, ’99). vi. Enniscrone, rare (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran, in shell-sand (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56, sub F. albelia). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Jeffreysia opalina (Jeffreys). «Vege v. Connemara (two dead specimens from Roundstone Bay in J. T. Marshall’s Coll., f. Praeger, 792; Marshall, ’99). Distribution Shetland to Mediterranean. Family.—ADEORBID2. Adeorbis subcarinatus (Montagu). astts Tubb Teves Vey als ee . Magilligan (Thompson ms.): Belfast Lough, shell-sand (Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756): Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, ’58; Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, ’59): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59). Portmarnock (Turton, f. Brown, ’18; Adams, ’78; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.) : Dublin Bay (Forbes & Hanley, ’53; Kinahan, 61). . Cork (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off Galley Head, 54 fms., and Glandore Harbour, 4 fms. (Chaster, 798). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and mouth of Kenmare River, 40 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson ms.): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98): ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, 85). Bartra and Enniscrone, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, 792) : Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson ms.): Mvweelfinn, Sheephaven, two dead specimens (Hart, ’92): ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, Lough Swilly (Jeffreys, ’85). Distribution —British Isles to Mediterranean. Mogador. The generic name Adeorbis properly belongs to the species known as Circulus striatus, Philippi, and Turton’s name Zornus is adopted by Chaster, &c. te ii. be i He vil. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 535 Adeorbis imperspicuus, Monterosato. Taf BAS iain i. Off Rathlin Island, 17 fms., one dead specimen (Chaster, ’97). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, mouth of Kenmare River, 38—44 fms. (Chaster, 98). v. Roundstone (Chaster, ’95). Distribution.—British Isles. Mediterranean. Adeorbis unisulcatus, Chaster. Disbtivate Vieyh « i. Off Rathlin Island, 17 fms., two dead specimens (Chaster, ’97). v. Roundstone (Chaster, 797). Distribution.— British Isles. Tangier. Family.—Crrirapm. Newtoniella metula (Lovén). (Certthium metula, Jeffreys, B. C.) i. Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Hyndman, ’60); probably fossil. Distribution.—Finmark to Portugal. ? Mediterranean. Bittium reticulatum (Da Costa). (Cerithium reticulatum, Jeffreys, B.C.) rep wigs WUE The, Wey Vals Generally distributed, and very common. Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira. Morocco. Canaries. Triforis perversa (Linné). | (Cerithium perversum, Jeffreys, B.C.) os, Ue, peTls eli uViosp VAL i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): mouth of Belfast Lough (Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, *59): Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, 758, 759): off entrance to Strangford Lough, 12-15 fms., dead, very rare (Dickie, ’58). ii. Portmarnock (Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Kinahan, 61). iii. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56): Cork Harbour, a few perfect specimens (Wright & Carroll, ’52): R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S. coast of Cork, 30- 5534 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98, A. R. N.). 536 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R. I. A. Exp. 1885, 1886, 33-41 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). v. Seafield (Turton, f. Thompson, ’56): Miltown Malbay, common (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’56): Birterbuy Bay (Farran, f. Thompson, ’56; Barlee, f. Thompson, ’86): Roundstone (Alcock, 65 ; Standen, 95; D’Arcy W. Thompson): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 756; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, 89 ; Dublin Mus.): Narin, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99). Distribution—Norway to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira. Morocco. Canaries. Cape of Good Hope (Sowerby). New England to West Indies. ? California (Dall). Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Montagu). DKS LI eA Dive Vetivals i. Magilligan (Thompson, ’56): off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59) : in stomach of a Scaup Duck shot in Belfast Lough (Thompson, ’56): Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Hyndman, ’58, 759), iui. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, 756): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S. coast of Cork, 523-553 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Thompson, ’56): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R. 1. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Ballinskelligs Bay, and 5-44 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 798). Var. nana, Jeffreys. Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, ’67). v. Miltown Malbay, common (Harvey, f. Thompson, 756): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’58): Roundstone (Alcock, 65; Standen, ’95; D’Arcy W. Thompson): Clifden Bay, 4-10 fms. (Thompson, ’56): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, 98). vi. Killala Bay, rather common (Miss A. Warren, 792): Bundoran (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Iniskeen, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99). Var. nana, Jeffreys. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. W. Africa, ‘‘Talisman.”” WN. E. America. Florida (Dall). Queen Char- lotte’s I. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 537 Cerithiopsis Barleev, Jeffreys. sel All.) Hives) Ve, iii, Wexford coast, 40 fms. (Walpole, f. Jeffreys, 69) : Cork ( Wright, f. Jeffreys, ’°67): R. I. A. Exp. 1885, 1886, 30-522 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iy. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Ballinskelligs Bay, and 5-44 fms. (Chaster, 98). v. Co. Galway (Barlee and Jeffreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67) : ‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 165 fms. (Jeffreys, ’85). Distribution.—S. England and Ireland to Mediterranean. Cerithiopsis concatenata (Conti). (C. pulchella, Jeftreys, B. C.) Ie, och VaVey ts i. Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Waller, f. Hyndman, ’58, sub Cerzthium metula; Waller, f. Hyndman, ’59, sub Cerithiopsis pulchella). iy. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 8. entrance to Dursey Sound, 25 fms., and Ballinskelligs Bay (Chaster, ’98). vy. Between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, 96), Distribution.—S. England and Ireland to Mediterranean. Hatteras (Dall). Cerithiopsis costulata (Moller). TiS Mal[Bive. |ppsse’ i. Turbot Bank, dead (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, ’59, sub Cerithium niveum ; Waller f. Hyndman, 759, sub Skenea costulata); regar- ded as fossil (Jeffreys, ’67). iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 251-539 fms. (Jeffreys, ’85). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to 8. W. Ireland. Spain, ‘“ Tra- vailleur”’ (Locard). Greenland to Bay of Fundy. Family.—TvrRRITELLIp &. Turritella communis, Risso. (T. terebra, Jeffreys, B. C.) Ie SLID. TV, VesbVis Generally distributed round the coast, and common. ? Var. nivea, Jeffreys. Killiney Bay (Walpole,’53a). Var. gracilis, Jeffreys. Cork Harbour (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, 67): Cork (M‘Andrew Coll., f. Cooke, ’82): Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, ’67). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. W. Africa. 538 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Family. —Cacrp m. Caecum trachea (Montagu). Tepid. 5) 111s; Va, Wo, ave i. Turbot Bank (Hyndman Coll. in Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89); Strangford Lough (Waller, f. Jeffreys, ’69). ii. Portmarnock (Hart, ’92): Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Jeffreys, ’69). iii. Youghal (J. Wright, f. Wright & Carroll, ’52): Cork Harbour (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53). iv. Bantry Bay (Thompson, ’56; &c.): R. I. A. Exp. 1885, 1886, Long Island Sound, 33-5 fms., Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and off Dursey Head, 35-40 fms. (Swanston,’86, Chaster,’98, A. R. N.). v. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’40): Aran I. (Barlee, {. Jeffreys, ’67): Roundstone (B.S. Dodd in Journ. of Conch., vi., 1890; D’Arcy W. Thompson): Connemara (Marshall, ’99). vi. Mayo and Sligo (Marshall, ’99): Bundoran (Thompson, 744). Distribution.—British Isles to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Cecum glabrum (Montagu). Tels, Uli sive pave i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974) : Belfast Lough, shell-sand, deep water (Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56): Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Hyndman, ’58). ii. Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61). iii. Cork Harbour (Wright & Carroll, ’52; Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., Lough Hyne, and off 8. coast of Cork, 30-523 fms. (Chaster, 98). iv. Bantry Bay (Brown, ’44; Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 0-40 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98). v. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, 740): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; Standen, ’95 ; fry very common, Marshall, ’99; D’Arcy W. Thompson). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Thompson, 744; Dublin Mus.). Distribution.—Norway to Canaries. ? Mediterranean. Hatteras and Florida (Dall). Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 589 Family.—CuHEnopopine. Chenopus pes-pelecani (Linné). (Aporrhais pes-pelecant, Jeftreys, B.C.) 7g, ob ls Able tay Wey Viel Of general occurrence all round the coast, principally in the coralline zone. Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Jeffreys, ’67). Var. albida, Jeffreys. Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Chenopus serresvanus (Michaud). (Aporrhais Macandree, Jeffreys, B.C.) saul sp Vig iv. ‘‘Poreupine”’ Exp,. 1869, 85-722 fms. (Jeffreys, ’85): off Valentia (Waller, f. Norman in Journ. of Conch., 11., 1879 ; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): ‘‘ Research” Trawling Cruise, 1889, 200 fms. (Bourne, ’90, sub Aporrhais pes-carbonis). vy. ‘“Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 85-183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’85). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Family.—Cyrpre2mH. Amphiperas patula (Pennant). (Ovula patula, Jeffreys, B.C.) Peghe UM se Viseree i. Magilligan (one specimen, Mrs. R. A. Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756; one specimen, Grainger Coll., f. Praeger): Castlerock, one specimen, and Port Stewart, two specimens (Grainger Coll., f. Praeger): Turbot Bank, a single specimen, dead (Waller, f. Hyndman, ’58). Off Saltee I., co. Wexford (Walpole, ’52): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, 98). vy. Aran I. and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—S. England and Ireland to Mediterranean. ll. Trwia europea (Montagu). (Cyprea europea, Jeffreys, B.C.) logy Hey, OUI Ting Airey Viele Generally distributed all round the coast from low-water mark to 100 fms. West coast of Ireland (Marshall, ’93). Var. minor, Marshall. Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. 540 Proeecedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Erato levis (Donovan). (Marginella levis, Jeffreys, B.C.) PT SULT Oly Vest Vis i. Magilligan (Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56; Mrs. Tatlow, f. Praeger): off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 974): Belfast Lough (Hyndman, {. Thompson, 740). ii. Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, ’44a). iii. Cork Harbour, rare (Humphreys, ’45). iv. Calf I. (Dublin Mus., coll. by Mrs. Townsend): Bantry Bay (Warren, f. Thompson ms.): co. Kerry (Dublin Mus., coll. by A. G. More). v. Miltown Malbay, rare (Harvey, f. Thompson, 756; Dublin Mus., pres. by Miss. J. Locke): Aran I. (Ball, f. Thompson, 756): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay, rare (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’444; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): R, D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Killybegs (Holt, 792): Inisbarnog, co. Donegal, one specimen (Mrs. Tatlow, 99). Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. Family.—Cassrpip &. Cassidarva rugosa (Linné). pebLvienel [veal see iv. North of Valentia, 40 fms., one dead specimen (Rev. G. B. Anderson, f. Haddon, ’88): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, 265 fms., two living specimens (Haddon, ’88): R.I.A. Exp., 1888, 345 fms., one living specimen (A. R. N.): ‘‘ Research”’ Trawling Cruise, 1889, 400 fms., two specimens (Bourne, ’90). v. R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, 40 miles off Achill Head, 220 fms., living (Holt, ’92). Distribution.—West Ireland to Mediterranean. Off Morocco and W. of Sahara, ‘‘ Talisman” (Locard). [ Cassidaria echinophora (Linné). | VAG i v. ‘‘ Porcupine’? Exp., 1869, 183 fms., fragments (Marshall, ’94). Distribution. West Ireland. Mediterranean. Nicnots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 541 Family.—PrerorracHEIp&. [ Carinaria mediterranea, Péron & Lesueur. | Peet Lichen iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1888, 56 miles off Dursey Head, depth 345 fms., four mutilated specimens taken in the tow nets (A. R. N.): “Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, S.W. Ireland (Green in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iv., 1889). Distribution.—Pelagic. Both sides of North Atlantic. Mediter- ranean. Family.—Evrtmip2. Eulima ephamilla, Watson. Bh fom oe iy. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Berehaven, 10-20 fms., one specimen (deter- mined by J. T. Marshall). Distribution.—British Isles. Off Pernambuco, ‘‘ Challenger.” Eulima subulata (Donovan). Tos Hla, SUD TN Vey Aisle i. Belfast Lough, dead (Grainger, 759). ii. Dundrum, co. Down, 8-10 fms. (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56): Dublin (Ball, f. Thompson, 756). iii. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56): Youghal (Ball, f. Thompson, ’56): Cork Harbour (Humphreys, ’45): between Baltimore and Cape Clear, 30 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, 56). Iv. a, Bay (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84): R. 1. A. Exp., 1885, Bere- haven, 5-25 fms., and mouth of Kenmare River, 38-48 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98). vy. Birterbuy Bay, 12 fms. (Farran, f. Thompson, ’56): ‘‘ Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, 165-183 fms. (Jeffreys, 84). Var. nana, Jeffreys. ‘¢ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). vi. Bundoran, a specimen (Warren, f. Thompson, ’56). Distribution.—S. England, Wales, and Ireland to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira. Canaries. R.L-A. PROC., SER. I1l., VOL. Y- 2a 542 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Eulima bilineata, Alder. Aeewiles Lis, 1Ve,t ||| Vel], We i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): ‘‘ Porcupine’? Exp., 1869, North Channel, 40 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84) : Turbot Bank, dead, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’58, ’59): Strangford Lough, 7-20 fms., living, very rare, and off entrance, 12-15 fms., dead (Dickie, ’58). ii. Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61): Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, 740). ii. Cork Harbour (Forbes & Hanley, 53): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, 30-553 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R.I.A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-44 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). v. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183-422 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Some of the localities assigned to £. subulata probably refer to E. bilineata. Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. W. Africa, ‘‘Talisman.” C. Hatteras to W. Indies (Dall). Eulima polita (Linné). Leyden Teele ave, iV i, Entrance to Belfast Lough (Ordnance Survey Collectors and Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56): Turbot Bank, dead, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’58, ’59): Bangor, 8 fms., living (Swanston, f. Praeger, ’89): Strangford Lough, 8-10 fms. (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, 56): Strangford Lough, 7-20 fms., dead, and off entrance, 12-15 fms., living, very rare (Dickie, ’58). i, Dublin Bay (Thompson, ’42; Walpole, ’534; Waller, f. Kinahan, 61): Dalkey Sound (Walpole, ’538a). ii. Off Porbally, Dunmore, 14 fms. (Walpole, ’52): off Sherkin I., dead. (A. R.N.). iy. Bantry Bay (rare, Brown, 718; Humphreys, ’45; Thompson, ’56 ; M‘Andrew Coll., f. Cooke, 782): R.1I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Berehaven, 5-25 fms. (Chaster, ’98). Je Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 543 vy. Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Thompson, ’56 ; Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.; R. D. 8S. Fish. Survey, 1890): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson): Achill I. (Mrs. 'Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Bartra and Enniscrone, a few examples (Miss A. Warren, ’92) : Bundoran (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). Distribution.—F inmark to Mediterranean. Eulima intermedia, Cantraine. Toya, LS yea nvoee i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’97a). ii. Cork (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5 fms. (Chaster, ’98). y. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Birterbuy Bay (Walpole, f. Jeffreys, ’69),. Distribution—F¥inmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. C. Verd I. New England to Barbadoes (Verrill, Dall). Eulima incurva (Renier). (£. distorta, Jeffreys, B. C.) rey TUM Tyiy AiR VR i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 974): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, North Channel, 40 fms. (Jeffreys, 84); Belfast Lough, shell- sand, deep water (Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56): Turbot Bank, dead, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, 758, ’59). Var. gracilis, Forbes & Hanley. Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Hynd- man, 758): off entrance to Strangford Lough, 12-15 fms., dead, very rare (Dickie, 58). ii. Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, 756; Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61),. ii. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56): Cork Harbour (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off 8. coast of Cork, 30-553 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53; Farran, f. Thomp- son, ’66): Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-48 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). Var. gracilis. R.I. A. Exp., 1886, Berehaven, 10-20 fms. (determined by J. T. Marshall). vy. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’56): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Birterbuy Bay (15 fms., Farran, f. Thompson, ’56; Barlee, £. Thompson, ’56): Roundstone (Alcock, 2Q2 544 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. 65; Standen, 795; D’Arcy W. Thompson): between Bunowen and Slyne Head (Welch, ’96): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 165-183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Var. gracilis. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). vi. Enniscrone, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira. Canaries. W. Africa, ‘‘ Talisman.” New England. W. Indies. Mazatlan. N. Japan. Eulima stenostoma, Jeffreys. Wiomlviagee ts iv. ‘‘ Porcupine’? Exp., 1869, 90—722 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Between Iceland and Greenland, ‘‘ Valorous.””’ N. EH. America. Georgia (Dall). Stilifer Turton, Broderip. ii. Dublin (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’67). Distribution —Norway. British Isles to Mediterranean. Canaries. Family.—PyraMmpELLip 2. Jordaniella nivosa (Montagu). (Odostomia nivosa, Jeffreys, B. C.) Lyatlies les ohVesiVie Vas i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): Groomsport (Waller, f. Jefireys, ’58): Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Jeffreys, f£. Hynd- man, ’59). ii. Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19; Adams, ’78). ui. Cork (Jeffreys, 67). iv. R. 1. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, and 8S. entrance to Dursey Sound, 25 fms. (Chaster, 798). . Kilkee, shell-sand (Alder, ’44): Roundstone (Standen,’95; D’Arcy W.Thompson): between Bunowen and Slyne Head( Welch,’96). vi. Carrahubbuck, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran, one specimen (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution.—Shetland to Channel Isles. The generic name Jordaniella has been proposed by Chaster for this species and Odostomia truncatula, Jefireys. 4 1 Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 545 Jordaniella truncatula (Jeffreys). (Odostomia truncatula, Jeffreys, B.C.) yy 6 6 Ga i. Off Ballycastle, dead, one of the specimens with the operculum and remains of the animal (Chaster, ’974): Turbot Bank, dredged sand, one specimen (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, ’59): off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, 759). Distribution. England. Ireland to Mediterranean. Odostomia unidentata (Montagu). Tey le MODE aR ior) Wien Ae i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974): Turbot Bank, dead (Hynd- man, 58, ’59): Twin Islands in Belfast Harbour (Swanston, f. Praeger, 89): Strangford Lough, 15-20 fms., a specimen (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, 56): off entrance to Strangford Lough, 12-15 fms., dead, very rare (Dickie, °58). ii, Dublin Bay (Turton, 719). ii. Youghal (Ball, f. Thompson, ’40): Clonakilty (Dillwyn, f. Jeffreys, 48): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off 8S. coast of Cork, 30-554 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. Dingle Bay (Leach, ’52): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, 784): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Valentia Harbour between tides, and 10-110 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). . Miltown Malbay, not rare (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’56): Aran I. and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 750): Roundstone (M‘Calla, f. Thompson, ’56; D’Arcy W. Thompson): Conne- mara (Dublin Mus., pres. by J. T. Marshall): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay, rare (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Mulroy Bay, dead (Praeger, ’94). Distribution —Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. W. Africa, ‘‘Talisman.”’ New England (Verrill). Florida (Dall). Off Brazil, ‘‘ Challenger.” <4 Odostomia turrita, Hanley. ieee LLleen L Vicon Vie, wavele i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 97a): Turbot Bank, dead (Waller, f. Hyndman, 759), iii, R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, 798). 546 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. iv. Bantry Bay (Dublin Mus., pres. by J. T. Marshall): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Berehaven, 10-20 fms., and 8. entrance to Dursey Sound, 25 fms. (Chaster, 98). Var. striolata, Alder. Bantry Bay (Norman, f. Jeffreys, 67). Var. nana, Marshall. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off Berehaven, 373 fms. (Chaster, 798). yv. Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 50): Roundstone (Standen, ’95; D’ Arey W. Thompson): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98), vi. Killala Bay, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Mulroy Bay, dead (Praeger, ’94). Distribution —Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Off Brazil, ‘‘ Challenger.” Odostomia plicata (Montagu). ep bles THU Rha VARIN Ae i. Belfast Lough (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, 756): Bangor and Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Hyndman, 758, 759): Strangford Lough (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56),. ii. Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, 756; Hart, 92): Dublin Bay (Turton, 719; Leach, 752). iii. Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson, ’56) : Cork (Jeffreys, ’67) : R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iy. Bantry Bay (Jeffreys, ’48 ; Leach, ’52 ; M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, °66): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Berehaven, 5-10 fms., and Ballinskelligs Bay (Chaster,’98): Kenmare River (Praeger, 99). y. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’48): Roundstone(M ‘Calla, f. Thompson, ’56). vi. Killala Bay, common (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 756): Donegal (Dublin Mus., pres. by J. T. Marshall): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran): Inch I., Lough Swilly, rather scarce (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—-Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. O. turrita has been frequently mistaken for the present species, and Cork is the only Irish locality vouched for by Jeffreys in ‘‘ British Conchology.” Odostomia acuta, Jefireys. Dace LLL Veo maVeoe: i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, 974): Turbot Bank, dead (Alder, f. Hyndman, ’58),. ni. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 798). Var. wmbilicata, Alder. Cork Harbour (Wright, f. Jeffreys, ’58, sub var. alba). Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 547 Bantry (M‘Andrew Coll., f. Cooke, ’82): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, lv. 1886, 5-44 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster,’98). Var. wmbilicata. Bantry Bay (M‘Andrew, f. Jeffreys, ’67). y. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’48): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Odostomia umbilicaris (Malm). LVS ype ate iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off Berehaven, 373 fms., a single specimen (Chaster, ’98). Distribution.—Finmark to British Isles. ? Mediterranean. Odostomia conspicua, Alder. Tes, PLD Vea te" « i, Turbot Bank, dead (Alder, f. Hyndman, 758). iii, R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off 8S. coast of Cork, 523-54 fms., young specimens (Chaster, ’98). iy. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 70-79 fms. (Swanston, ’86). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Madeira (Watson). Odostomia conoidea (Brocchi). est gattlgs avog Wey |G i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 97a). R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-523 fms. (Chaster, 798). Var. australis, Jeffreys. Cork (Jeffreys, ’67): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 523 fms., a single specimen (Chaster, ’98). ‘‘Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, 84): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 4-80 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98, ALAR... N..). ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183-208 fms. (Jeffreys, ’84). Var. australis, Avan I, and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’48, 50). Some of the ‘‘ Porcupine” specimens probably belong to var. il. iy. australis. Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. 548 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Odostomia Lukisi, Jeffreys. er RC A v. Off Connemara (Dodd and Mellors, f. Marshall, ’90). vi. Bundoran, in drift shell-sand (Waller, f. Jeffreys, ’67). Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. Brachystomia pallida (Montagu). ( Odostomia pallida, Jeffreys, B.C.) igi shi They Vie Ve i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): Belfast Lough, common: Strangford Lough (Thompson, ’56): Ardmillan, Strangford Lough, shell-sand (Praeger, ’89). li. Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19; Leach, ’52; Kinahan, ’61). ii. POff Hook Light, co. Wexford, 45-50 fms. (Walpole, ’52):"R. 1. A. Exp., 1889, 1886, off 8. coast of Cork, 830-523 fms. (Chaster,’98). iy. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, shallow water to 25 fms. (Chas- ter, 798). Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 48): Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 48; Walpole, ’52): Connemara (Dublin, Mus., pres. by J. T. Marshall). Var. crassa, Thompson. Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Roundstone, a specimen (M‘Calla, f. Thompson, ’56). Monstr. Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67). i, Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren,’92): Mulroy Bay, dead (Praeger,’94). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Vay VE vy. Connemara, two specimens (Farran, f. Thompson, 756): Round- stone (Standen, ’95). Var. mor, Jeffreys. Connemara (Alcock, f. Jeffreys, ’67). vi. Narin, co. Donegal, very abundant (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99). Distribution.—S. England. W. Ireland to Mediterranean. Azores. Hedropleura septangularis (Montagu). (Pleurotoma septangularis, Jeffreys, B. C.) Hoy Wiley Mls TI, Woy Wis i. Magilligan (Hyndman, f. Thompson us.): Belfast Lough, 10 fms., living, rare, and Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, ’58): off Black Head, 25 fms., and Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Hyndman, 59): Bangor (Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, 89): Strangford Lough, 7-20 fms., living (Dickie, 758). ii, Portmarnock (Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Brown, 718; Turton, 19; Leach, ’52; Kinahan, ’61): Dalkey Sound (Walpole, 58 ; Adams, ’78). ili, Youghal (Ball, f. Thompson ms.): Cork (Leach, ’52; Humphreys, f, Thompson, Ms.). iv. Bantry Bay (Humphreys, ’45; Leach, ’52; Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and mouth of Kenmare River, 38-48 fms., rare (Swanston, 786): Dingle Bay (Leach, 752). v. Miltown Malbay (Dublin Mus.; Harvey, f. Thompson ms.): Galway (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Birterbuy Bay (Walpole, ’52): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay (Dublin Mus., pres. by Miss A. Warren): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson ms.): Narin, co. Donegal, rare (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Azores. Madeira, Canaries. 572 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. [ Spirotropis carinata (Bivona). (Pleurotoma carinata, Jeffreys, B. C.)] Sacer: iv. ‘¢ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, off Valentia, 110 fms. (Jeffreys, 69a). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Morocco. Canaries, “Talisman” (Locard). [ Typhlomangilia nivalis (Lovén). (Pleurotoma nivalis, Jeffreys, B. C.) | eel Vcgicote iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off Dursey Head, 214 fms., a single specimen, dead (A. R. N.): R. I. A. Exp., 1888, 845 fms., a small live specimen (Chaster, ’98). Distribution.—¥ inmark to Bay of Biscay. Portugal, ‘‘Travailleur’’ (Locard). Bela rufa (Montagu). (Pleurotoma rufa, Jeffreys, B.C.) A /AsLUereelLD aL Vise Vien, Wl 1. Generally distributed, sparingly. Var. lactea, Jeffreys. Port Ballintrae, co. Antrim (Hyndman, f. Jeffreys, 67). Var. ulideana, Thompson. Strangford Lough (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’45). ii, Portmarnock (Brown, ’18; Adams, ’78): Dublin coast (Hart, ’92) : Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19; &c.) ili, Youghal (Miss M. Ball, f. Thompson ms.). iv. Bantry Bay (Leach, 52). v. Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; Standen, ’95): ‘‘ Argo” Cruise, 1890, west of Ireland (Herdman, ’91). Var. wlideana. Connemara (Farran, f. Jeffreys, ’67). vi. Donegal coast (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Scotland to Bay of Biscay. ? Mediterranean. Bela turricula (Montagu). (Pleurotoma turricula, Jeffreys, B.C.) La ple, pLlleemdVeneVas ava i, Generally distributed. ii. Trawled off Skerries (Walpole, ’52): Dublin coast (Hart, ’92): Portmarnock (Brown, ’18 ; Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Turton, 719; Kinahan,’61; Dublin Mus.): Dalkey Sound (Adams, ’78). Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 578 iii. Youghal (Ball, f. Thompson ms.) : Cork Harbour (Humphreys, ’45): south coast of Ireland (Leach, ’52). iv. Bantry (Humphreys, f. Thompson ms.). y. Roundstone (Alcock, ’65 ; Standen, ’95) : Clifden (Forbes, f. Thomp- son ms.): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Donegal coast (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Arctic seas to W. France. Spain, Portugal, and Morocco, ‘‘Travailleur’”? (Locard). Greenland. ?N. E. America. N. Japan (Jeffreys). Bela Trevelyana (Turton). (Pleurotoma Trevelyana, Jeffreys, B.C.) Ue ae UL pastel S%. i. Turbot Bank, dredged sand (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, 759) : off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, 759). Regarded as fossil (Jeffreys, soi): ?ii. East coast of Ireland (Turton, f. Thompson, ’56): Portmarnock, a specimen (Warren, f. Thompson, ’444). Probably erroneous. Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to British Isles. Gulf of Gas- cony, ‘‘Travailleur” (Locard). Greenland. ?N.E. America, W. America. Order.—OPISTHOBRANCHIATA. Sub-order.—TEcTIBRANCHIATA. Family.—Acrmonip&. Acteon tornatilis (Linné). Tey We etl LivanmVien ys Vals i. Generally distributed on sandy ground below low-water mark. ii. Dundalk, abundant (Hyndman, f. Thompson ms.): Dublin coast, generally distributed. iii. Woodstown, co. Waterford (Dublin Mus., coll. by Mrs. Tatlow): Youghal and Cork (Humphreys, ’45): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S. coast of Cork, 30-58 fms. (Chaster, 98, A. R. N.). iy. Bantry (Humphreys, ’45; Dublin Mus.): Dingle (Cockerell, 85): Finne Strand, Kerry (Cockerell, ’87): 8. W. Ireland (Wright & Greene, 59): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 35-48 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). B.I.A. PROC., SER. U1. VOL. V. 28 574 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. vy. Miltown Malbay, rare (Harvey, f. Thompson ms.): Achill I. (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, 792): Ballysodare and Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson ms.): Iniskeen, co. Donegal, rare (Mrs.-Tatlow, ’99): Kinnegar Strand, scarce (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Iceland. Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Morocco. Family.—Tornatryip&. Tornatina obtusa (Montagu). ( Utriculus obtusus, Jeffreys, B. C.) TSH Vien Vay c VE i, Off Larne Lough, dead (Hyndman, *59): Turbot Bank, dead, scarce, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’58, ’59): Bel- fast Lough (Jeffreys, ‘67; Dublin Mus.): Holywood Shore (Dublin Mus., coll. by R. Welch): Strangford Lough, dead (Dickie, ’58; Praeger, ’89). Var. Laonkaireana, Besterot. Turbot Bank, dead (Jeffreys, f. Hyndman, ’60). ii. Portmarnock (Brown, ’18; Adams, ’78; Hart, ’92): Dublin Bay (Turton, 719; Walpole, 753a). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, Valentia Harbour, 4—7 fms., dead (A. R. N.), ,. Estuary of the Shannon (Jeffreys, ’67): west of Ireland (Thomp- son, 44). Var. Laonkaireana. Aran I. (Jeffreys, 59). vi. Killala Bay, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Iniskeen, co. Donegal, rare (Mrs. Tatlow, ’99). Distribution —Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Greenland to New England. a4 Tornatina mammillata (Philippi). (Utriculus mammillatus, Jeffreys, B. C.) doy elle, Saves Vicoes i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): Turbot Bank, dead ( Waller, f. Hyndman, ’59). ni. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S. coast of Cork, 80-523 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). iy. Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 5-79 fms. (Swanston, 86, Chaster, ’98). v. Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Roundstone (D’ Arey W. Thompson). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 575 Tornatina truncateba (Bruguiére). (Utriculus truncatulus, Jeffreys, B.C.) rep ables BOD. TER Aion Waly i. Magilligan (Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, 89): off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974): Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, ’58, 59): Twin I. in Belfast Harbour (Swanston, f. Praeger, ’89) : Groomsport, shell-sand (Praeger). ii. Portmarnock (Adams, ’78; Hart, ’92): Dublin Bay (Turton, 719 ; Waller, f. Kinahan, ’61): Dalkey Sound (Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.). ii. R. J. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., Lough Hyne, and off 8. coast of Cork, 30-023 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98, A. R. N.). iv. Dingle Bay, 54 fms. (Adams, f. More, ’70): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, shallow water to 79 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98). . Birterbuy Bay, dead (Walpole, ’52): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65 ; Standen, *95; D’Arcy W. Thompson): Achill I, (Mrs. Tatlow & Praeger, ’98). vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Narin, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, 99; G.P. Farran): Mulroy Bay, dead (Praeger, ’94). Distribution. —Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira, Canaries. 4 Cylichnina umbilicata (Montagu). ( Cylichna umbilicata, Jeffreys, B. C.) Hoe Dee Nene We Wie i, Off Ballycastle (Chaster, ’978): Turbot Bank sand, dead (Hynd- man, ’58; Waller, f. Hyndman, ’59). ii. Dublin Bay (Turton, ’19): east of Ireland (Thompson, 56). iii. Cork Harbour (Wright & Carroll, ’52, sub Cylichna strigella) : south of Ireland (Thompson, ’56). y. Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson ms.): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Thompson, *56, sub C. strigelila): Birterbuy Bay (Walpole, 752, sub C. strigella): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson) : west of Ireland (Thompson, 756), vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Thompson, ’45, sub Volvaria subcylindrica): Mulroy Bay, dead (Praeger, ’94). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean, W. Africa. Cape of Good Hope (Sowerby). 576 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. [ Cylichnina ovata (Jeffreys). (Cylichna wmbilicata, var. conulus, Jeffreys, B. C.)] a hVcate iv. ‘Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 8. W. Ireland, 1000 fms. (Smith, 89), Distribution —Both sides of North Atlantic. Mediterranean. Deep water. Cylichnina nitidula (Lovén). ( Cylichna nitidula, Jeffreys, B. C.) eae PLUS oLVi ee bo i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): off Larne, co. Antrim (Jeffreys, 67): Belfast Lough, very rare (Jeffreys, 759). iii, Cork Harbour (Wright & Carroll, ’52): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 80-553 fms., abundant (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, S. W. Ireland (Jeffreys, ’69a): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 83-110 fms., abundant (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98, A. R. N.). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira (Watson). N. E. America. Volvulella acuminata (Bruguiére). (Cylichna acuminata, Jeffreys, B.C.) die, lly AUTLs elvis Visi i. Off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59): Turbot Bank, a single specimen, dead (Waller, f. Hyndman, ’58). ii. Portmarnock, very scarce (Hart, ’92). ili, Off south of Ireland, a dead specimen (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, 56): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, off Galley Head, 54 fms. (Chaster, 98), iv. Off Mizen Mead, 60 fms., and Bantry Bay (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, 756): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 3873-48 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98). .v. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Thompson, ’56): Birterbuy Bay, 12-15 fms. (Barlee, £. Thompson, ’49). Distribution. —Norway to Mediterranean. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 577 Family.—ScaPrHanpRID&. Scaphander lignarius (Linné). Tey Eels TODA CHAZ) Aone arale Generally distributed round the coast, principally in the coralline zone. Var. alba, Jeffreys. Bangor (Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89): west of Ireland (Jeffreys, ’59). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. [| Scaphander punctostriatus (Mighels). (Scaphander librarius, Jeffreys, B. C.)] liviadee iv, R. I. A. Exp., 1888, 345 fms., a small, broken, dead specimen (Chaster, ’98). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Azores. Morocco. W. Africa, ‘‘Talisman” (Locard). North Atlantic, ‘¢Valorous.” N. E. America. Gulf of Mexico and Barbadoes (Dall). Bullinella eylindracea (Pennant). (Cylichna eylindracea, Jeffreys, B. C.) rg lay) POUR IN Ray Weg Nia i, Magilligan (Thompson ms.): off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 97a): off Larne Lough, dead (Hyndman, ’59): Turbot Bank, dead (Hyndman, 758): Strangford Lough, 7-20 fms., dead, rare (Dickie, ’58). ii. Dundrum (Thompson ms.): Portmarnock (Brown, 718; Adanis, "78; Hart, ’92): Dublin Bay (Turton, 719; Kinahan, ’61): South Bull, scarce (Hart, ’92): Dalkey Sound, rare (Walpole, °O8A). : iii, Ardmore (Mrs. Mackesy, f. Thompson ms.): Cork Harbour (Humphreys, ’45): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-523 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 8-48 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 79.8, save Eus INE) v. Birterbuy Bay, dead (Walpole, ’52): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65 ; Standen, ’95),. 578 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. vi. Killala Bay (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 45; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, 789): Narin, co. Donegal (Mrs. Tatlow, 99): Kinnegar Strand and Inch I., Lough Swilly (Hart, ’92). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. W. Africa. Madeira. Canaries. St. Helena. Ascension I. and Tristan da Cunha, ‘‘ Chal- lenger.”’ Diaphana hyalina (Turton). (Utriculus hyalinus, Jeffreys, B. C.) Deeees eld henve nviesecysll i. Off the Maidens, 80 fms., dead (Hyndman, ’60). ii. Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, 756; Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Kinahan, ’61): Dublin (Jeffreys, 67): Dalkey Sound (Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). ii. Cork (Humphreys, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53 ; Jeffreys, ’67). iv. 8S. W. Ireland (Wright & Greene, 759): KR. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1888, 5-41 fms. (Chaster, ’98),. v. Galway (Jeffreys, ’67): Birterbuy Bay (Walpole, f. Thompson, 56): Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’77). vi. Bartra, shell-sand (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Ballysodare and Bun- doran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, ’56): Donegal (Jeffreys, 67): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Finmark to Mediterranean. ? Madeira, Canaries. Greenland to New England. Diaphana expansa (Jeffreys). (Utriculus expansus, Jeffreys, B. C.) omeVisy) Wale v. West coast of Ireland (Marshall in Journ. of Conch., vi., 1889). vi. Bartra, Killala Bay (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution —Finmark to Bay of Biscay. Mediterranean (Mon- terosato). Greenland. Diaphana quadrata (Monterosato). eee Vics oe iy. R. I. A. Exp., [1885, mouth of Kenmare River, 38-44 fms. ], two specimens (Chaster, 98). Distribution —S. W. Ireland. Mediterranean. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 579 Family.—Botri 2. Bulla utriculus, Brocchi. ERG wUbeS GON AYES, 6 i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): Groomsport, a single specimen, living (Hyndman, ’58): Turbot Bank, dead, very rare (Dickie and Hyndman, f. Hyndman, ’58). ii. Cork Harbour (Humphreys, f. Thompson, 756). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, 5-750 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 98, A. R. N.): R. D. 8. Fish. Survey, 1890, off the Skelligs, 80 fms. (Jordan). vy. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 67): Birterbuy Bay, very fine, living (Walpole, ’52). Distribution. Norway to Mediterranean. Canaries. ? N. E. America. [ Bulla semilevis, Seguenza. | Selva Se iv. ‘* Flying Fox,” Exp., 1889, S. W. Ireland, 1000 fms. (Smith, ’89), Distribution.—S. W. Ireland to Azores. Morocco, ‘‘ Talisman” (Locard). ?C. Hatteras to West Indies. Deep water. Bulla hydatis, Linné. Sabiy AEDES Ihy~en AEN Nels ii, Balbriggan (Turton, 719; J. Adair, f. Adams, ’78). ii. Cork Harbour (Humphreys, ’45). iv. Bantry Bay (Leach, ’52; Mrs. Puxley, f. Jeffreys, ’67). v. Birterbuy Bay (Farran, ’60a): R. D._S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Birterbuy Bay and Roundstone Bay (Holt, ’92): Westport, Clew Bay, one specimen (Thompson ms.). vi. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Killybegs (Holt in R. D.S. Report of Council, 1891, Appendix C.). Distribution.—England, Wales, and Ireland to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries, Ascension I., and St. Helena (Smith). Acera bullata, Miller. denpelde eal Vese Vieay VAS i. Lough Foyle, Larne, Belfast, and Strangford Loughs on the Zostera banks, living, abundant (Praeger, ’89): Belfast Lough, on the Zostera banks, living, abundant (Hyndman, ’58): Strangford Lough, 15-25 fms., living (Dickie, ’58). Var. nana, Jeffreys. Larne Lough (Jeffreys, ’67). 580 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. ui. Generally distributed in muddy bays, &e. iv. Bantry Bay (Mrs. Puxley, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): R.I. A. Exp., 1886, Berehaven, 5-10 fms., living (A. R.N.): R. D.S. Fish. Survey 1890, Kenmare River (Jordan): Valentia (Cockerell, ’87; Dublin Mus., coll. by Rey. A. Delap): Kerry (Dublin Mus., coll. by A. G. More). vy. Oozy bays, west of Ireland (Thompson, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53): Roundstone (Thompson ms.; R. D. 8. Fish. Survey, 1890; Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.): R. D. 8S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Inishbofin Harbour, 1-5 fms. (A. R. N.): Clew Bay, 3 fms. (Forbes & Hanley, 53). Var. Farrani, Norman. Birterbuy Bay, living (Farran, ’57): Kilkieran Bay (Dublin Mus., coll. by A. G. More). vi. Inch I:, co. Donegal (Hart, 792). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira (Watson). Canaries. Family.—Puaininip2. Philine aperta (Linné). else sleek Nee aval Generally distributed and plentiful all round the coast in oozy bays, &e. Var. patula, Jeffreys. Dublin Bay and Connemara (Jeffreys, Orla): Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Canaries. C. Verd I., ‘“‘Challenger.”” Cape of Good Hope. Philippines. &c. Philine nitida, Jeffreys. Heaiteoliil sl Vea nV s i. Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, ’974). iil, R. I. A. Exp., 1885, off Baltimore, 30 fms., one small specimen (Chaster, ’98). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1886, 10-88 fms., three small specimens (Chaster, ’98). vi. Bartra and Enniscrone (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—British Isles to Mediterranean. Nicuots—A. List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 581 Philine scabra (Miller). Te aUl A, BEDlag Thea AeA 1, Off Ballycastle, living (Chaster, 7974): Turbot Bank, dead, rare (Hyndman, 758): Groomsport, a very large specimen (Waller, f. Jeffreys, 67). ul, Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, ’56): Dalkey Sound, rare (Walpole, ’53a). iil. Off Saltee I., 40 fms. (Walpole, ’52): Cork, in nomen of a sole Ghee f), Lhompson, 706) hy ly An xp nl S85), 1886, 30-54 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-79 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, 198, A. N.). Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson ms.): co. Galway (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 67): Roundstome (D’Arcy W. Thompson). yi. Bartra and Enniscrone (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 756). Var. circa, Marshall. Killala Bay (Marshall in Journ. of Conch., vi., 1889). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. Madeira (Watson). Greenland. = Philine catena (Montagu). Sauleg Mon TNR AVE AE u. Dublin Bay (Jeffreys, ’67): Dalkey Sound, very rare (Walpole, ’53A). iu. Cork (in stomach of a sole, Humphreys, ’45; Jeffreys, ’67): south coast of Ireland (Leach, ’52). iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, S. W. Ireland (Jeffreys, 694): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Berehaven,. 5-25 fms. (Chaster, ’98): Valentia (Gamble, ’96). . Miltown Malbay, rare (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’56): Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67): Roundstone (Alcock, ’65; D’Arcy W. Thompson). an vi. Bartra and Enniscrone, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Jeffreys, ’67; Thompson Coll. in Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, ’89; Waller Coll. in Dublin Mus.). Var. zona, Jeff- reys. Bartra and Enniscrone (Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. 4 582 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Philine angulata, Jefireys. ieee vis | i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): Larne (Jeffreys, ’67). Var. circumlustra, Marshall. Portrush (Marshall, *93). vi. Enniscrone, one imperfect specimen (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, 92). Var. circumlustra. Killala Bay (Marshall, ’98). Distribution—Norway. British Isles. Mediterranean (Monte- rosato). N. E. America. Philine quadrata (S. Wood). Ue SLs aV ig te i. Off the Maidens, 80 fms., dead (Hyndman, ’60). iv. South-west Ireland (Wright & Greene, ’59). vy. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’67). Distribution.— Finmark to Azores. Mediterranean (Monterosato). Azores. St. Helena. Greenland. N. E. America (Verrill). Philine punctata (Clark). repute eB ey ale 1. Var. eingulata, Marshall. Portrush (Marshall, ’93). ii. Portmarnock (Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Warren, f. Jeffreys, ’67). iv. Bantry Bay (Norman, f. Jeffreys, °67): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Berehaven, 5-25 fms., and mouth of Kenmare River, 23-88 fms. (Chaster, ’98): Valentia (Gamble, ’96). vy. Kilkee (Thompson, ’56): Miltown Malbay (Harvey, f. Thompson, °656): Roundstone (Standen, ’95). vi. Bartra, occasionally (Miss A. Warren, ’92): Bundoran (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 756; Jeffreys, °67): Narin Strand, co. Donegal (G. P. Farran). Var. cingulata. Bartra (Marshall, f. Miss A. Warren, ’92). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Greenland. Philine pruinosa (Clark). Mead ssl VienaVicy ii. R.I.A. Exp., 1885, off Baltimore, 30 fms., very rare(Chaster, ’98). ivy. R. J. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 23-79 fms., very rare (Chaster, ’98). y. Birterbuy Bay, 12-15 fms., a single dead specimen (Barlee, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to British Isles. Mediterranean. Nicoors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 588 Family.—Limacryipz. Limacina retroversa (Fleming). (Spirialis retroversus, Jeffreys, B.C.) ep os lien PVay AYop NALS i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’97 a). ii. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-54 fms. (Chaster, 798). iy. R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, Ballinskelligs Bay, and 4-345 fms. (Chaster, ’98): off Mizen Head, 60 fms., dead specimens, and var. Mac Andrei, F. & H. (M‘Andrew, f. Forbes & Hanley, 53). vy. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Thompson, ’56): Roundstone (Alcock, 65; Standen, 795). vi. Bartra (Miss A. Warren, ’92, 96): Bundoran, shell-sand (Mrs. Hancock, f. Thompson, 756): R. D. S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Donegal Bay (Holt,’ 92): Narin Strand, co, Donegal (G. P. Farran),. Distribution.—Pelagic. Loffoden I, to Lat. 50° N., and Davis Strait to New England (Pelseneer). ?| Peracle diversa (Monterosato). | Sah A iy. ‘Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 1000 fms., dead shells (Smith, ’89). Distribution.—Pelagic. ?8.W.Ireland. Morocco, “ Travailleur”’ (Locard). Mediterranean (Monterosato). Georgia, Florida, Bermuda, and W. Indies (Dall). Family.—CavoLin1p 2. Clio pyramidata, Linné. do Phan uae eal iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1888, 4-345 fms. (Chaster, 798, A. R. N.): ‘Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, off S. W. Ireland, on surface, abundant (Green in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iv., 1889). vi, R. D. S. Fish. Survey, 1891, 45 miles N.N.W. of Black Rock, co. Mayo, on surface (A. R. N.). Distribution.—Pelagic. AtlanticOcean from Spitzbergen and Davis Strait to Lat. 40°S., Mediterranean Sea, Indian and Pacific Oceans (Pelseneer). 584 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Cawolinia trispinosa (Lesueur). seit y (etvadls ss ii. Youghal, a specimen washed ashore (Ball, f. Thompson, ’56),. iv. ‘*Porcupine” Exp., 1869, off Valentia, 110 fms. (Jeffreys, ’69a) = R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1888, 120-750 fms., fragments (Chaster, 798): R. I. A. Exp., 1888, in tow-nets at Lat. 51°91’ N., Long. 11° 50’ W., depth 750 fms., dead (A. R. N.): ‘(Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 250-1000 fms., dead shells (Smith, ’89). Distribution.—Pelagic. Both sides of Atlantic from Lat. 60° N. to: 40°8., Mediterranean Sea, Indian and Pacific Oceans (Pelseneer). Family.—Aprysiipm, Aplysia punctata, Cuvier. Teg Day lay hay Veg APG Generally distributed all round the coast in the laminarian zone, and not uncommon. Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira. Canaries. The generic name Aplysia should be replaced by Tethys (Pilsbry in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xvi., 1895). Family.—PyEevMopeRMATIDS. Dexiobranchea paucidens, Boas. BENS ERLE y. Roundstone (D’Arcy W. Thompson, f. W. T. Calman). Distribution.—Atlantic Ocean on the route from Brazil to Europe (Pelseneer). Family.—Ciionipm. | Clione limacina (Phipps). (Clione papilionacea, Jeffreys, B.C.) ! a ae iv. Several small specimens were taken in the tow nets, 57 miles off Dursey Head, in the R. I. A. Exp., 1886 (A. R. N:): off i Valentia (Dublin Mus., pres. by F. W. Gamble). Distribution.—Pelagic. Arctic seas to 8. England and Virginia. il. Nicnots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 585 - Family.—PLEvROBRANCHID®. Pleurobranchus membranaceus (Montagu). Novadlgy Eby INARE on Ib . Belfast Lough, and off Groomsport, 6-8 fms., living (Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56; Hyndman, ’58): Carrickfergus (Dublin Mus.). . Portmarnock (Adams, ’78): Dublin Bay (Kinahan, ’61). . Cork Harbour, a living specimen (Humphreys, ’45). . R. I. A. Exp., 1888, Berehaven, 7 fms., living (A. R. N.). . Aran I, and Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Forbes & Hanley, ’53). Distribution.— British Isles to Mediterranean. Pleurobranchus plumula (Montagu). . i, lL, Iv., Vy . Portmarnock (Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.): Dublin Bay (Kinahan, ’61). i, R. I. A. Exp., 1888, off 8. coast of Cork, 50 fms., living (A. R. N.). . Bantry Bay (Norman, f. Jeffreys, ’67; Dublin Mus.): Valentia (Gamble, ’96). . Miltown Malbay, very rare (Harvey, f. Thompson, ’56): Round- stone (Alcock, ’65; M‘Calla, f. Thompson us.; Dublin Mus.) : R. D. 8. Fish. Survey, 1890, Blacksod Bay, living (A. R.N.). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Madeira (Watson). Sub-order.—AscoeLossa. Family.—HEru xr &. Hermea bifida (Montagu). Tay be) SOU Nee Vee . Belfast Lough (Getty and Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56). . Coast of Cork (EK. P. Wright, ’59): Baltimore (A. R. N.). . Coast of Kerry (1. P. Wright, 759). . Bundoran (J. E. Duerden in Irish Naturalist, v., 1896). Distribution.—Swedcen. BritishIsles. W.France. Mediterranean. 586 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Hermea dendritica (Alder & Hancock). bits Na Vey Vee ill., iv. Coasts of Cork and Kerry (E. P. Wright, 59). vy. ‘‘ Argo” Cruise, 1890, Inishbofin (Herdman, ’91). vi. Bundoran (J. E. Duerden in Irish Naturalist, v., 1896). Distribution.—Norway. Sweden. British Isles. W. France. Mediterranean. Alderia modesta (Lovén). SUL acl. ii. Skibbereen, co. Cork, in salt marshes (Allman, ’46). Distribution.—Sweden. Belgium. British Isles. Family.—Etystp 2. LElysia viridis (Montagu). Pll SALVE EVs ili. Dungarvan, co. Waterford, one specimen (A. R. N.): dredged abundantly in the harbours of Glandore, Castletownsend, and Crookhaven, 1844 (Allman, ’45). iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96; Dublin Mus., a specimen coll. by A. C. Haddon). v. Roundstone (Dublin Mus.). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. Family.—Lrvaponrip2. Limapontia capitata (Miller). (L. nigra, Jeffreys, B. C.) ish ep Die iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Finmark to Brittany. Acteonia corrugata, Alder & Hancock. A POUeR bean Er iv. Valentia, (Gamble, ’96). Distribution —Norway. England. S. W. Ireland. W. France. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 587 Sub-order.—NvDIBRANCHIATA. Family.—AXoripip 2. Eolis papillosa (Linné). Tee Ue Vonn Veen « . Belfast Lough (Ordnance Coll., f. Thompson ms.; Dublin Mus., a specimen coll. by Miss 8. Thompson): Donaghadee (Thompson MS.). ii. Malahide (Lloyd, f. Thompson, ’404; Dublin Mus.): Lambay I. (Thompson, ’56): Dublin Bay (Kinahan, ’61). iii. Courtmacsherry Harbour, co. Cork (Allman, f. Thompson, 756, sub Kolis Cuvierit). iv. Bantry Bay (Leach, 752, sub Rolidia Cuviert): Valentia (Gamble, ’96). y. Lahinch, co. Clare (Forbes and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56, sub Eolis zetlandica): Roundstone (M‘Calla, f. Thompson ms.). Distribution.—N. Europe to 8. W. France. WN. E. America. ns LEolis glauca, Alder & Hancock. Pea Set ee iy. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Denmark to Mediterranean. Afolis sanguinea, Norman. hyn y. Inishlacken, Roundstone Bay, 1874, low water, spring tides (Norman, ’77). Distribution.—W. Ireland. Cratena Peachii (Alder & Hancock). (olis Peachit, Jeffreys, B. C.) ey Veit is iy. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—British Isles. Cratena paradoxa (Quatrefages). (Lolis angulata, Jeffreys, B. C.) a NG st iy. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Sweden. BritishIsles. W. France. 538 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Cratena amena (Alder & Hancock). (Zolis amena, Jeffreys, B. C.) eal dete iv. Valentia (Gamble, 796). Distribution.—British Isles. Cratena olivacea (Alder & Hancock). (ols oltvacea, Jeffreys, B.C.) Bevis te iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Norway to English Channel. ? W. France (Hecht). Tergipes despectus (Johnston). (Lolis despecta, Jeffreys, B. C.) tas eee u. Kingstown (Haddon, ’86a),. Distribution.—Norway. British Isles. N.E. America. Embletonia pulchra (Alder & Hancock). be hVa nee ve iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—British Isles to Mediterranean. Amphorina cerulea (Montagu). (Kolis cerulea, Jeffreys, B.C.) SOLV Se iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—S. England. 8S. W. Ireland to Mediterranean. Galvina exigua (Alder & Hancock). (£olis exigua, Jeffreys, B. C.) eed egect llVicawore u. Rush, co. Dublin (J. E. Duerden in Irish Naturalist, i., 1894) : Kingstown (Haddon, ’86a). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven (Haddon, ’86s). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. N. E. America (Verrill). Galvina tricolor (Forbes). (Lolis tricolor, Jeffreys, BoC) Lee Api He i. Castle Chichester, Belfast Lough, one specimen (Hyndman, f. Thompson, *56, sub Lolis violacea). Distribution.—Norway to W. France. Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 589 Galvina Farrani (Alder & Hancock). (olis Farrant, Jeffreys, B.C.) Sly Mle, Hh 5 6 ii. Malahide, one specimen (Alder & Hancock, 744), iii. All along the south coast (E. P. Wright, 759). iv. Valentia (Haddon, f. Gamble, 796): Ventry Bay (E. P. Wright, 59). Distribution.—British Isles to Mediterranean. G. Farrani is now often used with G. tricolor. Galvina picta (Alder & Hancock). (Holis picta, Jeffreys, B.C.) Stee LV tates ere i= i. Malahide (Alder & Hancock,’45; a single specimen, Alder and Farran, f. Thompson, ’56, sub Kolis pallida). iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. ?N. E, America. Coryphella rufibranchialis (Johnston). (Lolis rufibranchialis, Jeffreys, B. C.) phos Getoe Vile li. Dublin Bay (Hassall, ’42),. vi. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Lough Swilly, 6-84 fms. (Holt,. 92), Distribution.—-Finmark to Mediterranean. N. KE. America. Bering Sea. hee Coryphella gracilis (Alder & Hancock), (olis gracilis, Jeffreys, B. C.) Syste ss iv. Valentia (Gamble, 96). Distribution.—Denmark. British Isles. Mediterranean. Coryphella Landsbergui (Alder & Hancock). (Holis Landsburg?, Jeffreys, B. C.) Bp Vaan iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96), Distribution.— Norway to Mediterranean. R.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. Y. 2 590 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Coryphella lineata (Lovén). (Lolis lineata, Jeffreys, B. C.) Ee Sess, Selig, 3c ii. Kingstown (Haddon, ’86a). iv. Valentia (Dublin Mus., specimens coll. by F. W. Gamble). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean, Favorinus albus (Alder & Hancock). (Zolis alba, Jeffreys, B.C.) Hess cl Vey age il. Malahide, two specimens (Alder & Hancock, ’44). iv, Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Facelina Drummondi (Thompson). (Zolis Drummond, Jeffreys, B. C.) Te, is a PAL Vise i. Belfast Lough (Thompson, ’56): Bangor, co. Down (Drummond, f. Thompson, 756). ; u. Newcastle, co. Down (Thompson, ’?56): Kingstown (Haddon, 86a). ii, R.I. A. Exp., 1888, off Glandore, 53 fms. (A. R. N.). iv. Valentia (Dublin Mus., coll. by F. W. Gamble). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Facelina coronata (Forbes & Goodsir). (Lolis coronata, Jeftreys, B. C.) « dle, diese 1V ss vl ii. Rush, co. Dublin (J. E. Duerden in Irish Naturalist, i1., 1894): Malahide (Alder & Hancock, ’45; Farran, f. Thompson, 756 ; Dublin Mus.): Dublin Bay (Alder & Hancock, ’45). ii. Glandore Bay (Allman, f. Thompson,’44a), iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Berehaven (Haddon, ’863): R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Valentia (Holt, ’92): Valentia (Gamble, 96). vi. Bundoran (J. E. Duerden in Irish Naturalist, v., 1896). Liistribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 591 Facelina punctata (Alder & Hancock), (£olis punctata, Jeffreys, B.C.) Seb Ve ssces iy. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—S. England and 8. W. Ireland to Mediterranean. Antiopa cristata (Delle Chiaje). IS Lleyn iii. Cork Harbour (Dublin Mus., coll. by A. C. Haddon): Baltimore Harbour, a specimen (A. R. N.), Distribution.—Shetland to Mediterranean. Antiopa hyalina, Alder & Hancock. Sola ore iv. Walentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—British Isles. W. France (Hecht). Proctonotus mucroniferus (Alder & Hancock). plicit ii. Malahide (Alder & Hancock, ’44 ; Haddon, ’86a),. Distribution.—Scotland. Ireland, W. France (Hecht). Hero formosa (Loyén), SORWasE iv. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off Dingle Bay, 74-80 fms., one specimen (A. R. N.). Distribution,—Lotfoden I. to English Channel. Family.—Lomanorm. Lomanotus Genet, Véerany. (L. marmoratus, &c., Jeffreys, B.C.) SAVEtAgs iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96), Distribution.—Norway. British Isles. Mediterranean. u92 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Family.—Dotroni2. Doto fragilis, Forbes. eels, VLVesVic, < | iii, Cove, co. Cork (Ball and Forbes, f. Thompson us.): coast of Cork (E. P. Wright, ’59). iv. Coast of Kerry (KE. P. Wright, ’59) : Valentia (Gamble, ’96). v. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Galway Bay, 20 fms. (Holt, 92): Clew Bay (Ball, Forbes, and Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—Christiania to Mediterranean. Doto pinnatifida (Montagu). Pe bees iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—England. 8. W. Ireland. Guernsey. W. France. Doto coronata (Gmelin), ey Meee i, Off Copeland I., 85 fms. (Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756). ii. Malahide (Alder & Hancock, ’45): Dublin Bay (Alder & Hancock, 45; Kinahan, ’61): Kingstown (Haddon, ’86a). iii. Glandore Bay (Allman, f.. Thompson, ’56): coast of Cork (E. P. Wright, 759). iv. Coast of Kerry (E. P. Wright, ’59): R. I. A. Exp. 1885, Bantry Bay (Haddon, ’86 8): Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Finmark to Mediterranean. WN. E. America. i - Family.—Dernpronorip®. Dendronotus frondosus (Ascanius). (D. arborescens, Jeffreys, B.C.) Teale, elivse Vie i, Off Maidens, 20-90 fms. (Hyndman, 759): Strangford Lough (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, *56, sub TZritonia lactea). ii. Malahide (Alder & Hancock, ’45; Alder and Farran, f. Thompson, ’56): Dublin Bay (Alder & Hancock, ’45): Kingstown (Haddon, ’86a). iy. Valentia (Dublin Mus., coll. by F. W. Gamble). vi. R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Boylagh Bay, 20 fms. (A. R. N.). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Iceland to 8. W. France. Greenland. N. E. America. Bering Strait. Nicno1s—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 5938 Family.—PLEvRoPHYLLIDIIDA. Pleurophyllidia Lovéent, Bergh. ee LVay 6 6 iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1888, Long Island Sound, 4 fms. (A. R. N.): Bantry Bay (Nichols, 793). Distribution.—Norway to English Channel. Family.—Trironmp&. Tritonia Hombergit, Cuvier. Hep UA 9 MO/OH aC i. Belfast Lough (M‘Calla, f. Thompson ms.), ui. Off Howth (Ball, f. Thompson 756; Dublin Mus.): Dublin Bay (Hassall, ’42; Kinahan, ’61): Greystones (Mackintosh, ’84). iv. R. D. 8S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Dingle Bay, 40 fms. (Holt, ’92). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Tritonia plebeca, Johnston. Te, voll ba oe olte i, Belfast Lough (M‘Calla, f. Thompson ms.). iii, Cork Harbour, (Ball and Forbes, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Family.—Dormm2. Archidoris tuberculata (Cuvier). (Doris tuberculata, Jeffreys, B. C.) Hoy Miley Stas They Wey Nile i. Belfast Lough (Templeton and Drummond, f. Thompson, ’56): Drumnasole (Dublin Mus.).} uu. Dublin coast, generally distributed. iii, Youghal (Ball, f. Thompson, ’56): Courtmacsherry Harbour, common (Allman, f. Thompson, ’56): Baltimore (A. R. N.): S. coast of Ireland (Leach 752). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1888, Long Island Sound, 4 fms. (A. R.N.): Bantry Bay (Dublin Mus.): R. D. 8S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off the Skelligs, 52-62 fms. (A. R. N.): Valentia (Gamble, ’96) : ‘“ Research” Trawling Cruise, 1889, 70 fms. (Bourne, ’90). Kilkee (Dublin Mus., coll. by G. Y. Dixon): Roundstone (Thompson ms.). vi. R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1891, Broadhaven Bay (A. R. N.). Distribution.—F¥inmark to Mediterranean. ? N. E. America. a 1 Carrickfergus (M‘Skimin in ‘‘ History of Carrigfergus,’’ 2nd ed.). oot Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Archidoris flammea (Alder & Hancock). (Doris flammea, Jeffreys, B.C.): Sign Werner iv. S. W. Ireland (Wright & Greene, ’59). v. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Birterbuy Bay (A. R. N.). Distribution.—British Isles. Jorunna Johnstoni (Alder & Hancock). (Doris Johnstont, Jeffreys, B.C.) sgLISy COUN Canoes il, Skerries, co. Dublin (Hyndman, f. Thompson, 756, sub Doris: obvelata). iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Cadlina obvelata (Miller). (Doris repanda, Jeffreys, B.C.) aeVEat vy. Roundstone, a specimen between tide-marks (Ball, &c., f. Thomp- son, ’56). Distribution.—Spitzbergen and Finmark to Mediterranean. Grecn- land. N.E. America. Rostanga coccinea (Alder & Hancock). (Doris coccinea, Jeffreys, B. C.) ells Beers ill. Castlehaven, Cork Harbour (Greene, f. E. P. Wright, ’59). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Family.—Potycerip x, Aigires punctilucens (d’Orbigny). 4g LD MLS oh Vests il. Howth, co. Dublin (Dublin Mus., a specimen coll. by H. Hanna). ii. Courtmacsherry Harbour, co. Cork (Allman, f. Thompson, 756). iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). vy. R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Blacksod Bay (A. R. N.). Distribution.—Norway to W. France. ? Mediterranean. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 595 Triopa claviger (Miller). Tee. LVieg, Maes i, Strangford Lough (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Dursey Sound (Haddon, ’86n): Valentia (Gamble, ’96). v. Lahinch, co, Clare (Thompson, 56). Distribution.—Norway to W. France. Polycera quadrilineata (Miller). Hey all « uelD aa AUVs ie Vienthe i. Entrance of Strangford Lough, three specimens (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56): Strangford Lough, two speci- mens (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, ’56, sub P. typicd). ii. Off Howth, 4 fms. (A. R. N.): Malahide and Dublin Bay (Alder, f. Alder & Hancock, ’45): Salthill (Haddon, ’86.). iii, Kinsale (Ball and Forbes, f. Thompson ms.). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1888, Bantry Bay, 7 fms. (A. R. N.): Valentia (Gamble, 96): R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, off Ventry Har- bour, 20 fms. (A. R. N.). v. Roundstone Bay (Forbes, f, Alder & Hancock, ’45): R.J).S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Cleggan Bay, 7-12 fms. (Holt, ’92). Distribution.— Norway to Mediterranean. rege ates Polycera Lessonii, @ Orbigny. Reeth MUO AM NED Aion ii. Dublin Bay (Alder, f. Thompson, ’44a, sub P. citrina). Var. ocellata, Alder & Hancock. Malahide and Dublin Bay (Alder, f. Thompson, ’44a), ili, Var. ocellata. Castletownsend (Allman, f. Thompson ms.). iv. Var. ocellata. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). v. Var. ocellata. R.D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Cleggan Bay, 7-12 fms. (Holt, 792). Distribution.—Iceland. Sweden to Mediterranean, Greenland. N.E, America. 596 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Family.—Gontopormip&. Acanthodoris pilosa (Miller). (Doris pilosa, Jeffreys, B. C.) iy) Uy BiG Ss abyoy fe WeA.c i. Belfast Lough (Drummond, f. Thompson, ’56; Hyndman, f, Thompson, ’56, sub Doris sublevis). ii, Dublin Bay (Hassall, ’42; Allman, f. Thompson, ’56): Salthill, common (Haddon, ’86a),. ii. Baltimore Harbour (A. R. N.): south of Ireland (Thompson, ’44). iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). v. ? West of Ireland (Thompson, ’44), Distribution. —Iceland. Finmark to Mediterranean. WN. E, America. Lamellidoris aspera (Alder & Hancock). (Doris aspera, Jeffreys, B. C.) Giles abbyy hon. 0, ¢ . ii. Malahide (Alder and Farran, f, Thompson, 756), iil. Young specimens, and according to Alder, most probably of this species were found at Glandore Bay, co. Cork, by Allman (Thompson, *56). iv. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Greenland. Sweden to Spain. N. E. America. — Lamellidoris muricata (Miller). (Doris muricata, Jeffreys, B. C.) loo OOO i. Belfast and Strangford Loughs (Hyndman and Thompson, f. Thompson, 756). Distribution —Finmark to Denmark. N. E. Ireland. N, E. America (Verrill). Lamellidoris ulidiana (Thompson). (Doris ulidiana, Jeffreys, B. C.) I eee @@ i. Three specimens were obtained among oysters brought to Belfast market from the neighbouring coast of Down or Antrim (Thompson, 756), Distribution.—N. FE, Treland. Nicuots—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 597 Lamnellidoris” bilamellata (Linné). (Doris bilamellata, Jeffreys, B. C.) Hop tbls THD AOR bot i. On oysters from Greencastle, Londonderry (Thompson, ’56, sub Doris affinis): Larne (Ordnance Coll., f. Thompson ms.) : Belfast Lough, 10 fms. (Thompson, ’56). ii, Lambay I., between tide-marks (Thompson, ’56): Williamstown, Dublin Bay (Hassall, ’42). ul. South of Ireland (‘Thompson, ’44). iy. Valentia (Gamble, ’96). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to W. France. Greenland. N. E. America, Lamellidoris inconspicua (Alder & Hancock). (Dords inconspicua, Jeffreys, B. C.) eo lle, we oe ii, Dublin Bay (E. P. Wright,.’59). Distribution.—Denmark. British Isles. W. France. Lamellidoris Lovént (Alder & Hancock). (Doris Lovént, Jeffreys, B. C.) eae kv ome iv. Bantry Bay, 1858, a single specimen between tide-marks (Norman, f. Jeffreys, ’69). Distribution —Norway. Sweden. S. W. Ireland. Goniodoris nodosa (Montagu). Till, aT Siva pavicsane i. Donaghadee (Drummond, f. Thompson ms.). ii. Malahide (Alder & Hancock, ’45; Haddon, ’864; Dublin Mus., a specimen coll. by J. G. Sumner): Lambay I., between tide- marks (Thompson, 756, sub G. elongata): Dublin Bay (Alder & Hancock, ’45): Seapoint (Hassall, ’42): Salthill (Haddon, ’86A). iii. Cove, co. Cork (Ball and Forbes, f. Thompson ms.) : Courtmac- sherry Harbour (Allman, f. Thompson, 756, sub Doris barvi- censis). iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1885, Dursey Sound, 20-25 fms. (Haddon, ’86s) : Valentia (Gamble, 796), y. Killary Bay (Ball, Forbes, and Hyndman, f. Thompson, ’56). Distribution.—Norway to W. France. 598 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Goniodoris castanea, Alder & Hancock. eh eee aliveneatre iv. R.I. A. Exp., 1885, Dursey Sound, 20-25 fms. (Haddon, ’86B).. Distribution.—British Isles. W. France. Mediterranean. Idatina elegans (Leuckart). (ldalia elegans, Jeflreys, B. C.) slgeNigas y. Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’69 ; Dublin Mus.). Distribution.—Denmark to Mediterranean. ddalina Leachii (Alder & Hancock). (Ldalia Leachit, Jeffreys, B.C.) 5 Save v. Birterbuy Bay (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 69). Distribution.—British Isles. Idalina aspersa (Alder & Hancock). (Idalia aspersa, Jeffreys, B.C.) SPAMS AT SebVE aoc ui. Off Bray Head, 7 fms. (Ball, f. Thompson, 756). ii, R. I. A. Exp., 1888, off 8. coast of. Cork, 50 fms. (A. R. N.). v. Birterbuy Bay, not uncommon (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’69). Distribution.—Sweden to S. W. France. Ancula cristata (Alder). Pid, Sines ii, Malahide (Alder & Hancock, ’45): Dublin Bay, common (Alder, f. Thompson, ’44a), iii, R. I. A. Exp., 1888, off co. Cork, 24 fms, (A. RB. N.). Distribution.—Iceland. Norway to English Channel. Class: -SCAPHOPODA. Family.—Denratups. Dentalium panormitanum, Cheuu. elias seni iv. ‘Porcupine’? Exp., 1869, 85-180 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution—sS. W. Ireland to Mediterranean. Off Senegal, “¢ Talisman.”’ Nicuorts—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 599: Dentalium vulgare, Da Costa. (D. tarentinum, Jeffreys, B.C.) gly ee LW: Wey oe ii. Eastern shores of Ireland (Thompson, 756): Dublin Bay, dead, rare (Walpole, ’53a; Kinahan, ’61): Dalkey Sound (dead, Walpole, 534; Adams, ’78). iv. Bantry Bay (Mrs. Puxley and Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’65; Standen in Journ. of Conch., vyii., 1896): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 79-93 fms. (Chaster, ’98, A. R. N.). vy. Western shores of Ireland (Thompson, 756): Miltown Malbay (Warren, f. Thompson ms.): Aran I, (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, ’65) : ‘¢Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, Galway Bay, 15-20 fms. (Jeffreys, 82): R. D. S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Galway Bay (A. R. N.)= Birterbuy Bay (Walpole, ’52): R. D. 8. Fish. Survey, 1890, Blacksod Bay (A. R. N.). Mstribution.— Belgium. England, Wales, and Ireland to Mediter- ranean. [ Dentalium eandidum, Jeffreys. | € ja ge vl Vay Vieahte iy. ‘Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 1000 fms. (Smith, ’89). v. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Both sides of North Atlantic. Deep water. [ Dentalium enigmaticum, Jordan. | Ceviae ie v. West coast of Ireland, 1000 fms., two specimens in British Museum (Smith, f. Jordan in Proc. Mal. Soe., London, i., 1895). Distribution.—Faroe Channel. W. Ireland. Deep water. Dentalium agile, M. Sars. LVL vellye iv. “‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 90-722 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82): R. I. A. Exp., 1888, 345 fms., three fine specimens, two containing the animal (Chaster, ’98). v. ‘‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 1738-422 fms, (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution. Finmark to Mediterranean. Azores. Canaries. N. W. Africa. Ascension I, N. E. America. Gulf of Mexico. 600 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. [Dentalium striolatum, Stimpson. (D. abyssorum, Jeffreys, B. C.)] peeeLViss 20 -¢ iy. “Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 370-722 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Spitzbergen. Finmark to Mediterranean. Azores. W. Africa, ‘‘ Talisman’? (Locard). Greenland. N.E. America. Dentalium entalis, Linné. 1.5 lity Ue, plv.d Woe se i. Antrim and Down coasts, living in some profusion, 5-90 fms. (Praeger, ’89). i. Ireland’s Eye and Howth (Hart, ’92): Dublin Bay (Walpole, ’53a ; Kinahan, ’61; Warren Coll. in Dublin Mus.).! ii, “‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 74 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 40-553 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98). iv. Bantry Bay (Humphreys, ’45): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 85-808 fms. (Jeffreys, °82): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 5-110 fms. (Swanston, ’86, Chaster, ’98, A. R. N.): R. D.S. Fish. Survey, 1890, Dingle Bay (A. R. N.). y. Aran I. (Barlee, f. Jeffreys, 65): Galway Bay (M‘Andrew Coll., f. Cooke, ’82): Roundstone (Alcock, 65; Standen, 795): ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 165-208 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Iceland. Finmark to Spain. N. E. America. N. W. America. [ Dentalium subterfissum, Jeffreys. | Caer Vie sats v. ‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Both sides of North Atlantic. Deep water. Pulsellum lofotense (M.Sars). (Siphonodentalium lofotense, Jefireys, B.C.) Ly (andllege oven Vaan i. Church Bay, Rathlin I., a small dead specimen (Chaster, ’973). ii, R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 30-553 fms. (Chaster, ’98). iv. “ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 90-808 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, 10-345 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. “Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 85-816 fms. (Jeffreys, 782). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. N. E. America. ' Portmarnock, rare (Brown, ’18). Nicnuoits—A. List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 601 [Pulsellum quinquangulare (Forbes). | DeplVer Von iy. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 370-722 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, 1888, 100-345 ims. (Chaster, ’98). vy. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 173-422 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. C. Verd L., ‘‘ Talis- man”’ (Locard). W. Indies. [ Cadulus olivt (Scacchi). | Pe LYE iy. ‘* Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 1000 fms., two specimens (Smith, ’89). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Senegal and W. Africa, “Talisman.” ? N. EH. America. Cadulus subfusiformis (M. Sars). Seo 8 a% lp Want iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1888, 345 fms., several live and dead specimens (Chaster, ’98). y. ‘‘Poreupine” Exp., 1869, 85 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82), Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean, W. Africa, ‘‘ Talis- man.” New England. Cadulus Jeffreys, Monterosato. ( Cadulus subfustformis, Jeffreys, B.C.) tec LV, Vises iv. ‘‘ Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, 85-808 fms. (Jeffreys, 82): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 110 fms., two fragmentary specimens (Chaster, 98). Vo ope Exp., 1869, 85-816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’82). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Josephine Bank and Azores, ‘‘ Josephine.’ W. Africa, ‘‘Talisman.”’ St. Helena (Smith). New Jersey to W. Indies (Dall). [ Cadulus propinquus, G. O. Sars. ] VLVes oe iv. R. I. A. Exp., 1888, 345 fms., a single example (Chaster, ’98). Distribution.—Norway. North Atlantic. Mediterranean. 602 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Class. -PELECYPODA. Order.—PROTOBRANCHIATA. Family.—Nucvrip 2. Nucula tenuis (Montagu). LS ly Mealy, Welhs i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’97a): near the Maidens, deep water, living (Hyndman, ’59; Belfast Mus., f. Praeger, 789): coast of Down (Brown, ’44), ii, Portmarnock (Warren, f. Thompson, ’56): Dublin Bay (Jeffreys, 63): Dalkey Sound, rare (Walpole, 53a). iv. ‘Porcupine’? Exp., 1869, 85-110 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79): R. I. A. Exp., 1886, off Dursey Head, 214 fms., dead (A. R. N.). y. ‘* Porcupine” Exp., 1869, Galway Bay, 15-20 fms., and 165-208 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). ; Distribution.—Arctic seas in both hemispheres to Mediterranean and New England, W. America, N.E. Asia, Nucula corbuloides, Seguenza. ae A ee iv. ‘‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 90-364 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79): “ Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 1000 fms. (Smith, ’89). Distribution.—N orth Atlantic. Mediterranean. W. Africa. Deep water. [ Nucula cancellata, Jeffreys. | we i AVa Way iv. ‘‘ Flying Fox” Exp., 1889, 1000 fms. (Smith, ’89). v. ‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). Distribution.—Both sides of North Atlantic. Deep water. Nucula sulcata, Brown. PIA BVA aVie5. te ii. Dublin Bay (Clark and Warren, f. Thompson, ’56; Branscombe and Warren, f. Jeffreys, ’63): off Dublin coast (Farran f. Thompson, 474; Walpole, 7538). Nymph Bank, 50-60 fms., very young specimens (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, 756): R. I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, off S. coast of Cork, 54-554 fms. (Chaster, 798, A. R. N.). me lil. Nicuors—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. 608 iv. Between Cape Clear and Mizen Head, 40 fms., very young speci- mens (M‘Andrew, f. Thompson, ’56): Bantry Bay (Humphreys, f. Jeffreys, ’63): ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 85-110 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). v. ‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, Galway Bay, 15-20 fms., and 165-208 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. Canaries. Nucula nucleus (Linné). Tlie, Why We TNo5 Ais Nal Generally distributed in sand and gravel. Var. radiata, Forbes & Hanley. Off Larne Lough, one specimen, living, and off Black Head, 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59): off Groomsport, living, rare (Waller, f. Hyndman, 758): Dublin Bay, not uncommon (Kanahan,’61): Dalkey Sound, rare (Walpole, ’534): off Hook Light, co. Wexford, 45-50 fms. (Walpole, 752). Distribution.—Loffoden I. to Mediterranean. Morocco. Cupe of Good Hope (Sowerby). Nucula nitida, G. B. Sowerby. Hd abe, abla. yes (Vell) i. Off Ballycastle, dead (Chaster, ’974): off Black Head, 15 fms., living, and 25 fms. (Hyndman, ’59) : Turbot Bank, dead (Hynd- man, 758): Belfast Lough (Dublin Mus.) : off Donaghadee, 20 fms., and Copeland I., 12 fms., living (Hyndman, ’59) : Strang- ford Lough, 4-25 fms., living, rare (Dickie, ’58). il. Dundalk (Thompson, ’56): Portmarnock (Thompson, ’56; Hart, 92): Dublin Bay (Kinahan, ’61): Dalkey Sound (Walpole, 53a; Adams, ’78): Killiney Bay, &c. (Walpole, ’538a). ii. Youghal (Thompson, 756): Cork Harbour (Wright & Carroll, ’52) : Rk. 1. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, Glandore Harbour, 4 fms., and off S. coast of Cork, 30-54 fms. (Chaster, ’98): off Cape Clear, 30 fms. (M‘Andrew, f. Forbes & Hanley, 753). Var. radiata, Marshall, R. I. A. Exp., 1885, off Baltimore, 30 fms. (Chaster, 98), , iv. ‘‘ Porcupine”’ Exp., 1869, 808 fms. (Jeffreys, 79): R.I. A. Exp., 1885, 1886, 1888, 34-110 fms. (Chaster, ’98). v. ‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 165-183 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). Distribution.—Norway to Mediterranean. 60-4 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. [Nuculana pernula (Miller). (Leda pernula, Jeffreys, B.C.) ]- 5 Nope te iv. ‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 251-589 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). Distribution.—Arctic seas in both hemispheres to W. France and New England. Bering Strait. Nuculana minuta (Miller). (Leda minuta, Jeffreys, B.C.) 1 5 ll ss RLV Wis ee i. Generally distributed in sand, &c., in the coralline zone and deeper water. ii. Portmarnock (Brown, ’44; Warren, f. Thompson, ’56): Dublin Bay (Brown, ’44; living, rare, Kinahan, ’61): Dalkey Sound and Killiney Bay, very rare (Walpole, 53a), iv. Bantry Bay (Leach, ’52): ‘ Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 85-110 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). v. West of Ireland, rare (Turton, 719). Var. brevirostris, Jeffreys. All the Irish coasts (Jeffreys, ’63). Distribution.—Arctic seasin both hemispheres to W. France, New England, and Japan. [| Vuculana messanensis (Seguenza). | MAL Vics evens iv. ‘‘ Porcupine” Exp., 1869, 370-722 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). v. ‘* Porcupine”? Exp., 1869, 422-816 fms. (Jeffreys, ’79). Distribution.— Norway to Mediterranean. Azores. Morocco. Canaries. New England to Barbadoes (Dall), North Atlantic, ‘- Valorous.”’ [ Vuculana pustulosa (Jeffreys). | < Pleurobrachia pileus, >< SS oS Wl SS a eK K|xX\|xX1xK | x Beroe ovata, 3 : 5 : 36 EOS Ill 2S oo It ox WS WES [I] or x Tomopteris onisciformis, . : ‘ KK | KK | OK a ae | Sagitta bipunctata, . x |X| XI xk KI Kee eae eillee Sal re xX | XK | |x| x] VALENCIA Harpour. 1897. Summer. g|>| 2 ais | < x | ‘i me | xX a ell ON || OX | an oe ie || X | =. wan) OX || XX ae xX he mae || xX be mix ve ye te x 1897. 1897-1898. 1898. 1898. 1898. 798 Autumn. Winter. Spring. Summer. Autumn. || W. calle lege | cant ge liecin lineal |reimleeenic ao is 1s) Wee lies elelelalalaleleie[2|2|2ielglel: | . ~~ |) 28 & || oo ||| 06 |] 0 50, |] oo || 36 | 28 Il] 28 | 28 |] SS oc x |x| xX ob MOG PGMS NOS eS eS He Il eS CaS SPS I es x I-50 Il oo Boll 09 ova [bite ie < |! 2S I! a0 mS 2S | 2S III 2S 55° Woe . 00 || oe || 2X Il 2 5 |) 268 oo a6 || 2S |) 2S esl Go x | xX 50 || oc xX | X || oc bc oe 2 x 694 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. I].—Report on THE Mepus# (1895-98). By E. T. Browns, B.A., University College, London. INTRODUCTION. PREFATORY REMARKS. Very few species of Medusze have been recorded for the west coast of Ireland; and, owing to the vagueness of the descriptions originally given to these forms, the records are now in most cases of little value. Consequently it was impossible to form an idea as to whether the Medusoid fauna was similar to that of the English coasts or totally different from it; and it was equally impossible to determine what share the true Atlantic Meduse took in adding to the richness of the littoral fauna. Though the Medusz of the west have remained in a neglected condition, there have been periods of great activity on the eastern coast, more especially in the Dublin Bay district, where the labours of Ray Greene (1857) and Haddon (1885) have produced valuable contributions to our knowledge of the British Meduse. The northern shores of Ireland and the Belfast district claim the early work of Templeton (1836), Patterson (1859), Forbes, and Thompson ; and the southern shores that of Allman. It was necessary for the progress of my research on the British Meduse that I should investigate the fauna of the west coast of Ireland. The first visit to Valencia Harbour, on the coast of Kerry, was made in 1895, during April and May, with my friends Mr. W. I. Beaumont and Mr. F. W. Gamble, to both of whom I am indebted for much kindness and help. The second visit to the same locality was made during the summer (July to September) of 1896, when I was a member of a small expedition to investigate more thoroughly the fauna of the harbour. This Report, however, is mainly based upon a series of tow-nettings taken by the Misses Delap, of Valencia Island, to whom I am greatly indebted, not only for specimens, but also for valuable notes and draw- ings. I must take the responsibility for the contents of this Report and the identification of the species; but it is chiefly owing to the Misses Delap that the Medusoid fauna of Valencia Harbour is now better known than that of any other locality within the British area. Browne—Flora and Fauna of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 695 Tt will be seen from the list of species that most of the Medusze belong to one or other of the two orders—Anthomeduse and Lepto- medusee. These orders contain nearly all the species usually found in our seas. Though only a few Meduse have been connected with Hydroids, yet probably an alternation of generations will be ultimately proved to exist in all the species belonging to the two orders. Up to the present time no evidence has been found of the direct development of a Medusa from a Medusa in either the Anthomedusee or Leptomeduse. The Meduse belonging to the other orders, the Trachomeduse and the Narcomeduse, may be regarded as visitors to our shores. Their natural habitat is the open ocean, and their development is probably direct, as we have no evidence of the existence of any Hydroid form belonging to them. Our Meduse may, therefore, be divided into two groups:—(a) Littoral (Anthomeduse and Leptomedusee ; (6) Oceanic (Trachomedusze and Narcomeduse). Certain species of the Leptomeduse may be regarded as visitors to British waters, as they have been very rarely recorded (such an one is Octorchis) ; but they may be common elsewhere, and probably belong to Hydroids inhabiting grounds far away from our shores. The geographical position of Valencia Harbour makes it difficult there to distinguish the regular inhabitants of the coast from the oceanic speeies and the casual visitors; but, by comparing them with Medusze found at places further from the Atlantic, an approximately correct estimate can be obtained. For this comparison I select two places :—Plymouth, and Port Erin, in the Isle of Man, where the Medusoid fauna is fairly well known to me. Tue VYaLtencia Menus COMPARED WITH SPECIES FOUND AT PLYMOUTH AND Port Erin. All the Anthomeduse found at Valencia have, with one exception, been taken at or near Plymouth. This exception is Wargelis pyramidata, which has only been recorded from the west coast of Scotland. Since this species almost certainly comes from a Hydroid belonging to the genus Pougainvillia, or a closely allied genus, its distribution must mainly depend upon the distribution of that Hydroid, which may live in fairly deep water off the Atlantic coasts of Ireland and Scotland. I have taken at Port Erin nearly all the Valencia Anthomedusz ; and, from the known distribution of the missing species, they, with 696 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. all probability, will eventually be found there, except, perhaps, Margelis pyramidata. My visits to Port Erin have been principally during April and May, and not during the summer months: consequently my knowledge is somewhat limited to the spring forms. The Leptomeduse of Valencia do not show so close an agreement with those of Plymouth as the Anthomeduse, but the difference is not great. There are only three species which I have not taken at Plymouth : — Dipleurosoma typicum, Melicertidium octocostatum, and Laodice calearata. Dipleurosoma typicum is a remarkable Medusa; and until more is known about its distribution, and especially its life-history, my remarks must be of a speculative nature. There ought now to be no difficulty in tracing its life-history, as the ova remain attached to the Medusa until the planula stage is reached,’ and the planule could be reared in a ‘“‘ Plunger” aquarium, such as is used in the Plymouth laboratory. This Medusa was very scarce during my visit in 1896; but the Misses Delap reported shoals in 1897 and 1898. It has not often been recorded, but its distribution is wide :—Newfoundland, Norway, south coast of Ireland, Kingstown Harbour, and Brighton. Its occurrence at Brighton (1879) tends to show that the Medusa passed up Channel on that occasion. The second species, not taken at Plymouth, WMelicertidium octo- costatum), is a member of our northern fauna. It is common in Scotland, but rarely taken in the southern part of the British area. It was only taken once at Valencia in 1897, and has only been once recorded for the English Channel—at Falmouth, by Cocks, when it was abundant in the summer (1849). This species has such well- marked characters (eight radial canals and eight large gonads) that there should not be the slightest difficulty in determining the sole member of the genus. It is not likely, then, that this species would have escaped observation at Plymouth if taken in the tow-net. The third species, Laodice calcarata, has a wide distribution; but its exact range cannot be decided until the ‘‘ good species” of the 1 Dipleurosoma typicum.—Last summer the Misses Delap successfully reared several dozen planulae up to a hydroid form. ‘he hydroids are still alive in an aquarium, but have remained stationary in growth throughout the winter. From the description and drawings kindly sent to me by the Misses Delap I am inclined to think that the hydroids have not developed very far. It will be best to wait for further development before publishing a description of the hydroid, which, at its present stage, appears to belong to the genus Cuspidella (March, 1900). BrownE—Flora and Fauna of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 697 genus have been finally determined. There may be only one species, or several. According to Agassiz it has a Hydroid form (Lafoéa calcarata, of Agassiz), found in Buzzards Bay, on the Atlantic coast of North America. The Hydroid has yet to be found on this side of the Atlantic. The Medusa may be easily recognized by its sensory clubs (cordyli) on the margin of the umbrella. It has been rarely recorded in British seas. Forbes and Goodsir, I believe, found specimens in 1851 on the west coast of Scotland; a solitary specimen was taken by me at Port Erin in May, 1894 ;' and one specimen was found in my examination of Dr. Fowler’s collection from Kirkwall Bay in 1896. These are the only British records that I know of, and up to the present time it has not been taken in the English Channel.? This species has occurred every year (1895-98) at Valencia. It appears to be an inhabitant of the Atlantic coast of Ireland and Scotland. The Port Erin specimen probably drifted down through the North Channel. I am inclined to add Polycanna forskalea as a fourth species, found at Valencia, and not at Plymouth. It has occurred regularly at Valencia, 1896-98, whereas I have only seen a single specimen of the Aiquoride at Plymouth (June, 1898). It wasa few millimetres in diameter, and too young for the determination of the species. At present there is the usual difficulty about determining the different species of the genus; and, until this is done, a distribution list is useless. Forbes certainly found this species in the outer Hebrides (1851); and young stages of Liquorea have been recorded by Greene for the south-west coast of Ireland. According to Goodsir, this large Leptomedusa has a hydroid stage. At Port Erin the following Leptomedusze have not been recorded, but some of them ought to be found there in the summer :—Agastra caliculata (the Hydroid Campanularia caliculata of Hincks is recorded for the Isle of Man by Miss Thornely), Dipleurosoma typicum, Euchi- lota pilosella (probably occurs in the summer),* Octorchis gegenbauri, and Polycanna forskalea. All the Trachomeduse may be regarded as true Atlantic forms; 1 Laodice calcarata, taken at Port Erin in May, 1899. Chadwick, H.C. 13th Ann. Rep. L. M. B. C., p. 35. * Laodice calcarata. Intermediate stages were common in the Scilly Islands. July, 1899.—E. T. B. ° Buchilota pilosella, taken at Port Erin, from June to August, 1899. Chadwick, H.C. 13th Ann. Rep. Liverpool Mar. Biol. Com., p. 35. 698 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. and of the three Valencia species—Aglantha rosea, Gossea circinata, and Liriantha appendiculata—only the latter has occurred at Plymouth ; it was very abundant there in 1893, and a few in 1897. Until [found this species at Valencia, the English Channel, where it was first found by Forbes in 1846, was its only known habitat. Only a few specimens were taken at Valencia in 1896 and 1897. Apparently it is an occasional visitor to our shores. || co 60 ‘ on 90 3 5 || 00 oo Melicertidium octocostatum, . 2 . oleae og 1 oo |] deulllpo dt op || eo ||| o0 |] co |! se-lllhaa |] 28 Be 6 oc o 0 e foes fice Liriantha appendiculata, . 0 0 ao | 6 ao 138 : x 0 dc 60) ||| 00 . 5)]/ 06 |/|-05 Aglantha rosea, “ ° 6 ° : x |x |x| xK Ix 0 ao 90 0 a0 3 0 sfoce fae Pee Gossea circinata, . rats allie. aNeae 5 5 : 0 5 + |X| X | ee AORASPEDA. Aurelia aurita, : 3 P 9 5 ocill iaoen ||| aoe | lise || ieenll Leman oa Sal leat x : 1 | XX x || x |x] x . 0 RIES. 0 oo o 0 o |ISé]S<]l} oo]! ca || 20]|! ca] ac || 20 ||| oo || oo || oF |l] oo |] 28) 86 all] 5 sal lee 66 ||| 66 || 00 |] 20 Ba oo Chrysaora isosceles, a e 3 3 60 |! oa Moo || 60 | 0 Il oo Il oa-|] ao |I}60 || co |} co If) oa 2S |) coll oo |] oath oa |]| 00 |} 00 F x | x . Cyanea lamarckii, . 5 F : & Mh de (ebellloo-|liaarleenlll eae [beads |) oo I eo-||leReull poall an {llteaulllealll!'aa||| co ||o0 ® x 0 || °° Pilema octopus, 5 0 2 : : pelt adualliteesadliees6 60 oo | Godan Number of species taken, - - 7 17) 19 || 18] 7 | 9 1 aes) 6 | 12 | 14 || 15 | 23 | 17 |) 16} lo} 7 .. |... |... | 10 | 10} 15 |} 16} 283] 16) 18 | 11) 9 1 * Notes on Table III., see p. 699. To face p Lar sa Obelia Phiali Phiali Tiara Marge Corym Ectopl Sarsia Hyboe{ Tiarops Euphy Kuchil Dipur Dipure Sarsia Diplew Laodic Solmar Amphi Poly ca! Sarsia Saphe Kuti m4 Octore Cyteea Marge Marge Marge Marge Lizzi Melic Lirian Aglan Gosse Aureli Pelagi| Chrysé Cyane Pilemé = S D A A Ni 7 Jecember, 1898. 1897-1898. Winter. Jan Feb. Mar. 1898. Spring. Apr. May Peete a. rhea as 5 | cic ee eri Ce > XXXXKXKXKX XK Some a > XXKKeKXKXXKX 0 a oS0 oSo 1 XKXKKKKXKXxX 5. So M2528 5 > KXKXKKKXKXKX 1898. 1858. Summer. Autumn. W. | dee ea esl ee | ie | Ss q nl = ey aed ele |e lels |e le SS] OX Mh oS I SSul 2S Ii 2K >< || XS ill OX | SS OS MW oc SS os WK I OK oa xe XK || SX Til 3K IW BS IK SS OK Il OS || BS OK x |x *: >< Pen AG x : : , ao || SX | os Il SK Il SK I oc S| 2S || eo Tealless OX << | SX |) SS IW XX |! co fl co x I eS | OS Il BK I] oo | 00 < |) 2S il 2X Ill 3X, | SS {I 28 Foal oS DSI DS ll Salh os 50 ll oS |b os I oS Ni OS I a0 roel elie all tom, tS a >< || 2K || v0 Pullllsseouadleeere srouill 0 ane 6 x : i x a we x Oc 5 ae xX 50 ane KIX Sh oS || OX se | Se Hh wah ll OS 169/23) 1ST 13) 1 Oe | To face page 744.—Table I., Copepoda. } Taste I.—Varencia Tow-Nertines. Distribution of Copepoda, 1895 (April to September). APRIL. May. June. || Jury. || SepremBer. 5 | @ | 10 | 12 | 15 | a5 | 16 | 16 | 27 | 20 Go | ela ies lo] x Calanus finmarchicus, 0 Fy ° 0 x x xX x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Pseudocalanus elongatus, . 6 6 3 B ef x Ho a0 x xX x x x x bo x 90 oe oa x x x Centropages typicus, . 0 6 6 6 3 60 x de 20 x 29 60 60 60 56 D0 60 x a0 x x x Temora longicornis, . : : ° ° . 50 00 x x x x x x x x x x x Thalestris peltata, - Z : F : Z firs an x 20 60 So 00 6a 60 D0 ie b0 pci ae 50 ae a0 60 Centropages hamatus, 0 3 : ° : oa 20 on a0 x x 50 o0 00 50 x x x x x Candace pectinata, - . e ° : 3 ° 00 06 a0 60 x 0 . . : x x x Acartia clausii, . e 5 Ps D : 9 26 00 a0 00 Oo x x x x x x x x x x x x Oithona similis, 6 2 6 0 z : 20 00 Op 60 50 x x 0 x x x x x x x Thaumaleus claparedii, é 7 , e 6 ‘ae x 0 Parapontella breyicornis, . 0 : : ee 00 0 x . Thalestris longimana, 6 - 3 : 0 a0 00 +. a0 00 op 00 90 oo x ao + . ao an . oo . Metridia armata, = rede 6 5 0 oy 55 a we 00 aye ee 50 50 00 x 00 60 00 60 06 x x Ectinosoma spinipes, . : , : 0 ° ab 00 40 00 te 00 60 o0 00 90 on 00 00 x bo 06 x Anomalocera patersonii, . 6 C 00 90 Bo 00 08 ds 55 oo 00 G0 60 oa Go 90 60 x Harpacticus chelifer, . 6 B O 6 : 00 a0 00 06 60 06 00 00 20 fe 20 a0 any on ao x . x Isias clavipes, . 0 5 6 6 9 80 90 bb 20 a0 06 00 00 on 00 fe 00 a0 00 06 +: x Bradyidius armatus, . 8 5 4 e ; 56 aa 60 A ee o. oF, a A as ae re ag 0 a 60 x Ectinosoma atlanticum, . : : : : 46 G0 an 90 fe O5 oe ao . ‘ x Laophonte curticauda, ° 6 : * ° Aa b6 Dp 7. Do ao oD 00 a0 06 00 on 00 00 x Coryewus speciosus, . ° a ° 5 : a Go bo te z So 60 90 60 Op He 00 00 ie 00 6 x Onceea mediterranea, . . o a 6 0 op 00 00 00 50 do 90 60 O06 60 00 x Number of species present, “ 0 0 a 1 3 3 1 6 6 5 4 4 5 4 4 5 7 6 9 8 15 Depth of tow-net, - 6 > 4 fms. 1, 1 13 14 10* 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 10* 3 Sea temperature. Surface, : 0 F. 49 50 49 49 49 49 50 50 61 61 61 52 53 54 * Doulus Bay. TuHomrpson—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 787 II1.—Reporr on toe Free-Swimminc Coperopa (1895-98). By Isaac C. Tuomeson, F.L.S. Tue collection of material from which this Report is compiled consisted of ninety-six bottles of Plankton taken by surface tow-net on ninety- six separate days during the years 1895 to 1898, by the Misses Delap, of Valencia Island, and by Mr. HE. T. Browne, of University College, London. During the summer of 1896, Mr. Browne had as companions Mr. A. O. Walker, F.1.s., of Colwyn Bay, and Mr. F. W. Gamble, of Owens College, Manchester. Both of these gentlemen have kindly sent me material they collected by tow-net, and it is included in the present Report. All the material collected for examination was immediately pre- served in formalin. A 5 per cent. solution appears to be the strength best suited for these delicate Crustaceans, and is probably as efficient a preservative as is known. The free-swimming Copepoda of our coasts vary in size from 1 mm. to 4mm. in length. The mode of examination which I have found the best and quickest is as follows:—After carefully shaking the material in the bottle, a quantity is poured into a shallow open glass plate about 4 inches long, 2 inches wide, and + inch deep. Such a plate (which I have been able to obtain only from Messrs. Cogit & Co., Paris) is curved inside like a watch-glass, and the contents can be rapidly gone over by means of a strong lens, or a simple dissecting microscope, or still better on the large flat stage of a Swift’s Stephen- son binocular microscope, using a 2-inch objective. Every portion is thus systematically examined ; and those animals identified or required for further examination are easily picked out with a very fine needle, or better with the lower part of a cat’s whisker cut flat at the end and mounted. The collection includes in all thirty-seven species, the majority of which are entirely free-swimmers. The others are all flesh-feeders, living mostly in tidal pools and shallow water. Many of the latter are very small, and it is probable that their number might have been considerably increased had a net of smaller mesh been employed, as many species would doubtless pass through the 50 to the inch mesh, which was the one uniformly used. 738 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. LIST OF SPECIES OF COPEPODA FOUND. Family.—Catanip®. Calanus finmarchicus, Gunner. Calanus propinquus, Brady. Rhincalanus cornutus, Dana. Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck. Bradyidius armatus, Vanhoffen. Centropages hamatus, Lilljeborg. Centropages typicus, Kroyer. Isias clavipes, Boeck. Temora longicornis, Miller. Metridia longa, Lubbock. Candace pectinata, Brady. Anomalocera patersoni, Templeton. Parapontella brevicornis, Lubbock. Acartia clausii, Giesbrecht. Acartia discaudata, Giesbrecht. Family.—Cycropipm. Oithona similis, Claus. Cyclopina littoralis, Brady. Family.—Harpacricipa. Longipedia coronata, Claus. Ectinosoma atlanticum, Brady and Robertson. Ectinosoma spinipes, Brady. Laophonte hispida, Brady and Robertson. Laophonte curticauda, Boeck. Thalestris longimana, Claus. Thalestris clausit, Norman. Thalestris peltata, Boeck. Harpacticus chelifer, Miller. Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer. Alteutha purpurea, Philippi. Alteutha interrupta, Goodsir. Porcellidium viride, Philippi. Idya furcata, Baird. THompson—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 789 Family.—Corycmpm. Corycaus anglicus, Lubbock. Coryceus speciosus, Dana. Oncea mediterranea, Giesbrecht. Family.—Monsrritt®. Thaumaleus claparedii, Giesbrecht. Thaumaleus thompsonii, Giesbrecht. Family.—Catieip. Caligus rapax, Milne Edwards. On Tables I., II., I1I., appended to this Report, will be found a record of the distribution of Copepoda over various months of 1895-98, as follows :— Secale || sala | soles cel) cals. eels s g\alz Pf |2l¢ EE 1895 Sel) Salt SS lh Se x Table 1. 1896 SH S< ul SH SS SK ISR Table II. WIS | SS] SK | SSW SK SS SS OSS OX Table III. USIOS |} SKI SK IL SS SS Ie | We have thus a record of the various species taken in each month throughout the year, and in the corresponding months of two or three years, which should enable us to obtain a fair knowledge of the general distribution of the free-swimming Copepoda of this district. NOTES ON THE SPECIES. CAaLANIDA. Calanus finmarchicus found in every bottle from 1895 to 1898, con- stituting sometimes nearly the entire bulk. Calanus propinquus occurred very sparingly, and only during January and February, 1897. It differs from C. finmarchicus chiefly in the profusely plumose character of the sete, and in the fifth swimming feet, and the diverging caudal segments of the male. 740 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Rhincalanus cornutus, a rare deep sea species, occurred twice only, viz. in August and early in October, 1896. It has a wide geographical range, being reported from the Northern and Southern Atlantic Oceans, as well as intermediate, being re- ported from the Mediterranean and the Canary Islands. It is readily recognized by its long projecting cruciform rostrum and by its long antenne. Pseudocalanus elongatus was found in almost every bottle, and during each month from 1895 to 1898. At times it was very abundant. Bradgidius armatus (= Pseudocalanus armatus) was found on two. occasions only, viz. September, 1895, and February, 1897. The other recorded habitats are Greenland ; West coast of Scot- land; and rarely in the L. M. B. C. District, off the Isle of Man. Centropages hamatus was generally present in the tow-nets through- out the year. Centropages typicus was much less frequently met with. Both these- species are commonly met with in about the same relative pro- portions rourd the British coasts. Isias clavipes occurred in several of the spring and summer gather- ings, but seldom in any quantity. Its recorded range extends. from Norway, around the British Isles, and as far south as Gibraltar and the Canary Islands. Temora longicornis was common throughout the collection except in mid-winter. Its range extends to both sides of the Atlantic. Metridia longa, a species not usually common, occurred in more than half the bottles, and on some occasions in fair numbers, espe- cially during the winter months. The gradually tapering setose: antenne and the leaf-shaped terminations to the swimming feet distinguish it readily. Its first recorded British habitats are in the Valencia neighbourhood (Brady’s ‘‘ Free and Semi-parasitic Copepoda of the British Islands,” vol. i., p. 42). I have taken it very sparingly in Liverpool Bay and in parts of the Clyde. Scott reports it from the Forth. Candace pectinata, a species generally rare in our seas, has proved to- be not uncommon in the Valencia district. It was first reported by Drs. Brady and Robertson at a depth of 40 fathoms off the Scilly Islands. Professor Herdman took it once during his THompson—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Treland. 741 Atlantic traverse, between Rockall and North coast of Ireland. I have on several occasions found it on the west coast of Scot- land, and Scott reports it from the Forth. The ‘‘ Challenger” took it about Australia, the Philippine Islands, and between Ascension and the Azores. I found it common about the Canary Islands. It and the other members of the genus Can- dace are at once distinguished by the dark-coloured antenne, spines, and plumes, and terminal spines of the swimming feet. Anomalocera patersonii. This very conspicuous and beautifully coloured species was found on only three occasions throughout the four years. It is very variable in its distribution, often occurring in immense profusion, but it is otherwise uncommon. On more than one occasion I have seen the surface of the sea, for many miles around the Isle of Man so densely covered with this animal as to make it distinctly recognizable from the ship’s side. Parapontella brevicornis, hitherto reported only from the English Channel, around the British Isles, and as far north as the Shetland Isles, occurs sparingly throughout the collection. A shoal of it, however, was taken in November, 1896, although none were found for a considerable period before or after. Acartia clausii was very common through the collection. Acartia discaudata was only once noticed; it, very possibly, may have escaped detection on some other occasions. CycLoPiIp™. Oithonia similis was, as might be expected, common throughout the collection. Cyclopina littoralis, a common pool species, was only once taken. HARpActicip®. Ectinosoma atlanticum is a very minute, open sea lover, and was probably much more common than recorded, having escaped through the tow-net meshes. Alteutha purpurea, one specimen of which was sent to me from Valencia, taken in December, 1898, is a most important find, the only previously known British habitat, I believe, being Tarbert Loch, Clyde, as recorded by Scott and Brady, and where I have occasionally also found it. Its deep reddish purple colour conspicuously distinguishes it. 742 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Alteutha interrupta, a fairly common speeies about our coasts, pro- bably often escaped the net. Longipedia coronata, } Ectinosoma spinipes, Laophonte hispida, Are all more or less common in L. curticauda, shallow water and tidal pools Thalestris longimana, round our British shores; as T. clausii, ; their presence here indicates, T. peltata, they are all free-swimmers at Harpacticus chelifer, times, but mostly of sedentary H. fulvus, habits. Porcellidium viride, Idya furcata, / CorycHIDz. Corycseus anglicus was fairly plentiful in the tow-nets on several occasions in the late autumns of 1896 and 1897. It was first recorded by Lubbock from Weymouth in 1857. Brady and Robertson found it later in the West of Ireland, and it has been found on our south and west coasts; its only other re- corded habitat being Heligoland and the North Sea. Coryceeus speciosus is, so far as am aware, new to Britain, although it is quite possible that it may have been mistaken for C. an- glicus, which it strongly resembles. The position of the eyes and the strongly divergent caudal stylets in these specimens seem to clearly indicate its identity with Coryceus speciosus, Dana. I found several specimens, some with ovisacs in the late autumns of 1895-97, so it appears to have arrived after the end of the summer, and would probably succumb to the first severe cold. Onceea mediterranea was found sparingly by Mr. G. C. Bourne, near Plymouth, in 1889 (Report on the Pelagic Copepoda collected at Plymouth in 1888-89); but I am not aware that it has hitherto been reported elsewhere in Great Britain, or indeed north of the Mediterranean. I have found it common about the Canary Islands. Two or three specimens only occurred in September, 1895. The occurrence of the two southern species Coryce@us speciosus and ,Oncea mediterranea is specially interesting, as indicating most probably Atlantic drift influence. Tuompson—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 748 MonstRILLID&. Great interest attaches to this family through the recent im- portant discovery of Professor Giard, of Paris, and confirmed by M. Malaquin, that the early stages of one or more species of this group are spent parasitic in the body-cavity of certain worms. (See Comptes Rendus, 16 novembre 1896, and 28 de- cembre 1896, and 11 janvier 1897). Thaumaleus claparedii was taken only once, in April, 1895. Thaumaleus thompsonii was taken twice on three occasions, viz. in August and November, 1896, and April, 1897. CaLIcIpz®. Caligus rapax was found in the tow-net on three occasions in the months of December, 1896, January, 1897, and December, 1898. The various species of the genus Caligus, though all fish parasites, are not uncommonly found as free swimmers, par- ticularly at night. The distribution of Copepoda in deep or shallow water hardly affects this collection, as it may all be classed as ‘‘ Littoral Plankton,” having been taken either at the surface or at a depth of from one to ten fathoms. There are, therefore, no specimens in the collection which can be classed as specially deep-sea forms. In connexion with this collection, I would refer naturalists to a paper by Professor Herdman, F.R.S., entitled ‘‘ The Biological Results of the Cruise of the 8.Y. ‘‘ Argo”’ round the West Coast of Ireland in August, 1890 (Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., vol. v., p. 181). The tow- net material obtained on the ‘‘ Argo”’ cruise was placed in my hands for examination by Professor Herdman, the results being given in his paper. Both collections, but more especially that of Valencia, furnish evidence of the truth of the remarks made by Professor Herdman in his Presidential Address to the Biological Section at the Ipswich Meeting of the British Association, in 1895, as to the relatively large number of genera of animals represented by the species in shallow waters, and its bearing on the Darwinian principle that an animal’s most potent enemies are its own close allies. In the Valencia group the thirty-seven specimens recorded belong to twenty-six genera, the genera being, therefore, to the species as about five to seven; and in the ‘‘ Argo”’ group thirty-two species belong to twenty-three genera, 744 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. the relative proportion being about the same inboth. While we have, doubtless, still much to learn as to the causes which influence the distribution of the free-swimming forms of Copepods, we can hardly now expect to add very many to the number of those already known, although we may easily add many to the already recorded species of this or other districts. But with the vastly more numerous mud- loving, sedentary, and wholly or semi-parasitic species of Copepoda the ease is differen Investigations as to the food of fishes have shown us that even scarce species, and but recently known Copepoda, as in the case of Jonesiella hyene, are found largely in the stomachs of young fishes, being evidently selected by them as their chief food, and probably found in quantities near to the spawning grounds. From this aspect even apparently lifeless mud has, under the microscope, much to teach us. In addition to the examination of deposits, it is evident that Sponges, Ccelenterates, Echinoderms, Worms, Molluscs, Nudibranchs, and Ascidians will richly reward careful search; for, judging from past results, they are the hosts of many highly organized species of Copepoda, each specially adapted to its particular host and sometimes to that alone. In conclusion, I would express the hope that we may at a future time be enabled to know as much about the distribution of the Valencia sedentary species of Copepoda as we now do of the free-swimmers. BIBLioGRAPHY. Bravy, G.S., and Ropertson, D.—1878. ‘‘ On Marine Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland.” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xi. Herpman. W. A.—1891. ‘‘ The Biological Results of the Cruise of the S.Y. ‘Argo’ round the West Coast of Ireland in August, 1890.” Trans. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, vol. v., pp. 181-212. (Contains a table, compiled by I. C. Thompson, showing the distribution of the Copepoda). Matcotuson, S. M.—1886. Copepoda. ‘“‘ First Report of the Marine Fauna of the South-west of Ireland.” Proc. Roy. Acad., Dublin, ser. 3, vol. iv., p. 636. Tuomrson, I. C.—1896. ‘‘ Free-swimming Copepoda from the West Coast of Ireland.” ‘Trans. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, vol. x., pp. 92-102. Tuomrson, I. C._—1897. ‘‘ Further Report upon the Free-swimming Copepoda of the West Coast of Ireland.” ‘Trans. Biol. Soe., Liverpool, vol. xi., pp. 127-1381. To face page 7 Calanus fint X Pseudocalar - - Centropages -- Temora lon -. Thalestris Centropages X Candace Ines 3% Acartia clau X Oithona sim - - Thaumaleus -- Parapontell: -- Thalestris lc - - Metridia ari X Ectinosoma -:- Anomalocer -- Harpacticus -- Tsias clavipé -- Bradyidius ¢ - Ectinosoma, - Laophonte | -- Number of | 4 14 27 JUNE. | JULY. a7 || 8 SEPTEMBER. 6 | 16 x 28 2 OX x Xx x x mS OS OS OX x 2 OS OX x eX x xX X KX KX X X Depth of to! 2 Sea tempera 51 10* 54 To face page 744.—Table IT., Copepoda.) Taste I].—Vavencira Tow-NeErrines. Distribution of Copepoda, 1896 (July to December.) A = Abundant. C = Common. F = Few. S = Scarce. Jury. AvGust. SEPTEMBER. Ocroxer. Noy,||Dzc. 20 | 22 | 27 | 81 || 1 8 | 4 | 7 | 10/15 | 18) 19 | 22/24/28] 1) 2) 7 | 10 | 18 | 21 | 80} 2 | 18 | 14 | 15 | 17 | 28 || 23 || 15 Calanus finmarchicus, . a 6 o AX © | AN AW A) AN AT AH AY Gi © © GH ae |) a th ao) a! | Ga @ | ad] @ |] wy) @ | @ |] wy ANY Av |] as ri aA Pseudocalanus elongatus, . PAN eAGh NDAs F)A!]A/]AJA (oy A A GOOG! OWA! GG] Al GI Gi A A Temora longicoinis, 0 : f 0 A} A!]C|C AJ]A|]A]A Cc c;c;c CG} i) Ol as) Oy AN] A Gy A AR AN) Ak Metridia longa, (Oh |} 20) AN C|F) F) ¢c 00 || 6o || 19 r ao r @} |] 39H oo |} a9 || 20 A || F Centropages hamatus, F F F/) F F) F/ Cc Fr F F Fis | Cc 56 C rF Candace pectinata, . : 6 : o so || oa || oo |} 22 |] © |) a FF) Fr) c| fF 10) |) 30) c| F C ROE Acartia clausii, : s : 0 Bred Wess arcsec ecard | Mie SU essen eee Nobel Viesoel flo F F 19 |] @} |} a9} 39 ao | |] AN Al] A Fi Aly A Qithona similis, . 0 6 ° a || oo |} co |} 00 |I 50 |||-a0 |} 28 || oo |} 29) IF WP Hoo. I} 2a) |] dy) ae? Fr Sek F/Ccjjc c;c F|| § Parapontella breyicornis, . Pt p i boll ger ito) oss A Thaumaleus thompsoni, . o ; o- |] oa Hao || co || oo ||} 10 |} 8 Rhincalanus cornutus, . : 6 2 |} oa || 66 |}.00 |} 00 |] 06 |] 00 ']] 06 |! 00 Il 60 |} co {| 8 || 00 |} 00 |} 06.1] 00 |l).00 |] 0a |] 2¢ |} oe |} 00 | 00 |] 00 |) 8 Isias clayipes, . ‘8 ° 2 : o || caf} oo |] caf] op |] 00 | 00 || on |] 00 |] 60 || oo |} loo] @ It oo |} 00: ||] 02 |} 00'|} a0 |} oo |} 00 |] Anomalocera patersonii, iS) Thalestrislongimana, = / 3} |] 39) |) 20) Ectinosoma spinipes, r| F 00 Centropages typicus, Fi F| c §|}c]¢ Cc}... Longipedia coronata, F 5 Cyclopina littoralis . 6 0 0 2 |} 60 |} 0 |] 6a |} 00 {| 00! 00 || 40 |} ‘a0 |} so. |] 06 || 00 || 00 |] 06 |] 06-]f-00-]!}-00.|/ 8 Coryczeus anglicus, . 5 5 a 0 Perales liivcisalliae Bist sonnel Maer itheaa||boo- ll caaullraae|Coadlsopsit earlll ool [Moa Iligodita: loa.) [acd 19 | oo |] ay) 22 F Coryczeus speciosus, FF Porcellidium viride, Q P o 0 Ho. Neel eee Cera Fred |eceal Iet|lcieellllroeetl ease ll lleeveoul ltereall aged ec tecdel | seme || Feael | Gord Romelf cots versal etree | Present MES) Laophonte hispida, . 8 Caligus rapax, : 0 : o a |) 00 || oa |} oa |} os ||| oo || & Number of species present, 0 3 | 5 | 4/6 Ad) SC a oN POW ON GW ? || G at 20 ]|/ C1 0) ©] 618] vy i | 8 Depth of tow-net, . 6 : o 2m |] & | 8B 1 8 | 8 S| 6) 6] 81 8 1 4/3/65) 4 AEN | on Sh 4s t3h Fe: 2/831)5/]4)]8/] 2] 2 4 13 Sea temperature. Surface, .- F T. | 58 | 60 | 69 | 593 || 603) 57 | 68 | 57 | 563) 58| 58 | 59 | 58}| 59} | 59 | 58 | 56 | 58 67 | 58 | 573) 56 | 56 | 50 | 51 | 50) | 52 | 50 49 || 453 To face page 744.—Tq S = Scarce. TEMBER. OcTroBER. Noy. 14 | 15 | 17 | 23 || 23 [>] peary [vS) f=) cis) rr [J%) ) 10 | 18 et Calanus finmarchid| C | F A QHr FP Fy 5 > E> @& Q ye FP FP Fy Pseudocalanus elon| C | F Temora longicorni Cae Metridia longa, F Se) ey G2 Q yt FP a oP) a ib a Ga 2 6 Centropages hamat] -. | F Candace pectinata,| F Acartia clausii, ry ky El Ga ©) w (fe) es) Oithona similis, F > Parapontella brevit mM Thaumaleus thomy Rhincalanus cornu| -: | -- | ++ | +: Ss) Isias clavipes, . Anomalocera pater’ Thalestris longima Ectinosoma spinipé Centropages typict| ++ | ++ SH) @ Longipedia coronal) «> entene ee EN eee teal OG Cyclopina littoralis Coryceus anglicu Coryczeus speciosu Porcellidium virid Laophonte hispida Caligus rapax, Number of species ray 0 = 5 ry i=) w ~|: Depth of tow-net, b ao . gq co | aa]: oo @o ao . ao Z| | © | > 5 ao S| | © | nS 4 Sea temperature. 58 | 574 | 56 50 —o CO To face page 744.—Table IIT., Copepoda.) Tasie IIT.—Varencia Tow-netrines. Distribution of Copepoda, January, 1897, to May, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus, Pseudocalanus elongatus, Metridia longa, Acartia clausii, Centropages hamatus, Oithona similis, Temora longicornis, Calanus propinquus, Thalestris clausii, . Harpacticus fulyus, Parapontella brevicornis, Bradyidius armatus, Anomalocera patersonii, . Isias clavipes, Acartia discaudatus, Thaumaleus thompsonii, Alteutha interrupta, Thalestris longimana, Centropages typicus, Candace pectinata, . Idya furcata, . Corycmus anglicus, Corycwus speciosus, Caligus rapax, Number of species present, Depth of tow-net, . : A . fms. Sea temperature. Surface, . } F, A = Abundant. C = Common. S = Scarce. Juny. g z FA APRIL e < aje Ws 19 | 30 5 | 10 | 13 | 24 20 || 9 F EF A Cc A A A Cc A/A C Cc clria i A A A A A AJ/AT A C Cj ci a A} AT A C cj cic A r Cc Cc jc Cc} Alc o} € || C! || c ( Cc c}c Cc Cc | c cic F| F A F Cc c F cic F/Fi]c|r F F r r F Fr 1} || @ A/C Cc EF C s 6 4 6 3 | 38 58 | 60} 50 * Off Doulus Head. | | | itch Be Hh erg BR) Loe (re = i. r is) ney ane ince Ree ea ; Ona baie e ty GamsLE—-Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 745 IV.--Tue Cumroenatua. By F. W. Gametz, M.Sc., Owens College, Manchester. The following Report, on the Chetognatha of Valencia Harbour, is based upon collections representative of a long series of tow-nettings made by Mr. E. T. Browne in 1895 and 1896, and by the Misses Delap during 1896-8. The most notable feature of these gatherings is a specimen of Sagitta furcata, a species only recently described from the South Atlantic and the Sargasso Sea, and the only representative in the collection sent to me of the Hexaptera group. It is very probable, however, that deep-sea tow-nettings off the Valencia coast will reveal the presence of other members of this group. Two additional forms, Sagitta bypunctata and Spadella cephaloptera, com- plete the list of the Chetognatha at present known from Valencia Harbour. Sagitta bipunctata, Quoy et Gaimard. The series of tow-nettings made by Mr. Browne showed that this widely distributed species was taken during our first visit to Valencia (April and May, 1895), and during the second (July to September, 1896). The Misses Delap record it as occurring in the harbour every month from October, 1896, to December, 1898, except during February of the latter year, when a very few tow-nettings were made. From notes kindly supplied to me by Mr. Browne, I am able to add a statement of the size and abundance of this species in Valencia Harbour at different times of the year. In the spring, Sagitta bipunctata is not abundant, and, indeed, on some occasions, very scarce. The specimens measure from 10 to 35 mm. in length; so that many of them are full grown. About the end of July and early in August, the young stages, measuring 3 to 5 mm. in length, become common; while in in October small specimens (up to 6 mm.) and full-grown adults (20-25 mm.) occur together in the same gatherings. About the end of October and early in November a vast shoal is formed, composed chiefly of specimens, 10-15 mm. in length, and evidently belonging to the summer’s brood. These shoals of Sagitta bipunctata have occurred regularly at the same time 746 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. each year, and they last until either the middle of Decem- ber (1897 and 1898), or until early in January (1896 and 1897). Professor M‘Intosh has made similar observations on the Che- tognatha of St. Andrews Bay. Sagitta furcata, Steimhaus (1896). 3°3 cm. long. In general appearance closely similar to S. hexaptera. Hight pairs of hooks. Six anterior and eight posterior pairs of teeth. Paired fins oval. Anterior fins very narrow, placed a short distance in front of the larger posterior ones. Caudal fin bifid. One specimen taken in Valencia Harbour on 28th April, 1895. For a long time I hesitated between describing this example as a new species and regarding it as a variety of Sagitta hexa- ptera. Recently, however, my friend, Dr. O. V. Darbishire, drew my attention to a dissertation, ‘‘ Die Verbreitung der Chetognathan im Sudatlantischen und Indischen Ocean,” by O. Steinhaus, in which two new forms are described from the rich collection made by the German ‘“ Plankton Expedition.” Both of them are closely allied to S. hexaptera; S. planctonis, which has similarly shaped fins, is, however, smaller (2 em. long), and has well developed ‘‘lateral-fields” ; S. furcata, which is over 2 cm. in length, and has very narrow and backwardly-placed anterior fins. The single specimen taken at Valencia agrees so well with the excellent figures and description given by Steinhaus, that I have little doubt in regarding it as Sagitta furcata, although future investigation may necessitate a reduction in the increasing number of species resembling S. hexaptera, which at present are regarded as distinct. The anterior fins in the Valencia specimen are remarkably narrow, and their anterior ends lie well behind the middle of the body. The posterior ones appear oval in outline, not trian- gular, as in S. hexvaptera. The caudal fin is distinctly bifid, and produced laterally into a pair of well-developed lobes. The non-muscular margins of the body are as well developed as in S. hexaptera. The hooks, instead of varying between six and seven (as in the latter species), are eight in number, the last four and the first being smaller than the rest. In the same way the teeth agree with those of S. furcata, though they have the terminal five-rayed ‘‘star,” as in S. hexaptera. The GamBLE—Launa and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 747 ‘¢ olfactory organ ’’ could not be demonstrated ; but the ventral ganglion agreed in comparative size and position with Steinhaus’ figure. The reproductive organs were not fully developed. If this determination be correct, the range of S. furcata is considerably extended. Steinhaus describesit as being a fairly constant and occasionally abundant element of the plankton collected in the Equatorial Current, where it was obtained by the use of a net drawn to the.surface from a depth of 400 metres. Two other localities, both in the Sargasso Sea, are recorded for S. fwrcata; but further north the species dis- appeared. Hence its occurrence in the west of Ireland is a considerable extension of its previously known range. Spadella cephaloptera, Busch. This species was occasionally taken when the tow-net was used close to the bottom, especially amongst rocks covered with sea-weed. One specimen taken with a crimson alimentary canal. REFERENCES. M:‘Intosu, W. C.—1890. Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. vi., p. 174-182. Sremuavus, O.—1896. Die Verbreitung der Chetognathen im Sud- atlantischen und Indischen Ocean. Inaug. Dissert. (Kiel). Stroprmann.—1892. Die Systematik der Chetognathen. Arch. f. Naturg., Bd. 1., Heft. 3. R.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. 3F 748 Proceedings of the Royat Irish Academy. V.—Tue Petacic Tuntcata. By Proressor W. A. Herpman, F.R.S., University College, Liverpool. Mr. E. T. Browne has asked me to examine a small collection of Pelagic Tunicata which he made at Valencia in the summers of 1895 to 1898. I have done so with much pleasure, because of the special interest that attaches to the occurrence of the Salpide and Doliolidse in our seas. These forms do not, strictly speaking, belong to the British fauna, but occasionally stray into our western waters from their proper home in the Atlantic. Apparently at such times the meteorological and other environmental conditions, taken along with the reproductive phase of the animal, conspire to bring an enor- mous number of individuals of the one species into a limited area. A typical case of this is seen in the remarkable shoal of Thalia democratica- mucronata described in Mr. Browne’s notes, as visiting Valencia early in September, 1896. Similar shoals of Salpa have been described in the past by M‘Intosh and others as occurring in the Outer Hebrides. SaLPIDm. O° Thalia démocratica-mucronata, Forskal. (See Transtedt, Bidrag til Kundskab om Salperne—Vidensk. Selsk Skr., 6te Rekke, 2 det. Bd. viii., p. 865; and ‘‘ Challenger”’ Report on Tunicata, Part iii., p. 79.) The solitary forms are especially large (up to 2 cm. in length), larger than any collected during the ‘‘ Challenger” Expedition, and have the proliferous stolons, or ‘‘ chains,’’ very well deve- loped. The aggregated forms show various stages in development, and have their chains more or less broken up. Some indi- viduals, not united in chains, are very large (up to 2 cm. in length). These are preserved in formalin, and they show the dilated form and watery consistency of the test better than any of the specimens preserved otherwise ; but the muscle bands and other internal tissues are not in such good histological con- dition. HerpmMan—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 749 [A single asexual form, about 10 mm. in length, witha yellow ‘nucleus’? was taken in the harbour on July 31st, 1896. No more were seen until August 22nd, when four small specimens of the sexual form with a blue ‘‘nucleus”’ were found. Three of these were joined together in achain, and thesother was free. On August 24th a dozen sexual forms and one asexual form were taken; three days later two dozen sexual forms were found left by the tide ina rock pool. These individuals may be regarded as the forerunners of an immense shoal which, during this period, must have been some distance off the coast. The shoal entered the harbour on August 31st, and consisted of both sexual and asexual forms. Since August 11th there had been a long spell of ight north-westerly breezes, with an occasional shifting towards the north. On August 29th the wind backed to the west and south-west, and blew moderately strong, but again returned to its old position for the two follow- ing days. The Salps were usually seen quite close to the surface of the sea, and it is probable that the long spell of north-westerly breezes gradually brought the shoal towards the shore. On the same day (August 31st) two other Atlantic forms came into the harbour—a shoal of Pelagia perla and a solitary specimen of Lanthina. The shore in the harbour upon which the wind was blowing was lined with blue Salps in chains of various lengths, and as the tide receded the rock-pools were filled, and specimens left stranded upon the brown seaweed glistened brightly in the sun. On September 3rd, we took a boat from Port Magee and visited Puffin Island, about four miles south of Valencia Island. The Port Magee Channel was crowded with Salps, and the coves around Puffin Island, viewed from the top of the cliffs, were of a beautiful dark violet colour, produced by living masses of Salps. The Salps remained in the harbour in such great abundance, until September 7th, that at times it was not possible to use the tow-net near the surface; for in a few minutes the tow-net bottle became solidly packed, and delicate organisms, ike Meduse, were crushed almost beyond recog- nition. The asexual forms were scarce compared with the sexual or ‘‘aggregated”’ forms, united in chains up to 6 inches in length. 750 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. After September 6th, the shoal rapidly decreased, partly by wreckage and partly, perhaps, by a change in the wind toa south-easterly direction; and on September 14th, the last specimens of the great shoal were seen. In 1897, afew specimens of Thalia were found in September. In 1898, only a single specimen of the asexual form was taken on August 6th. Preservation.—There was no difficulty in preserving the isolated specimens either in formalin or alcohol, but the ‘chains’? broke up when placed directly into formalin, or in corrosive sublimate, or picric acid. Still I found that ‘‘ chains”’ could be preserved without breakage in a mixture of corrosive and a few drops of acetic acid. From this fixing solution the specimens could be transferred either to formalin or alcohol without further damage. I have some specimens of these Salps preserved in formalin (10 cc.) and sea water (90 cc.); they have been in the original solution over two and a half years, and are still in excellent condition.—E. T. B.] Dorion. Doliolum (sp. ’). ? Doliolum tritonis, Herdman. (See Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xxiii., Dee HOME The specimens of Do/iolum are all in the blastozooid or ‘nurse’? form, and probably all belong to one species. It is impossible, however, to say with certainty in the present state of our knowledge of the genus what that species is. It may well be Doliolum tritonis, which is, in the sexual condition, the commonest species in that part of the Atlantic, but the blasto- zooid of D. tritonis has never with certainty been obtained. Borgert, in the latest paper on the subject, says of this species ; ‘* Amme, unbekannt,” and ‘‘ unbekannt”’ it must remain until some one traces the life-history of the species, or until we find the blastozooid and the known gonozooid in quantity together in the same area. That would not be absolute proof, but strong presumptive evidence of identity. Now, apparently, this was not the case at Valencia. So far as the collection shows, no gonozooids were obtained. [1895. Two small specimens taken in May. 1896. Taken from July to October. Usually very scarce, but a few occasionally present in the tow-net during August. Herpman—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 751 Most of the specimens were young blastozooids (asexual form with stolon), 1 to 3mm. in length. Some hada few buds upon the dorsal process. A large blastozooid with the adult wide muscle bands was taken on September 21st. It measured 83mm. in length, and had a number of buds on the dorsal * process, which was about 14mm. in length. 1897. A single specimen taken in July, and four in August and October. 1898. (None seen.)—E. T. B.] APPENDICULARIID®. Oikopleura (sp. ?). 2 Orkopleura flabellum, J. Miller. ? Orckopleura diovca, Fol. All the specimens, both ‘‘ Valencia”’ and ‘‘ Port Erin,” seem to belong to the one species; and that species is probably what I call Ovkopleura flabellum. Uohmann, in his recent work on the Appendicularidé, considers that O. flabellum is a synonym of Fol’s O. diovea. I cannot follow him in this. Even if it be definitely proved that the two names represent the same species, still flabellum, as a name, has priority (J. Miller, 1846) over dovca (Fol, 1872), and the latter must lapse. [1895. Abundant during April and the early part of May. Absent towards the end of May. 1896. Common during July, August, and September ; at times very abundant. Scarce in October. 1897. Taken from January to May, but very scarce during the early part of the year. Very abundant in October. A few seen during November and December. 1898. Abundant in June. Common in August. Some of the specimens were of a bright crimson colour.— E.T.B.] Liverpoon, 16¢h March, 1897. R.I.A. PROC,, SER. III., VOL. V. 3 & 752 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. VI.—On Youne Staces or TetEostEans. By J. T. Cunninenam, M.A. The specimens were taken in a tow-net during April and May, 1895, by Mr. E. T. Browne. Pleuronectes flesus (Common Flounder). One specimen ; left eye still on lower surface, but slightly dislocated towards the dorsal edge. Ventral fin rays, 38 or 39; dorsal, 63 or 64. Mouth shows characters of genus Pleuro- nectes. Zeugopterus punctatus (Largest Top-knot). (1) Early stage, with no indications of fin-rays in the fin membrane; two large periotic spines on each side, and five bands of pigment on the fin membrane.; 7°5 mm. long, as in fig. 94, pl. xi1., of Holt’s Memoir in Sci. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc., vol. v., ser. 3. (2) Symmetrical stage, with one dorsal periotic spine, the ventral one not visible. Dorsal and ventral fin rays beginning to appear. Ventral caudal rays somewhat advanced, but ter- minal part of notochord scarcely bent up; 12°5 mm. long. Zeugopterus unimaculatus (One-spotted Top-knot). (1) Symmetrical stage before the appearance of fin-rays ; yolk all absorbed; 6 mm. long. (2, 8) Symmetrical stage, with ventral fin rays just indicated. over 64 in number; dorsal rays in same condition. Minute protuberances along edge of opercular bone and behind octocyst, One specimen younger than the other; 7mm. and 8 mm. long. (4) Advanced stage, with eyes on left side of head; fin rays advanced in development; ventral, 67 or 68 in number; 8mm. long. It is worth noting that Holt obtained a numerous series, of these same larval stages in the course of the Irish Survey His specimens were taken in bottom tow-nets, coast of Donegal, May, 1891. It would appear that the species is fairly common in Irish bays, and that its young are reared in the bays, for which reason they are so commonly taken in tow-nets. CunnincHam—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 758 Trigla gurnardus (Grey Gurnard). (1) A large specimen, 11 mm. long, with very large pecto- rals ; ventral fin rays just indicated, 18 or 19 in number; dorsal rays opposite these, and in same stage. Caudal rays more advanced than dorsal or ventral, and notochord somewhat bent up. (2) A newly-hatched specimen, 3°5 mm. long, with no mouth, yolk not reduced, oil globule at posterior end of yolk, and rectum immediately behind yolk, perhaps belongs to this species. Gadus (Sp. ?). A specimen, 9°5 mm. long, with three dorsal and two ventral fins, just indicated by the fin rays, and caudal rays symmetri- eally disposed above and below notochord. Gadus (Sp. ?). A larval specimen, 3 mm. long; yolk all absorbed; rectum not reaching edge of fin membrane ; a vesicle in fin membrane above the head. Centronotus gunellus (Butter-fish). A specimen, 10 mm. long, with no fin rays, except the first commencement of the caudal below the end of the notochord. Liparis (Sp. ?). Three specimens, with globular body, short tail, caudal rays commencing unusually long distance in front of notochord ; dorsal and ventral fins indicated, as one above and one below, reaching nearly to caudal fin. 3G 2 754 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Part I1.—The Benthos (Dredging and Shore-collecting). VII.—Report on tHE Resuuts or DrepGine AND SHORE-COLLECTING. By W. I. Beaumont, B.A. (Cantab.) (CHanrt IT.) IntTRODUCTION. Valencia Harbour.—The term Valencia Harbour will be here used to cover the whole stretch of water shut off and sheltered from the Atlantic by the Island of Valencia and its north-eastern satellite, Beginnis. It appears to be very usual to restrict the name to that portion of the area, lying chiefly between Valencia Island and Beginnis, which is used as a harbour by shipping, since there only is the water sufficiently deep for vessels of quite moderate draught. It is more convenient, however, for our purpose to include under the term, not only Port Magee Sound, the long reach separating Valencia Island from the mainland, which at its south-west end narrows into the deeper Port Magee channel before opening out to the ocean, but also Lough Kay, between Beginnis and the mainland, and Cahir river. SHORE-COLLECTING. The extensive and varied shores of the harbour afford excellent facilities for shore-work. The rise and fall of the tide is, however, very moderate; being only 11 feet at spring-tides. The shore is bounded for the most part by slate rocks; but here and there are areas more or less covered with loose stones and boulders, spits of sand and gravel, sand-banks, Zostera-beds, and, at one point, a submerged peat-bog. Rocky AND STONY PARTS OF THE SHORE.—The best collecting grounds of this description are near Knightstown and at Church Island. From Knightstown, westward to Reenagiveen, there are slate-reefs with intervening strips of sand, and gravel, and loose stones. The under sides of the latter are covered with encrusting species of Sponges, Polyzoa, and Botrylloid Tunicates; associated with which are many Turbellaria. Here Anemones are fairly abundant, and Polychete worms, such as Halosydna gelatinosa, Myrianida pennigera (frequently found with a chain of buds), and 0€0Z sN WtEY4D “eaturpy wou umsiT it suioyyey Us surp unog ie eer b a aeBuy] 110g 4505) — SSS SS ea ( sig Ol Ree Sea} (Ppunoag uetprosy) gst? S Ronan pimoug ueiplosy € (pa ‘ : PAL , vl ek (punoig gt AYIOY) 9 c] {9G L g Avg snypno H ROAD) nae med G L Ys g S) S IALOD sn[nog Aeq sn[noq pure INOGTeH BlouaTeA Jo 4aTeY) FFolo afozg Braumont— Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 755 Siphonostoma diplochaetos. The Gephyrean Phymosoma papillosa also occurs. Besides the commoner littoral forms of Nudibranchiate Mollusca, fine specimens of Molediella glauca and Antiopa hyalina were obtained here; and the Pynogonida Phorichilidium femoratum and Anoplodactylus femoratum. At Reenagiveen there are some good rock-pools at various levels, some of which are well stocked with Anemones, including several species of Sagartia; and with the “‘ burrowing” urchin (Strongylocen- trotus lividus). Algee from these pools and the neighbouring reefs (and here may be included similar material from the stone-piers at Knightstown) yielded a number of small organisms of interest: the creeping Medusa Clavatella prolifera, Nemertines of the genus TZetra- stemma, cluding the rare 7. nigrum, Riches, many Rhabdocceele Tur- bellaria, and the Opisthobranch Mollusca Limapontia nigra, Acteonia corrugata, and Runcina Hancockt. The Archiannelid Dinophilus tenia- tus, Harmer, was also abundant in the spring. Beyond Reenagiveen the rocks are more precipitous for some distance, while the west shore of Glanleam Bay resembles that nearer Knights- town, and has a similar but impoverished fauna. Southward, from Knightstown Ferry-pier, past the Telegraph Station, the shore is covered with stones of small size. Under one of these the Hydroid Rhizogeton fusiformis, Agassiz, belonging to a genus not previously known on this side of the Atlantic, wasfound ; another member of the apparently scanty Hydroid fauna of Valencia, Coryne vaginata, was common here and on the adjacent stone piers. Nudibranchs were also fairly abundant, especially Lamellidoris bilamellata and Facelina coronata. Church Island is a small rock situated between Beginnis and the mainland, and connected with the former by a sand-spit which dries at spring-tides. On its southern and western sides are many stones of negotiable size which shelter a fairly rich and varied fauna, on the whole very similar to that of Knightstown shore. Most noteworthy here was the discovery of parasitic Copepoda living embedded in colonies of the compound Ascidian Morchellium. These have been described as new species (Ayplostoma Beaumonts and Aplostoma hibernica) by Messrs. T. and A. Scott.? On the north side of Beginnis, running out towards Lamb Island, there is a bank of boulders with a fauna like that of Church Island. 1Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 6, vol. xvi., 1895, pp. 359-60, Pl. xvi., xvii. In this Paper a description and figures are also given of another parasitic copepod from Valencia, Lomanticola insoleno, gen. et sp. n., which was found living in the Nudibranch Lomanotus marmoratus by Mr. Gamble. 706 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Here Lamellaria perspicua was abundant, and showed a remarkable degree of variation, the appearance of different individuals correspond- ing to the particular species of Ascidian affected by them. Outside the harbour, near Murreagh Point, there is a small area where boulders, many of huge size, lie scattered on the rocky shore. This, in spite of its exposed position, we found a fairly good collecting ground. yriothela phrygia, Coryphella gracilis, and Aolidiella glauca were the most interesting forms found, the two first-named being abundant. The rocky shores of Port Magee Channel were also explored to some extent, but did not yield anything we had not already taken near Knightstown. Banks anp Spirs oF Sanp and Gravet.—These would probably repay further investigation (by digging) than we devoted to them. Beginnis Spit is a bank of clean sand at the east end of the island, where sand-eels, Avenicola marina, and other sand-haunting Polycheetes may be obtained. Ballycarbery Sands.—On the north side of Cahir river, opposite the ruins of Ballycarbery Castle, are extensive sands. Iyxicola infun- dibulum is plentiful here at low-tide levels. Many small hermits (Lupagurus bernhardus) with good colonies of Hydractinia echinata were also seen in the shallows. The Foot, a bank of muddy sand and gravel with a few larger stones, runs out from Knightstown Breakwater-pier in a north-easterly direction. Here in the spring olidia papillosa was plentiful (breed- ing); Fecampia erythrocephala and Leptoplana tremellaris (under the stones in companies of four or five); Carinella superba (not usually found between tide-marks), and other Nemertines were found. Reenglas Spit is formed of mud or very muddy sand. There isa good deal of scattered gravel, but much of its surface is covered with Zostera. There are also large shallow pools in which the purple urchin Strongylocentrotus lividus is to be seen in hundreds. They lie side by side in great clusters on the Nullipore-encrusted gravel which forms the floor of the pools; there is no attempt at burrowing, supposing this species to be capable of such exercise. Ardcost Foot on the shore of Lough Mask. Mr. Gamble notes that Synapta was obtained here by digging. The Submerged Peat-bog, near Ardcost, which is accessible at low water of spring-tides, may be noticed here. A species of Pholas bur- rows in the peat, and also to some extent in the wood of the ancient tree-stumps which still remain apparently im situ. Teredo navalis also Braumont—Launa and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 757 affects the wood; and numerous Polychete worms and the Gephyrean Thalassema neptunt harbour in the peat. Zostera Beds occur in Beginnis Bay, along the eastern margin of Beginnis Spit to the south of Church Island, west of the Foot near Knightstown, and at Reenglass. Most of these are in part accessible at low water of the best spring-tides. On some of the Zostera beds the Lucernarians—Haliclystus auricula and Lucernaria campanulata—occur. South of Church Island, the first- named may be picked off the Zostera in hundreds, and the latter is by no means scarce. HULKS, DRIFT TIMBER, &c.—These may be conveniently noticed here. During our stay at Valencia, in 1896, two hulks were beached after lying afloat in the harbour for many months. The whole of their under- surface to the water-line was covered with a luxuriant growth of Zubu- larva laryna and Ascidiella aspersa, with a sprinkling of Lepas anatifera, and, in one case, a few fronds of Laminaria saccharina. On the happy hunting-grounds afforded by the Hydroid, Nudibranchs crawled in enor- mous numbers, many of them far exceeding the dimensions usual with their species. Cavolina (Cuthona) aurantiaca and Coryphella lineata were abundant on both hulks; acelina Drummondi, I. coronata, Den- dronotus arborescens, and Lamellidoris bilamellata on one or other only, though occurring on both; while Cavolina olivacea, Galvina picta and G. exigua, and Doto coronata were present in small numbers only. Another animal occurring in extraordinary abundance on one hulk was the Pycnogonid Phoxichilus spinosus, while on both a few speci- mens of Ammothea echinata and Anoplodactylus petiolatus were found. In other groups there were noted the Turbellaria, Leptoplana (tremel- laris?), Vorticeros auriculatum, Plagiostoma vittatum, P. Girardi; Ne- mertines, Zetrastemma dorsale, T. melanocephalum, T. vermiculatum ; young Antedon bifida; Cyprea europea and young Pecten opercularis. The appearance of fine colonies of Zubularia indivisa and Coryne vaginata, on a mooring buoy and boat belonging to Mr. Delap, which had been afloat a few weeks only, gave Mr. Browne an opportunity of observing the rapid growth of these Hydroids under favourable con- ditions ; and also of comparing their habit when grown in such a situation with that of colonies occurring under stones in the littoral zone. Lepas anatifera also appeared on the boat, and attained full size in an equally short time; while the whole surface of another boat which was raised after lying at the bottom of the harbour for some months, and of several large drift logs, was covered by this species to the exclusion of other organisms. 758 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. DREDGING. Scope of the Work.—During our first visit to Valencia, in the spring of 1895, dredging was conducted entirely from a row-boat, and for the most part by our own labour. Our operations were in consequence practically confined to the sheltered waters of the harbour. Attempts were indeed made to dredge outside whenever the state of the sea per- mitted a small boat to venture into Doulus Bay, where depths of 20 fms. and more are readily accessible. But we found the bottom hopelessly rough, and our results! were absolutely nz/, except on one occasion when the dredge apparently pitched on a small patch of sand among the rocks (though it fouled immediately) for a couple of Spatangus and one Echinocardium pennatifidum were brought up. During our second visit, in the summer of 1896, dredging was again extensively carried on in the harbour, and in addition an attempt was made to explore the deeper water outside with the aid of a grant from the Royal Society of London. Our endeavours in this direction did not meet with a large measure of success. In the first place we were unable to obtain the services of a sea-going steamer. Negotiations with the owners of the only suitable vessel to be heard of on that part of the coast having fallen through,’ a sailing trawler of about 30 tons, the St. Patrick of Dingle, was engaged for one month. Now apart from the length of time occupied in getting out and home, a sailing vessel has very obvious disadvantages. There is so frequently either too much wind for dredging or too little ; and this is particularly so in the west of Ireland, where the prevailing southerly and westerly winds soon raise a swell which renders dredging very difficult. Taking advantage of every favourable day, the St. Patrick was only able during the month to go out of the harbour on seven days, and on two of these it was impossible to dredge from lack of wind. Again, from our experience of fishermen in other parts of Britain, we anticipated that our crew would possess a far more intimate acquaintance with the nature of the bottom in their home waters than proved to be the case. In point of fact their knowledge was merely 1The following year Mr. Walker obtained several species of Crustacea in 20 fms. at the mouth of Doulus Bay by using a bottom townet. attached to a weighted iron rake (a stone is equally efficacious on rough ground), a combination which may be worked with good effect on any kind of bottom. 2 Subsequent information regarding her efficiency make it doubtful whether this was after all a great misfortune. Breaumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 759 sufficient to enable them, in the ordinary pursuit of their calling, to give all ‘‘foul ground” a very wide berth. The limited opportunities vouchsafed to us by the meteorological conditions were in consequence largely frittered away in discovering that the greater part of the area, which circumstances permitted us to explore, was from our point of view particularly barren, and in a vain search for something better. Altogether we came to the conclusion from our experience that the hiring of a sailing smack for the purpose of dredging is not a satis- factory investment unless one is highly favoured in the matter of weather. Drepeinc Grounps oF VALENcIA Harpour. Valencia Harbour, using the term in the wide sense already indi- cated, has over the greater portion of its area a muddy bottom. Its shallower parts, Cahir river and most of Port Magee Sound (where the depth does not much exceed 1} fms.) are floored with soft black mud in which the dredge or trawl sinks deeply, and serves at once as an anchor. Philine aperta is a prominent species on this ground as on similar ground in other districts. We also record Limapontia nigra, Elysia viridis, young specimens of Aplysia, and the ubiquitous Polycera quadrilineata, also Henricia sanguinolenta, Mara squinado, and several common Nemertines; while Mr. Walker, however, with his ingenious rake and townet arrangement, succeeded in capturing twenty-three species of Crustacea in two hauls on ground of this description near Knightstown.! Ascidian Ground.—tIn the deeper portion of the harbour near Knightstown (4 to 7 fms.) the bottom, though chiefly mud, has a much firmer consistency, the strong scour of the tide probably preventing the accumulation here of much soft material. This area, which may be termed the harbour proper, extends from the Harbour Rock or Perch to Knightstown, where it bends round the Foot and penetrates about a mile into Port Magee Sound. Its characteristic and dominant feature from a faunistic point of view (excepting in those parts to be presently described as Shell Beds) is the abundance of Aserdiella aspersa; the dredge, after a short haul, coming up full of large specimens of this species, firmly attached to one another in clumps of about half-a- dozen. These colonial masses do not appear to be definitely attached to 1««Malacostraca from the West of Ireland.’? Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. Vol. xii., 1898, p. 161. 760 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. the bottom, but to be merely seated on, or with their bases slightly embedded in, the stiff mud. In the beginning, probably, the founder of the colony starts sedentary life on a more solid object, such as a small stone or shell. A few dead shells are scattered over this ground ; and such extraneous objects as peats, accidentally dropped from boats ferrying turf over from the mainland, form'a suitable nidus for various animals. But since the bulk of the organisms to be obtained by dredging are more or less dependent on the masses of Ascidians for attachment or shelter, these latter certainly are the dominating feature of the ground, to which we consequently gave the name Ascidian ground. It is needless to name here the animals taken on this and on the ground to be next considered. Most of the species occurring in the harbour are to be found on these two grounds, as may be seen on reference to the various tables accompanying this report. Shell-beds.—In the channel between Knightstown and Reenard, and off Gruppaun Point, there are considerable accumulations of shells of Cardium, Mya, and, in particular, Pecten maximus, with a few living specimens of the last named. Ascidiella aspersa is here absent, or at any rate scarce ; the functions performed by its colonies in the economy of the bottom fauna being taken on by the shells. The results of our earlier explorations pointed to a much more marked difference between the Shell-beds and the adjacent Ascidian ground, with respect to their fauna, than proved on further investigation to be the case. In point of fact, there are a comparatively small number of species peculiar to either ground, though the Shell-beds present a somewhat richer fauna, both in species and individuals. There remain in the neighbourhood of Knightstown several grounds to be noticed :— Lough Kay and Cahir Passage.—A strong tide runs through here, and often a considerable swell sweeps round from Doulus Bay. The bottom is rather clean gravel, with a limited fauna, consisting of species also found on the Shell-beds. Glanleam Bay.—Clean sand, with very poor fauna apparently ; probably burrowing animals exist there which the ordinary dredge fails to capture. Mouth of Harbour.—The bottom of the channel at the north entrance of the harbour, as far in as the Perch reef, is much-washed gravel and sand. In this, at first sight, barren material live a few characteristic 1 Ascidiella aspersa may be seen growing in similar fashion on the muddy shores of Salcombe Harbour and the R. Yealm (in Devon), exposed during spring tides. Braumont—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 761 animals, of which the most noteworthy is an undetermined species of Polygordius, probably identical with a form inhabiting similar ground near Port Erin, in the Isle of Man, and off Prawle Point, Devon. The following, though not peculiar to this station, seem to be characteristic : Polyophthalmus pictus, Glycera capitata (juv.), EHbalia tuberosa, Ana- pagurus Hyndmanni, Embletonia pulchra. Other Nudibranchs, Lacelina coronata, Galvina picta, G. exigua, and Polycera quadrilineata, recorded from here, were found on Laminaria, which was probably not cn s¢tu. Port Macrr Cuannet.—On several days, when the weather was unsuited to outside work, the ‘St. Patrick’? sailed down to Port Magee, and dredging was carried on from her boat. A number of stations were investigated; but, unfortunately, care was not taken to. note their exact position or to keep separate the resulting material. Two interesting grounds, however, were discovered, differing in the nature of the deposit from anything found at the Knightstown end of the harbour. Port Magee Nullipore Ground.—In the channel opposite the Coast- guard Station, below Port Magee village, there is an extensive deposit of growing Nullipore, Lithothamnion coralloides, Cr., and L. coralloides, flabelligera, Fosl., in about 4fms. The fauna is a rich one, resembling, on the whole, that of the Knightstown Shell-beds, but with several additional species. Red encrusting sponges are abundant, and on these were found Archidoris flammea and Platydoris planata, also red Phoxichilus laevis. Polyclad Turbellaria, and Nemertines in particular, were abundant, all the species of the latter group found in Valencia Harbour being represented. Port Magee Fine Slate Gravel.—Further down the channel, in about 15 fms. (?), the bottom was found to consist chiefly of thin lamine of slate broken up into small fragments not usually exceeding 6 mm. in diameter. Adhering to these was a small but adult Lucernarian, apparently a new species. Drepeinc GRounDS oFF VALENCIA. Dingle Bay Trawling Ground.—An area of several square miles, situated approximately midway between Doulus Head and Blasket Island, was investigated with dredge and trawl, the depth being between 30 and 40 fms. The bottom everywhere was found to be fine, muddy sand, and the fauna, from our point of view, very limited. It is essentially trawling rather than dredging ground ; but, even after towing for 2} hours, the 35 ft. beam-trawl of the ‘St. Patrick’’’ 762 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. brought up a very scanty collection of Invertebrates belonging to a few common and widely-distributed species. Similar ground in the Irish Sea and in the English Channel, off Plymouth, appears to be much more productive ; perhaps the more frequently prevailing and heavier seas in Dingle Bay may account for its apparent barrenness, though Ballinskelligs Bay, which seems to have a more extensive fauna, is equally exposed and shallower. However, since fish manage to subsist in considerable numbers on this very ground, other organisms of some kind presumably abound, but are not readily caught by the ordinary means employed by the naturalist. The characteristic species occurring on this ground are: Paraphellia expansa (originally described from the S.W. of Ireland by Professor Haddon'), Astropecten irregularis, Ophiura ciliaris, Echinocardium pennatifidum, Spatangus purpureus, Thyone raphanus, Eupagurus bernhardus (with Hydractinia), Eup. Prideauxn (with Adamsia palliata), Ebalia Cranchii, Atelecyclus heterodon, Hyas coarctatus, Inachus doryn- chus, Dentalium, Cardium echinatum. Dingle Bay, about 3 miles N.N.E. of Doulus Head, 25 to 30 fms. ca. Mr. Gamble made several hauls of the dredge in this locality. At one station the following were taken on coarse sand :— Caryophyllea Snuthii, Terebratulina caput-serpentis, Acteon tornatilis (Tornatella Jfasctata), and a small Doris, belonging to a possibly undescribed species previously taken at Port Erin.’ Wild Bank.—At the N.E. end of the Wild Bank (S.E. of Great Blasket Island), on rough bottom of stones, with weed, in 20-15 fms., there were caught :— Carinella superba, Tetastremma dorsale, Polynoé imbricata, Phyllodoce sp., Pionosyllis sp., masses of Sabellaria tubes, Thalassema neptunt, Stenorhynchus, Aplysia punctata. Two hauls in about 20 fms.—one somewhat to the east of the above, the other at the west end of the Bank—showed a fauna similar to that of the Trawling Grounds. Off Reenada.—About 8 miles N.W. of Valencia lighthouse, 36 fms. ca. My. Walker’s Station 8.2 Bottom sand, with a few stones and Nullipores. One haul was made here on August 28, the results being similar to those on the Trawling Grounds already noticed, with the addition of Lucdia fragilissima, Henricia sanguinolenta, Synapta digitata, Inachus dorsettensis, Anapagurus Hyndmannt. 1 First Report on the Marine Fauna of the S.W. of Ireland. Proc. R. I. Acad. (ser. 2), vol. iv,, 1886, pp. 616-17. 2 Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., vol. x., 1896, p. 42. 3 Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., vol. xii., 1898, p. 163. Breaumont—fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour; Ireland. 768 13 miles S.W. of Bray Head.—45 fms. ca. Mr. Walker’s Station 7.! Bottom, coarse sand (chiefly comminuted slate), pebbles, and a few shell fragments ; all very much water-worn, the shells consisting of mere stumps of the more massive forms, such as Aporrhais. We were surprised to find evidence of strong wave-action at so great a depth, even on the open Atlantic coast. The species taken here were Car- inella inexpectata, Hub. (previously found only at Naples), Polygordius sp., Glycera capitata, Phascolion Strombi, Synapta inherens, Anapagurus Hyndmanni, G'alathea intermedia. Disrrisution TABLES. The accompanying tables have been prepared as the readiest means of presenting the results of our shore-collecting and dredging at Valencia. It will be obvious that they are very far from complete as regards many divisions of the animal kingdom. In point of fact no attempt was made to obtain complete collections, except in the vase of those groups which specially interested us, and of which special Reports have been prepared; while several classes were entirely neglected (Porifera, Polyzoa, Tunicata, &c.). It will accordingly be understood that the apparent poverty of species, in some of the lists which follow, does not warrant the assumption that those groups are but indifferently represented in the fauna of Valencia Harbour. Ca@LENTERATA. (Table, pp. 766-769). The few Hydroids which we succeeded in finding were studied by Mr. Browne, whose results appeared in the Irish Naturalist (vol. vi., 1897, pp. 241 e¢ seq). The following list (pp. 766 and 767) is taken from his paper. It is a remarkable fact that hardly any of the Hydroids obtained are Medusa-producing species; yet the swarms of Hydromedusze in the harbour bespeak an abundant hydroid fauna somewhere in the neighbourhood. A special Report on the Lucerna- vide follows (p. 806). TURBELLARIA. (Table, pp. 770, 771. Special Report, p. 812). NEMERTEA, (Table, pp. 772, 773. Special Report, p. 815). 1 Toe. cit., p. 163. 764 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Mortuvsca. (Tables, pp. 774-781.) Apart from the Opisthobranchiata, which are dealt with in a special Report (p. 832, Distribution Tables, pp. 777-781), very little attention was devoted to the Mollusca, as is evident from the very limited and imperfect list of species which follows. ANNELIDA AND GEPHYREA. (Tables, pp. 782-785.) In this case, also, our listis very incomplete, being composed almost entirely of species which we were able to identify at the time. Polychetes—Polynoids, Syllids, Nereids, and others which do not figure in the list—were, as a matter of fact, abundant in Valencia Harbour. For the identification of specimens of the Gephyreans recorded here we have to thank Canon Norman. BRACHIOPODA. A specimen of Terebratulina caput-serpentis was dredged on coarse sand, about 2 miles N.N.E. of Doulus Head. CRUSTACEA. (Tables, pp. 786-795.) A certain number of Crustacea (almost entirely Decapoda) were recorded by Mr. Gamble and myself; but the following list is due, in large measure, to the energy of Mr. A. O. Walker, the results of whose short visit to Valencia in August, 1896, have been published with other material in a paper on ‘‘ Malacostraca from the West of Ireland ”’ (Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., vol. xii., 1898, pp. 159 e¢ seg). From this the Valencia records have been extracted and incorporated in the accompanying table. The lists of Schizopoda, Cumacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda are derived entirely from this source; in the case of the Decapoda, Mr. Walker’s records are denoted by the letter W. The attempt to assign the species taken by Mr. Walker to particular areas in Valencia Harbour is, to a large extent, approximate, no precise information being available respecting certain of his Stations, which appear to cover more than one sort of ground. Uncertainty with regard to this point is indicated by the symbol ‘‘x,’’ as in other tables. Braumont— Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 765 Concerning other Crustacean groups, there is nothing to record here beyond recalling the common occurrence of Lepas anatifera on floating timber (p. 757), and the finding of three new species of para- sitic Copepoda (p. 755). PycnoGonrDA. (Table, p. 798). We are indebted to Mr. G. H. Carpenter for the identification of the species of Pycnogonida. EcHINODERMATA. (Table, pp. 796, 797). The accompanying table probably includes most of the species occurring in the Harbour ; but is, nodoubt, incomplete with respect to their distribution, the occurrence of common species not having been fully recorded. [TaBLEs B.I.A. PROC. SER. IlI., VOL. Y. 3H ‘sult Sh {pues pur JeAvis osiv09 : "pH Avig jo" M's 1m Pr VALENCIA HARBOUR. ae ‘po ‘su Sz § puvs asiv09 5 5 2 ae "PH sn[noq fo “A NN “iw £-z ; G Q o 5s i “sw ob-c£ Spurs 4 y ae on a Appnu ouy § spunois Suipmesy, : : 2 . GC Bd "ep 3, SUy of {pues : asnoy E : ‘ . iS) Il) oS “FYSYT Vloua[e A JO" MN “lu Fz Earnie”). "0 pis ; e *stuj oz—Sr ¥ 4 : 5 EA S| {punois ysnor Syuey pli 5 : : 5 5 a Gores a ci ori) o S é . i snqnog DP SU} Of § punoids YSnoY | 5 : C 5 al cdo) 3 ‘uleyi99un AjI[BIO] YORK bp : : 0 : o 80 aq Ss ‘po "Swy SI fjaavis oes ou | B C : 2 . ss ve | oy ‘po ‘su b £ punors o10dyjnn é s g D C 1) “stuf b-o £ pues : Avg wies[urpy & : ° : : s ‘su 2 {pues pue & i x iM 3 is [eases : noqieFT jo yynoyy “su b-€ Syoavis : Avy ysno-7T *sury Z-S !spaq-[[aqs ssuy L-€ {pnw wig fpuno1is uvipiosy “say £-o f pnut qos “spoq-v19}SOZ7 we Np ° *soq-yeod jsoopry ; : : 6 Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area. *[QAIS PUL pues Jo syueg z D : | : ee 5 Im *souojs puv YOY | | | o ‘saSeyy ; ! i quog Se eee ea ane. *syeoq pue sy[ny jo saovjins pasiowqns 5 O © e CQ&LENTERATA. Clava multicornis (Forskal), C. squamata (O. F. M.), Coryne vaginata, Hincks, . Eudendrium ramoswm (Linn.), Myriothela phrygia (Fabr.), Rhizogeton fusiformis, Ag., 1Clavatella prolifera, Hincks, Hydroida: atom sprorpATy oy} ynq oe oe oe oe oe oe oo oe oe ee oe oe oe oe oe . oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe or oe oe oe oo oe oe oe oe oe ae oe oe oe on oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oa oe oe oe “MODATSLUdEI 4B lOOdyoor v UT ws] y Suoue Surdooro ‘opquey ‘ayy Aq prtoAoostp SVAL VSNPOT OUT, 1 “moq.eq (ouMOIg ‘7, "‘G) “punoz you oY} UL Udy} OOM splorpATT osoyy 07 Sursuojoq esnpout om, os oa oe oa oe oe oe oe oe oe = oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oa _—. oe oe oe = on oe oe oe os oe on oe oe oe oe ae ve oe oe oe oe oe oe ye oe oa oe oa oe == on oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe or oo oe oe oe oa oe oe oan oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oan on oe oe oe ee ee ee ee oe ee of ae oe on os om on bee | eee oo oe cro ‘ oe oe oe ve oe oe — ae oe on oe oe oe on oe os on os on oe on oe oe on oe oa : : : “ds ‘aphzovpobhz : * f9ssoxy SUlninz2aqvs M'T : : : “ds ‘aul sov0pog : » &Sy Swafyoud uopooog iT * ‘greg ‘YL ‘sumgne wydsowhog : : > “ds ‘snunuobrag : : > Gds ‘nypraumbnog : C : “ds ‘auhsooulig ; - Suury ‘vznpnasado * gy : : > Suury ‘mpvund “gy > “uuITT ‘uassacdna vrwinjnzdag ‘(‘mury) sweozhzod npja.1n1N}.lag) 2 ‘(-qsuyoe) mumag wnoajn qT : > (uur) vynjynovwab vyago ° > “aoppy) wéogsuyor vuhig ‘syourpy ‘vsonvayl viumjnundumg : : “yuury ‘vsoune “Fr (UU) DULMUAZUD DIMDINULARU ‘JepuBjog pur sym ‘wun +7 ‘sy Sb {pues pue *30q-je0d ysoopry _ | JeaviS os1ev09 : ‘py Avig jo* MA's “iw Er ae "D2 ‘sw Sz pues osiv0o a = :*PH snjnog jo “ANN “tut £-z 3 SI > “sty oF-of { puvs On a Appnul ouy : spunois surpmery zd % Say gf ! pues :asnoq_ g SO aps [ote HOE RUSTING Op MUNG EREES a Wa “sult oz-SI ale ‘punois ysnor :yureq PILW |G ps ‘D2 “Sway oz { punois ysnoy 3 ‘uleyaounN Aj[eIOT JOCK 2 = ‘D2 "Sumy SI {[eAeIS 31e[S OULT aay I I E Pa ‘p2 ‘sway bf punois o10dijjnN ‘smy b-o £ pues :Aeg weopur[y ‘su ZS pues pue 3 [eaeis :inoqiey jo yo = ps a ‘sug b-€ § jaaviS : Aey YSnoT | & fa 2 “stag 4-S spaq-[[9qS < a a iy stu Z-€£ dd re !pna Wig ‘punois ueipiosy eH 5 ae | iz | 2 “say £-o § pnurzyosS ae > res] *spoq-vi9}soZ £ o S o iG a *[eAvIS pUe pues Jo syueg “Souojs puke YOO | “993eTl Wog “souojs pue YOO —~r- Dredging and Trawling Grounds, | J Shore *syeoq pur sy][NY Jo saovyins pasiomqns (continued. ) CQLENTERATA. [ 768 ] Stauromeduse : Haliclystus auicula (Rathke), Lucernaria campanulata, Lamx., Lucernaria, sp. nov., Alcyonaria: Alcyonium digitatum, Linn., Actiniaria : Corynactis viridis, All., “MMOGIVTT 9) UE Po}aUMo} “eunepymryT snus oq} Fo wsnpowt uo punoy ATJWonborz sua vdeo gz Jo Barry orytseaed oy, oe oe se oe ae oo oo oo oe oo oo oa oo ao — oo wo . . . oa oe oe oe oa oe ae oe ee oe oe = oe oe oe oa oa . . . oe oe oe ee oo oe oe oe = ae se ve oo oa oe oe ee . . . ee ee oe ee oe oe oe oe se oa ae oo oe ee ee ee se . . . ee oo se ee oo ee oe oe oe oe ee eo oe omy — oe oe ° . . oe oe oe oe oe oo ee ee oe ee ee ee ee oe == oa oe . . . oo oe oe ee oe oo oe on oe oo oo — oe oe oe oe ee . . . oe oe ee oe oe ee ee oe oe ee ae ee oe ee ee oe Om) . . . oo oe oe oo oe ae = oe ae aa oo ee oe eo oe se oe . . . oo eo oe ee ee ony ee ae ee ee oo oe oe ee — oe ee . . . oe oo ve ee oe oe oe oe ee oe oe ee oe ee —_ oe oe . . . oe oe oe eo eo oe oe oe oo oe oe pa) ee oe — oe oe : . . oe ee ee oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe ae oe ee oo oe ae ° . . oe oe oe oe oe oo oe ee se oe oe ee oe oe — ee ae . . . oe oe oe oe oe oe oe ae ee oe ee we ee ee oe oe oe . . . z *soyoyg “reyprug vyphydohong ‘ossoxn ‘eephoyT snypunr.ag * (3) ayonog snypunonday ‘uoppeyy ‘vsundxa vypaydnung ‘(UUAT) s0NL4ae SapoUunT “(*[[MFAL) Seretoorssn.a nur) ‘(uuag) vpvayns wruorwaupy Sumy ‘wuanba vruayop VC yospeyog) »2vy2vd mrsunp : > f9gssox Sarre “6 i fassox ‘npsnewaa “6 * “ossox Svgnreu vryimbny ‘(UU T) snpnpnounpad sna1a ‘(SI[[iy) seypumep wunrpragayr 7 : “ds ‘ndunon7yy bie) “sug S Cy { pues Paes ) : - - . : . a : . : _ | [e418 esre0o : “pH Avigy jo" M'S tt £1 7 3 5 E 7 5 Y : af “p97 “sy Sz { pues es1z0d ers Ss > og (Cc a2 “PH snjnoq joa" N’N ‘Hu fz ° cts 9 Be > “sw ob-of { puts o : 5 F 3 5 é : : 2 om [ee] Appnur eug: spunois SU[MPeIT, : 2 ° * < ° 2 - - . nm Cy) Zs "eb ‘suy of {pues :esnoy PMS GG ec ks) & -qySrq BIowsye A JO" Ay N “TU Ez : : . C = : 2a ge © : = 5, a LEAL Te As Piel “sug oz—-SI : : : : : Se oe Be Ba ¢punois ysnor :yueg PIIM 5 a 5 2 e : > ° S 4 ‘keg 3 : "D2 “SUI OZ {punois sno 4 | = Fi S 5 = 5 S: $ :. : snjno Tog 3 3 ‘ureqiaoun A}I[eo0] JOeXY | o PSM 6 < 5° 5 8 ee S 3) &p 2 = i “yo ‘sug St {[eavaS ozeIs OUT | B WP 2 2 SS RSs z rs 3 |e 7 . : Aa v2 ‘sw : punois s10dy[nN | : : C eC 5 : : : : : a ‘suyh-o {pues :Aeg weopurrp | & 2. 3 2) SS eens ‘m ‘su Z {pues pue 2 2 tha “Rely, eeremmmor 2 : ys Bs ypaeis :ainoqiey jo Yow | gq c = 2 r “sal : 2 2 Oo & . - - - . - re) oS ‘su b-€ {oars : Avy YsnoT = oh oS ee SRemcapgs, om Da 2 Sal ts ti. +) Soe a 2 “stag L-§ {spaq-[[2qS Cn meecame. & oS BE q *spoq-t1984so7 . : : | | : . | | | ) B Soq-jeed jsoopry 5 a 5 : A 5 rs A = 3 > S ow eh ey gt *[PARIS PU pues jo syueg Ss : : : : : . : : - : | *souojs Pur YOY Erle eal >. bla eae | ‘easeyy : Feo SO CS Se 410g souojs pue oY | Seer 4) os os Ss Bic *sy2oq pue s¥[NY Jo soovjins pasiewqns WEEMS Ss 5 5. qc iva F Pe Ne é S _ < 3 3 i H 6 ¢ts| . 5 M4 . 0, =P . ea S a E < a = a iG Z 4 gS aR SVs o | @ So) o2ec)” Bee ees ica] o = FS < ESE a! => aS a os ees <= (4 es £ “5°58 ea 8 § OS omer op =) S) iS <= Sq > 3 s ~~ H — S ao S < © fe SS us een SS = SSeS Ss s 2 2) De Sees, SS = § 3 3 = eles = QS oS SS Se = 2S 88 eS eee Ss § 348) Seer. 2s & 3 Se esece * Se 8 5 y ce, i eC CL LE LE LE LL ALE LA LN “poom qylIp ut ATqtssog z ‘LOTT Lo}VMHLaIG WO 10 spood wseaArsvuseyY oY} Ul SurMois wSpy Suomy , “‘paod JJLIp ay} UL Woeq eAvY AvUT ‘UOTSLO00 9UO STY} UO UOZe} ATMO satveds 0} SuOToq YOTYAr FO AnoF ‘sajooopqeyy oy} Jnq { ateq]} aLaTLAVOTIOS B19]S07% JO yoyed [[ems v AlUIL}I0D ST OO], ‘“WOOATSvUIEY AvaU dIOYS 9Y} SUOTR “SWF Z-[ UL oSpaip oy} Jo [nvy v WO’, Surypnser ‘pao 4yUp pur viojsoz APoryo ‘[VIteJVIM UL pUNOF 910M ,,‘spoq-v10}s0O7Z ,, PAapvay WUIN[OO aq} UL poytvM Os satoeds oY} [[V “pauTej}qo a1aM Ady} a1BYA punoss ay} JO ainzeu ostooid oy} Surjoodsor ynq ‘suatmeds Fo UoTYVOUSpL 94} 0} pAVSat YIM yOu ‘qnop Auv st ody} Oo pasn st ToqutAs sty], # “Suey ‘apgurua wmnwuozsoph7z9 ‘Cayun®) srzuajownbuvs snpyjs0byoQ : "CL LQ) wgnesoa nydajghung : * ©3uvy ‘sisopidnd sn.codopahp * “(nSBpUOy) svzy7710 sna.avayysold * “CHE TO) seunpjauat, vunjpdojdaT : “ryend ‘vzojnovu vunjdoyaojhyy : * osduarjg ‘(4) seep wraoz : ° * §(pays19Q) snasnf “7 * “CHL 'Q) sugvaui sngouory ‘(-yonory) wnguznaor.ponb vuojsoipurhg : : : > ards ‘vwmojsovagug * “CTL QO) wngnpnarinw 80.0000).404 * “(sono pus Aor) wnjozpe “g G ‘(qpranrpag) wun wuopsorsujz *suy Sb $ pues pue JeAeIS asIvOO : ‘pH Avg jo* Ayes iw Er : | ae | ‘po ‘sult Gz ‘ puvs asiv0o rr S | :‘PH sn[nog o'y NN ‘Iu f-z BA > sat ob-of !purs On [==] Appnui oug :spunoi3 SurpaMviy, n 2 SSE a q ct) "suZ gf {pus :osnoy | ae a -7YSrT v1sue[e A jo" A N ‘1 Sz qA sty oz-Sr aa Ue > Pky “DI “SUL ‘punois yono sn{nog ifoz {puno1s ysnoyxy ne Dredging and Trawling Grounds. “ulejyigoun AjI[RIOT IOeXY] | | ‘punois ySsnor :yurg pli | ! "po “Sut SI SjaaviS o4v{s OUT \ Port Magee. ; ‘po sub § punor3 o10dy[nNy ‘su b-o ¢ puvs : Avg weepur[y ‘su L {pues pue peavis :iInoqivyy jo ynoy ‘sury b-£ S[aavis ; AVxy YsnoT *stuz L-€ Bipekes wig {punois uvipiosy *suly £-o § pnul yjOS VALENCIA HARBOUR. “spoq-v194SO7 *sury L-S {spaq []9qS | J ) Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area Pie eee eee pur pues jo syueg aa nga CMe, Shore. | | *S0q-yeod ysoopry *s9U0}S puv YOY Case ke = Cs Smee 410g “S9uUO}S PUL YIORT 3 “syeoq pue sy[ny fo soovjins pesieurqns NEMERTEA. C. superba, Kolliker, A. dissimulans, Riches, C. inexpectata, Hubr., . NV. flavida (°), Amphiporus lactifloreus (Johnst.), Carinella annulata (Montague), Cephalothrix bioculata (Hrsted), Nemertes Neesii (Grsted), Nemertopsis tenuis, Burger, fuevarcoue| ‘snasnf ‘9 ATqvqoad ynq ‘[nzyqnop satoedg “tesing “ysoqupoyy “9 futqnoe “ohne vyaumwg) = |; *pourryqo o19M AOY} oo punosd ey} Jo eanzeu ostoord oy} Sutjoodsor ynq ‘suatmpoods Jo uolywoyTUEpT oY} 0} prvSor YT you “yqnop Auv st ety} o1eyAd posn st ToquiAs siyy, x “TOW ‘snasnf sngngv..gasag ‘(Aq G) vanporasnf “7 ‘(qjoL[eq) vaundind vans “TOW ‘smjmaw2@ “T ‘(sntauuny)) srewessrbuo) 7 ‘(aqnay) (2) snazon 7 ‘CIN ‘WL 'O) seseasassab snau sompryy ‘umn 7 ‘CPIEGY) avssop 4 “TOW ‘wunrz.vaqgoy *Z ‘rasing ‘(¢) wnwoydopnydao +7, §(-gen®) wragnpnowesad 7 ‘(-qsuyor) uunpnydasounjaue “7, ‘CTW 'Q) wenpripuna nunuajsy.gaz, “sup Sh S pues pue [eAv13 asiv0d : ‘pH AvIg jo" M's ‘1m Er VALENCIA HARBOUR. Bae ‘DI “Sul Sz $ pues osie0d oa : “PH sn[nod jo" NN bw £-z Bea > “suly oP-of pues Pad 3 iz On faa) Appnui ouy : spunois Sulmery, nm © Zs th ‘su of {pues :asnoy aS Al | Taste oT eroue Te A FO MGN fot ee | { punois o1odiynyy | ‘swy b-o {pues : Aeg weour[y Dredging and Trawling Grounds ‘su 4 S pues pue yeavis :inogivy, jo yYynoyy “su b-€ fjaaeis : Aey YsnoT *stuy £-€ pnw wig ‘{ punois uevipiosy "sur Z-€ {spaq [[eyS | *suj €-o ! pnw 30S *spaq-v10}S07 — I “S0q-jeod ysoopry | Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area, *‘[OeARIS pue pues Jo syueg ’ Shore. “souojs pue YOO “oS TL Hog *sou04s pue YOoy } “sjeoq pue syx[ny fo Ssvorjins pesiouqns ( Juv.) MOLLUSCA. . . edule, Linn., P. tigrinus, O. F. M., . P. maximus (Linn.), } P. opercularis, Linn., 0 Anomia ephippium (?), Peecten varius (Linn.), Cardium echinatum, Linn., Mya arenaria (2 Lamellibranchiata : Lima, sp., O18 “ATWO sT[oYS pra z MOQIVTT OY} UL saTnjon.ays 1eqwu1} pesremuqng jou “4soopry ye yvod puv pooM YJoq UI sMormnq ‘sduinjs 901} plo oy} Jo poo oy} uy _ smoyg ‘payonyye ATouUI0d . oe oe oe oe . oe oe ee ee . oe ee oe ae . oe oe oe oe . oe oe oe oe . oe oe oe oe . omy oe oe omy . oe oe oe eo . oe ony oe oe . oO oe oe oe . oe oe oe oe “JjOsjt yvod oy Ut ° ‘(UULT) 9.10920) *'T ‘(mMULT) g08I990 0U2.1092VT * GuUTT ‘simuaura “7 * “aury ‘snwydhz2 7 * Suury ‘srbvu snyoouT * “Cuury) nab wppainss iT “ds ‘mynubimug ‘(UULT]) unpronppad worajazT * Suury ‘pnbyna vpja9nT : Bpodorysey “uury ‘s.umpnarasnf wopryg : Boy doowdAlog * “uur ‘appjzua wnrynguag : epodoydvog (2) synanu opasay, > ‘(cuury) vsobne navorangy “ds spj0oyyr 77d STATIONS OUTSIDE VALENCIA HARBOUR, oe eeeNNNNmsa<—C VALENCIA HARBOUR. ‘sup Sb $puespur ) JeAvis osiv0d : “pT Avig¢ jo" Ay*S “1m Er *p2 “sul Sz ‘ pues asivoo :"PH sn[n0g o-”y NN ‘iu £-z & Sul Ob-of {pus A Appnu ouy : spunois Sutjmvry, 2 3) “sw gf ‘pues :asnoy a “HYSYT elouaye A yo Ay N “rut Fz “stg Oz-Sr ‘punois ySnor :yurgq pitay ‘£ ae “D2 “SUIf Of $ puNnoIsS YSnoxyT *“UlezI99UN AI] BIO] IOVXT “v2 “suf SI f[aAvis oJe[S OUT, Port Magee ‘v2 “sub £punois o10diy[nN “su b-o ! pues : Aeg weepur[y ‘su L fpuvs pur JAAvIS + aAnoqivyyT jo Yo Dredging and Trawling Grounds. *sury L-$ {spaq [][9qS “stug L-€ fpnu wig { punois uvipiosy ‘suy €-o { pnul qos “Spoq-P194Sso7Z | ‘sur: t-£ fyoaeis : Ley ysno-T | J ) “50q-yead ysoopiy Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area *Jaavis puv pues jo syuegq f Shore. “Ssouojs Pue YOO “gaStyT 4107 *“souojs pue IO j *sjvoq pue sy[ny jo sed"juns pesrourqns (continwed.) MOLLUSCA. | n 7 ee fry OY . | "| > oe tal Ps a st SS) = aoe g aS Seca °° 64 <8 = 85 een "SS jo SS S wa S > 8 sys Qe = © (a, $2 = Seca = 5s 2 Ss 8 = woe RR BS S = 8 Ss 5 s Seosmes 3 3 Ss ss Sees = e § 2 So. ae pS ee BS} Se fey SS re S$ 3S 82503 oes TOSS ee SS OS Sy os ss 2. Settee JIS SS S SS o Ss 3S Sse s ae BR SWRA 9K AS n Cs] oO 2 Dead shells only. [ 776 ‘suy Sh $puespue ) [24218 os1v09 : “pH Aevig jo* y's ‘1m Ex "D2 “sul Gz ‘ puts os1ev09 :"PH snjno0g oy NN ‘ru c-z “sui1ob-of {puts Appnu aug : spunois Surpaery, “sw of Spuvs :osnoy “HYSYT elous]e A Jo" NTU Fz Dingle Bay, *stuy Oz-Sr fpunois qySnor :yurg pli STATIONS OUTSIDE VALENCIA HARBOUR. e A “D2 “sw Oz SpuNnois YSsnorxy 4 E A “uley90uN AjITeDO[T ORK "po *swy SI f[aaeIZ oFeIs OUT Port Magee. ‘po sup h £punois s10diqjnNy ‘su b-o {pues : Aeg uvopur[4 ‘suy £ {pues pue [PAvIS :AInoqivyT Jo YInoT "sup b-€ fyoaeis : Ley YsnoT *suit Z-S Sspaq [[2q4S stay Z-£ | {pnur wig { punois uvipiosy | ‘smug €-o { pnul jos VALENCIA HARBOUR. -Soq-yeod ysoopiy Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area. *[OAvIs pue pues jo syuegd r *soU0}S PUB YOOX “spoq-P194SOZ “29SRyl WOog *souojs pue ZIOY j *syeog pue sx[ny fo sooejins pesiemqns Dredging and Trawling Grounds. Shore. MOLLUSCA. TECTIBRANCHIATA. Acteon tornatilis, Linn., 1 Acera bullata, O. F. M., Philine aperta (Linn.), . P. catena (Mont.), P. punctata (Clark), Aplysia punctata, Cuy., . Pleurobranchus plumula (Mont.), Runeina Hancocki, Forbes, ReISDas 2 Among Alge in Reenagiveen pools. 1 We were informed by the Rey. A. Delap that numbers of Acera bullata were to be seen in the Harbour at times. STATIONS OUTSIDE VALENCIA HARBOUR. ‘su Sp {pues pur} jeavis asivo0d : "py Mvag Jo" M'S ‘tw Er ‘pa "sy Sz ! pues esivoo : ‘PH snjnoq jo ANN “tut £-z “sty Ob-of ‘ pues Appnut sug : spunois Surpmeiy, “su gf {pues : asnog “IYSYT Vloua|e A JO" MN “TUL Zz *suy Oz—-ST {punois ysnor :yueq PliMm Dingle Bay. D il Q ‘pI SU} O% § punois YSnNoYy sn[nog VALENCIA HARBOUR, *ulejie9un Aj[eIO] OVX] ‘po ‘swmySr {aaei8 oye][s oul Port Magee. ‘p2‘suy > $punois s10diy[nN “suf t-o§ pues 2 keg ulvo[Ue[r) Saas Dredging and Trawling Grounds. ‘su 2 $ pues pue yeavis :inoqieyZ jo yo, “sw t-£ Sjaaeis : Avy ysnoT “suf L-S S$ spaq [[aYS *suy L-€ {pnul Wig: punois uelplosy "suy £-O f pnul yJOS “spoq-e194}soZ J *soq-yead jsoopry Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area. *[QAR1s pue pues fo syurg | Shore. *souojs pue AIX ‘90S eIT Rae *souojs pue YOY *syeoq pue Sy ny FO SeoepInsS pasiowmqns MOLLUSCA NUDIBRANCHIATA. CO. anena, A. & H., Cavolina aurantiaca, A. & H., . C. olivacea, A. &. H., Embletonia pulchra, A. & H., Aeolidia papillosa (Linn.), Aeolidiella glauca, (A. & H.), . Cuthona Peachii, A. & H., Amphorina cerulea (Mont.), Tergipes despectus (Johnst.), | | | | | Pio ee ayy Jo “qeliqey [einzeu sqrt jou ATqrqoid { ysoopry ye Yoveq Iq} UO ¢ “nyrs uw you Atqeqoad ‘vIweulMey UQ z “USOATSBUBOY JB S[OOdHooL UL BurMOs VS[y SUOUTY { *pourezqo cram Ay} oLOYM punoIs ammyeu estoord 04} Surpoodsoar ynq ‘suowtroads Fo WoIBOyTWUEpT OY} 0} prvsor yITA you “Gqnop Aue st 0104} o19y.A pasn st joquids si], # oe oa oe on oe oe adi | og | eee ao tee on on on oe oe oe == ° . . . . ‘(-mL) pqvuUolod 072077 ' oe oa on oe oe oe oe oe oe || oe oe oe oan oe oe oe . . . . “HSV “sngn.soullpue ‘T a a oe a ae so ae Da, re = ae i wes ro ip tome ae — eo js : ; “sdmoqy, ‘snowpung7z.vod SNQOUDULOT . on oe oe ee, oe 06 O06 ee pr eer [as oe oe os: oe = O. ae Q . . 5 . Cm DV ‘nuywhy ‘v . oe oe oa oe oe ae on oe oe aes oe oe 7) oe oe oe oe oe . . . . Gre) "p) D7 D4SV.49 ydorgUpy oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oo oe oe oe on oe oe oe = oe oe . . . . . ‘CHL MV) vppp0UNa WT oe on oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oan oe oe oe ve oe oe oe me . . . . ‘(-dwoyy,) puUouuUlnegy wT on ee oe oe a oe one 2 on oe oe oe oe oe SS —— er eae O . . o ‘(saq.t0,7) p)DU0LOd DUNIOD T . a0 Ao 00 ak ane OO nite oe oe == oe oe oe oe oe pee oe oan . . . . Gora pbs) Ose ‘snq)p SNUMODT 0 ate che O00 ate 00 Go OO oe oe ake ee O:0 oe oe GO O'O o.0 a D 0 . 5 . ‘(uaAo'T) ‘vjmaUr7 *O lice UME ed | eraicotad | seer call cour) lt seve ocotey llleecortenaal| itesiodny es mememee [fcr fe conece gl beenars (lhe aver dll Gekeg Wp Motes alliiseiced lh —fegonal|t ce 0 : > OTT py ubungspunT “9 seo Ne Perea lester fossa |Seceeyo | Pertoic all) “TT apy ‘ngnhnssoa nuionjo yr aa (e ss |soo |p =t.0 Hf : 5 ‘CTL '°O) vrmardvo wrguodnunT 96 || ey |P60 pao || 6 . . ° > (quo) sopra vis iyar aie — oe oe . . ° . Uo ay bY) ‘Vv ‘nayrupuap ef 0.031] gO: ye ‘(-quO) py nau areal ge “H By “youeT “T od lena ee ae “H BV ‘(3) Pr22yoInd wyopy OO Pes If 0G 9 eo [ae : : : ‘("{UOJL) VI0poU secoporuoyy oo Nee Hoo loo |hto . 5 : 6 9 43) ds 7 od — oe oe . : ‘ : : Cor y°V ‘yaadsp T “(MULT) V2NZJAUINILG SrLopYyJaUnT =, | ail oo: loo] 0 : : ‘CIN WO) 78072 stcopoypuvop > “CTL LO) vamarapreepynd gq = . . ‘("qlQ,P) 2wossaT n1aolpoq —_ 5 ; : ‘CIN “WE 'O) ahranjo vdor47 ] [ 781 ine) R.I.A- PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. STATIONS OUTSIDE VALENCIA HARBOUR, VALENCIA HARBOUR. | Dingle Bay. ssa Sb {pues pue [eAvis osiv09 : ‘py Avig jo" y's ‘1m Er "po ‘sur Sz ‘ pues 9sivood :‘pETSsn[nog oy N°N ‘tu €-z ‘sai1ob-of {pues Appnur sug : spunois Surjmery, ‘suit gf !puvs :esnoy -J4SIT elouaye A Jo" AA’ Ny ‘tur Sz *stuy Oz-Sr | ‘punoig ysnor :yurq ptm ‘keg sn[nog Port Magee. Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area “goSRII 410g ‘D2 “SW Oz {puno1s YSNory “uleji9.un AzI[BIO] OVX ‘po “suit SI f[oAweIS o}e[S OUT ‘p2"smy > £ puno1i3 o10dijnNy “suf b-o § -pues: feg Wva[Ur[r) ‘suzy L i pues pue \ | Joaeis :iInoqivtyT jo YMojL ‘sup t-€ fyoaeis : Avy YSsnoT *sury Z-S {spaq [[eqS *stuy L-€ spas wig fpunois uvipwosy “stg €-0 $ pnul yoS “spoq-P194S0Z7 | *Soq-yeod ysoopiy *‘[QAvAS puv pues jo syueg *soUO}S PUB FIO “souojs pue PIO Dredging and Trawling Grounds. — Shore. ( *sjzoq pue sy[Ny jo saovjins posiowmqnsg ANNELIDA. Archiannelida : Dinophlius teniatus, Harmer, Polygordius, sp., Oligocheta : Olitellio arenarius, O. F. M., Polycheta : Pionosyllis, sp., Amblyosyllis spectabilis, oe a er | oy} Jo amyeu ostoord oy} Sutjoedser ynq ‘suotutoeds Fo moTeoyTyUEpt oT} -qord JayVAYVoIg UO pur sjood-Yoor Usoarsvusoy Ul ovs[y Suomy ; *poute}qo oto Lay} atay Ar punols 0} pavSor Y}IA you ‘yqnop Auv st oLoq} OLOT[M posn ST JoquiAs sty], % B CK Lo 90) || co |= =5-|] 05 |[-oo {| oo}! co 2 : > “CTeg) vbapvyauoo aon T popped soc] Si PE . G ‘(-quoy,) vsopngaw nruulpog go |) ool | co-d) e— | 00 |) o05|/50 d : . (4) sngu.ua snjgngn.tley BO abo eae PRORe | OOS || OSES ° ‘-uayy ‘sngnpadorwme snsazdozavy) So Page| es heme ee : - ‘poysi0Q ‘vznz.dva v.1a0/p 66, too |-oo | ac | 99. |) oo io > “deg ‘syrsand nya01g0h.wydo - =< |} 60 oe |} 00 paso || @o-|} 6 : j : » ds ‘soopoyhyg e O5= ||) : Ona 'O ‘vanpnovut soopoyhyg oe . . . ‘aferqg *p ‘M71090.(9}SD 90]0Y9 oe |e : . ° : “ds ‘wowmpudayy tele : . ‘savg ‘ysourgnjab puphso.vy 50 || o “ . : : “dg ‘sngouoprdaT a0 || o : > “(Cuurq) (¢) vpvaruquer aowkj og * “(quoy) viabrwuad wprunrwhyy STATIONS OUTSIDE VALENCIA HARBOUR. ‘sury Sh { pues pue eavis osiv09 : ‘py AvIgyo"M "Stu EI "v2 ‘su Sz § pues asie0o : “PH sninoq 30 "AN" N “Hu €-z “sw ob-of Spurs Appnur ouyg f spunois Sulpmery “sm gf : pues : osnoy “SVT e1oue]e A JO" M"N 1H FZ "sty oz-SI {punois ysnor !yueq PIM Dingle Bay. ————_— “keg snqnog *p2 “stay oz § punois YSsnoy VALENCIA HARBOUR. ‘uleyi99un APIO] JOVE | ‘po ‘sug SI f]Jeavis oze[s OUT | ‘vo sub { punors s10di[[nN Port Magee. “stuj b-o {pues : Aeg wea[ur[y Dredging and Trawling Grounds. ‘suy £4 {pues pue [eAeIs : Inoqiey jo YyINoyW, *smy -€ fjaaeis : Ley Y8noT *suy Z-$ fspaq-][9qS “sug L-£ {pnul wig fpunois uvipiosy “stuf £-O f pnur zoS “spoq-t193s07 aed Nee cee eee ee *30q-yeod Jsoopry Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area. [PARIS pue pues jo syueg . ! Shore. *SoU0js PUR HI0Y ‘2oSe ll 4i0g *souo}s pue xI0yy J *syeoq pure sx[NY jo saorjins pasiowqns (continued.) ANNELIDA. f7s4on] . . . . A. ecaudata, Johnst., A. Grubei, Clap., Siphonostoma diplochetos, Otto, Polyophthalmus pictus (Duj.), Arenicola marina (Linn.), Polycheeta—continued : Brada, sp., Sabella, sp., “SUF CT JsBoy 7B sua YYdop oY} oOLOYM oTquqord orow avodde pynom psojnurds ‘yy JO eouattnd00 oy} ‘(09% pure ‘1zz ‘9zS ‘dd ‘TEST ‘A “JOA ‘00g *forg [oodraAry ‘suBiy,) vog YS] oy} ut ‘vsopnwids gy pus vjnj0I0Q)» “Ky ‘goroods OM} 04} JO YJdop ur oSuva oy} 0} yoodser YI ‘[[oUIO]T JO oouaitodxo oY} 0} SuIpLooy “OWT, oY ye MZvZ0dQ2y “GY SV poyTUePT 1 oy} JO ornzvu ostoord oy} Surjoodsea ynq ‘suouttoeds Fo uorjwogTyWOpT 94} 0} preSox YL you “qnop Auv st *pourv}qo ota Aoy} LOA punols [ 785 J O10} O1ayA posn st joquAs siqy, # : “JUOTNL ‘2gelouggy woroosnyg “UNJIUIIMNUIZ DULOSOJ0ISVYT : : * Gunsojrdvd vuosouhy qT : * Yrewxy “Vungpdayy vuassnzvy J, : verséAydon : * S(*UULITT) pyMoLened wppapgoruog : BOUIPNAL_T : : > 1 (4) wgnpoaagn wrunpjagny faqnay Sunpngepunfur vpoorwh pr ‘sty Sh f pues pue [eAeIS osIvOD : "pH AeI_GIO"MA"S Li x1 } ‘D2 “SWI Gz ‘ pues esi1e0o :"PpHsnjnog o'| N*N ‘Iu f-z : sar ob-of {pues Appnul ouy : spunois Surjmery “sufof {pues :osnoy “HIST e1ouele A JO" MN Tu Fz *stuy oz-Sr ‘punoig qSnor :yueg pli, STATIONS OUTSIDE VALENCIA HARBOUR, 5 da Dingle Bay, an “D2 "sw oz £ punois ySsno "7 Ua Dredging and Trawling Grounds. 3 “Wlej190UN API]TVIOT JOVX| 3 = “v2 “su $I f[aAeis oye[s oULT [ z ir Pa ‘v2 “suzy £punois o1odiy[nN *suy b-o {pues : Aeg weopur[y ‘su L {pues pue 4 jeAvis :inoqivy, jo yop, Ee roc] es ‘sup b-€ fyoaeis : Aey YsnoT 5 Ones fe a suit £-$ {spaq []2qS & *spoq-e10jso7Z 2 } ° 5 “S0q-yeod ysoopiy Gi > *[PARIS pue pues jo syueg r | *Sou0}S PUL YOY seseyr f Bory souojs pue Y0xy J “syeog pue syn fo Soovrjins pesisuqns CRUSTACEA. [ 786 ] Shore. oe Cancer pagurus, Linn., Xantho florida (Mont.), Podophthalmata : Pilwnnus hirtellus (Linn.), Carcinus menas (Penn.), ’ Portunus puber (Linn.). 1 P, depurator ? P. corrugatus (Penn.), . P. pusillus, Leach, 2 Polybius Henslowii, Leach, Atelecyclus heterodon, Leach, “9681 JO LoTUUINS OY} SurMp woes o1om suotpads Moz B ‘Copal Sosst]}L OY} OF UMOUY-TToM st PUD ‘MoqavyT VIOUSTVA UT sow yw sxnoo0 soroods orsujod SIYT, ¢ ‘yovms Surpvsz v Aq UL IYSNOAG Wood pvY LOQUINU 9[QBLOPISUOD V VTL} qaodor omy Wa ‘dujoq "9 Sst Aq ‘(gg8T) tok quosord oy} ur [rw VIOU[LA WOLF popIVALOF o1OM tmopsuazT sneghjog JO suetmoodg “AyPROOT powmvu-jsvt oy} UT oorvos ATOATWVIaI oY YOUN “(smponaty “gq pun sngnhns109 “7 ) sotoods rojo Aq 4t19}x9 OTOS 0} pajuriddns Suroq ‘puvpsuyt Jo 4Svoo *A\*g OY} WO UBT} PULLOIT JO SoA OY} UT JULPUNG SsoT Ayquoredde st wopnundap ‘I 44doy Jou oto YOITM Fo suommtroods ‘ogyindop “q SV poplo99L SHUN WOT OY} FO UOTJoYTUopr oy} Surjoodsor Azuryjtooun owWOS St BLOT], 7 ‘poury}qo otoM LOY oO PuNoId oy} Jo ornquu ostoord oy) SuTpoodsor nq ‘suowTads Fo worBoyNUopT oy} OF panGor YIM jou 4Yquop Luv st o104} oto posn st foquAs sty, & oe oa oe oe oe oe oe oan se oe oe oe og ae oe oe oa pee ee oe . . . . *(uuld<,) sagayohqnad i oe oe A ee ee oe oe ee oe —=, oe =? = oe oe ee oe oe oe oe ee . . . “(-uurq) sru.toarhuo) UNI) AIO T Oa O.0 aN ie —alf O-o) seCh toncth O lhal) Da hae aeat ——— OO Stai e | a k) ban | Vent eo ta Pore (a ‘(uosduoyy,) wemupuhzy snunbodnup oe ae oe on ve on on we || sells eye os oe oe oe ve oe oe : 0 ° . ‘ovary ‘annapuld oc, i es Hi 010. ll) =A mie I] VEO TCG]: gs 8h SO a FSP ONS NS SOO eS OS OS : ‘(uury) supinyug snunbodngy oo | ee ye aio6 6 Ito oI) oO oO NOR | ore eG 1/80 WEDD icine 6G 1200) | 6Gb: 7) soe Isc g c + “qovory Sayounyg “oT nie aie 50 are OD —s oe oe 50 ann 6 nie OO oe are aye G0 ate oon F0 4 . 5 5 ‘(-quoy) pyowfoung TT OI] OG =|) 80 210, MSO Ti A eet mec OSS OF tN ra | est Uh | Ve coca) Vi Wena] Ut 3 : * (uO) v8o.0agn, VYYOT OSTEO Na Or | OD LS CES To EH ike OLE CE SRD Sona (ene es | ae eg es G0 Gu ve ea ins : 2 “Cumog) »vadsp auUlouh ing ee hi OS ee rae a rs tn a ee itn] |e site 00 O10 OO 0.0 0 On) : s . * “yovary ‘s227779.900 SVATT va |-oo oo |} oo Wooo oo |-oo on foo |-o0 | oo |} oo Was ie oo joo ion |} 0 |lo0 yom | o ; . + (squoxq) opnurnds npr OTP Usd PCO WG ESATO: PARI TATA eee) pei leak | nin | ce WOR enc Ue | Vl a : “(“uuVy) snpp.ujsoe snyouhy.couary OAD ESR RCE | Cy RES) HEC alge Vem ae Tec S| 77 ltl (tata OL U0 || -00 1 90 00.11 O10. 6 . : * qoRarT ‘snyouhwop *T oe «+ |la—| ee on oe oe oe oe oe 00 |p oe oe oe oe oe oe oe +e . . . ‘(UU ) Sesewazzasvop snYyanvUT co foo | oo foo fod : . + *(*UULTTT) SrgnerUl SAUD)T ¢ ~~ ioe) STATIONS OUTSIDE VALENCIA HARBOUR. } oars asivo9 : py Avsyy FO MAS “tar Er | win ‘su Sb f pues pue *p2 *swy Sz $puvs os1ev0d :*pH snpnoq joa NN “tw £2 *suij ob-of ¢ puvs Appnty oug : spunois Sul[Mery, “suj gf + pues : osnoy -TYSVT BIOMETE A JO "AA" N “HU Ez “sug Oz-SI ¢punois ysnor :xueq PIIM Dingle Bay. VALENCIA HARBOUR. ‘su b-o Spurs : Avg Weo[ur[y “sug Z S pues pur yeaeis :anoqieyT jo yoy ‘keg ‘ 2778 a ‘po *SUly oz { punois Gsnoy | sc snfnog 5 & ureqigoun Az1]eIOT JOVXY 5 & an & Ei =| ‘po “swf SI fjaavis azv[s OUlT | 3 ¥ rs A 2 d Le ‘yo swuyb :punois oi0di[nN | a 89 B=] bo rs o = A “sug p-€ fyoaeis : Avy YsnoT “stay £-S Sspaq-TleqS *suy +E {pnw wig :punois uriplosy *suy £-o ! pnut yjoS *spoq-8194S07 ee *Soq-jeod ysoopiy Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area. *‘[eae1s pue pus Jo syurg ? Shore. *sou0js PUe YOY BS *souojs pue YIO YT og J X)\-- WX °sye0q pue sx[NY Jo seovrjins pasisuqns CRUSTACEA—continued. PoDOPHTHALMATA— continued : Galathea squamifera, Leach, G. dispersa (5), G. intermedia, Lillj., Pa 4 G. strigosa, Fabr., 4Homarus vulgaris, M. Edw., Crangon vulgaris (Linn.), C. trispinosus, Hailstone, CO. neglectus, G. O. Sars, Nika edulis, Risso, 5 Hippolyte varians, Leach., “0061 ‘Azar009 unqnag qwhoy ‘suns “yuowneeg pur yox{) dejaq *o ssi Aq ‘oovyans ye “quezT vious[vA UT Udye} UotMIOeds UK , 006 woos unang Jvhoy LD @ pue yO) Sepod °O Sst AQ 90¥F CB TED "CAL O “V) oumoIg +7, ‘a Aq noqavy oy} UT poyoUAOT, g *QOLT4SIP OY} UT AT[eIOLOVAUIOD PaYySlT > "CMA QO “V¥) o10qg9 SmmoqrepT vrousyeA , "CM °O ‘'V) tnoqivyy vIOUs]eA UT WOTMUIOD "RIOUI[VA JISTA STOSSOA Burzoo][Oo Ysipsugy *pautryqo o19M LOY} oto puUNoIs oy} FO o1nzeu ostoaid oy} Sutjoodser ynq ‘suotu1oeds Jo WoTLOYT}USpI OT} 0} pAvSar YIM you “yqnop Auv st OLY} OLOYAL posn st oquiAs sty], v ae oe oe oe oe oo as oe oo oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe — x— oe oe oe oe oe oe = oe oe oe oe 00 oe oe oe ee oe oe 00. |e oe oe a oe ee oe oe oe oe oe Om ee ee oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe — oe oe oe oe ee oe oe oe oe — a— oe oe oe oe oe —, oe OO oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe ee oe oe se oe oe oe oe ee oo oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe . oe oe oe oe ee oe oe oe ee ae oe oe ae oe oe oe ee oe oe oe oe n— oe oe ee oe oo oo oe oe oe oe oe oe oe =. oe ee oF oe oe oe oe eee ee oe oe oe ee oe oe == oe oe oe oe oe oe oe == oe oe ee oe oe oe ee oe oe ee ee ee oe oe oe oe oe ee oe oe oe oe oe oe oo oe oe oe ee oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe ee ae oe oe oe oe oe ae oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oo ae oe oe oe oe oe oe oo oe oe oe oe oe oe oo oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe a oe 0 \o— oe oe oe oe oe oe ee oe an oe * (s90n) tafrwuds snoanso.usv,) 7 “SOD “usnmD “§ G ‘CANDO “JAL) Puy 07792.0S'g "fg O +H ‘9s09g28 “7 * © arc uy Snysnbun sisdoprshpr Sag ty ‘v.mahuy sishuogdaT “YIM *[ “Gg ‘vsow.lof sishuosajazy , * “'Q'Q 4H) vynULLO sishuojsiyay 9 * (ayypey) seecae PL : ‘(s1Vg ‘Q ') vp0ap bau “Ty ‘CIN WO) vsonxaf sishruowavqy g ca: is “(TI9d) 2y9N09 “ATs ‘(savg *]X) varbaasou saunydryohNy > ‘sung yl ‘sraidhz wagsphoydoT : epodoziqog : ‘(ue gq) 9290408 MapuneT * “oTyery ‘s2.ugso.uraang snpppungy *sty Sh {pues pue JoAvss osiv09 : *pE Avig jo" y's ‘bu FI VALENCIA HARBOUR. BS es ‘po ‘sul Gz ‘ puts 9s1v0o nm S :'PpEHTsn[noq oy NN ‘tut f-z Ee | eR ReIGSTS ‘PH sn[noq joy’ NN ‘tu €-z 5m | & “sury ob-of {pues on | Appnut sug : spunois Surpmery, o ad | "bp "su gf {pues :o9snoy ge | Pa “FSV erouaye A JO" MN TU Ez 2 (<2 | *stuy oz-ST 3 a i 3 é 4 e 3 aa ‘punoig ysnor :yueg pllM O 9 Q ° : : - : = est ‘po *“SUI} Oz $ punois ysno g é = 5 2 e & ee 5 snjnoqg gs og re EER Wi HANA Ss oO) e 3 : oO "ulejig9un AjI]VIO] IOVX| | o © S = 5 5 4 o 60 60 3 s ss “po "SW SI fjaAeis oJeIS OUT | . 2 é 2 2 : 2 e eS : a: i} | Ho pu ‘vo ‘swyh {punois s10dyuN | 4 : : : 5 5 3 ri ‘ mite eee 5 5 ‘su bo { pues : Aeg wieolur[y bn y 2 5 é £ :. : : ‘to ‘su 2 S pues pue is ‘ ‘ 5 m 0 6 5 - . ¢ JeAvas :anoqgiveA, jo yynoy;w | # : . Laan? Ce hot ial S 3 A s cS : & ‘su b-€ fyoaris : Avy YSnoT Sv fo Sa sea wich aeRO a | & ° a ‘suy L-S $spaq [[24S OEE Ue AS: Oy DOs uote, |S Es] 5 2 sstuy L-€ | - 5 6 5 5 6 6 5 © as Md {pnw Wig ! punois uviplsy . a . 5 % : : 7 eo -AMPHIPODA—continued. Orchomenella nana (Kroyer), 8 Urothoe brevicornis, S. Bate, ° Phoxocephalus pectinatus, A.O.W., . Ampelisca tenuicornis, Lillje., . 8A. brevicornis (Costa), A. spinipes, Boeck, Gitana Sarsii, Boeck, Cyproidea brevirostris, T. and A. Scott, [ 792 ] Stenothoé marina (S. Bate), "CM ‘OQ *Y) MONG :anoqrey viousleA 1, oy} JO eanjvu ostoord oy} surjoodsat ynq ‘suouttoeds Jo uotjwoyTUOpT oe oe oe oa . oe oe oe oe ve oe oa fal. oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oa oe oe oe oe ong oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe — o oe oe oe oe oe oa aoe oe oe oe oe oe oe o. oe cet oo oe oe oe oo oe = oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe ee oe oo oe oe oe paler -_ oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe Pee oe oe oe oe of oe — oo oo oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oa oe oe oe oe ong Ong oe oe oe oe oe oe oa lin oe os os t— ° oe on OO" re 9q} 0} parson aN “CM OCY) F1qmey “AA Wy tod “mmoqaeyy vrous[eA g “CM 'O ‘Y) ouMOIg *y, ‘ap Aq moqivyy oy} UT pozeUMOT, 5 you ‘yqnop ‘poute}qo ota. Lay} ato punors AUB ST O1OT]] OLOYAL posn st ToquAs sty], % oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oo . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . oe oe . an) oe . oe oe . . oe oe oe . oe oe oe oe oe of oe oe oe er ae oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe we oe on oe o se oe . . . ve J (IGRI) WULOY YIPYIDUH 11% : ‘UBULION ‘vuaavue vyjaddiprydayy ; : : ‘uvULLON {9727009 aUJany ay es ‘(ayeg, *g) 7909q928 wrMpAT 1 ‘ : : “(-quoy\,) vsourds aurumaxay : : : ‘(oyeql *) saswauoppaa gq : ¢ e : ‘(s1vg) srgpuwun gq : ‘CPAOL JN) weunvpramunngy snjphqoig Sts (pA IAL) 1200 L TH a1 M9 ; : ° “(aye *g) vsowrds.9 "Fg : : : ‘(sooo ) sezva.tog wsniayd pr ty : : : * s1eg ‘nynurue nipaunrydy : ; ‘(oyug *g) snununaiwmd uopauynyT : * “aqnag) saayoondny wnipyayoulig e : ‘(aqug "g) snumunbheop sapojnaor.sag : 2 ‘aqug ‘g ‘snzniwva sapopnaouopyy } oe ®t bana xr) wdumarunds aov20ona’r 793 ‘su Sb ‘pues pue “syeoq pure syx[ny fo sooejins pesiomqusg CRUSTACEA —continued. AMPHIPODA— continued. Gammarus locusta (Linn.), G. campylops, Leach, Gammarella brevicaudata (M. Edw.), Melita palmata (Mont.), . Mera othonis, M.Edw., . Legaluropus agilis, Norman, Cheirocratus Sundevalli (Rathke), . C. assimilis (Lillje.), _ | [9Aeva13 osre09 : “pH Aety Jo° MS TU Rr ° S 5 o g | a z ae “po “sw Sz {pues asivoo 2 | 2 aa a3 : PH snjnog joa N’N ‘Ww £-z - Ser ae 9 C C : ‘oe ats b *suj ob-of ! puvs x 2 : i B ‘ a ; i Ba a Appnul ouy : spunois Sul[Mery ° . . ° . . 3 : 5 ad a *suy gf ! pues :asnoq A r a i 2 t i Q oo a -7YSrT Plousye A Jo" M"N ‘Tu Fz Av Alaa re . : : UT URONN © Sis “suf Oz-SI SU Snr emir 1) Lh hcy 2 Ba {$puno1is ysnor :yureq PpILM 5 : : . ° : . c S i a ‘keg Atal ‘ 8 a ° . ° . . . . 6 ; snqnog po *swy oz { punoid Ysno xy : ea gt) as : : C : : tal é “ureqiooun Ap[LIO] ORE | O : : o 3 ° | | a ot) a E st ‘wp ‘suy SI Sjaavis oye[s OUT |B v C C : : : : : : 2 r 3 S a PY ‘v9 *swy b § punors o10dynN | wg MMS 76 6 1. oa 0 8 *stuj b-o { pues : Avg wvopur[y bo Se OS. OD “ap “su Z f pues pue 3 6 6 5 & si . - 5 © i jeavaS :anoqieyy jo ynow | A : © : : : : : 5 : pa S *‘suj b-€ S [oavas : AVY YSno'T 2 : 3 $ : z z Pp fz = B ° . . . e ° . rs 2 “suy L-S $ spoq-[]94S eae ee < si < feo .o9 *suuy L-€ 5 . 5 A 3 A o 5 5 : 4 3 uvipros . : : 3 é 3 : 5 {pnur way fpuno1r Iplosw Bd PA 3 “sty £-o { pnur qos Pee) Yh Gc 5 Dae He . E *spoq-v1904so J ai e S 3 : : : : > my Pedget3 1507, 6. x : . : 5 : A 3 e } z “Soq-yeod ysoopry 5 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 e iG . > 2 : SMe o 2 5 8 : : - *[PAvID Pue pues jo syueg B iY 2 S : : : : P fe *sou0ys puUe YO? SS perce mS U att staat ats et *sQuUOJS PUL YOY J 2 - s : O ° 5 0 ; Aora gracilis, 8. Bate, "Oe OILS A010 Wh) i) 494) | "CANO VW) O1UMRD “MT aq} JO ainjeu ostoord oy} Suryoodsea “CANO “Y) SONG :Moqrey erousyeA rr Jed ‘Inoqivy{ vIOUsTA 5 “(MQ “V) oUMoIg WL “a Aq moqiey 04} UL poz}OUMOT, 9 ‘poure}qo oto Loy] atoyM punors ynq ‘suetmtoeds Jo uOROYTUOpT SY} 0} pArvSer YIM Jou ‘4yqnop Auv st o1oT]} BLO POsM ST joquids styy, # § |Fo5. | ono) |l00) || “Gatl|o0 I oo Woo {hoo q| ao jh oo || 60 4| co 0 ‘(aaayy) vaonprdna sndjndrang 0 |} om | oo {re lox 66-1) oo |} -oo iF co) cal wo I oo. | to jh 0 : 0 5 “rey ‘suoufenan “9 . Oe Ib 00 pes |) 00 Igloo Ihoas || od |! 00 ‘qoverT ‘vuafryjzuvan vpjasdng > le— oe ly ote | ee fous oO oe ove o. oe ee . . ‘1aqqrig “pursue VIWUY T 5 pl} co: |} 00 |) oo Ip eco |] aot] ob |) oo I) ous |) 00 |}-o : > GMpay INT Sepqauog wnrydowog . T ° . ° . i . ‘(uoja[duray,) suzepgn snrw0yzyorgy . oe ae we oe oe oe oe ae oe ee oe ee . ‘uos}aqoy pur surqqe19 ‘sasuadquena oT 5 || 60 if soor es |b oo od p oo |} do jf oo jon |pvoo joa || Oo |).0 : : “(-quOJAL) sugnapwf sn.Las0pog 1 oOo | Coe | bit |b oloe POS om OG NikoG. |) oi i Oo 1) o6 |) Goel : “altry ‘sngneee sn.sa00Uhyasy g 6 oe oe oe on ae oe oe oe oe oa oe oe 7 O ‘oyeg "g ‘saprounuulp bh SaxIUWOIN 11 a) Oo loo {oc | oo ll og || oo ou |) oo || oo | do jf od | ooo 9 §(-qUOyT) 77n92QNL 20Y71Y CUP 7 a |) ca || ool} oo loo 1 oo |) 66 oo Ht 00 || oo | co jl So-ll-oo | 0 : > “(ayeg *g) sranpnnarbuo) 812047 . ee oe ae oe oe oe tne oe ae oe oe . 0 “We WLIO NT ‘sngnjnanut sndoj0.0do.wor yy : oe oe oe oe on oe oe oe ve oc o oa || ° s “UBULLO NT ‘sngnusoa sndoydum bay : a0] 60 We |} oo || 00 || ao |} 00 || oo |} 00 0 -|| 00 |] ‘00 Iho ‘(-qsuqo r) sngpjnanue sisdomurulny oll oo-f-o0 || oo a0 joo |} 4a | oo || oo | oo |} oo || oa |] oo | 6 : : “ppez, ‘snsopid sn.vayo0zdaT % arsed |e nase eat fe rat | eratretans Pac viel Aiover 3] Saieve. al eieuwnd| tie 6 ; *(-oltr) sadihuop sogua Joeavas 9sIvOd ‘sm Sb ‘pues Pace ) “PH Keig Jo" M's ru Er “po sup Se ¢ pues osiv0o :"pH snjnog jo ANN “Pet £-z VALENCIA HARBOUR, Valencia Harbour—Knightstown area. “su b-o { pues : Avg uvo[ur[ ‘suy 2 $ pues pue poaris :anoqieyT JO Yo ‘smy ¢-£ {poavis : heyy ysno'T Dredging and Trawling Grounds. BE Ro 4 ma 3 3 a le “sury ob-of {| pues - 3 : om A Appnu oug : spunois SUL[MeIT, : : : o % < eh “sup gf ‘pues : osnoy x es a -48rT erousye A Fo“ MN TAL Sz : > A “suf oz—S1 . : : Hg ‘punois ySnor :yueq PIM : : . a “keg pol: F 3 cee eae snjnog po ‘sty oz { punois yonoy : C 8 3 ‘ureyr990un Ap[BIOT YX ‘ : e | ‘po *SmSI {[eAeIs oFe]S OUT] : : : : - o ‘yo ‘sw? ¢ punor3 o10dr[0N 5 *suy Z-£ {pnw way: punois ueiplosy “suy £-0 f pnut 40S “speq- P1II4SOZ ‘sug 2-8 S speq [19S J aaa 3s0 pry *foaRis pue pues jo syurd | “souojs pue Io ‘g0SR yl Od *souo}s PUL YOY Shore. ‘syeoq pue Sy ny FO SeoRJINs padsrourqns ECHINODERMATA. fen96 en Synapta inhaerens (O. F. M.), S. digitata (Montagu), Cucumaria planci, Marenz, C. pentactes (O. F. M.), C. lactea (Forbes & Goodsir), Thyone raphanus, D. & K., Holothuria nigra (Gray), Antedon bifida (Penn.), Astropecten irregularis (Penn.), “[nFIqnop sotoedg , “a10Ys JSOOpIY UO Surssip Aq pourezqo sv ojquivy Aq poproseyy _ “poureyqo atom LOY} OLOYA pUNOIS ay} Jo ornqeu ostoord oy} Suryoodser ynq ‘suowpoeds Jo uoryroyIjuept oY} OF preset YIM jou ‘yqnop Auv st o1oy} o10yM pasn st oquAs styy, x v 6 |! 6 ot ico || Ga |} ob) oo) |} oo oo [oe oo | oO) oo | ooo} oe)! oo | on i © - TIRUNLON Sunpyrgnuuad unripina0uryogy =| ™ ne a6. || oo po ce f ao |) oo %|ftoo f 06 |} oo |eco oo Ipoo ll ao |) oo oe | co foo Ic : : “W WO ‘snaundund snbunjndgy | & as eo Waker | ae ML ; - “CW aT OQ) supqesnd snumhaouryogy =| col ov leeeelbeoeeiteot all _da |heoo-llsoo | collocel bo: || oo-|-64: hoo. || Gon oor Sa I San om ae. ila : * <(*LUBTT) snepaar? sngosguasop hho. eo oe oe oe oe oe oe ee oe oe ne oo On oe oe oe — ee ee ° . . . “uUly ‘snpeapnasa “A oo | oo |l-oo |! ooxth oo |] 60 oo: Woo Wee. | oe || ld il eGeolll toro: oll Sce8on | oon ed | aod || son || soo ye : 0 ° “UULT ‘stumyIUe sneweyor 09 || DO I05 loo. | oo | Co°[fa6 fos | o0y [p28 0: eGo. )| sooniieams (moos) OD: |) Ge eee eee ATO) SON Ae eR RORIKO) sah Golan eoo laa lbos. ||voorll=n0- Ih oor Pons lec : c . <(spprqy) wubiw nuov0rydo e Fests | epeaeceg | cee ana ney| ea | oceah |e PeaAY nezes Ali ebatann||itesec ll atesik |x faier {|letatay, | tate: Ulietateeey||Guremns none alee = )|| Setet es peter gs : c - “(uurry) vppaynon syoydorydo 00 p= i068 [coo [los | oo lao || oo [ae [coo lair || cle: |S" Noa. | sen *) om | oo 55) 00 a |e we : th & th oo eS ee q Ge 3 | a 3 PGR |e |e | |e i. iS) i) th 9 ou a 8 8 | 8 4 F a Y Oo =o || SurSpeaq. J ) ‘oasVy J10g Bore UMO}SJYSIUY—ANoqreyy BIOUT|V A “UNOMUVH VIONTTIVA JO WOTJBOYT}UEpT oY} 0} predor Ps) q =) a wn *yoavis pur pues jo syuegd r *“souojs pue YIOY | t os, *eaSery *souojs pue YIOY qi0g *sje0q pue sy[Ny Jo Seovpins pasrowqng *pouteyqo o10M oq} 0104 punoid ITA jou 4qnop Auv st o10y} eLeyA posn st joquds sIqy, # e : * “(mloI}Q) a7.10994 wnuohourhg : : : g ‘aqui ‘s1aa) “gq : ® * “(-quoy) szsowds snpryawoyg : “(“xyp) sngnporjad snjphpovpopdoup- : “Coy ey) wngnsomaf unapyrvyaeoyd : : + “(ysuTor) se1zsourdasg auajivg Q : * “oSpoyp) vyvuryoa nayjzouupy : : ‘yaozp ‘unoypnb “Ar ‘yovary ‘arovwh woyduhyy . . . “VdCINODONODAd 798 Weiss—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 799 VIII.—Report on THE Atc#. By Pror. F. E. Weiss, B.Sc., Owens College, Manchester. When I accepted the kind invitation of my friends, Mr. E. T_ Browne and Mr. F. W. Gamble, to make use of the facilities which the establishment of a temporary Biological Station on Valencia Island offered, I went there with no special intention to investigate the Algal flora of that interesting district from a systematic point of view, but mainly to make some additions to the herbarium of the museum at the Owens College, and also to make preparations of the reproductive organs and collect material for the use of my students. That in so doing I should come across some forms unrecorded for the district and sometimes even for Ireland was to be expected, and I gladly avail myself of this opportunity of putting them on record, so that the useful ‘‘ Revised List of British Marine Algee,”’ published by Messrs. E. M. Holmes and E. A. L. Batters! may be further com- pleted as far as the distribution of some of the species in Ireland is concerned. According to the division of the coast-line into tabulation areas by Messrs. Holmes and Batters, which are prefixed to their revised list and amended in the appendix published in the notes at the end of vol. v., Valencia would be included in district 11, which embraces the coast from Slyne Head to Crow Head, including the outlying islands. There is no doubt that this coast-line is very rich in seaweeds, and has been far less explored than many other regions. Indeed, Professor Johnson pointed out the need fora more thorough investigation of the seaweeds of the south and west of Ireland; and I feel sure that a more systematic search than I was able to undertake would reveal many more forms which are still unrecorded for the west of Ireland. But apart from any gain to our knowledge of the distribution of species by establishing their occurrence in the various tabulation are as, every collector of seaweeds would be interested in those forms which are well known to occur on the west coast of Ireland, and which are in some measure typical of its Algal flora. Thus Petrocelis cruenta, Nemalion multifidum, Ceramium acanthonoton, all stated by Harvey in his Phycologia Britannica, to be common on the west coast of Ireland, 1 Annals of Botany, vol. v., 1890. 3K2 800 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. are abundant on the rocks at Valencia, while some of the rarer forms,. such as Cladophora rectangularis and Stenogramme interrupta, which occur in deeper water below low tide-mark, are occasionally thrown up, or may be dredged in the channels between the island and the mainland. Cladophora rectangularis, abeautiful and delicate green Alga, first recorded in 1832 by M. Borrer for Torquay as a very rare form, was. afterwards found to be abundant by M‘Calla in 1840 in Roundstone Bay, where it can be dredged atdepths of 4to6{ims. In this locality it is washed up in large quantities at the close of the summer, and is earted off for manure. Stenogramme, growing probably at similar depths, is also not new to Ireland, having been found both on the north and also on the south coasts, regions 10 and 14 of Holmes and Batters, but is new to the western area. In England it is only known from the south coast. Another interesting form which attains to great perfection on the west coast of Ireland is Delesserva hypoglossum, of which Miss C. Delap has recently sent me as luxurious a specimen as that figured in the Phycologia Britannica, which illustration was made from an exceptionally beautiful specimen obtained by Miss Hutchinson in Bantry Bay. In the list of Algee which follows, the figure (11) after the name denotes that this figure, indicating the west of Ireland tabulation area, should be added to Messrs. Holmes and Batters’ Revised List. In some cases these records were overlooked by Messrs. Holmes and Batters ; in other cases the species have been recorded since the publi- cation of their list. The letters n.I. and n.d. prefixed to the name indicates that as far as I have been able to ascertain these forms have not been previously recorded for Ireland (n.I.) or for the district (n.d.) I append the full list of Algee collected by me during the month I spent at Valencia, not with any pretensions to a complete or exhaus- tive list of that locality, for, as I have stated above, I was not specially concerned with working out the Algal flora of the district, but because I think the list may be both of local and of general interest, as representing forms most commonly met with on the island, and therefore typical of the locality. Weiss—Luuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 801 A LIST OF SPECIES TAKEN. CYANOPHYCE®. Lyngbya majuscula, Harv. Rivularia nitida, C. Ag. CHLOROPHYCE. Enteromorpha ramulosa, Harv. (11) EL. compressa, Grev. Cladophora hutchinsiea, Harv. C. rupestris, Kutz. C. rectangularis, Harv. Codium adherens, C. Ag. (10) (11) (12) C. tomentosum, Stackh. (11) PH#OPHYCE®. Desmarestia aculeata, Lmx. D, ligulata, Lmx. Myriotrichia claveformis, Hary. var. minima, [ Holm. et Batt. Streblonema velutinum, Thur. Elachista fucicola, Fries. Sphaceleria cirrhosa, C. Ag. Myriactis pulvinata, Kutz. Myrionema strangulans, Grev. Ascocyclus orbicularis, Rke. (11) n.d. Spermatochnus paradoxus, Rke. (11) Chordaria flagelliformis, C. Ag. Mesoglea vermiculata, Le Jol. Castagnea eostere, Thur. (11) Leathesia difformis, Aresch. Chorda filum, Stackh. Laminaria saccharina, Lmx.. Saccorhiza bulbosa, Dela Pyl. Aglaozonia reptans, Kiitz. (11 & 12) Fucus ceranoides, Linn. F. vesiculosus, Linn. F. serratus, Linn. Ascophyllum nodosum, Le Jol. 802 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Pelvetia canaliculata, Dene et Thur. Halidrys siliquosa, Lyngb. Cystoseira ericoides, C. Ag. Himanthalia lorea, Lyngb. Dictyota dichotoma, Lmx. D. implexa, J. Ag. RHODOPHYCEZ. Chantransia virgatula, Thur. sp. nov. C. endozoica, Darbish. (11) Nemalion multifidum, J. Ag. n.d. Seinaia furcellata, Bivona. (11) (12) Gelidium corneum, Lmx. Chondrus crispus, Stackh. n.d. Stenogramme interrupta, Mont. (11) Callophyllis laciniata, Kitz. Callymenia reniformis, J. Ag. Cystoclonium purpurascens, Kitz. Calliblepharis ciliata, Kiitz. n.d. C. gubata, Kutz (11) Lomentaria articulata, Lyngb. Champia parvula, Harv. (11) Chylocladia ovalis, Hook. Plocamium coceineum, Lyngb. Nitophyllum laceratum, Grey. Delesseria alata, Lmx. D. hypoglossum, Lmx. D. svnuosa, Linx. D. sanguinea, Lmx. Bonnemaisonia asparagoides, C. Ag. Laurencia pinnatifida, Lmx. Chondria dasyphylla, C. Ag. Polysiphonia elongata, Grev. P. fruticulosa, Spreng. P. nigrescens, Grev. Dasya coccinea, C. Ag. Spermothamnion turnert, Aresch. Griffithsia setacea, C. Ag. Monospora pedicellata. Solier. fthodochorton floridulum, Naeg. Weiss—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. &03 Callithamnion tetragonum, 0. Ag. n.d. C. sevrospermum, Griff. (11) Campsothamnion thuyotdes, C. Ag. Plumaria elegans, Bonnem. Ptilota plumosa, C. Ag. Antithamnion plumula, Thur. Ceramium ciliatum, Ducluz. Dumontia filiformis, Grey. Dudresnaya coccinea, Bonnem. Dilsea edulis, Stackh. Petrocelis cruenta, J. Ag. n.d. Cruoria pellita, Lyngb. (11) Hildenbrandia prototypus, Nardo. Lithothamnion polymorphum, Aresch. n.d. L. lenormandi, Rosan. (11) L. coralloides, Cr. Some few remarks are necessary in elucidation of these records. In the Irish Naturalist (vol. iv., p. 241) Prof. Johnson states that ‘¢it would be comparatively easy for us to make a list of species found, not recorded in Holmes and Batters’ list. Such a proceeding would be out of place, as there are many species in collections made by earlier workers known to us not recorded.” I cannot think but that the rendering of the Revised List of Holmes and Batters more complete would be very useful to all those who, like myself, are less acquainted with the collections of earlier workers, and I am sure Prof. Johnson would earn the gratitude of many workers by so doing. I shall have to refer to some of the omissions in the Revised List. With regard to Codium adherens, which appears in Holmes and Batters’ Revised List as unrecorded from Ireland, it will be found that Harvey has added a note in his Phycologia Britannica to the effect that it was first recorded for Ireland by Mr. D. Moore in 1834, who found it on Rathlin Island, Antrim, and subsequently Mr. G. Hyndman discovered it on Tory Island, so that the figures 10, 11, 12 should be added to the list. Codium tomentosum must also have a wider distribution than that, mentioned in the Revised List, for Harvey describes it as common on the shores of the British Islands. That it is not new to Ireland is obvious from the fact that Prof. Johnson refers in the ‘Irish Naturalist’ (vol. 1.) to Streblonema simplex (Crn.), an Epiphyte on 804 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Codium tomentosum, found by him in 1891, both at Kilkee, Co. Clare, and at Castletown, Berehaven. Ascocycius orbicularis, which was recorded for Ireland by Prof. Johnson and Miss Hensman (Irish Nat., vol. iv., p. 241), was not un- common on the leaves of Zostera, and on the same plant I found, not uncommonly, small growths of Castagnea zostere of Thuret, the Mesoglea virescens, var. zostericola, of the Phycologia Britannica. This plant is not new to Ireland, though not marked as recorded from Ireland in the Revised List, for Harvey mentions that it was found by M‘Calla in Roundstone Bay, and it has since then also been described by Prof. Johnson from the same locality (Irish Nat., iv., p. 74 and p- 241). Aglaozonia reptans has, since the publication of the Revised List, been recorded by Prof. Johnson for both the 8.W. of Ireland and also . for Belfast Lough, 7.e., for areas 11 and 12. The most interesting discovery I made at Valencia was the pre- sence of a small red seaweed beneath the cuticle ina couple of speci- mens of Alcyonidium geiatinosum. The Alcyonidium had quite a red appearance, so uniformly had the Alga spread below the yellowish horny covering of the Polyzoon. From time to time small fructifying branches were put forth, apparently through cracks in the horny covering. I put these specimens, of which I had made some prepara- tions, retaining their original colour, into the hands of Dr. O. VY. Darbishire for description; and he has published an account of this Alga in the Berichte der Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft, Bd. xvii., No. 1, 1899. He finds the Alga to bea new species of Chantransia, to which, from its peculiar mode of life, he has given the name endozoica. A Chantransia of somewhat similar character, but grow- ing endophytically, ¢.2., growing in tissues of other Alge, notably Chordaria flagelliformis, has been described by Mr. E. A. L. Batters under the name of Chantansia microscopica.! Alcyonidium is also known to be attacked by a green Alga, Hpicladia flustre, Rke. var. Phallipsii, Batt.,? and by a brown Alga, Entodictyon infestans, Gran.* Scinaia furcellata, Bivona, which was not recorded from Ireland in the Revised List, has since been recorded from the north side of Belfast Lough by Professor Johnson and Miss Hensman (Irish Nat., vol. v., p. 252). ’ Batters, E. A. L., 1896. Journal of Botany. * Batters, E. A. L., 1897. Journal of Botany, November. * Gran, H. H., 1897. Videnskabscelskabets Skrifter. Weiss—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 805 Calliblepharis jubata, which is new to the district, was not un- common, and the specimens were characterised by exceedingly long and tangled cilia. Champia parvula, not reported in the Revised List for Ireland, has been recorded by Prof. Johnson and Miss Hensman, and Callo- phyllis has been collected by H. Hanna at Achill Island (Irish Nat., vol. vil., p. 143). Monospera pedicellata, Sol., the Callithamnion pedicellatum of the Phycologia Britannica, is of interest, as having been recorded by Harvey himself from Valencia. The Coralline are Algze of very variable character, and not easy of determination, but Lithophyllum lenormandi (Rosan.) recorded by Prof. Johnson from Belfast Lough (Irish Nat., vol. 5, p. 253), may now, I think, be safely added to the west coast flora from the speci- mens I collected. Lithothamnion coralloides, Cr., and Lithothamnion coralloides, flabelligera, Fosl., were dredged in large quantities in Port Magee Channel. In conclusion I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Prof. M. Foshe, to Mr. E. M. Holmes, Dr. O. V. Darbishire and Mr. H. Murray for their assistance in the identification of some of the above-mentioned Alge. 806 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. IX.—Report on tHE Lucernarip#. By W. I. Beaumont, B.A. Order.—STAUROMEDUSZ. Family._LUCERNARID A. Genus.—Haticrystts. Haliclystus auricula (Rathke). Halielystus auricula, James Clark, Prodrom. Lucern. Journ. Boston Jal HT . octoradiatus, Lamarck et auct. plur. (nee Haeckel, nec James Soe. Nat. Hist., 1863, p. 559; and Monog. Lucern., Smiths. Contrib., 1881. auricula, Haeckel, System Meduse, 1879, p. 389. Clark). Found by us on Zostera in Valencia Harbour in spring and summer. Very abundant near Church Island. Probably to be found all the year round. The Misses Delap report it plentiful in January. Haliclystus does not appear to attain large dimensions at Valencia; specimens measuring 12mm. in diameter, inclusive of the arms, are very numerous, but none exceeding this by more than about 2 mm. have come under my notice. In some localities the species attains a diameter of 20 to 30 mm. According to Hornell’ the common Haliclystus* of the Channel Islands is to be found half grown in June, averaging then about 12 mm. across the disc, while large adults of 18 to 25 mm. occur in the early months of the year. Through the kindness of the Misses Delap I have recently had an opportunity of examining a number of Haliclystus collected at Valencia in January. They do not differ appreciably in size from those gathered by us in spring and summer. Evidently large indi- viduals are very rare, or retire to some less accessible situation. Sexual maturity is attained by these individuals, though only 1«* Nat. Science,’’ ii., 1893, p. 38. * Hornell names this Jersey species H. octoradiatus. Whether it is the same species as the one dealt with in this paper I am unable to say. The only specimen from Jersey which I have seen is H. auricula. Braumont—fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 807 half grown compared with those found in some localities. A number of them deposited ova in our laboratory in May, some of which developed to the planula stage. Haliclystus has been known on the Atlantic coast of Kurope- since the beginning of the century, and has been described by a number of the older naturalists under the names Lucernaria auricula and L. octoradiatus. As to the possibility of recognizing two distinct species the authorities do not agree, and, moreover, 1f two distinct species. be recognised, both specific names have been applied to: each species by one author or another. Any fresh attempt to unravel this tangle or to re-determine the species described by the older naturalists is outside my present purpose. I have deemed it sufficient to rely on the descriptions of James Clark and of Haeckel. These are substantially in agreement, and it must be understood that in what follows the specific names. H. auricula and H. octoradiatus are invariably used in accord- ance with the definitions of those authors. With regard to the distribution of the two species defined by them, however, James Clark and Haeckel differ. The former considered that there were two totally distinct European species: one, the Lucernaria auricula of Rathke,! Johnston, and others, which he regarded as identical specifically with the common American form, the subject of his elaborate monograph in the Smithsonian Contributions; the other the Lucernaria octoradiata of Sars and Keferstein,? of which he gives a description in his ‘“‘ Prodromus,” founded on those of the last-named naturalists, and confirmed by an inspection of some young specimens received from Keferstein. James Clark does not appear to have had an opportunity of examining Haliclystus auricula from Europe, but American specimens sent by him to Michael Sars were pronounced by the latterto be the “‘ Z. octoradiata, Lamarck (Z. auricula, Johnston, Sars olim, non Fabricius),” Sars ap- parently holding his own ZH. octoradiata to be distinct from that of Lamarck. Haeckel takes a different view. His H. octoradiatus and HZ. auricula are defined in accordance with the descriptions of 1 Muller’s Zool. Danica, iv., 1806, p. 35. 2 Sars, Skandinay. Naturforsch. Kjobnh., 1860, p. 693; Keferstein, Zeitschrift. Wissenschaft. Zool., 1862, p. 2 et seg. 808 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. James Clark; but he suggests that it is improbable that the same species should occur on both sides of the Atlantic, and refers all the European members of the genus to the former species, and retains the name auricula for the American form only. Although, strictly, that name being older than octoradzatus should be used for the (on his view) single European species. From this view I strongly dissent. In the course of exami- nation of very many Haliclystus from Valencia, Falmouth, and Plymouth,’ as well as single specimens from Jersey and the Isle of Man, I have entirely failed to meet with a single adult specimen agreeing with the descriptions of H. octoradiatus. I have seen only few large specimens, but all are in my opinion H. auricula. The rest may be arranged according to size in a series, exhibiting the stages of growth and evolution of character. There appears to me no reason for doubting that they are one and all members of the same species having characters appropriate to their size. The distinguishing features of the two species are these (taken chiefly from Haeckel, who gives concise diagnoses) :— H. octoradiatus—Arms arranged at equal distances apart, the perradial and interradial bays of the sub-umbrellar margin being equal; marginal anchors (colleto-cystophores) egg-shaped or almost club-shaped, smaller than in H. auricula; each arm with 30-60 tentacles; genital bands arranged at equal distances apart, each band composed of 20-30 large sub-equal saccules arranged in two longitudinal rows. Hf. auricula—Arms approximated in pairs, the perradial bays of the sub-umbrellar margin twice as wide and deep as the interradial; marginal anchors coffee-bean shaped, large; each arm bearing 100-120 tentacles; genital bands approximated in pairs, broadly triangular in shape, each band consisting of about 125 saccules arranged in 6-8 longitudinal rows, the size of the saccules increasing from the interradial border across the band to a maximum on the perradial border. Haeckel also speaks of some difference in the shape and pro- portions of the umbrella; a matter of little practical value in the case of animals so apt to change their shape every few 1Tt has been customary at the Plymouth Laboratory to label the local form, H. octoradiatus. I am not aware by whom, and npon what grounds, the determi- nation was originally made. Braumont— Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 809 moments, as may be readily seen on inspection of plate i., in James Clark’s monograph. The character of the gonads is regarded by both Haeckel and James Clark as the most im- portant point, and is stated to be sufficient to distinguish the two species at a glance. In applying the above definitions to my specimens, it will be convenient to consider first those organs and the tentacles ; not losing sight of the fact that the tentacles and the genital saccules increase in number during growth, and that the above diagnoses apply to full-grown animals about 25mm. in diameter. In large Plymouth specimens, 18 mm. across the bell, we find about 120 tentacles on each arm, the gonads broadly triangular and arranged in pairs, each consisting of upwards of 80 saccules. arranged in 6—7 rows, the size of the saccules increasing from the interradial to the perradial border of each band. It must be admitted that these agree closely with H. auricula, and certainly do not fall in with the definition of 7. octoradiatus. A few somewhat smaller Plymouth specimens, having 60-100 tentacles on each arm and 50-60 saccules in each genital band arranged in 4—5 rows, bridge over the gap between the first named and the largest specimens from Valencia, and those from elsewhere of about the same size, 7-8 mm. diameter. These have on each arm 50-70 tentacles and about 33 saccules in each gonad in 3-4 rows, the perradial saccules the largest. Individuals of 5-6 mm. have 40-60 tentacles on each arm, and about 25 saccules in 3 rows in each genital band. And so one passes on to the smallest that I have seen, about 3mm. in diameter; having 9-12 tentacles to each arm, and about 10 saccules in a genital band, which consists of a single row of saccules for about one-third of its length at each end and a double one in the middle. Yet even in some of the very small individuals the greater size of the saccules of the perradial border is already evident. From these facts the conclusion may fairly be drawn, that we are dealing with a series belonging to one species; and since those of largest size conform very closely to H. awricula, 1 am compelled to believe that all are HI. aurvcula. Of course it may be pointed out that the Valencia Haliclystus is mature and breeding, and has not the full characters of an adult H. auricula. But it may be reasonably advanced that they have characters appropriate to H. auricula of their size ; 810 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. and that they certainly do not agree with Z. octoradiatus, for the largest of them, though only half as big as full-sized specimens of the latter, have already as many, or even more, tentacles on each arm and saccules in a genital band than the maximum number given for that species; and the saccules are different in arrangement as well as in number. The fact that — sexual maturity may be attained in a Medusa before it has reached its maximum growth and development has been recog- nised by Browne! among the Hydromeduse; more especially in the case of Lizzca blondina, where it has led to young stages of the same animal being described not only as distinct species but even genera. Dealing now with the other characters: the approximation of the arms in pairs is exhibited, more or less, by all the speci- mens which I had examined with respect to this point. It can hardly be regarded as a point of much value unless very strongly marked; it 1s shown in varying degrees by different specimens, and I am inclined to think by the same individual in different states of expansion, being influenced by the state of contraction of the muscle-bands. The marginal anchors are very variable in size. Of two equal-sized individuals, one may have anchors twice as large as the other. They are sometimes egg-shaped in preserved specimens, showing Little or no trace of a longitudinal furrow ; but usually they are much wrinkled, especially if large, and a longitudinal furrow is visible in many. In living animals which I have examined there is in most cases a well-marked longitudinal furrow, suggesting resemblance to a coffee-bean ; and a ring of pigment surrounds a pale and often slightly raised spot, which marks the vestige of the tentacle head possessed by the anchor in its early stages. These features are not quite so conspicuous as in James Clark’s figures (Mono- eraph, Pl. 1., fig. 17), but they agree very closely. Apparently in our specimens the anchors assume the adult condition when the animal is of smaller size than is the case in the American form. But the size at which this takes place is by no means constant. I have come across a few specimens, 6mm. in diameter, having capitate anchors, resembling James Clark’s figs. 25-27, Pl. i1., while most individuals of that size have anchors of adult form. According to Hornell (doc. czt.) a large 1 Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., 1898, vol. v., p. 188. Breaumont—Launa and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 811 proportion of half-grown specimens of the Jersey Haliclystus, averaging 12mm. in diameter, exhibit some traces of this feature; ‘‘in a fewrare cases the apex of the colletocystophore bore a perfect capitate tentacle precisely the same in structure to the normal tentacle, saving that the stalk was extremely short”; from this all gradations were noticed down to ‘a slight rounded swelling at the apex, with presence of a few ordinary nematocysts of the tentacles.” He speaks of these tentacle-crowned colletocystophores as malformations, being apparently unaware that it is the normal condition in young anchors. The evidence of these minor features is in no way opposed to the conclusion drawn from the more important character of the tentacles and genital bands. Genus—LuUcERNARIA. Lucernaria campanulata, Lamouroux. Calvadosia campanulata, James Clark, Prodrom. Lucern. Journ. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1863, p. 557. TIncernaria campanulata, Haeckel. System Meduse, 1879, p. 892. This species was found living on the Zostera near Church Island, Valencia Harbour, in the summer of 1896. It was fairly abundant, though less so than Haliclystus ; Mr. Browne, who collected large numbers of both species in order to study variation, estimated the relative abundance as about 1 to 5. A few specimens were sent to me by the Misses Delap, in January, 1899, from the Zostera-beds near Church Island and Knightstown. The largest specimen I have examined measures rather over 30mm. in height, including stalk, and 25mm. in width, in- cluding arms; the diameter of the bell without arms being nearly 15mm. It is preserved in formol. Previously recorded from the south of England and Wales (?), but not from the coast of Ireland. Lucernaria, nov. sp. A Lucernarian, not apparently referable to any described species, was dredged in about 15 fms., near the entrance of Port Magee Channel. It is a very small form with an unusully long stalk, living attached to the tiny bits of slate lamine, which form a chief constituent of the bottom deposit. A detailed description will shortly be published. 812 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. X.—ReEport on THE TurBELLaARIA. By F. W. Gamerz, M.Sc. Tur Turbellaria have received scant notice at the hands of previous faunistic workers on the coasts of Ireland. It is, then, not surprising that in the following list of seven Polyclads from Valencia, four species are added to the Irish list: Stylochoplana maculata. Cycloporus papil- losus, Oligocladus sanguinolentus, Stylostomum varvabile. The species of Rhabdocceles require considerable time and care for their identification, and there is no doubt that many additional forms may be found, especially among the Accelous and Allceoccelous groups. (a) PotycLaprps. Stylochoplana maculata, Quatrefages. Not uncommon among brown weeds on the shore near Reena- giveen, on Beginnis shore, and also dredged on the Ascidian ground in the harbour. Leptoplana tremellaris (O. F. Miiller). Common everywhere under stones between tide-marks, usually occurring in groups. Prosthecerzus vittatus (Montagu). The muddy shores of estuaries form the proper habitat of this fine species. It is taken in the fine, muddy deposit that accumulates in bivalve-shells dredged in the harbour, and on the coralline-ground at Port Magee. Eurylepta cornuta (O. F. Miller). Dredged on sponge-covered shells on the Ascidian ground and Shell-beds of the harbour, and again among sponges in Port Magee channel. Cycloporus papillosus, Lang. On compound Ascidians (chiefly Leptochnum and Botryllus) from the shores of Murreagh Point, Glanleam Bay, and Church Island. Oligocladus sanguinolentus (Quatrefages). Dredged on shells in the harbour. GamBLE—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 813 Stylostomum variabile, Lang. Between tide-marks at Reenagiveen and Church Island; also dredged in the harbour. (6) TricLapipa. Two specimens of a marine Triclad were taken by Mr. Beaumont at half-tide amongst Alge growing at Reenagiveen. One measured 1-4 mm., the other 3 mm. in length. Their immature condition precluded a satisfactory determination. Body with median brown pigmented area, and with brown intestinal ceca. About one-third of its length from the anterior end the body has a broad, white band. Head with smooth margin. (c) RaaspocaLipa. Convoluta paradoxa, Oersted. In coralline tide-pools at Reenagiveen. Promesostoma marmoratum (Schultze). Among corallines in pools at half-tide, Reenagiveen and Church Island. Proxenetes flabellifer, Jensen. Amongst weeds on the shore west of the Foot. Macrorhynchus Negelii (Kolliker). Abundant between tide-marks at Church Island, and fre- quently dredged on the Ascidian ground of the harbour. Macrorhynchus croceus (Fabricius). On Laminaria at Church Island. Macrorhynchus helgolandicus, Metsch. Amongst Laminaria saccharina in the ‘‘ purple urchin” pools at Reenagiveen. Hyporhynchus armatus (Jensen). From Hydroids and Laminaria collected on the under-surface of the hulk beached on 28th July, 1896. Hyporhynchus penicillatus (Schmidt). From the same locality. R.I.A. PROC., SER. II., VOL. V. Go _ 814 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Provortex rubrobacillus, Gamble (1893). This species, taken with the two foregoing, was first taken by me on the New Grounds in Plymouth Sound in 1892. Plagiostoma vittatum (Frey and Leuckart). Among Laminaria from the same hulk. Plagiostoma Girardi (Schmidt). Abundant between tide-marks, and in all dredgings from the harbour. Vorticeros auriculatum (0. F. Miller). From weeds on one of the Hulks; also dredged among Algee in Glanleam Bay. Cylindrostoma quadroculatum (Leuckart). Amongst red Algee on the shore at Reenagiveen. Monotus lineatus (O. F. Miller). Monotus fuscus (Oersted). Both these forms are abundant at half-tide mark in pools between the Coast-guard Station and Glanleam Bay. REFERENCE. Gamsie, F. W.—18938. British Marine Turbellaria. Quart. Journ., Micro. Sei., vol. xxxiv., pp. 433-528, pl. 39-41. Breaumont—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 815 XI.—Rerorr on tHE NemertEs. By W. I. Beaumonr. B.A. INTRODUCTION. On both our visits to Valencia, Nemertines were obtained in consider- able numbers inthe harbour, In all, twenty-three species are here recorded. All of these are to be found in Valencia Harbour itself, with the exception of Carinella inexpectata. This species, of which a single specimen was dredged in 45 fms. to the south-west of Valencia Island, is an addition to the Atlantic fauna. Nemertopsis tenuis is also an addition .to the British list; but it has been described by Joubin (1894) from the coast of Brittany as a variety of the species well known to British naturalists as Zetrastemma flavidum (here transferred to the genus Vemertopsis, and probably not identical with Zetrastemma flavidum, Birger), and I am not quite convinced of its specific rank. The species referred with some doubt to Zetrastemma cephalophorum, Burger, was known to occur at Plymouth and Port Erin, but had been recorded as Prosorhochmus Claparedi (Riches, 1893; Beaumont, 1895). There has recently appeared a list of Irish Nemertines (Proc. Royal Irish Acad. (ser. 3), vol. v., 1898) compiled by R. B. Jameson from existing records, including those named on my authority in Gamble’s account of our first visit to Valencia (Irish Nat., 1896). The classification of Birger has been followed. Order.—PROTONEMERTINI. Family.—CARINELLID&. Genus.—CaRINELLA. Carinella annulata (Montagu). Carinella annulata, Birger (1895), p. 528; (pro parte) M‘Intosh, Hubrecht, &e. Carinella Aragot, Joubin (1894); Beaumont (1895); Gamble (1896). Carinella MU‘ Intoshi, Birger (in earlier publications); Riches (1894). There can be little doubt that this species is the type of Montagw’s Gordius annulatus, and not the one following under the name Carinella superba. The latter appears to have been recognised by Montagu, as also by M‘Intosh, but regarded Bh 2 816 | Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. merely as a variety. Unfortunately, when the two forms were separated as distinct species by Joubin, and later by Biirger, the name annulata was retained for the variety of the older authors and new names were given to the type. No doubt the reversion by Birger, in his Naples Monograph, to the original usage is in accordance with the strict rule of nomenclature, yet one can but deplore such shuffling of names as leading to endless confusion. The present species is readily distinguished from C. superba by the curved ciliated grooves on the ‘‘neck,” and by the absence of a longitudinal white line on the ventral surface. Dredged in Valencia Harbour on both shell-beds and Ascidian ground. Not uncommon in 1895; only one specimen taken in 1896. Carinella superba (Kolliker). Carinella superba, Birger (1895), p. 531. Carinella annulata, Birger (in earlier publications) ; Joubin (1894) ; Riches (1893); Gamble (1896); (pro parte) M‘Intosh; Hubrecht. British examples of this species, which I haye examined, differ from the description of Biirger in the possession of a pair of elongated black pigment spots (Pigmentflecke) on the anterior margin of the head, like those described in C. banyulensis, Joubin, and C. nothus, Burger. Two small individuals (about 25-35 mm. long), taken on the Wild Bank in Dingle Bay, resembled Biirger’s figure of C. nothus (1895; pl.i., fig. 13) in shape of head also, as did another individual measuring 12 mm. in which the usual ventral white line was absent. But in all these the transverse white rings were arranged as in C. superba, and I believe them to be merely young individuals of that species. Commonly dredged in Valencia Harbour (including the Nullipore ground in Port Magee Channel), and occasionally _ found under stones between tide-marks. Dredged also on Wild Bank, Dingle Bay (15-20 fms.). Carinella inexpectata, Hubrecht. Carinella inexpectata, Hubrecht (1880), p. 95; Birger (1895), p. 537. I refer here a single specimen dredged 13 mi. S.W. of Bray Hd., 45 fms.; bottom clean, much-worn gravel. It agreed closely in external character with Hubrecht’s descrip- Braumontr—fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 817 tion. When the animal was well extended, the head was flattened and lancet-shaped in outline, but it was not well marked off from the body. The secondary grooves, running forward from the main cephalic grooves, were very distinct on the dorsal surface and sides of the head, eight on each side; on the ventral surface they were less distinct. I know of no other species of Carinella with secondary cephalic grooves. No eye-spots were present. With the exception of the colour- less anterior portion of the head, the whole animal was of a brillant vermilion colour; the ventral surface somewhat paler than the dorsal. Along each side of the body ran a pale line which on the head curved down on to the ventral surface to meet its fellow in front of the mouth. Minute specks of opaque white (? gland-cells) were scattered all over the surface of the body. Length, 15 mm.; width, 1mm., or somewhat less when well extended. Distribution.—Previously known only from Naples where it appears to be extremely rare. Order.—MESONEMERTINI. Family.—CEPHA LOTHRICID A. Genus.—CEPHALOTHRIX. Cephalothrix bioculata (Oersted). Generally distributed in Valencia Harbour on the dredging grounds. Order.—METANEMERTINI. Family.—_NEMERTID &. Genus.—NEMERTES. Nemertes Neesi (Oersted). Common under stones between tide-marks, and frequently attaining a large size. Genus.—Nemertorsis, Biirger. Nemertopsis tenuis, Birger (1895), p. 550. Nemertopsis tenuis, Birger (1895), p. 550. Tetrastemma flavidum, var. longissimum, Joubin (1894), p. 158; Gamble (1896). Several small Nemertines dredged in Valencia Harbour in 818 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. 1895 were identified as 7. flavidum, var. longissimum, Joubin. Several more were obtained at Valencia in 1896, and I have since found the species not infrequently in Plymouth Sound. I think there is little doubt that Burger is right in identify- ing Joubin’s variety longissimum with his own new species Nemertopsis tenuis; and its removal from the Tetrastemmide to the family Nemertide, with a new generic name, is certainly justified by the relative shortness of its rhynchocoelom, which is confined to the anterior half of the body (or less). In some individuals the proboscis is not longer than one-fourth or fifth of the total length of the animal. The relations of this form to Tetrastemma flavidum will be discussed below. In form and colour Wemertopsis tenuis bears a_ strong resemblance to Cephalothrix bioculata, as pointed out by Joubin and Burger; in point of fact, small examples are indistinguish- able to the naked eye. Distribution. — Plymouth Sound; Falmouth MHarbour (W. I. B.); Brittany (Joubin); Naples (Birger). Nemertopsis flavida (M‘Intosh). Tetrastemma flavidum, M‘Intosh (1874), p. 170; Riches (1893), p- 18; Joubin (1894), p. 157; ? Birger (1895), p. 585. The Nemertine here referred to is not uncommon at Ply- mouth and is considered by both Riches and myself to be the Tetrastemma flavidum of M‘Intosh, Since, however, the rhyn- choceelom does not usually extend back more than half the length of the animal, never as much as two-thirds in my experience, I have placed it in the genus Wemertopsis among the Vemertida. It is undoubtedly closely related to WV. tenws (and consequently it is difficult to believe that it can be the same species as the TZetrastemma flavidum of Birger), and, indeed, I am still in doubt whether to regard the two as varieties only, as does Joubin, or as distinct species. JV. tenuis appears to me to be somewhat more slender, and in particular to be more tapered towards either end than LV. flavida, which maintains a more even thickness throughout. The difference, however, is slight, and may depend on the state of extension of the animal. The rhynchoccelom appears to be relatively shorter in LV. tenuis than in JV. flavida, being usually only about one-fourth of the length of the body in the former, and nearly one-half in the Breaumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 819 latter. In WV. tenws the blood is usually so deeply coloured that the blood-vessels appear conspicuously red under a simple lens (in large individuals they can be easily seen with the naked eye), which is not the case in V. flavida. There is no appre- ciable difference in the armature of the proboscis in the two forms ; in both, the central stylet agrees with M‘Intosh’s figure of that structure in 7. flavidum. In both, the gut is much less cut up into ceca than is the case in the Tetrastemmide. A single specimen (10 mm. long) was taken at Valencia between tide-marks, belonging, I believe, to this species; and probably also several other small individuals, but they were taken at a time when I had not clearly distinguished between NV. flavida and IV. tenuis. Moreover young examples may prove difficult to determine. Family—AMPHIPORID A. Genus—AMPHIPORUS. Amphiporus lactifloreus (Johnston). Generally distributed round the shores of Valencia Harbour under stones between tide-marks. Amphiporus dissimulans, Riches. Amphiporus dissimulans, Riches (1893, p. 10). ? Amphiporus roseus, Joubin (1894, p. 128). This species is not known to occur outside the British area, but the suggestion of Riches that it may be identical with the A.roseus of Joubin, found at Roscoff and Banyuls, appears pro- bable. It is at any rate certain that A. rvoseus, Joubin, is not the A. puleher, M‘Intosh, as the former author imagines. Joubin gives us no information as to the central stylet appa- ratus and the position of the cerebral organs in 4. rosews (in which points 4, dissimulans agrees with A. lactifloreus, and differs markedly from 4. pulcher), but his drawings of the head of A. roseus (fig. 16, p. 129) prove that it is not the A. pulcher of M‘Intosh, which has secondary grooves running forward from the cephalic furrows, similar to those of 4. mar- moratus and Drepanophorus. Amphiporus pulcher, Birger, is apparently another distinct species. It has the cerebral organs behind the brain, but it appears to lack two of the most charac- 820 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. teristic features of the British A. pulcher, viz. the secondary cephalic furrows and the reserve stylet in the central stylet apparatus ; neither of these points is mentioned by Birger, nor is the latter shown in his large anatomical figure (1895, pl. ix., fig. 8). Five specimens, ranging in length from 2 to 7 em., were dredged in Valencia Harbour. They agreed with those found at Plymouth. Distribution.—Plymouth Sound (Riches); Falmouth Har- bour; Isle of Man (?)! (W. I. B.). Family—TETRASTEMMID Ai. Genus—TETRASTEMMA. Since dealing with the Port Erin Nemertines, in 1895, all my experience has tended towards further confirmation of the view of expressed by Riches (1893) regarding the unsatisfactory nature of the specific characters in the genus Tetrastemma ; especially in 7. candidum and its allies. I am more than ever convinced that the presence, shape, and exact position of patches of pigment on the head are features of very doubtful value in the discrimination of species. It was hoped that a complete revision of the genus on more satisfactory lines would appear in the Naples Monograph. Unfortunately Birger, in his systematic account, has done little more than add a number of new species; for the most part very inade- quately characterized, and based, in some cases, on single specimens. Since writing my Report on Port Erin Nemertines (1895) I have had opportuni- ties of examining small examples of A. dissimulans. They have the same semi- transparent milk- white appearance as the adults, and they are stouter than specimens of the Port Erin Amphiporus of the same length. The latter are of a brownish yellow or dull orange colour, due largely to pigment in the skin, and entirely lack the opaque white specks (gland cells) so plentifully scattered all over the surface of A. dissimulans. I am now disposed to consider the Port Erin animal as worthy specific rank. The two are found in quite distinct habitats :—<. dissimulans always, so far as I know, among muddy stones and shells in enclosed harbours; while the Port Erin Amphiporus occurs on clean ground (shells, Nullipores, and gravel) in the open sea. Beaumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 821 Tetrastemma candidum (0. F. Miiller). No specimens exactly agreeing with Biirger’s 7. candidum have come under my observation. In particular I have never seen one in which the cephalic furrows showed conspicuously as brown streaks. It is very usual in this and allied forms to find a concentration of the orange granules (frequently present in the skin) along the cephalic grooves; but the fact is not obvious except under the microscope. Nor have I observed the cerebral organ to be particularly small. The many specimens of Zetrastemma lacking pigment bands on the head, and coming under the broad heading 7. candidum (as usually defined) fall into three sets :— (A). The common form in the harbour both on the dredging grounds (5-8 fms.) and between tide-marks. Rarely exceed- ing 10 mm. in length. Body slender. Head flattened, spathu- late in outline. Eyes medium in size, about equal, anterior pair more widely separated than the posterior. Colour variable : pale dull yellow, deep apricot yellow, green, dull brownish orange; due chiefly to gut, the outer tissues being pale flesh- colour or yellowish. Gonads, when well developed, may give a grey look to the general colour. In none was there a patch of opaque white flakes (gland cells) present on the head, or a line of opaque white along the middle of the dorsum. Ina few there were traces of brown pigment between the anterior and posterior eyes on each side, or more rarely between and somewhat posterior to the anterior eyes. Central stylet apparatus slender; length of the stylet two- thirds to three-quarters that of the handle, which is usually moderately constricted in the middle, the posterior end more swollen than the anterior, but the shape varies a good deal. Generally two reserve stylets in each pouch. The greater number examined were males with well deve- loped testes, but a few ripe females were also found. (B.) Not common, a few specimens dredged on shell-beds, and in Port Magee Channel on Nullipore ground. All were females. They were similar to the form described by myself from Port Erin (1895), and by Riches from Plymouth (1893). Length, 20-30 mm. Body slender, less than 1 mm. wide when well extended. Head very similar in shape to 7. mel- anocephalum (var. coronatum). yes like those in (A), medium in size; black and distinct. 822 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Colour, yellow, pale, or deep apricot yellow, due chiefly to alimentary tract. A patch of opaque white flakes (gland cells) stands out conspicuously on the head between the two pairs of of eyes, and from this in most cases a streak of white runs back along the mid-dorsal line to the tail. This is possibly the Z. glanduliferum of Birger, but the development of opaque white fields and lines is so uncertain in allied forms as to make one suspicious of its value as a specific character. It is also, except for the absence of any brown pigment on the head, very like 7. dvadema, Hubrecht. (C) On the Nullipore ground in Port Magee Channel another form was found, possibly a distinct species. These were similar in external features to certain specimens noted at Port Erin (1895, p. 365), but the central stylet apparatus was different. All the specimens examined (over twenty) were males with well developed gonads, though measuring only from 4-8 mm. in length. Body comparatively stout and round; head also thick and rounded, fairly well marked off from the body; the cephalic grooves very pronounced. Eyes distinctly large. Colour, deep orange-red, due largely to orange granular material in the skin. No opaque white on head or body, the head being of the same deep colour as the body. In afew cases a little brown pigment was present behind the anterior eyes on each side. Central stylet apparatus much asin (A). In each reserve stylet pouch three stylets usually present. Tetrastemma melanocephalum (Johnston). Tetrastemma melanocephalum, M‘Intosh (1874). Tetrastemma coronatum (?), Hubrecht, Joubin, Biirger. I shall consider under the head of 7. melanocephalum all those Tetrastemmide with pigment patch on the head. I have examined a very large number, but have failed to assign any with certainty to the numerous species recognised by Biirger. The common form everywhere in Valencia Harbour (as also at Port Erin and Plymouth) appears to be the 7. coronatum of Hubrecht; but it does not agree in all respects with Biirger’s description. The body is slender, an example 20-25 mm. long, when well extended, being less than 1 mm. wide. The head is more or less spathulate in shape, but is more pointed in some individuals. Braumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 823 The colouring is very variable; the majority are yellow or yellowish green: pale yellow due entirely to gut; deep yellow where yellow granules are present in the skin; the various shades of green may be produced by the blending of the yellow gut and outer tissues with green ovaries, or green gut and yellow ovaries. A few specimens of a peculiar brownish pink were met with. The pigment patch on head is usually dark brown, often with a purplish tinge; in some cases it is bright chesnut. In shape it is highly variable ; in the greater number it is crescentic, the horns of the crescent just reaching and sometimes concealing the anterior eyes, and the convex posterior margin extending about half way between the anterior and posterior pairs of eyes. Specimens were also seen with the crescentic band situated nearer the posterior eyes, and others with the horns of the crescent directed backward. In a considerable number of individuals the patch was oval or oblong, placed transversely across the head, concealing the anterior eyes usually, but in no case extending to the posterior eyes. Again a number of specimens were observed in which the patch was interrupted by an unpigmented space in the middle. These latter show varying degrees of approach towards 7. vermiculatum, and amongst them are examples haying the pigmentation of Biirger’s T. falsum) (1895, pl. xxix., fig. 32). In many individuals probably the majority, patches of scattered flakes of opaque white stand out more or less conspicuously on the head, both in front of and behind the pigment-band. In many cases a nar- row streak of similar gland-cells runs back along the mid-dorsal line to the posterior end of the body, where it usually spreads out fan-wise. This white line may consist merely of a single row of scattered dots; it may be incomplete anteriorly or pos- teriorly, and may be present in individuals which haye no white patches on the head. 1 7. falsum is a very doubtful species based on a single specimen. Apart from pigmentation it is distinguished by the possession of eight eyes, in other words each of the four typical Tetrastemma eyes is double: an unreliable character in a single specimen, for it is by no means unusual to meet with specimens of Zetrastemma in which one eye is broken up into two, or into several scattered dots, and I have seen a specimen of the form under consideration in which the two posterior eyes were double. 824 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. This form appears, on the whole, to approach very closely to T. coronatum, Hub.; but in the frequent possession of opaque white fields and lines, it presents characters claimed exclusively by Burger for Z. diadema and T. glanduliferum. It must be obvious, however, from the above details, that the relative development of conspicuous patches and lines of gland-cells, like the exact disposition of cephalic pigment, is a matter of far too inconstant a nature to be of specific value. Yet these characters have been largely relied on by Birger, and others, in the useless multiplication of species. Among the specimens of Z. coronatum at Naples, Birger has observed sexual dimorphism. Females are about twice as long as males, and of a different colour. I have not found this to be the case at Valencia. Examples of both sexes were noted, with well-developed genital organs, measuring less than 1 cm., and as much as 3 cms. in length. On the Coralline ground in the Port Magee Channel, a number of specimens were dredged quite distinct from the above. These measured from 5 mm. to 12mm. in length, and were relatively stout and round in figure. The head wide, rounded, and fairly well-marked off. Eyes, large. In colour they were a very deep rich yellow (approaching the colour of fig. 16, pl. ii1., in the Naples Monograph), depending largely on the pre- sence of yellow and orange granules in the skin, the gut beneath being also yellow. A patch of dark brown pigment of oblong or oval shape, concealed the anterior eyes within its straight or convex anterior margin, while posteriorly the pigment was scantier, so that the hinder margin was ill-defined. Males and females were present in about equal numbers; individuals of both sexes, even of the smallest size, having well-developed gonads. It is probable that this, and the short thick deep-yellow form from the same locality, described under 7. candidum, are the same species, the pigment band on the head not being a constant character. Individuals intermediate with respect to this point have been already mentioned (p. 822). Tetrastemma vermiculatum (de Quatr.). Common, and generally distributed in Valencia Harbour on the shore and dredging grounds, but hardly so abundant as T. melanocephalum. There seems little to distinguish this Braumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 828 species from its allies, apart from the pigment bands on the head; and examples intermediate in pigmentation are not infrequently met with, as already noticed. The more oval shape of the head is not a constant feature, and the median. white dorsal line, considered by Joubin its most reliable character, is frequently absent in specimens haying the two pigment bands. of T. vermiculatum, and, on the other hand, is often present in allied species. Examples of both sexes, from i cm. to 2 cm. in length, were noticed, with well-developed gonads. Testrastemma cephalophorum (?) Biirger. Tetrastemma cephalophorum, Birger (1895, p. 583) Prosorhochmus Claparedi, Riches (1898, p. 20); Beaumont (1895, p. 369). The Nemertine here, with some hesitation, referred to the Tetrastemma cephalophorum of Burger, is identical with that de- scribed from Plymouth by Riches (1898),’ and by myself from Port Erin (1895) as Prosorhochmus Claparedt. T now believe the determination of this form as Prosorhochmus to have been an error. In the absence of any really useful characters in the diagnoses of the genus at that time available, I was chiefly influenced by the very characteristic form of the central stylet apparatus, which bore a marked resemblance to M‘Intosh’s figure of that structure in P. Claparedi. The possi- bility of our animal being a distinct species was pointed out, our specimens when well extended presenting little resemblance to the figures of P. Claparedi; but the remarkable shape of the head in the latter, was sometimes assumed by individuals when contracted, and the possibility of the drawings having been made from contracted specimens was recognised. In Biirger’s classification (1895), Prosorhochmus is removed from the family Tetrastemmide, and appears as the type of a new family, the Prosorhochmidz, whose members are characterised by attaining a great length (compared with Tetrastemmide) ; by the arrangement of their four eyes in a rectangle with long axis transverse; by the small, almost rudimentary, cerebral 1] have also found the species under consideration during the past two years at Plymouth ; and having been able recently to submit living specimens to Mr. Riches, all doubt concerning the identity of his species, and that met with by myself, has been set at rest. 826 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. organs, and greatly developed head gland; and by being mostly hermaphrodite. The Nemertine under consideration fails to conform with this diagnosis in every particular; the eyes are as in Zetrastemma, the cerebral organ is well developed, the head gland is small, and the sexes are separate. In fact, there is no doubt that it belongs to the Tetrastemmide, and to the genus Tetrastemma, since the shape of the stylet handle of the central stylet can hardly be reckoned of generic importance. In general appearance my specimens resemble Birger’s coloured figure of 7. cephalophorum fairly well, and they agree in most respects with his somewhat brief description. But there are points of difference which, if constant, would entitle the British form to separate specific rank. Burger’s diagnosis, however, is open to the suspicion of being based, as in the case of several of his new species, on a single specimen, and I am accordingly loath to add another species to an already overburdened genus. The points of difference are these :—The head of the British animal, though well marked off from the body, and approaching a rhomboid in outline, is much more rounded usually than represented by Birger (op. ct. pl. iii., fig. 22), and is distinctly notched in front (the notch becoming much accentuated in contraction). One individual, however, approximated very closely in form of head to Biirger’s figure. The body is rounded (in section) and stout, as Biirger’s describes, but he gives the width of a 15 mm. example as 12 mm., while an individual, 22 mm. in length, measured by myself, was not more than 4mm. thick when fully extended. However, his statement is hardly borne out by his drawing. A more important difference is found with regard to the central stylet apparatus. Birger describes and represents in a somewhat indifferent figure (pl. xxix., fig. 42) the central stylet of 7. cephalophorum as thin and long, approaching the handle in length. I have examined this structure in a number of individuals of the British form (over 20). The handle is long, and has the characteristic flat-based conicai form like 7. cephalophorum ; but the stylet is short and stout, averaging about half the length of the handle, though with a fairly wide range of variation. Other points are the ex- tension of the reddish brown pigment, which covers the body, on to the dorsal surface of the head as far as the anterior furrows ; and in front of these, the conspicuous development of opaque white flakes (gland cells) which are scattered in some cases Braumonr—Fuauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 827 over the surface of the body also. Of the latter, no mention is made by Btirger; he merely says the head is pale yellow. As to the former point, it is not a constant feature; in some specimens the area between the anterior and posterior furrows is more deeply pigmented than any other part of the animal, but I have seen individuals in which it is quite pale. The reddish brown pigment consists of granules arranged in a fine- meshed network. The gut, usually deep yellow, contributes to the general colour-effect, as also the pinkish ovaries in ripe females. Should future investigation prove these differences to be constant, | would suggest the name Zetrastemma dissimulans for the British form. In Valencia Harbour this species was not found at all abundantly. It was not discovered at all in 1895. In 1896 eight specimens were dredged; they were from 12-22 mm. in length, and included examples of both sexes with genital products approaching maturity. Distribution.—Plymouth (Riches, W.I.B.); Isle of Man; Falmouth (W. 1. B.); Naples (Biirger). Tetrastemma Robertiane, M‘Intosh. Tetrastemma Robertiane, M‘Intosh (1874, p. 166). A single example was dredged in Valencia Harbour, in 1896, close to the shore near Reenagiveen, in 1-2 fms. (muddy ground, with Zostera and Ascidians). In material from the same haul were several species of Turbellaria not obtained at Valencia on any other occasion. Our specimen was 15mm. in length, and of stout figure. The head of rhomboidal shape, as in M‘Intosh’s woodcut (op. crt. fig. 12, p. 167), but somewhat wider than there represented. At each side of the head, just in front of the notches formed by the anterior furrows, was a distinct angle, emphasized by the presence of a projecting tuft of long cilia. On the ventral surface, immediately behind the subterminal proboscis pore, was a transverse fold. The cephalic furrows, which were indistinct on the ventral surface in M‘Intosh’s specimens, were clearly: seen to run transversely for a short distance from the sides of the head, and then bend forward (the cerebral canal probably opening at the point where the course changes) to meet at the posterior end of the mouth opening. The eyes were large ; the anterior distinctly larger than the posterior. The colour- 828 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. ing was as in M‘Intosh’s coloured figure (op. czt. pl. iii, fig. 1), except that the dark pigment collar was behind the posterior eyes, as in M‘Intosh’s cut (p. 167). The dark pigment is quite different in character from the pig- ment bands of 7. melanocephalum and T. vermiculatum. Under the microscope it appears as a mosaic of oval (rather than polygonal) areas, the centres of which are paler than the borders. The space between the eyes was occupied by a patch of opaque white (gland cells), from which a narrow longitu- dinal white band ran along the middle of the dorsal surface to the posterior end. This band consisted of about eight rows of white dots, which were at a deeper level than the pigment bands, and could be traced under the dark collar at the anterior end. The central stylet apparatus resembled that of a specimen taken by myself at Port Erin rather than M‘Intosh’s figure (fig. 5, p. 65); the handle being slightly constricted in the middle, and the posterior portion being more swollen than the anterior. The stylet was about two-thirds the length of the handle. The animal was not sexually mature. Distribution.—Previously found only in Bressay Sound, Shet- land; and Loch Maddy, Outer Hebrides (M‘Intosh); Port Erin (W.1.B.). Tetrastemma dorsale (Abildegaard). Girstedia dorsalis, Burger (1895, p. 592). The ordinary littoral variety, marbled with dark brown and chestnut, is common on all the dredging grounds in Valencia Harbour, and also among weeds between tide-marks. A pale variety, marbled with brownish yellow, somewhat like Biirger’s var. cinctus (op. cit. pl. 11., fig. 27), was found in mate- rial dredged in Dingle Bay, probably on the Wild Bank, in 15-20 fms. A similar variety occurs at Port Erin in about the same depth (bottom: gravel, shells, and Nullipores), and off Plymouth, among the Cellaria which abounds on the inner trawling grounds (20-30 fms.). One or two examples approaching this pale variety were also dredged in shallow water in Lough Kay and on the Nulli- pore ground at Port Magee. Tetrastemma nigrum, Riches. Tetrastemma nigrum, Riches (1893, p. 14). This unusually distinct species is at present known only from Braumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 829 Britain. Joubin’s figure (1894, pl. ii1., fig. 59), which he sug- gests may be 7. nigrum, represents the common littoral variety of 7. dorsale. Several examples were dredged in Valencia Harbour, on Ascidian ground, and others were obtained among weed from between tide-marks. Distribution Plymouth (Riches, W. I. B.); Falmouth Har- bour; Port Erin (W. I. B.). Order—HETERONEMERTINI. Family—LINEID A. Genus—LIneEws. Lineus gesserensis (O. F. Miiller). Lineus gesserensis, M‘Intosh, Birger. LInneus obscurus (Desor), Hubrecht. Common round the shores of Valencia Harbour, under stones and amongst weeds. Colour, dark red, reddish brown, dark green. Largest specimen, 17 cm. long. Lineus lacteus (Grube). Some slender creamy-white Nemertines, probably of this species, were found in the fine gravel on the shore near Reena- giveen. Only one perfect specimen was obtained. It measured between 3 and 4 cm. in length, and was more slender than is usually the case with L. gesserensis of that length. The anterior end was pale brown, the brain region red, and the rest of the animal creamy white. There were two eyes on one side, three on the other. The mouth was situated at a distance behind the brain equal to the interval separating that organ from the anterior extremity of the head, which is in accordance with the statement of Burger. In M‘Intosh’s figure of L. lacteus (1874, pl. xix., fig. 3) the mouth is shown somewhat further back than this. No note was made of the position of the side organs in this speci- men; they are in front of the mouth in Z. lineus and behind it in L. gesserensis, according to Birger; but they appear in front of the mouth in M‘Intosh’s drawings of both species. On the whole this animal approached more nearly to LZ. lacteus. R.I.A. PROC., SER. I1I., VOL. V. 3M 830 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Lineus longissimus (Gunnerus). Abundant and generally distributed in Valencia Harbour on the shore and on dredging grounds. Lineus bilineatus (Renier), M‘Intosh. Dredged in most parts of the harbour, but nowhere at all abundant. Mostofthe specimens were very small. The largest perfect one was 15 cm. long. Fragments of a large Nemertine, believed to belong to this species, were dredged at the mouth i of the harbour. It may, however, have been referable to the L. Kenneli of Birger, supposing that species to be distinct. Genus—Micrvura. Micrura purpurea (Dalyell). Not uncommon in most parts of Valencia Harbour ; occasion- ally found under stones on the shore. A single example was dredged in Dingle Bay on August 12th (exact locality not known). The largest obtained measured 10 cm. in length. Colour, purple and red-brown, and dark green. Micrura fasciolata (Ehrenberg). Generally distributed and abundant on dredging grounds and between tide-marks in Valencia Harbour. Several small examples (5-25 mm.) were dredged in Dingle Bay—one from sandy ground, in about 25 fms., north of Doulus Head ; the exact localities whence the others came was not ascertained. A few of the unbanded variety were met with at Valencia. These differ, however, from Biirger’s figures and description of MM. tristis (Hubrecht) in the shape and pale unpigmented border of the head. Genus—CEREBRATULUS. Cerebratulus fuscus, M‘Intosh. Examples, ranging from 1} to 5} cm., were dredged in various parts of Valencia Harbour. They exhibited a good deal of variation in the amount of reddish brown pigment on the dorsal surface and in the relative distinctness of the eyes, but all had the characteristic shape. The head ends of two speci- mens, probably of this species, were dredged in Dingle Bay, in about 25 fms., both on fine muddy sand. Breaumont—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 831 REFERENCES. 1. M‘Iyrosn, 1874.—A Monograph of British Annelids. Pt.i., Ne- mertines. 2. Husrecur, 1880.—Notes from the Leyden Museum, p. 95. 3. Ricuss, 1893.—The Nemertines of Plymouth Sound. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., vol. ili. (n.s.), pp. 1 e¢ seq. 4. Jousty, 1894.—Faune France, Les Nemertines. 5. Beaumont, 1895.—The Nemertines of Port Erin, Isle of Man. Trans. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, vol. ix., pp. 354, e¢ seq. 6. Burerr, 1895.—Fauna und Flora, Golfes von Neapel. Die Nemer- tinen. 7. Gametze, 1896.—Notes on a Zoological Expedition to Co. Kerry. Trish Naturalist, vol. v., p. 230. 8. Jameson, 1898.—Notes on Irish Worms. Proc. R. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. v., 1898, pp. 34-39. 3M2 832 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. XII.—ReEport oN THE OPISTHOBRANCHIATE Mottusca. By W. I. BEAUMONT, B.A. INTRODUCTION. At the request of my colleagues I have prepared the following Report on the Opisthobranchiate Mollusca observed at Valencia. It is due to Mr. Gamble, who had gained some knowledge of this group at Plymouth previous to our first visit to Valencia, to state that the determination of species was to alarge extent carried out by him. For the most part, however, specimens were examined by myself also; in the few cases where he is solely responsible for the determination, notice is made of the fact. Altogether 48 species! of Nudibranchs, and 8 of Tectibranchs, were found; of which all but two of the former and one of the latter occur in Valencia Harbour itself—a very fair proportion of the British shallow-water species. Better opportunities for work outside the harbour would, no doubt, have added a number of the deeper-water forms to our list; from which, for example, so common and widely distributed a genus as Zritonia is absent. Our most interesting finds were:—Holis (Cuthona) Peachii (a species lost sight of, apparently, since the time of Alder and Han- cock) ; a large specimen of Lomanotus (the third found in Britain so far as I know, and serving to throw some light on the species of that genus); a specimen of a small Doris (previously taken in the Irish Sea by one of us, and believed to be an undescribed species) ; and one. example of the rare Jdalia Leachii. Another feature of interest was the extraordinary abundance of certain Molids ( Cavolina aurantiaca, Coryphella lineata, Facelina Drum- mondt, I. coronata) and of Dendronotus arborescens, on the bottoms of two hulks which were beached after lying at moorings in the harbour for ayear or more. Here they had been feeding on the numerous colonies of Tubularia larynx, and many individuals were of exceptional size. Some of these species were not found by us elsewhere. It has not been thought necessary to enter into the synonymy or distribution except in a few cases. The classification and nomencla- ture of Bergh (1892, System der Nudibranchiaten Gasteropoden) have been followed, for the most part, in the arrangement of the Nudibran- chiata (all references to Bergh are to that work). In the case of each 1 Inclusive of 5 species of Ascoglossa. Beaumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 833 species the name is given under which it appears in the classic mono- graph of Alderand Hancock (referred to as A. & H.), by means of which the determination of species was almost entirely effected. For distribution, Norman’s Revision of the British Mollusca (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 6, vi., 1890) has been relied on largely, while the records of Garstang for the Plymouth district, published in various faunistic papers in the Journal of the Marine Biological Association, and of Herdman for the Irish Sea (Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc.; Sum- mary in Annual Report, Brit. Assoc., 1896, p. 446), are referred to under their names. Sub-order—NUDIBRANCHIATA. Section I.—KLADOHEPATICA, Family—AOLIDIAD A. Sub-family— Mormiap® PROPRIEZ. Genus— Aouipra. Z£olidia papillosa (Linn.). Eolis papillosa, Alder & Hancock. Fairly common on the shores of Valencia Harbour, and attaining large dimensions. Genus—AOLIDIELLA. Z£olidiella glauca (A. & H.). Holis glauca, A. & H. Lolis angulata, Gamble, Irish Naturalist, v., 1896. Cratena paradoxa, Nichols, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. v., 1900, p. 587. A large specimen, with the green and red colouring of Alder and Hancock’s drawing, was found by Miss Maud Delap ina rock-pool at Reenagiveen. Small examples, averaging about 12mm. in length, were commonly dredged in various parts of the harbour, and one was found between tide-marks at Dohilla. In these small individuals and in similar ones which are common in parts of Plymouth Sound, the papille exhibit no green colour, the hepatic coeca being fawn colour or pale brown, and the outer parts usually red and freely speckled with opaque white. There is thus a decided superficial resem- blance to Alder and Hancock’s drawing of Holis angulata, but our specimens invariably have very numerous papillae, the more anterior rows of which are sub-divided laterally, a cha- 834 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. racter of Molidiella glauca which appears to distinguish it from the closely related 4. Alderi, and from Lolis angulata. This point has been apparently overlooked by Vayssiére, who unites the two latter species with 4. glauca. Unfortunately Alder and Hancock give no information respecting the radula of E. angulata, but the fact that they place the species in the sub-genus Cavolina in close company with such species as C. coneinna and C. olivacea shows that they did not regard it as closely related to 4. glauca. The radula of Plymouth and Valencia specimens agrees in character with 4. glauca. Sub-family—Cratenipm. It appears to me that, in some cases at least, Bergh’s very minute sub-division of the Molids is unsatisfactory. In particular the sub-families Cratenide and Tergipedine are insufficiently characterised (not to say erroneously). Take, for example, the genus Amphorina (Tergipedine): apart from some slight and not easily seized difference in the shape of the papil- lee, Amphorina approaches in external features and radula very closely to Cratena. According to Bergh’s diagnoses, however, Amphorina has an armed penis and a single otolith in each otocyst, while Cratena has its penis unarmed and otocysts con- taining otoconia. But in point of fact all the Cratense which I have had an opportunity of examining (C. amena, C. olivacea, and C. viridis) have a single otolith in each otocyst, and, with the possible exception of the last-named, have an armed penis, essentially like that of Amphorina-Cavolina ( Cuthona) aurantiaca, placed by Bergh provisionally among the Cratenids, also has a penis of similar character. Obviously either a revision of the characters of sub-families and genera is necessary or a re-assort- ment of species. Under these circumstances I have pro- visionally revived the genus Cavolina as used by Alder and Hancock.! Genus—CurHona. Cuthona Peachii, A. & H. Eolis (Cuthona) Peachit, A. & Hi. A single specimen, which I refer to this little-known species, was dredged in Valencia Harbour in May, 1895, on the Pecten ' Cratena paradoxa, Nichols (fide Gamble), Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 35 vol. v., 1900, p. 587, = Acol. glauca, juv. Braumont—fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 885 bed near Gruppaun Point. The exact habitat of this individual was not ascertained ; for a knowledge of the usual Jocal of the species we have to thank the vigilance of my friend, Mr. E. W. L. Holt. When dredgingin Falmouth Harbour in the summer of 1897, Mr. Holt pointed out to me a small Aolid in the midst of a colony of Hydractinia echinata on a shell tenanted by Eupagurus Bernhardus. I at once recognised it as the species previously taken in Valencia Harbour. An examination of many Hydractinia colonies, since then, has resulted in the discovery of two or three more specimens only, so that its apparent rarity cannot be entirely accounted for by the excellent chance of escaping dis- covery it possesses in virtue of the remarkable resemblance of its papille to the surrounding polyps. I have not found any record of C. Peachii since the time of Alder and Hancock. The Valencia example was about 12mm. in length. The head and foot exhibited the characteristic shape shown in Alder and Hancock’s drawings, which serves to distinguish C. Peachii from all other British Kolids save C. nana; and in relative width my specimens agree much better with C. Peachia than with the last-named. They show also a close resem- blance to C. Peachit in colouring, except that the hepatic ceca of the Valencia example were pale brown; the Plymouth and Falmouth specimens were more in accordance with Alder and Hancock in this particular, which contributed not a little to the remarkably inconspicuous appearance of their owner among the Hydractinia polyps. The papille were very numerous and crowded, and extended forward on each side of the head in the form of aruff. Any arrangement of the papille in definite rows was difficult to make out. The teeth of the radula of the Valencia specimen agree fairly well with Alder and Hancock’s figure of a tooth of C. Peach; they show, however, some approach to C. nana in the stronger development of the lateral denticulations (numbering five on each side) than is represented in the figure. Apart from tne general agreement with C. Peachii rather than with C. nana, the latter species is put completely out of court by the statement of Alder and Hancock respecting its spawn, which must be very different from the coral-pink spawn deposited by my Falmouth specimen, since it is said to resemble the broad semi-circular coil of Cratena olivacea (figured by A. & H., Fam. iii., pl. 26). 836 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. C. Peachit is very sluggish in its habits, and has a remark- able power of adhesion to the substratum on which it is rest- ing, a quality shared by Calma glaucoides, a species of similar form and habits. I have followed Alder and Hancock in placing this species in the genus Cuthona, since, in shape and radula, it appears closely related to C. nana. With respect to the otocysts and jaws I have no information.! In Bergh’s ‘‘ System ”’ it appears pro- visionally under the head of Cratena, on what grounds I do not know. Distribution :—Fowey, Cornwall; Cullercoats, Northumber- land (A. & H.). Falmouth Harbour; English Channel off Plymouth (W. I. B.) Genus—Cavotrina. Cavolina aurantiaca, A. & H. Eolis (Cavolina) aurantiaca, A. & H. Cuthona (?) aurantiaca, Bergh. In great abundance on the colonies of Zubularia larynx, which had grown on two hulks moored in Valencia Harbour for about a year. This species, like some others occurring on the hulks, was found by us nowhere else, though we dredged on several occasions in the immediate vicinity. The numerous specimens examined agreed in every way with Alder and Hancock’s description and figures, except that in very many cases the papille were not tipped with orange. I have met with specimens haying white-tipped papille at Plymouth and in the Isle of Man. Among a batch of indi- viduals found on Zubularia and Coryne in the last-named locality, some had the tips of the papille opaque white, others deep yellow, while the rest formed a graduated connecting series. I have only seen one example as highly coloured as Alder and Hancock’s drawing. This was dredged in Millbay Channel, Plymouth Sound, and in the same haul were colonies of the orange-coloured hydroid Garveia nutans as well as Tabularia indivisa. The radule of the last-named individual ‘My intention to examine these and other internal characters was frustrated by the accidental carrying away of the Plymouth specimens in the laboratory circula- tion. Beavumont—Fuauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 837 and of an example with pale tipped papilli present no appre- ciable difference. In both, the teeth have the characteristic shape shown in Alder and Hancock’s figure (pl. 47, fig. 17), but there are several very minute denticles present, between the large denticles, which are not shown in the figure. Bergh places this species provisionally in the genus Cuthona. Its foot is very wide in front, but it has not the wide head of the latter genus, the most notable external character of Cuthona nana and C. Peachii; and its radula is very different. Its penis and otocysts are similar to those organs in Cavolina amena and C. olwacea as already stated. Cavolina ameena, A. & H. Eolis (Cavolina) amena, A. & H. Cratena amena, Bergh. Not uncommon in Valencia Harbour on both shell-beds and Ascidian ground. Cavolina olivacea, A. & H. Eolis ( Cavolina) olivacea, A. & H. Cratena olivacea, Bergh. Dredged not infrequently on the same grounds as the last species. Several were also found on the bottom of one of the hulks. Genus—AMPHORINA. Amphorina cerulea (Montagu). Holis (Galvina) cerulea, A. & H. Monograph (Appendix, p. 11); and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., series 3, vol. v., 1860. ~ (?) Aiolis molios, Herdman. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc., Edinb., vol. vi., 1881. Found on most of the dredging grounds of Valencia Harbour, but not abundant. The description of the papille in this species given by Alder and Hancock (Joe. cit.) is wanting in the accuracy usual with those authors. They say, ‘‘ central gland . . . green below and dark-blue above; outer surface of the papilla above pale blue, below pale green; a few yellow freckles in front; tips strongly capped with orange red, banded below with a ring of bright yellow; extreme points colourless 838 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. and pellucid.”’ In point of fact the hepatic coecum is dark bottle-green throughout ; the brilliant metallic blue colour of the middle part of a papilla being entirely due to reflection from small flecks of opaque superficial material. Above and below the blue there is usually a band (often incomplete posteriorly) of yellow or orange, also superficial; and near the tip of the papilla the cnidogenous sac shows through yellow, orange, or sometimes crimson. The general colour of the sheath is pale transparent green. The extent of the blue and yellow or orange colour is subject to much variation in different individuals, and in the different papille of the same individual ; often some of the opaque material appears white by reflected light, especially when the back-ground of dark green afforded by the hepatic cceum is lacking. Professor Herdman’s descrip- tion of the papille of . molios is somewhat vague; there appears in his account of the species very little reason, as I think, to separate it from A. cerulea. Thave removed Amphorina from the sub-family Tergipedine, since, except, perhaps, for the slightly inflated character of the papille, it is, as seems to me, much more nearly akin to the immediately foregoing species than to Galvina and the other Tergipedine. Distribution.—S. coast of England (Montagu, W. Garstang, W. I. B.); ? Arran (Herdman); W. France (Fischer) ; Medi- terranean (Trinchese, Vayssiére, &c.). Sub-family—TeEreiPEeDIn &. Genus—TERGIPES. Tergipes despectus (Johnston). Eolis (Tergipes) despecta, A. & H. Specimens were obtained on three occasions in Valencia Harbour, and were identified by Mr. Gamble. They were found in weed from the shore at Reenagiveen and dredged near the mouth of the harbour respectively. Genus— EMBLETONIA. Embletonia pulchra, A. & H. Embletonia pulchra, A. & FH. Dredged not infrequently in various parts of Valencia Braumonr—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 839 Harbour in 1895; not very abundant anywhere; perhaps. most common on the gravel at the mouth of the harbour. Only taken in 1896 at Port Magee (coarse sand, 103 fms.). The colour of the papille (due to the hepatic cceca) is by no means constant. One specimen was noted having these organs. yellowish brown ; another dirty greenish brown. Genus—GaALVINA. Galvina exigua, A. & H. Eolis ( Galvina) exigua, A. & H. One of the characteristic species of the sandy gravel in the channel at the mouth of the harbour, where it was dredged on several occasions. Taken once in Glanleam Bay, and also found on one of the hulks. Galvina picta, A. & H. Eolis (Galvina) picta, A. & H. A small specimen, coloured as in Alder and Hancock’s draw- ings, found on Laminaria dredged at the mouth of the harbour in 1895, and an almost colourless individual obtained in the same locality in 1896 agreed in shape with G. picta rather than with G. Farrani. The latter species is, however, so variable that it appears to me by no means easy in some cases to decide between the two. Galvina Farrani, A. & H. Eolis (Galvina) Farrani, A. & H. Galvina tricolor, Garstang, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., 1890, n.s. vol. 1., p. 437. Lolis tricolor (pro parte) Friele and Hansen (nec £. tricolor, Forbes, A. & H). Abundant on the Zostera beds in Valencia Harbour. Speci- mens were found also on alge, chiefly Laminaria, dredged at the mouth of the harbour and near Port Magee ; and on one of the hulks. This species varies very much in the extent and depth of its colouring. In addition to examples resembling the type as depicted by Alder and Hancock, we found at Valencia much more richly pigmented individuals such as occur also with 840 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. some frequency on the Zostera beds in the Plymouth district (see Garstang’s description, Joc. czt.). Most of these highly coloured examples agreed with their more typical companions in their slender elongate form ; but other specimens were met with at Valencia showing some approach to G. picta in both shape and colour, so that we were in doubt to which species they should be referred. Indeed, it appears to me doubtful whether G. Farrani and G. picta can be specifically distin- guished ; and there seems little reason to regard Kolis Adelaide, Thompson, and the £. Robertiane and L. andreapolis of M‘Intosh as more than colour varieties of G. Farrant. On the other hand, G@. Farrani is, in my opinion, quite distinct from G. tricolor, to the synonymy of which it was relegated by Friele ané Hansen. This view is now shared by Mr. Garstang, who informs me that he was not acquainted with the real G. tricolor in 1890 when he wrote his account of the Opisthobran- chiata of Plymouth. In point of fact G. tricolor is one of the commonest Nudibranchs on the trawling grounds in 20-80 fms. off the south coast of Devon and Cornwall, but the resources of the Plymouth Laboratory did not at that time permit of much exploration in the Channel. Besides inhabiting totally different ground, Galvina tricolor differs from G. Farrani in attaining much greater size; it is in particular a much wider and stouter form, and its papille are larger and more inflated, and so crowded as to be usually much flattened by mutual pressure. Sub-family.—_CORYPHELLID. Genus.—CoRYPHELLA. Coryphella gracilis, A. & H. Eolis (Coryphella) gracilis, A. & H. Found frequently in the spring of 1895 under stones on the shore near Knightstown and at Dohilla. Coryphella Landsburgii, A. & H. Eolis ( Coryphella) Landsburgii, A. & H. This widely-distributed species was dredged on two occasions only in Valencia Harbour in 1895: not at allin 1896. Braumont—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 841 Coryphella lineata, A. & H. Eolis ( Coryphella) lineata, A. & H. Found in extraordinary abundance on Tubularia growing on the bottoms of the two hulks, and reaching much greater’ dimensions than those given by Alder and Hancock. Not a single specimen was found by us except on the hulks. Sub-family—FAVORINID A. Genus—F avorinvs. Favorinus albus, A. & H. Folis (Favorinus) albus, A. & H. Found under the stones on the shore near Knightstown and at Church Island, and dredged on Shell-beds and Ascidian ground, and in Port Magee Channel. Not abundant. Sub-family —FACELINID A. Genus—FAceELINA. Facelina coronata (Forbes). Folis (Facelina) coronata, A. & H. One of the commonest Nudibranchs at Valencia; found under stones at low tide at all suitable parts of the shore; very abundant on one of the hulks, a few only on the other; dredged once on Laminaria at the mouth of the harbour. Facelina Drummondi (Thompson) Folis (Facelina) Drummondi, A. & H. A few were found on each of the hulks ; most of these were of very large size, exceeding the maximum dimensions given by Alder and Hancock. One measured over 5 em. in length when by no means well extended, but this dimension gives little idea of their size; their width and the length of their papille being proportionately greater than in most olids. The one measured had seven or eight groups of papille on - each side; Alder and Hancock say four to six. In colour most of our specimens were closely similar to Alder and Han- cock’s drawing. One was much paler, the hepatic coeca being pale brown with dark brown apex. No specimens of this species were found elsewhere by us. 842 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Facelina punctata, A. & H. Eolis (Facelina) punctata, A. & H. A single specimen was found under a stone on the shore of Glanleam Bay in 1895. Sub-family—J ANID A. Genus—ANTIOPA. -Antiopa cristata, delle Chiaje. Antiopa cristata, A. & H. Janus cristatus, Bergh. Dredged on the Shell-bed off Knightstown on one occasion in 1896. Antiopa hyalina, A. & H. Antiopa hyalina, A. & H. Janus hyalinus, Bergh. Two examples were found in a crevice in the rocks at Reena- giveen in 1895. In 1896 the species was dredged on some half-dozen occasions in various parts of the harbour, including Port Magee. Family—LOMANOTID &. Genus—Lomanotts. Lomanotus portlandicus, Thompson. Lomanotus portlandicus, Thompson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, vol. v., 1864, p. 48. Lomanotus Hancocki, Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, vol. 20, 1877, p. 518; and Ser. 6, vol. vi., 1890, p. 80. Lomanotus varians, (pro parte) Garstang, Journ. Mar. Biol, Assoc., vol.i. (n.s.), 1889, p. 185. Lomanotus genet (?), Verany, Cat. Anim. Invert. Mar. Golf di Genova e Nizza. Genova, 1846. Lomanotus Hisigti (?), Trinchese, J. V. Carus, Prod. Fauna Mediterr., vol. 11., 1889, p. 207. A large specimen of Zomanotus, fully 5 cm. long, was found by Miss Maud Delap lying on the beach at Ardcost in May, 1895. There seemed little doubt that it was not at home there, but had been accidentally stranded and left by the tide. Beaumont—Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 8438 So far as I know, only three large specimens of Lomanotus had previously been obtained in Britain, viz.: two examples dredged in Weymouth Bay by Thompson (L. portlandicus) and one by Norman off Berry Head, Torbay (Z. Hancocki). Two more have been recently found at Plymouth by myself. In the case of not one of these does the precise habitat appear to have been discovered. I was at first disposed to follow Garstang in uniting all the British Lomanotide as one species. I certainly agree with him that the specific distinctions laid down by the authors of the four British specimens will not hold good.. With Garstang’s criticism of the specific characters I fully agree; apart from details of colouring, my three large specimens agree precisely with the descriptions of LZ. portlandicus and L. Hancocki, except as regards one point in each case ; the pleuropodial fold on each side is continuous with the sheath of the rhinophore, and the rhinophores are finely laminated. With all due deference to the great experience of the authors of those species I confess to attributing these differences to imperfect observation on their part. So far as external structure is concerned there seems indeed little reason to doubt the justice of Garstang’s conclusion that the small specimens he studied were merely the young of the large species. But examination of a number of small individuals during the last two years, in addition to the larger ones already mentioned, has brought out a distinct and appa- rently constant difference in colour. Small specimens of Lomanotus, rarely exceeding 12 mm. in length, are not uncom- mon at Plymouth on Antennularia. Except when very small (6 mm. or less), they are deeply pigmented with various shades of brown with a superficial sprinkling of opaque yellowish white, producing a marbled pattern, and rendering them deci- dedly opaque. These are undoubtedly the Humenis (Lomanotus) marmorata’ of Alder and Hancock. They have been described in some detail by Garstang. My large specimens, on the other hand, were, considering their size, very transparent. One was 1 The entire margin of the rhinophoral sheaths of E. marmorata was doubtless an individual peculiarity of the single specimen seen by Alder and Hancock. The erroneous representation of the anterior part of the pleuropodial fold in their draw- ing may possibly be explained by the fact that this specimen was somewhat injured, though the same error seems to have been made in describing L. portlan- dicus. 844 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. of a pale yellowish flesh-colour, another (that from Valencia) was of arich golden brown colour, and the third of redder hue, closely resembling that of some red Alge! obtained in the same haul of the dredge. The colour in each case was due to minute scattered granules in the integument, hardly visible except under the microscope, and interfering very little with the transparency of the tissues. The only opaque colouring material present was confined to the deep yellow tips of the velar processes and of the papille of the rhinophoral sheaths and pleuropodium. Apart from their yellow tips, the ground colour of the papille was deeper than that of the rest of the dorsal surface, while the foot was paler than the latter. The colouring of the specimens of Thompson and Norman differed slightly in detail, but not to an important degree, from any of my specimens. They certainly show no approach towards LZ. marmoratus, and they are described as ‘‘ pellucid”’ and ‘‘ very transparent’’ respectively. It is very difficult, not to say impossible, to believe that these large individuals were ever pigmented like ZL. marmorata when young. I have, moreover, found one individual, only 9 mm. long (adhering to Cellaria, trawled in the English Channel off Plymouth), which was undoubtedly a young example of the large form. I had no living specimens of Z. marmoratus at the time with which to compare it, but it appeared to me to be proportionally wider, and to have the pleuropodium more developed and foliaceous than in the last-named. This may have been a question of exten- sion, however. The outer tissues were almost colourless, the dorsal surface having a faint orange tinge from the presence of a few scattered microscopic specks of dark red and reddish orange ; and moderately transparent, so that the pale fawn- coloured digestive organs showed through. The velar pro- cesses and the papille of the rhinophoral sheaths and pleuro- podium were tipped with bright orange yellow, as in the large examples. I should judge one of Garstang’s specimens? (15 mm. long) dredged south of the Plymouth Mewstone, to belong to this form also. l Scinaia purcellata and Delesseria sanguinea. 2 That described first (oc. cit., p.186). The other two specimens from the same locality (described p. 187) were obviously L. marmoratus. Beaumonr—Fiamna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 845 So far as the evidence goes, then, we have in British waters two well-marked forms of Zomanotus; the marbled brown Antennularia-haunting Z. marmoratus, rarely much exceeding 12 mm.' in length; and ZL. portiandicus, in which brown pigment is entirely lacking, which may attain a length of 6cm.,and of whose habitat we have no information beyond the finding of a single small specimen on Cellaria. Whether these are entitled to be considered distinct species, in the ab- sence, so far as known, of structural difference, or only well- marked colour-varieties, must be left for future investigation. In particular we have no information as to whether the small LI. marmoratus are mature; no one, so far as I am aware, having found them spawning. With regard to the two Mediterranean species, LZ. genez and LI. Hisigii, I have only had access to the description in the ‘¢Prodromus Faune Mediterranez”’ of Carus. So far as one can judge, there seems little reason to regard them as distinct from one another. JL. portlandicus apparently only differs from them in unimportant details of colouring of distinctly less moment than those which distinguish the last-named from LI. marmoratus, so that Garstang’s relegation of Z. portlandicus to the synonymy of L. gener will probably be justified in the future. On the other hand, I understand from Mr. Garstang that he is now more disposed than formerly to consider L. marmoratus distinct. All my specimens of Z. portlandicus were observed to swim by a powerful lashing motion of the body from side to side. When indulging in this movement the lateral margins of the foot were closely applied together. One of those taken at Plymouth deposited spawn in the shape of a long white thread (under 1mm. in thickness) thrown into a loose, elongate, irregular, spiral coil. Distribution.—South-west coast of England (Thompson ; Norman; W. I. B.); west of Ireland (W. 1. B.); Mediter- ranean (?) (Verany ; Trinchese). 1One specimen, 18 mm. long, is the only example of ZL. marmoratus I have seen exceeding 12 mm. R.I.A. PROC., SER. III., VOL. V. Qe vA 846 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Lomanotus marmoratus, A. & H. Eumenis (Lomanotus) marmoratus, A. & H. Lomanotus flavidus, A. & H. I bp L. L. varians ( pro parte), Garstang (1889, loc. cit.). genet (pro parte) Garstang, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., n. s., vol, i., 1890, p. 426. genet, Gamble, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. ix., 1892, p. 379, pl. xvii. . genet, Gamble, Irish Naturalist, vol. v., 1896. . genet, Herdman (fide, Beaumont), Trans. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, 1896, vol. x., p. 42; and Annual Report, Brit. Assoc., 1896, Daato: Small specimens of Lomanotus (under 12 mm. in length) were found on several occasions living on Antennularia dredged in Valencia Harbour. They were identified by Mr. Gamble as belonging to the same species which he had studied at Plymouth, and described as L. genet (loc. cit.). In dealing with the last species I have already expressed my conviction that the small marbled brown ZL. marmoratus should be regarded as a well-marked and constant variety, if, indeed, it be not specifically distinct from LZ. portlandicus. Alder and Hancock’s L. flavidus was, in my opinion, probably a young L. marmoratus rather than L. portlandicus ; very similar young individuals have been described by Garstang (loc. cit. 1890, p- 427), and observed by myself also. A comparison of speci- mens of different size shows that the marbled brown pig- mentation begins to appear in individuals of about 6 mm., and gradually becomes more and more marked during growth; and the papille become leaf-like. Distribution.—S.W. of England (Alder; Garstang; Gamble; We 1B.) > Uslevot Mani QW. i B.): Family—DOTONID &. Genus—Doro. Doto coronata (Gmelin). Doto coronata, A. & H. We found this the most abundant Nudibranch on the dredg- ing grounds in Valencia Harbour in the spring of 1895, occur- Braumont—Fuauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 847 ring chiefly on Antennularia. In the summer of the following year only a single example was seen; it was found on one of the hulks. Doto pinnatifida (Montagu). Doto pinnatifida, A. & H. Dredged on three occasions in Valencia Harbour, probably on Antennularia. I have seen a considerable number of examples of this species; it is by no means uncommon in the Plymouth district. I consider it a well-defined species; apart from structural features, its colouring is fairly constant and characteristic, enabling one familiar with its appearance to distinguish it at a glance from its British allies. Distribution.—S. Devon (Montagu; W. Garstang; W. I. B.); Isle of Man (W. I. B.); Guernsey (Alder) ; Roscoff (Hecht). Doto fragilis (Forbes). Doto fragilis, A. & H. Common both in 1895 and 1896 on Hydroids (more particu- larly Antennularia) dredged on the Shell-beds in Valencia Harbour. Family—DENDRONOTID &. Genus— DrenpRonotvs. Dendronotus arborescens (O. F. M.). Dendronotus arborescens, A. & H. Very numerous, and of large size on one of the hulks; a few only on the other. Not found by us anywhere else at Valencia. Section I].—Nudibranchiata Holohepatica. Family.—_DORIDIDA CRYPTOBRANCHIAT A. Sub-family—ARrcuiporIDIDz. Genus—A RCHIDORIS. Archidoris tuberculata (Cuy.). Doris tuberculata, A. & H. Common on the rocky parts of the shores of the harbour. 848 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Archidoris flammea (A. & H.). Doris flammea, A. & H. A few specimens were found by Mr. Gamble on a red sponge (? Hymeniacidon) dredged on the Knightstown Shell-bed and on the Nullipore ground in Port Magee Channel. Doris, sp. nov? A single specimen of a small Dor7s, which had been previously found at Port Erin by Mr. J. C. Sumner and myself (Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., x., 1896, p. 42), and believed to be an undescribed species, was dredged on sandy ground to the north of Doulus Head (25 fms., ca.). Sub-family—KeEntroporIpiIpz&. Genus—Jorunna. Jorunna Johnstoni (A. & H.). Doris Johnstoni, A. & H. Found under stones at low tide not unfrequently. Sub-family—PriaryporIwmz. Genus—PLaTyDorIs. Platydoris planata (A. & H.). Doris planata, A. & H. A single example was dredged on the Nullipore ground in Port Magee Channel in 1896, in the same haul as Archadoris Jlammea. Family—DORIDIDA PHANEROBRANCHIATS. Sub-family——Porycrrap2. Genus—eirvs. ZEgirus punctilucens (d’Orb). Agirus punctilucens, A. & H. One of the commonest Nudibranchs in the harbour. Found on most of the dredging grounds, and between tide-marks on the rocky parts of the shore, Breaumont— Fauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 849 Genus—TRiopPa. Triopa claviger (O. F. M.). Triopa claviger, A. & H. A common form, found on Zostera and Alge, and under stones at low tide; and dredged on Shell-beds, on sandy gravel at the mouth of harbour, and on Nullipore ground at Port Magee. Genus—PoLycerra. Polycera Lessonii (d’Orb). Polycera Lesson, A. & H. Polycera ocellata, A. & H. Palio Lessonii, Bergh. Most authorities now regard P. ocellata, A. & H., as a variety of P. Lessonit. Specimens recorded by Gamble as P. ocellata were dredged on several occasions on Shell-beds in 1895, besides being found once on the shore. In the following year the only record is of P. Lessoni dredged in the harbour, the exact locality being doubtful. Polycera quadrilineata (O, F. M.). Polycera quadrilineata, A. & H. One of the commonest and most generally distributed Nudibranchs on all the dredging grounds in the harbour. Occasionally found on the shore also. Sub-family—GontoporIDipz. Genus—AcANTHODORIS. Acanthodoris pilosa (O. F. M.). Doris (Acanthodoris) pilosa, A. & H. Found under stones on the rocky parts of the shore on several occasions in 1895; spawning in April. Not found in 1896 at all. 850 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Genus—LAMELLIDoRIs. Lamellidoris bilamellata (Linn.). Doris (Lamellidoris) bilamellata, A. & H. Very abundant on a limited area of one of the hulks beached in 1896; none found on the other. In 1895 it was found once on the shore near Knightstown. Lamellidoris aspera, A. & H. Doris (Lamellidoris) aspera, A. & H. Not at all common in Valencia Harbour. Dredged on Ascidian ground on one occasion each year; and found once on the shore of Church Island. Lamellidoris (sp. ?). A small Zamellidoris, attaining a length of 6 mm., was frequently found adhering to the under sides of stones on the shore, and to Pecten and other shells dredged in the harbour. We failed to identify it satisfactorily with any of Alder and Hancock’s species. In most of its external features it agreed best with ZL. pusilla, but the tubercles of the mantle were more clavate, and were decidedly spiculose. In these points it agreed with Z. cnconspicua. The radula of a pre- served specimen, examined recently, is somewhat intermediate in character between ZL. inconspicua and L. oblonga (A. & H.., pl. 46, figs. 13 and 14), approaching more closely to the latter.’ The Valencia animal was, however, certainly not Z. oblonga, with which I am quite familiar. Genus—GonroporIis. Goniodoris nodosa (Montagu). Gontodoris nodosa, A. & H. This species, which at Plymouth is one of the most abundant and generally distributed of Nudibranchs, was far from common at Valencia. I find it recorded as taken on the shore twice in 1 Alder and Hancock state that the hook of the inner denticle in Z. oblonga may be denticulated, though they represent it smooth in their figure. Itis certainly denticulated in two specimens examined at Plymouth. They do not figure the radula of L. pusilla, but state that it resembles that of L. inconspicua. Braumont—Fuauna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 851 1895 (spawning in April), and dredged twice in 1896 (on Shell- beds and on the Port Magee Nullipore ground, respectively). Genus—Ipatia. Idalia pulchella(?), A. & H. Idalia pulchella, A. & H. (Appendix p. v.) Idaliella pulchella, Bergh. A possible example of this species dredged on Pecten ground in April, 1895, is thus described by Gamble :—‘ One-eighth inch long. Body steep-sided, white speckled with brown and opaque white and dotted with yellow. Two long pairs of pallial processes anteriorly. Rhinophores laminated posteriorly for three-quarters of their length. Two pairs of very small, and one larger posterior bifurcated pair, of processes at the sides of the two branchial plumes, and exceeding the latter in size.”’ Idalia Leachii, A. & H. Idalia Leachii, A. & H. A single specimen of this species was dredged on the trawl- ing ground in Dingle Bay, in about 35 fms., bottom fine muddy sand. It was probably about 25 mm. long when extended (in the preserved state it measures almost 20 mm.), and in form agreed almost exactly with Alder and Hancock’s descrip- tion. Though widely distributed in British seas (from South Devon to Shetlands), it does not appear to have been recorded from Ireland or from outside the British area. Sub-order—ASCOGLOSSA. Family—HERM AIDA. Genus—Herruma. Hermeea bifida, (Montagu). Hermea bifida, A. & H. Dredged on several occasions on Shell-beds in the harbour, and at Port Magee among Alge. Hermea dendritica, A. & H. Hermea dentritica, A. & H. Found on Codiwm growing on the rocks at Reenagiveen and on the north side of Beginnis, 852 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Family—ELYSIID. Genus—E ysia. Elysia viridis (Montagu). Elysia viridis, A. & H. (Appendix, p. xxiii.). Moderately common among Algz on the shore, and among refuse weed in the more muddy parts of the harbour. Family—LIMAPONTIIDA. Genus— Lrmaponria. Limapontia capitata (O. F. M.) Limapontia nigra (Johnst.), A. & H. (Appendix, p. xxiv.). Found among Alge collected between tide marks at Reena- giveen and Church Island, and dredged in Cahir River on muddy ground (Gamble). Genus—AcTHONIA. Actesonia corrugata, A. & H. Actaonia corrugata, A. & H. Found in weed material from rocky parts of the shore. Sub-order—TECTIBRANCHIATA. Section I.—BuLnorpka. Family—ACT AONIDA. Genus—Acrmon. Actzon tornatilis, Linn. _ Tornatella fasciata, Forbes and Hanley. A single specimen was dredged in Dingle Bay, on coarse sandy bottom in about 25 fms., to the north of Doulus Head; and was determined by Mr. Gamble. Family—BULLID A. Genus—AcrERA. Acera bullata, O. F. Muller. Acera bullata, Forbes and Hanley. We were informed by the Rev. A. Delap that this species was at times plentiful in Valencia Harbour. Braumont—Fuuna and Flora of Valencia Harbour, Ireland. 858 Family—PHILINID A. Genus—PHILINE. Philine aperta, (Linn.) Philine aperta, Forbes and Hanley. Dredged in the more muddy parts of the harbour. Philine catena (Montagu). Philine catena, Forbes and Hanley. Dredged on Shell-beds once in 1895, and once in 1896 (Gamble). Philine punctata (Clark). Philine punctata, Forbes and Hanley. Dredged some half-dozen times in 1895 on Ascidian ground and Shell-beds, and on muddy ground in Cahir River (Gamble). Section [1.—AptysrorpEa. Family—APLYSIID 2. Genus—APLYSIA. Aplysia punctata, Cuv. . Aplysia hybrida, Forbes and Hanley. Dredged in various parts of Valencia Harbour, but not found in any abundance. Many of the specimens were very small, 8-10 mm. Similar young individuals were also found among Algze collected on the shore at Reenagiveen and Church Island. Section IJI.— PLevroBRANcHOIDEA. Family—PLEUROBRANCHID&. Genus—PLEUROBRANCHUS. Pleurobranchus plumula (Montagu). Pleurobranchus plumula, Forbes and Hanley. Found under stones at low tide on the rocky parts of the shorein 1895. Not found in 1896. B.I.A, PROC. SER. III., VOL. V. 30 854 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Family—RUNCINIDA. Genus—Rvncina. Runcina Hancocki, Forbes. Runeina Hancocki, Forbes and Hanley. Twice found on the shore near Knightstown, probably among weeds in rock pools. (Gamble). Runcina (sp. nov. ?). A small Tectibranch somewhat similar to the last species in external character, about 3 mm. long, and of a deep vinous red colour, was dredged several times on Ascidian ground in the harbour. We thought at first that it might be the young of some known species, but it is more likely a new species. Having lately found this form in the river Yealm near Ply- mouth, I hope to be able to come to a more definite conclusion respecting its position. 3 “MAL SUOS @ qWWEA\ OOF SORE aD hleat Sali. Lud eb all ty eee Proc. R. I. A., Vol. V., 3rd Ser. Plate XX. Eire. 6. DIPLEVROSOMA TYPICUM—RADIAL CANAL SYSTEM. Pres) ie Ie, UB. DIPLEUROSOMA TYPICUM—RADIAL CANAL SYSTEM. Proceedings. Royal I Ser. 3 Vol. 5 (ily WY 4%) 29 pad a Ad ens i AMNH LIBRARY NN 100170089